Warning: Many of the links were broken when
the FASB changed all of its links. If a link to a FASB site does not work
, go to the new FASB link and search for the document. The FASB home page
is at http://www.fasb.org/
The DIG documents can now be found at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Nearly 300 pages of DIG pronouncements as of March 8, 2004 can be
downloaded from http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/allissuesp2.pdf
FAS 133
and IAS 39 Glossary and Transcriptions of Experts
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities
Bob Jensen at Trinity University
"What’s a Couple of Hundred Trillion When You’re Talking Derivatives?"
by Floyd Norris, The New York Times, September 23, 2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/09/23/business/23charts.html
Everett McKinley Dirksen, the Senate Republican
leader in the 1950’s, is supposed to have said, “A billion here and a
billion there, and pretty soon you’re talking real money.” What would he
have thought of derivatives today?
The International Swaps and Derivatives
Association, a trade group, reported this week that the outstanding nominal
value of swaps and derivatives at the end of June was $283.2 trillion.
Compare that with the combined gross domestic
product of the United States, the European Union, Canada, Japan and China,
which is about $34 trillion. The total value of all homes in the United
States is about the same amount.
To be sure, notional value is an exaggerated term
as it greatly overstates the amount at risk in many contracts. But the
growth rate is real, and in the fastest-growing area of swaps — credit
default swaps — notional value is closer to the amount at risk, because such
swaps promise to make up the losses if a borrower defaults on the notional
amount.
The value of outstanding credit default swaps
doubles every year — a trend that must eventually stop — and now equals $26
trillion. That is about the same as the total amount of bond debt in the
United States, and corporate debt, on which most credit swaps are traded,
comes to just $5.2 trillion.
The credit derivatives cover the risks of default
by individual companies, and offer insurance against default for bond
indexes and specified bond portfolios.
The growth of the market has forced the swaps and
derivatives association to change the way its credit swaps work. It used to
be that if a company defaulted, the writer of a credit swap would have to
pay par value for the bond he had guaranteed, and could then sell the bond
to reduce his losses.
But in some cases defaults led to bond rallies, as
those who had purchased credit swaps scrambled to get bonds to deliver. Now
traders can choose cash settlements, with the amounts to be paid determined
through auctions.
Until 1997, the association provided separate
numbers on currency and interest rate contracts, but innovations blurred the
distinction between those categories, and now it publishes a combined total.
At the end of June, the figure was $250.8 trillion, up 25 percent over the
previous 12 months.
Growth in that market slowed markedly early in this
decade, as worldwide markets cooled, and there was even one annual decline,
from mid-2000 to mid-2001. But growth picked up in 2002 as economies began
to recover.
The volume outstanding of equity derivatives is
rising by about 30 percent a year, and now totals $5.6 trillion. It could go
farther, with world stock market capitalization now about $41 trillion,
according to Standard & Poor’s.
Robert Pickel, the chief executive of the
association, said that the growth in derivatives enables “more and more
firms to benefit from these risk management tools.” On the other hand, the
situation allows more and more traders to load up on risk if they choose,
and hedge funds have become major derivatives traders.
The combination of large unregulated hedge funds
trading ever larger amounts of unregulated derivatives in nontransparent
markets makes some people nervous. But so far, anyway, little is being done
to change the situation, and nothing devastating has happened to markets.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
One of the main differences between a "financial instrument" versus a
"derivative financial instrument" is that the notional is generally not at risk
in a "derivative financial instrument." For example if Company C borrows $600
million from Bank B in a financial instrument, the notional amount ($600
million) is at risk immediately after the notional is transferred to Company C.
On the other hand, if Company C and Company D contract for an interest rate swap
on a notional of $600 million using Bank B as an intermediary, the $600 million
notional never changes hands. Only the swap payments for the differences in
interest rates are at risk and these are only a small fraction of the $600
million notional. Sometimes the swap payments are even guaranteed by the
intermediary, thereby eliminating credit risk.
So where's the risk of a derivative financial instrument that caused all the
fuss beginning in the 1980s and led to the most complex accounting standards
ever written (FAS 133 in the U.S. and IAS 39 internationally)?
Often there is little or no risk if the derivative contracts are held to
maturity. The problem is that derivatives are often settled before maturity at
huge gains to one party and huge losses to the counterparty. For example, if
Company C swaps fixed-rate interest payments on $600 million (having current
value risk with no cash flow variation risk) for variable-rate interest payments
on $600 million (having cash flow variation risk but no market value variation
risk), Company C has taken on enormous cash flow risk that may become very large
if interest rates change greatly in a direction not expected by Company C.
If Company C wants to settle its swap contract before
maturity it may have to pay an enormous amount of money to do so either to
counterparty Company D or to some other company who will take the swap off the
hands of Company C. The risk is not the $600 million notional; Rather the risk
is in the shifting value of the swap contract itself which can be huge even if
it is less than the $600 million notional amount. A tutorial on how swaps
are valued is available at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Perhaps derivative financial instrument risk is even better illustrated by
futures contracts. Futures contracts are traded on organized exchanges such as
the Chicago Board of Trade. If Company A speculates in oil futures on January 1,
there is no exchange of cash on a 100,000 barrel notional that gives Company A
the right to sell oil at a future date (say in one year) at a forward price (say
$100 per barrel) one year from now. As a speculation, Company A has gambled by
hoping to buy 100,000 barrels of oil one year from now for less than $100 per
barrel and sell it for the contracted $100 price.
But futures contracts are unique in that they are net settled in cash each
day over the entire one year contract period. If the spot price of oil is $55 on
January 12 and $60 on January 13, Company A must provide $500,000 =
($60-$55)(100,000 barrels) to the counterparty on January 13 even though the
futures contract itself does not mature until December 31. If Company A has not
hedged its position, its risk can become astounding if oil prices dramatically
rise. Company A's futures contract had zero value on January 1 (futures
contracts rarely have value initially except in the case of options contracts),
but the value of the futures contract may become an enormous asset or an
enormous liability each each day thereafter depending upon oil spot price
movements relative to the forward price ($100) that was contracted.
Hence, derivative contracts may have enormous risks even though the notionals
themselves are not at risk. Prior to FAS 133 these risks were generally not
booked or even disclosed. In the 1980s newer types of derivative contracts
emerged (such as interest rate swaps) in part because it was possible to have
enormous amounts of off-balance-sheet debt that did not even have to be
disclosed, let alone booked, in financial statements. Astounding frauds
transpired that led to huge pressures on the SEC and the FASB to better account
for derivative financial instruments.
Most corporations adopted policies of not speculating in derivatives by
allowing derivatives to be used only to hedge risk. However, such policies are
very misleading since there are two main types of risk --- cash flow risk versus
value risk. It is impossible to simultaneously hedge both
types of risk, and hedging one type increases the risk of the other type.
For example, a company that swaps fixed for floating rate interest payments
increases cash flow risk by eliminating value risk (which it may want if it
plans to settle debt prior to maturity). The counterparty that swaps floating
rate interest payments for fixed rate payments eliminates cash flow risk by
taking on value risk. It is impossible to hedge both cash
flow and value risk simultaneously.
Hence, to say that a corporation has a policy allowing hedging but not
speculating in derivative financial instruments is nonsense. A policy to only
hedge cash flow risk may create enormous value risk. A policy to only hedge
value risk may create enormous cash flow risk.
As the NYT article above points out that derivative financial instruments are
increasingly popular in world commerce. As a result risk exposures have greatly
increased even if all contracts were used for hedging purposes only. The problem
is that a hedge only reduces or eliminates one type of risk at the "cost" of
increasing the other type of risk. Derivative contracts
increase one type or the other type of risk the instant they are signed.
Hedging shifts risk but does not eliminate risk per se.
You can read more about scandals in derivative financial instruments
contracting (such as one company's "trillion dollar bet" that nearly toppled
Wall Street and Enron's derivative scandals) at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
You can download the CD containing my slide shows and videos on how to
account for derivative financial instruments at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/
My FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary is Below.
Table of Contents
and Links
Bob Jensen's
FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
Also see a comprehensive
risk and trading glossary at http://risk.ifci.ch/SiteMap.htm
Glossary for the energy industry
--- Also see http://snipurl.com/EnergyGlossary
Related glossaries are listed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbus.htm
Click here for tutorial
links
Risk Glossary ---
http://www.riskglossary.com/
If
you are having trouble finding something try a Google search.
Especially note that you can add terms and phrases at http://www.google.com/advanced_search?hl=en
For example, you can add a phrase in the second cell and individual words in the
top cell. You can fill in both cells
simultaneously to narrow your search.
Also note
that you can seek definitions in Google. In
the top cell type in --- define “phrase” where your phrase can be one word
like “contango” or “backwardation” or a phrase like “asian option”.
It is important to first type in the word “define” without quotation marks.
Second
try a search within the standard itself.
You can find digital versions of FAS 133 by scrolling down at http://www.fasb.org/st/#fas153
DIG text
is can be searched at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Free digital versions of IAS 39 are available but they are difficult to find in
EU law. Fee-based versions are available at http://www.iasb.org/
Bob Jensen's FAS 133 and IAS 39 helpers --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Why there are new rules of accounting for derivative financial instruments
and hedge accounting --- See Why!
Bob Jensen's FAS 133,and FAS 138 Cases --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138, Accounting for
Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of
FASB Statement No. 133 ---
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.
Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
FAS 133 Excel Workbooks Solutions to Examples and Cases --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/
For example, my Excel wookbook for the Solution to Example 1 in Appendix B of
FAS 133 is the file 133ex01a.xls
Note that in many instances, I have expanded upon the FASB examples to make more
well-rounded presentation.
Bob Jensen's video tutorials on accounting for derivative
financial instruments and hedging activity under FAS 133 and IAS 39 standards
--- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/acct5341/fas133/WindowsMedia/
Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards --- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
Flow Chart for FAS 133 and
IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39
--- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm
Canadian Workshop Topics --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000indexLinks.htm
Illustrations --- See Illustrations
Two Questions
How did Bob Jensen spend his summer vacation?
What can physicists do when they can't find jobs in physics?
Answers
I've spent a great
deal of my summer and my Fall 2004 Semester leave plowing through a book entitled Quantitative Finance and
Risk Managment: A Physicists Approach by Jan W. Dash, by Jan W. Dash
(World Scientific Publishing, 2004, ISBN 981-238-712-9)
This is a great book by a good writer.
For a more
introductory warm up I recommend Derivatives: An Introduction by Robert
A Strong, Edition 2 (Thomson South-Western, 2005, ISBN 0-324-27302-9)
And what about
opportunities for physicists?
See "A Geek's Walk on Wall Street," by Peter Coy, Business Week,
November 15, Page 26. This is a review of a book entitled My Life as a
Quant, by Emanuel Derman (Wiley, 2005) --- http://www.businessweek.com/@@x3mnUmYQYMjg7RMA/premium/content/04_46/b3908024_mz005.htm
As one of Wall Street's leading quants, Derman did
throw off some intense gamma radiation. He worked at Goldman from 1985 until
2003 except for one year at Salomon Brothers. At Goldman, he moved from fixed
income to equity derivatives to risk management, becoming a managing director
in 1997. He co-invented a tool for pricing options on Treasury bonds, working
with Goldman colleagues Bill Toy and the late Fischer Black, who co-invented
the Black-Scholes formula for valuing options on stocks. Derman received the
industry's "Financial Engineer of the Year" award in 2000. Now he
directs the financial-engineering program at Columbia University.
Derman failed at what he really wanted, which was to
become an important physicist. He was merely very smart in a field dominated
by geniuses, so he kicked around from one low-paying research job to another.
"At age 16 or 17, I had wanted to be another Einstein," he writes.
"By 1976...I had reached the point where I merely envied the postdoc in
the office next door because he had been invited to give a seminar in
France." His move to Wall Street -- an acknowledgment of failure --
brought him financial rewards beyond the dreams of academic physicists and a
fair measure of satisfaction as well.
In the tradition of the idiosyncratic memoir, My Life
As a Quant is a grab bag of the author's interests. It quotes Schopenhauer and
Goethe while supplying not one but three diagrams of a muon neutrino colliding
with a proton. There is a long section on the brilliant and punctilious
Fischer Black; a glimpse of physicist Richard Feynman; and an embarrassing
encounter with finance giant Robert Merton, who sat next to the author on a
long flight (Derman treated him rudely before realizing who he was).
Derman's mood seems to vary from bemused on good days
to sour on bad ones. The chapter on his postdoc travels is titled "A Sort
of Life"; his brief career at Bell Labs, "In the Penal Colony";
his tenure at Salomon Brothers, "A Severed Head." Pre-IPO Goldman
Sachs comes off as relatively gentle yet stimulating. He writes: "It was
the only place I never secretly hoped would crash and burn."
Continued in the
article
Bob Jensen's threads
(including video tutorials) on derivative financial instruments and the Freddie
and Fannie scandals are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Bob Jensen's threads
on the trillions of dollars of worldwide frauds using derivative financial
instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
September 25, 2003 message from editor jda [editor.jda@gmx.de]
Dear Professor Bob Jensen,
The Journal of Deivatives Accounting (JDA) is
preparing to publish its first issue and I would be grateful if you could post
the following announcement on your web site.
Regards
Mamouda
Dear Colleagues,
There is a new addition to accounting research
Journals. The Journal of Derivatives Accounting (JDA) is an international
quarterly publication which provides authoritative accounting and finance
literature on issues of financial innovations such as derivatives and their
implications to accounting, finance, tax, standards setting, and corporate
practices. This refereed journal disseminates research results and serves as a
means of communication among academics, standard setters, practitioners, and
market participants.
The first and special issue of the JDA, to appear in
the Winter of 2003, will be dedicated to:
"Stock Options: Developments in Share-Based
Compensation (Accounting, Standards, Tax and Corporate Practice)"
This special issue will consider papers dealing with:
* Analysis of applicable national and international
accounting standards * Convergence between IASB and FASB * Accounting
treatment (Expensing) * Valuation * Corporate and market practice * Design of
stock options * Analysis of the structure of stock options contracts *
Executives pay incentives and performance * Taxation * Management and
Corporate Governance
For more details on how to submit your work to the
journal, please visit http://www.worldscinet.com/jda.html
Sincerely,
The Editorial Board Journal of Derivatives Accounting (JDA)
JOURNAL OF DERIVATIVES ACCOUNTING
Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit
Vol. 1, No. 2 (September 2004) out now!! In this issue issue of JDA, Guy
Coughlan, Simon Emery and Johannes Kolb discuss the Hedge
Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit, which is JPMorgan’s latest addition to
a long list of innovative and cutting-edge risk management solutions. View the
Table of Contents @ http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/01/0102/S02198681040102.html!
FASB staff posts derivatives compilation of all subsequent changes made to
the guidance in the February 10, 2004, edition of the bound codification,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (also referred to
as the Green Book) ---
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/07-10-06_green_book_changes.pdf
Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
In May of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/news/nr043003.shtml
Norwalk, CT, April 30, 2003—Today
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment
of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The
Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments,
including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for
hedging activities under Statement 133.
The new guidance amends Statement 133 for decisions
made:
- as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group
process that effectively required amendments to Statement 133,
- in connection with other Board projects dealing
with financial instruments, and
- regarding implementation issues raised in relation
to the application of the definition of a derivative, particularly
regarding the meaning of an “underlying” and the characteristics of a
derivative that contains financing components.
The amendments set forth in Statement 149 improve
financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable
characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this Statement
clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment
meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133. In
addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that
warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. Statement 149
amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes will result in
more consistent reporting of contracts that are derivatives in their entirety
or that contain embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting.
Effective Dates and Order Information
This Statement is effective for contracts entered
into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated below and for hedging
relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance should be applied
prospectively.
The provisions of this Statement that relate to
Statement 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal
quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in
accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, certain
provisions relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued
securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to
existing contracts as well as new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003.
Copies of Statement 149 may be obtained through the
FASB Order Department at 800-748-0659 or by placing an order on-line
at the FASB website.
SAS 92 auditing standard entitled "Auditing Derivative Instruments,
Hedging Activities, and Investments in Securities." Click
Here.
An
earlier FAS 133
Amendment on the Heels of the Previous (FAS 138) Amendment --- A Mere 104 Pages
Amendment of
Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
(Exposure Draft)
The News Release reads as follows at http://www.fasb.org/news/nr050102.shtml
Today the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an Exposure Draft, Amendment of
Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Exposure
Draft amends Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities, to clarify the definition of a derivative. A copy of the
Exposure Draft is available on the FASB’s website at www.fasb.org. The
comment period concludes on July 1, 2002.
In connection with
Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. D1, "Application of Statement
133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets," the Board
addressed issues related to the accounting for beneficial interests in
securitized financial assets, such as beneficial interests in securitized
credit card receivables. In resolving those issues, the FASB decided that an
amendment was needed to clarify the definition of a derivative, as set forth
in Statement 133.
The purpose of the
Exposure Draft is to improve financial reporting by requiring that financial
contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for in the same way.
The Statement would clarify under what circumstances a financial contract—either
an option-based or non-option-based contract—with an initial net
investment would meet the characteristic of a derivative discussed in
paragraph 6(b) of Statement 133. The FASB believes the proposed change will
produce more consistent reporting of financial contracts as either
derivatives or hybrid financial instruments.
The proposed
effective date for the accounting change is the first day of the first
fiscal quarter beginning after November 15, 2002, which, for calendar year
end companies, will be January 1, 2003.
Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 122 and IAS
39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/casea
The FASB staff has prepared a new updated edition of Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This essential aid to
implementation presents Statement 133 as amended by Statements 137 and 138.
Also, it includes the results of the Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG), as
cleared by the FASB through December 10, 2001, with cross-references between the
issues and the paragraphs of the Statement.
“The staff at the FASB has prepared this publication to bring together in
one document the current guidance on accounting for derivatives,” said Kevin
Stoklosa, FASB project manager. “To put it simply, it’s a
‘one-stop-shop’ approach that we hope our readers will find easier to
use.”
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—DC133-2
Prices: $30.00 each copy for Members of the Financial Accounting
Foundation, the Accounting Research Association (ARA) of the AICPA, and
academics; $37.50 each copy for others.
International Orders: A 50% surcharge will be applied to orders that
are shipped overseas, except for shipments made to U.S. possessions, Canada, and
Mexico. Please remit in local currency at the current exchange rate.
To order:
FASB staff posts derivatives compilation of all subsequent changes made to
the guidance in the February 10, 2004, edition of the bound codification,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (also referred to
as the Green Book) ---
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/07-10-06_green_book_changes.pdf
Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Derivative
Financial Instruments Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm
A
Condensed Multimedia Overview With Video and Audio from Experts --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm
A
Longer and More Boring Introduction to FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Flow Chart for FAS 133 and
IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39
--- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm
The Devil's Derivatives
Dictionary at http://www.margrabe.com/Devil/DevilF_J.html
To understand more about derivative
financial instruments, I suggest that you begin by going to the file at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Especially note the discussion of the shortcut method at the end of the above
document.
A helpful site on FAS 133 is at http://fas133.com
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Auditing Requirements for Derivative Financial
Securities
Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in
Securities
http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm
A Nice Summary of SAS 92 is Available Online
(Auditing, Derivative Financial Instruments, Hedging)
SAS 92-New Guidance on Auditing Derivatives and
Securities
by Joe Sanders, Ph.D., CPA and Stan Clark, Ph.D., CPA
http://www.ohioscpa.com/member/publications/Journal/1st2001/page10.asp
Auditors face many challenges in auditing derivatives
and securities. These instruments have become more complex, their use more
common and the accounting requirements to provide fair value information are
expanding. There is also an increasing tendency for entities to use service
organizations to help manage activities involving financial instruments. To
assist auditors with these challenges, the Auditing Standards Board (ASB)
issued SAS 92, Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and
Investments in Securities. The ASB is also currently developing a companion
Audit Guide. SAS 92 supersedes SAS 81, Auditing Investments.
SAS 92 provides a framework for auditors to use in
planning and performing auditing procedures for assertions about all financial
instruments and hedging activities. The Audit Guide will show how to use the
framework provided by the SAS for a variety of practice issues. The purpose of
this article is to summarize and explain some of the more significant aspects
of SAS 92.
Scope SAS 92 applies to:
Derivative instruments, as defined in SFAS 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity. Hedging activities
which also fall under SFAS 133. Debt and equity securities, as defined in SFAS
115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. The
auditor should also refer to APB 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for
Investments in Common Stock. Special Skill or Knowledge
SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt, in his speech on renewing
the covenant with investors stated, "I recognize that new financial
instruments, new technologies and even new markets demand more specialized
know-how to effectively audit many of today's companies".1 One of the
first items noted in SAS 92 is that the auditor may need to seek assistance in
planning and performing audit procedures for financial instruments. This
advice is based primarily on the complexity of SFAS 133. Understanding an
entities' information system for derivatives, including work provided by a
service organization, may require the auditor to seek assistance from within
the firm or from an outside expert. SAS 73 provides guidance on using the work
of a specialist.
Inherent Risk Assessment
The inherent risk related to financial instruments is
the susceptibility to a material misstatement, assuming there are no related
controls. Assessing inherent risk for financial instruments, particularly
complex derivatives, can be difficult. To assess inherent risk for financial
instruments, auditors should understand both the economics and business
purpose of the entity's financial activities. Auditors will need to make
inquiries of management to understand how the entity uses financial
instruments and the risks associated with them. SAS 92 provides several
examples of considerations that might affect the auditor's assessment of the
inherent risk for assertions about financial instruments:2
The complexity of the features of the derivative or
security. Whether the transaction that gave rise to the derivative or security
involved the exchange of cash. The entity's experience with derivatives or
securities. Whether the derivative is freestanding or an embedded feature of
an agreement. The evolving nature of derivatives and the applicable generally
accepted accounting principles. Significant reliance on outside parties.
Control Risk Assessment
SAS 92 includes a section on control risk assessment.
Control risk is the risk that a material misstatement could occur and would
not be prevented or detected in a timely manner by an entity's internal
control. Management is responsible for providing direction to financial
activities through clearly stated policies. These policies should be
documented and might include:
Policies regarding the types of instruments and
transactions that may be entered into and for what purposes. Limits for the
maximum allowable exposure to each type of risk, including a list of approved
securities broker-dealers and counterparties to derivative transactions.
Methods for monitoring the financial risks of financial instruments,
particularly derivatives, and the related control procedures. Internal
reporting of exposures, risks and the results of actions taken by management.
Auditors should understand the contents of financial reports received by
management and how they are used. For example, "stop loss" limits
are used to protect against sudden drops in the market value of financial
instruments. These limits require all speculative positions to be closed out
immediately if the unrealized loss on those positions reaches a certain level.
Management reports may include comparisons of stop loss positions and actual
trading positions to the policies set by the board of directors.
The entity's use of a service organization will
require the auditor to gain an understanding of the nature of the service
organization's services, the materiality of the transactions it processes, and
the degree of interaction between its activities and those of the entity. It
may also require the auditor to gain an understanding of the service
organization's controls over the transactions the service organization
processes for it.
Designing Substantive Procedures Based on Risk
Assessments
The auditor should use the assessed levels of
inherent and control risk to determine the acceptable level of detection risk
for assertions about financial instruments and to determine the nature,
timing, and extent of the substantive tests to be performed to detect material
misstatements of the assertions. Substantive procedures should address the
following five categories of assertions included in SAS 31, Evidential Matter:
1. Existence or occurrence. Existence assertions
address whether the derivatives and securities reported in the financial
statements through recognition or disclosure exist at the balance sheet date.
Occurrence assertions address whether changes in derivatives or securities
reported as part of earnings, other comprehensive income, cash flows or
through disclosure occurred. Examples of substantive procedures for existence
or occurrence assertions include:3
Confirmation with the holder of the security,
including securities in electronic form or with the counterparty to the
derivative. Confirmation of settled or unsettled transactions with the
broker-dealer counterparty. Physical inspection of the security or derivative
contract. Inspecting supporting documentation for subsequent realization or
settlement after the end of the reporting period. Performing analytical
procedures. 2. Completeness. Completeness assertions address whether all of
the entity's derivatives and securities are reported in the financial
statements through recognition or disclosure. Since derivatives may involve
only a commitment to perform under a contract and not an initial exchange of
tangible consideration, auditors should not focus exclusively on evidence
relating to cash receipts and disbursements.
3. Rights and obligations. These assertions address
whether the entity has rights and obligations associated with derivatives and
securities reported in the financial statements. For example, are assets
pledged or do side agreements exist that allow the purchaser of a security to
return the security after a specified period of time? Confirming significant
terms with the counterparty to a derivative or the holder of a security would
be a substantive procedure testing assertions about rights and obligations.
4. Valuation. Under SFAS 115 and SFAS 133 many
financial instruments must now be measured at fair value, and fair value
information must be disclosed for most derivatives and securities that are
measured at some other amount.
The auditor should obtain evidence corroborating the
fair value of financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value. The
method for determining fair value may be specified by generally accepted
accounting principles and may vary depending on the industry in which the
entity operates or the nature of the entity. Such differences may relate to
the consideration of price quotations from inactive markets and significant
liquidity discounts, control premiums, commissions and other costs that would
be incurred to dispose of the financial instrument.
If the derivative or security is valued by the entity
using a valuation model (for example, the Black-Scholes option pricing model),
the auditor should assess the reasonableness and appropriateness of the model.
The auditor should also determine whether the market variables and assumptions
used are reasonable and appropriately supported. Estimates of expected future
cash flows, for example, to determine the fair value of long-term obligations
should be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions.
The method for determining fair value also may vary
depending on the type of asset or liability. For example, the fair value of an
obligation may be determined by discounting expected future cash flows, while
the fair value of an equity security may be its quoted market price. SAS 92
provides guidance on audit evidence that may be used to corroborate these
assertions about fair value.
5. Presentation and disclosure. These assertions
address whether the classification, description and disclosure of derivatives
and securities are in conformity with GAAP. For some derivatives and
securities, GAAP may prescribe presentation and disclosure requirements, for
example:
Certain securities are required to be classified into
categories based on management's intent and ability such as trading,
available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives used to hedge depend on whether the derivative is a fair-value
hedge or an expected cash flow hedge, and on the degree of effectiveness of
the hedge. Hedging Transactions
Hedging will require large amounts of documentation
by the client. For starters, the auditor will need to examine the companies'
established policy for risk management. For each derivative, management should
document what risk it is hedging, how it is expected to hedge that risk and
how the effectiveness will be tested. Without documentation, the client will
not be allowed hedge accounting. Auditors will need to gather evidence to
support the initial designation of an instrument as a hedge, the continued
application of hedge accounting and the effectiveness of the hedge.
To satisfy these accounting requirements,
management's policy for financial instrument transactions might also include
the following elements whenever the entity engages in hedging activities:
An assessment of the risks that need to be hedged The
objectives of hedging and the strategy for achieving those objectives. The
methods management will use to measure the effectiveness of the strategy.
Reporting requirements for the monitoring and review of the hedge program.
Impairment Losses
Management's responsibility to determine whether a
decline in fair value is other than temporary is explicitly recognized in SAS
92. The auditor will need to evaluate whether management has considered
relevant information in determining whether other-than-temporary impairment
exists. SAS 92 provides examples of circumstances that indicate an
other-than-temporary impairment condition may exist:4
Management Representations
The auditor must obtain written representations from
management confirming their intent and ability assertions related to
derivatives and securities. For example, the intent and ability to hold a debt
security until it matures or to enter into a forecasted transaction for which
hedge accounting is applied. Appendix B of SAS 85 (AU Sec. 333.17) includes
illustrative representations about derivative and security transactions.
Summary
SAS 92 provides guidance for auditing derivatives and
securities. Accounting requirements related to these instruments, SFAS 115 and
SFAS 133, are very complex and because of their extensive use of fair value
measures require significant use of judgment by the accountant. SAS 92
establishes a framework for auditors to assess whether the entity has complied
with the provisions of SFAS 115 and SFAS 133. However, because of the
subjective nature of many of the requirements of these two standards,
considerable auditor judgment will be required to comply with SAS 92.
Effective Date
This SAS is effective for audits of financial
statements for fiscal years ending on or after June 30, 2001. Early adoption
is permitted.
Keeping Up With Financial Instruments Derivatives
You can find some great
tutorials go to CBOE at http://www.cboe.com/education/ .
But these do not help with learning how to account for the derivatives under FAS
133 and IAS 39. The same holds for the CBOT at http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,909,00.html and
the CME at http://www.cme.com/edu/
New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) for energy and metals under
the Education tab at http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp
Optionetics has some good tutorials with respect to options but these do not
explain options accounting --- http://www.optionetics.com/education/trading.asp
Daniel Oglevee's Course Site --- http://www.cob.ohio-state.edu/fin/autumn2004/723.htm
In 2000, ISDA filed a letter to the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) urging changes to FAS 133, its derivatives and hedge accounting standard.
ISDA’s letter urged alterations to six areas of the standard: hedging the
risk-free rate; hedging using purchased options; providing hedge accounting for
foreign currency assets and liabilities; extending the exception for normal
purchase and sales; and central treasury netting. The FASB subsequently rejected
changes to purchased option provisions, conceded some on normal purchases and
sales, extending the exception to contracts that implicitly or explicitly permit
net settlement, declined to amend FAS 133 to facilitate partial term hedging and
agreed to consider changing the restrictions on hedge accounting for foreign
currency.
ISDA ®INTERNATIONAL SWAPS AND DERIVATIVES ASSOCIATION, INC.http://www.isda.org/wwa/Retrospective_2000_Master.pdf
A good tutorial on
energy futures and options hedging is given by the New York Mercantile Exchange
(NYMEX) under the Education tab at http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp
Two Questions
How did Bob Jensen spend his summer vacation?
What can physicists do when they can't find jobs in physics?
Answers
I've spent a great
deal of my summer and my Fall 2004 Semester leave plowing through a book entitled Quantitative Finance and
Risk Managment: A Physicists Approach by Jan W. Dash, by Jan W. Dash
(World Scientific Publishing, 2004, ISBN 981-238-712-9)
This is a great book by a good writer.
For a more
introductory warm up I recommend Derivatives: An Introduction by Robert
A Strong, Edition 2 (Thomson South-Western, 2005, ISBN 0-324-27302-9)
And what about
opportunities for physicists?
See "A Geek's Walk on Wall Street," by Peter Coy, Business Week,
November 15, Page 26. This is a review of a book entitled My Life as a
Quant, by Emanuel Derman (Wiley, 2005) --- http://www.businessweek.com/@@x3mnUmYQYMjg7RMA/premium/content/04_46/b3908024_mz005.htm
As one of Wall Street's leading quants, Derman did
throw off some intense gamma radiation. He worked at Goldman from 1985 until
2003 except for one year at Salomon Brothers. At Goldman, he moved from fixed
income to equity derivatives to risk management, becoming a managing director
in 1997. He co-invented a tool for pricing options on Treasury bonds, working
with Goldman colleagues Bill Toy and the late Fischer Black, who co-invented
the Black-Scholes formula for valuing options on stocks. Derman received the
industry's "Financial Engineer of the Year" award in 2000. Now he
directs the financial-engineering program at Columbia University.
Derman failed at what he really wanted, which was to
become an important physicist. He was merely very smart in a field dominated
by geniuses, so he kicked around from one low-paying research job to another.
"At age 16 or 17, I had wanted to be another Einstein," he writes.
"By 1976...I had reached the point where I merely envied the postdoc in
the office next door because he had been invited to give a seminar in
France." His move to Wall Street -- an acknowledgment of failure --
brought him financial rewards beyond the dreams of academic physicists and a
fair measure of satisfaction as well.
In the tradition of the idiosyncratic memoir, My Life
As a Quant is a grab bag of the author's interests. It quotes Schopenhauer and
Goethe while supplying not one but three diagrams of a muon neutrino colliding
with a proton. There is a long section on the brilliant and punctilious
Fischer Black; a glimpse of physicist Richard Feynman; and an embarrassing
encounter with finance giant Robert Merton, who sat next to the author on a
long flight (Derman treated him rudely before realizing who he was).
Derman's mood seems to vary from bemused on good days
to sour on bad ones. The chapter on his postdoc travels is titled "A Sort
of Life"; his brief career at Bell Labs, "In the Penal Colony";
his tenure at Salomon Brothers, "A Severed Head." Pre-IPO Goldman
Sachs comes off as relatively gentle yet stimulating. He writes: "It was
the only place I never secretly hoped would crash and burn."
Continued in the
article
Bob Jensen's threads
(including video tutorials) on derivative financial instruments and the Freddie
and Fannie scandals are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Bob Jensen's threads
on the trillions of dollars of worldwide frauds using derivative financial
instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
You can read a great deal about energy derivatives in The Derivatives 'Zine
at http://www.margrabe.com/Energy.html
Other topics include the following:
The Derivatives 'Zine by Dr. Risk
THE WILLIAM MARGRABE GROUP, INC., CONSULTING, PRESENTS |
Ask Dr. Risk!
- Free answers: Dr.
Risk promises any correspondent from a business domain with a website
(e.g., Mack@CSFB.com) at least a
five-minute response to your important question, as soon as he has a
free moment, probably within one month.
- Fast answers:
If you absolutely, positively will have to have an answer overnight, set
up your consulting account, ahead of time, with the William Margrabe
Group, Inc.. Introductory offer: $300 / hour with one-minute
granularity. If we can't provide the answer, we'll refer you to someone
who can. If we can't refer you, we'll inform you fast for free.
- No answers: LDiablo@hotmail.com,
Chris1492@aol.com, BillyG@MSN.com,
and Desperate@Podunk.edu, etc.
can no longer count on even brief answers, unless their questions are
sufficiently intriguing. Sorry.
A question of sufficiently general
interest to make it into the 'Zine, tends to generate a more
comprehensive response. All questions and answers become the property of The
William Margrabe Group, Inc
QUANTITATIVE FINANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT A Physicist's Approach
by Jan W Dash
This book is designed for scientists and engineers desiring to learn
quantitative finance, and for quantitative analysts and finance graduate
students. Parts will be of interest to research academics --- http://www.worldscientific.com/books/economics/5436.html
804pp |
Pub. date: Jul 2004 |
Contents:
- Introduction, Overview, and Exercise
- Risk Lab (Nuts and Bolts of Risk Management)
- Exotics, Deals, and Case Studies
- Quantitative Risk Management
- Path Integrals, Green Functions, and Options
- The Macro-Micro Model (A Research Topic)
The above sources are not much good about accounting for derivatives under
FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39. For that, go to the following source:
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
FAS 133 Tutorial, SmartPros --- http://www.smartpros.com/x33017.xml
FAS 133, the standard
for financial reporting of derivatives and hedging transactions, was adopted
in 1998 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to resolve inconsistent
previous reporting standards and practices. It went into effect at most U.S.
companies at the beginning of 2001.
Courtesy of Kawaller
& Company, SmartPros presents this FAS 133 tutorial to help you
understand the provisions of the standard. For news pertaining to FAS
133, click on the links to the right in Related Stories.
PwC Tutorial on IAS 39 --- http://www.pwcglobal.com/images/gx/eng/fs/bcm/032403iashedge.pdf
PowerPoint Show Highlighting Some Complaints About IAS 39 and IAS 32 --- http://www.atel.lu/atel/fr/publications/Publications/030524_EACT%20mtg_Milan.ppt
"IAS 32 and IAS 39 Revised: An Overview," Ernst & Young,
February 2004 --- http://www.ey.com/global/download.nsf/International/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04/$file/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04.pdf
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/RevisedIAS32and39
Sharing Professor --- John
Hull (who writes about financial instrument derivatives) --- http://www.rotman.utoronto.ca/~hull/
His great books (not free) are great,
but he also shares (for free) some software and data --- http://www.rotman.utoronto.ca/~hull/
Forwarded by Carl Hubbard on September 12, 2003
I would like to bring to your attention Analysis
of Derivatives for the CFA(r) Program by Don M. Chance, CFA, recently
published this year by the Association for Investment Management and
Research(r). While designed for the CFA program, this publication is a
terrific text for academic derivatives and risk management courses.
The treatment in this volume is intended to
communicate a practical risk management approach to derivatives for the
investment generalist. The topics in the text were determined by a
comprehensive job analysis of investment practitioners worldwide. The
illustrative in-chapter problems and the extensive end-of-chapter questions
and problems serve to reinforce learning and understanding of the material.
We believe that this text responds to the need for a
globally relevant guide to applying derivatives analysis to the investment
process. We hope you will consider adopting Analysis of Derivatives for the
CFA(r) Program for a future course.
Thank you for your attention.
Sincerely,
Helen K. Weaver
Associate
AIMR
656 PAGES
0-935015-93-0
HB 2003
Message from Ira Kawaller on August 4, 2002
Hi Bob,
I posted a new article on the Kawaller & Company
website: “What’s ‘Normal’ in Derivatives Accounting,” originally
published in Financial Executive, July / August 2002. It is most relevant for
financial managers of non-financial companies, who seek to avoid FAS 133
treatment for their purchase and sales contracts. The point of the article is
that this treatment may mask some pertinent risks and opportunities. To view
the article, click on http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/FE.pdf
.
I'd be happy to hear from you if you have any
questions or comments.
Thanks for your consideration.
Ira Kawaller Kawaller & Company, LLC http://www.kawaller.com
kawaller@kawaller.com 717-694-6270
Bob Jensen's documents on derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
March 8, 2002 Message from the Risk Waters Group
[RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com]
ONLINE TRADING
TRAINING NOW AVAILABLE (Investments, Finance, Derivatives) …
‘Introduction to Trading Room Technology’ from Waters Training. A low-cost,
Web-based training solution for financial professionals. Go at your own pace,
travel nowhere, and learn about the core trading processes and key technology
issues from your own desktop. For more information, go to http://www.waters-training.com
to find out more. Lastly, if you have any colleagues, training managers or
business associates who would be interested in this new product, please forward
them this message.
Thank you.
If you are interested in email messages
regarding financial risk news, you may be interested in contacting:
Christopher Jeffery mailto:cjeffery@riskwaters.com
Editor, RiskNews
http://www.risknews.net
Governmental Disclosure Rules for Derivative Financial
Instruments --- see Disclosure.
The DIG
In the meantime, the FASB formed the FAS 133 Derivatives Implementation Group
(DIG) to help resolve particular implementation questions, especially in areas
where the standard is not clear or allegedly onerous. The FASB's DIG
website (that contains its mission and pronouncements) is at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
DIG issues are also summarized (in red borders) at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#0000Begin.
IAS 138 Implementation Guidance
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA
Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp.
54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm
April 25, 2002 message from Charlie
Stutesman [southwestern.email@swcollege.com]
Dear Professor
Jensen,
In direct contrast to
most trade training derivatives texts which emphasize issues related to the
pricing and hedging of derivatives, this groundbreaking text is designed for
those who want to teach students how to manage derivatives to maximize firm
value through risk management. DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT presents the
crucial tools necessary for executives and future derivatives players to
effectively hedge with derivatives in order to protect firms from losses.
* WRITTEN TO
EMPHASIZE THE ROLE OF MANAGERS: Managers will use derivatives to maximize firm
value as opposed to traders who may use derivatives to speculate.
* MANAGERIAL
APPLICATION BOXES: Preparing users to meet the challenges of today's business
decisions, real-world applications bring chapter concepts to life.
* TECHNICAL BOXES:
Concepts presented within the chapters are taken to a higher level of
conceptual or mathematical rigor.
We encourage you to
request a complimentary exam copy of DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (ISBN:
0-538-86101-0) by Stulz. Simply reply to this message, contact your
South-Western, Thomson Learning representative, call the Thomson Learning
Academic Resource Center at 1-800-423-0563, or go to:
http://esampling.thomsonlearning.com/s1.asp?Rid=1+JWA+1719&SC=2SCF2262
South-Western has
helped provide generations of learners with a solid foundation and true
understanding of finance. Now more than ever, follow the proven leader into a
new century with relevant, comprehensive, and up-to-date finance products and
information.
Sincerely,
Charlie
Stutesman
Senior Marketing Manager
charlie.stutesman@swlearning.com
IAS 39 Implementation Guidance
Supplement to the
Publication
Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and
Implementation Guidance
http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf
The IASB’s Exposure Draft of the macro hedging compromise is
entitled “Amendments to IAS 39: Recognition
and Measurement Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest
Rate” and for a short time can be downloaded free from http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ed-ias39mh/ed-ias39mh.pdf
See Macro Hedging
Also see Bob Jensen's
Interest Rate Swap Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation, and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Hi Patrick,
The term "better" is a loaded
term. One of the main criticisms leveled at IASC standards is that they were too
broad, too permissive, and too toothless to provide comparability between
different corporate annual reports. The IASC (now called IASB) standards only
began ot get respect at IOSCO after they started becoming more like FASB
standards in the sense of having more teeth and specificity.
I think FAS 133 is better than IAS 39
in the sense that FAS 133 gives more guidance on specific types of contracts.
IAS 39 is so vague in places that most users of IAS 39 have to turn to FAS 133
to both understand a type of contract and to find a method of dealing with that
contract. IAS 39 was very limited in terms of examples, but this has been
recitified somewhat (i.e., by a small amount) in a recent publication by the
IASB: Supplement to the Publication Accounting for Financial Instruments -
Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf
In theory, there are very few
differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. But this is like saying that there is
very little difference between the Bible and the U.S. Commercial Code. Many
deals may be against what you find in the Bible, but lawyers will find it of
less help in court than the U.S. Commercial Code. I admit saying this with
tongue in cheek, because the IAS 39 is much closer to FAS 133 than the Bible is
to the USCC.
Paul Pacter wrote a nice paper about
differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. However, such a short paper cannot cover
all differences that arise in practice. The paper is somewhat dated now, but you
can find more recent updates on differences at Differences
between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Although there are differences between
FAS 133 and IAS 39, I would not make too big a deal out of such differences. IAS
39 was written with one eye upon FAS 133, and the differences are relatively
minor. Paul Pacter's summary of these differences can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=490603&sc={65834A68-1562-4CF2-9C09-D1D6BF887A00}&sd=860888892&n=3288
Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards"
--- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
Hope this helps,
Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones
Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212
Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen
-----Original
Message-----
From: Patrick Charles [mailto:charlesp@CWDOM.DM]
Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2002 11:54 AM
To: CPAS-L@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU
Subject: US GAAP Vs IASB
Greetings Everyone
Mr Bolkestein said
the rigid approach of US GAAP could make it easier to hide companies' true
financial situation. "You tick the boxes and out come the answer,"
he said. "Having rules is a good thing, but having rigid rules is not the
best thing.
http://news.ft.com/ft/gx.cgi/ftc?pagename=View&c=Article&cid=FT3AHWRLXXC&live=true&tagid=FTDCZE6JFEC&subheading=accountancy
Finally had a chance
to read the US GAAP issue. Robert you mentioned IAS 39, do you have other
examples where US GAAP is a better alternative to IASB, or is this an European
ploy to get the US to adopt IASB?
Cheers
Mr. Patrick Charles charlesp@cwdom.dm
ICQ#6354999
"Education is an
admirable thing, but it is well to remember from time to time that nothing
that is worth knowing can be taught."
Bob
Jensen's Glossary of FAS 133 and IAS 39
Bob Jensen's Overview of FAS 133 (With Audio) http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Interest Rate Swap
Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation, and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments
See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
FAS 133 flow
chart http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Bob Jensen's
Document on the Missing Parts of FAS 133
Summary
of Key Paragraphs in FAS 133 on Portfolio/Macro Hedging.
Bob
Jensen's Weekly Assignments and Hints Regarding FAS 133
Bob Jensen's Technology Glossary (Includes an Extensive Listing of
Accounting and Finance Glossaries)
ACCT 5341
International Accounting Theories Course Helpers
Yahoo
Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread
use of derivative financial instruments. That web site, however, will not help
much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.
Bob Jensen's
Mexcobre Case
For a FAS 133 flow chart,
go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Internet Links of Possible Interest
Bob Jensen's Transcripts
of Presentations by Experts
PriceWaterhouseCoopers
(PWC) Summary Tables (With Some Notes Added by Bob Jensen)
Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG)
Hi George,
That depends upon what you mean
by "support." If you mean failing to adhere to any FASB
standard in the U.S. on a set of audited financial statements, then
auditors are sending an open invitation to all creditors and
shareholders to contact their tort lawyers --- lawyers always salivate
when you mention the magic words "class action lawsuit".
If you mean sending
mean-spirited letters to the FASB, then that's all right, because the
FASB is open to all communications in what it defines as "due
process."
I am a strong advocate of FAS
133 --- corporations got away with hiding enormous risks prior to FAS
133. Could FAS 133/138 and IAS 39 be simplified? Well that's a matter of
opinion. The standards will be greatly simplified if your Canadian
friends and my U.S. friends support the proposal to book all financial
instruments at fair value (as advocated by the JWG and IASB Board Member
Mary Barth). But whether this is a simplification is a matter of
conjecture since estimation of fair value is a very complex and tedious
process for instruments not traded in active and deep markets. In the
realm of financial instruments there are many complex financial
instruments and derivatives created as custom and unique contracts that
are nightmares to value and re-value on a continuing basis. One needs
only study how inaccurate the estimated bond yield curves are deriving
forward rates. In some cases, we might as well consult astrologers who
charge less than Bloomberg and with almost the same degree of error.
My bottom line conclusion: We
could simplify the wording of the financial instruments and derivative
financial instruments standards by about 95% if we go all the way in
adopting fair value accounting for all financial instruments and
derivative financial instruments.
But simplifying the wording of
the standard does not necessarily simplify the accounting itself and
will add a great deal of noise to the measurement of risk. In the U.S.,
the banking industry is so opposed to fair value accounting that the
Amazon river will probably freeze over before the FASB passes what the
JWG proposes. See http://www.aba.com/aba/pdf/GR_tax_va6.PDF
Readers interested in
downloading the Joint Working Group IASC Exposure Draft entitled
Financial Instruments: Issues Relating to Banks should follow the
downloading instructions at http://www.aba.com/aba/pdf/GR_TAX_FairValueAccounting.pdf
(Trinity University students may find this on J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgfinal.pdf
).
On December 14, 1999 the FASB
issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and
Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. I'm not sure where
you can find this buried document at the moment.
(Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\fvhtm.htm
).
Bob Jensen
-----Original
Message-----
From: glan@UWINDSOR.CA [mailto:glan@UWINDSOR.CA]
Sent: Monday, February 25, 2002 5:33 PM
To: AECM@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU
Subject: Re: Intrinsic Versus Time Value
I have seen
the credit to be Paid-in Capital- Stock Options or to Stock Options
Outstanding rather than to a liability. It would be interesting to
learn more about what the accounting firms stand to gain by not
supporting FAS133.
George Lan
|
For a FAS 133 flow chart,
go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS
39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Side by Side: IAS 39 Compared with FASB Standards (FAS 133), by Paul Pacter,
as published in Accountancy International Magazine, June 1999 --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards" ---
http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
IAS 39 history --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=617116004&n=3306
Limited Revisions to IAS 39, Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (E66) --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=268256258&n=3222
Recognition and Measurement
(E66)
|
E66,
Proposed Limited Revisions to IAS 39 and Other Related Standards,
proposed the following limited revisions to IAS 39, Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and other related Standards:
- changes to require
consistent accounting for purchases and sales of financial assets
using either trade date accounting or settlement date accounting.
IAS 39 currently requires settlement date accounting for sales of
financial assets, but permits both trade date and settlement date
accounting for purchases;
- elimination of the
requirement in IAS 39 for a lender to recognise certain collateral
received from a borrower in its balance sheet;
- improvement of the wording
on impairment recognition;
- changes to require
consistent accounting for temporary investments in equity
securities between IAS 39 and other International Accounting
Standards; and
- elimination of redundant
disclosure requirements for hedges in IAS 32, Financial
Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation.
None of the proposed revisions
represents a change to a fundamental principle in IAS 39. Instead, the
purpose of the proposed changes is primarily to address technical
application issues that have been identified following the approval of
IAS 39 in December 1998. The IASC Board’s assessment is that the
proposed changes will assist enterprises preparing to implement IAS 39
for the first time in 2001 and help ensure a consistent application of
the Standard. No further changes to IAS 39 are contemplated.
|
At its meeting in March 2000, the Board appointed a Committee to develop
implementation guidance on IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition. The
guidance is expected to be published later this year, after public comment, as a
staff guidance document. The IAS 39 Implementation Guidance Committee may refer
some issues either to the SIC or to the Board. http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm
Recommended
Reading
Recommended
Links
Bob
Jensen's Glossary of FAS 133 and IAS 39
A message from Ira Kawaller on January 13, 2002
Hi Bob,
I wanted to alert you to the fact that I posted
another article on the Kawaller and Company website, "The New World Under
FAS 133." It came out in the latest issue of the GARP Review. It deals
with the economics and accounting considerations relating to the use of
cross-currency interest rate swaps. The link below brings you to the paper:
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/garpswaps.pdf
I also posted a new calendar of events, at
http://www.kawaller.com/schedule/calendar.pdf
To navigate to the links in this email message, click
on them. If that does not work, copy the link and paste it into the address
field of your browser.
Please feel free to contact me if you have any
questions, comments, or suggestions. Thanks for your consideration.
Ira Kawaller kawaller@kawaller.com
http://www.kawaller.com
Bob Jensen's documents on FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39 are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PWC)
Summary Tables
Source: A Guide to
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (New York,
Pricewaterhouse Coopers, 1999, pp. 4-5 and pp. 19-22)
Note that the FASB's FAS 133
becomes required for calendar-year companies on January
1, 2001. Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the
required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively. The January
1, 2001 effective date follows postponements from the original starting
date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.
For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June
15, 2000. The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS
39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning
on the same January 1, 2001. Earlier application permitted for financial
years ending after 15 March 1999.
Note that Bob Jensen has added
notes (in red),
OVERVIEW & EXPECTED
IMPACT of FAS 133 and IAS 39
FAS 133
and IAS 39
|
Pre-FAS 133
|
U.S. FAS 133: All derivatives must be carried on the balance sheet at
fair value.
¶5 Notes from Jensen:
International: IAS 39 differs in that it requires fair value
adjustments of "all" debt securities, equity securities, and
other financial assets except for those whose value cannot be reliably
estimated. ¶s 1,5,6, 95, and 96. There are exceptions
where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of unlisted
equity securities (see IAS ¶s 69, 93, and 95). FAS 133
requires an active market for value estimation of non-trading items.
Under FAS 133, unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject to
an impairment test whether or not value can be estimated reliably by other
means.
FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including those
linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled in cash
but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the scope of FAS 133.
There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in IAS
39 ¶ 23c and FAS 133 ¶ 12b.
|
Derivatives are reported on the balance sheet on a variety of bases
(including fair value, forward value, spot rates, intrinsic value, historical cost) or not
recorded at all.
|
Synthetic (accrual) accounting model for interest-rate swaps is
prohibited.
|
Synthetic (accrual) accounting model is widely used for interest-rate
swaps that hedge debt.
|
Gains and losses on derivative hedging instruments must be recorded in
either other comprehensive income or current earnings. They are not deferred as
liabilities or assets.
Note from Jensen
One area of difference between IAS 39 and FAS 133 is that FAS 133 requires that certain gains and losses of hedging instruments be carried
in equity (as OCI) whereas IAS 39
provides an option of equity versus current earnings.
|
Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions and firm
commitments are deferred as liabilities or assets on the balance sheet under FAS 52 and
FAS 80.
|
Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are
required to be reported in other comprehensive income (equity), thus causing volatility in
equity. Note from Jensen:
One of the major sources of difference between FAS 133
and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives. In general,
net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but
the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under
FASB. See cash flow hedge.
|
Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are
permitted to be deferred on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities and, as such, do
not affect equity.
|
Hedge accounting is permitted for forward contracts that hedge
foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions (including intercompany
foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions).
|
FAS 52 does not permit hedge accounting for forward contracts that hedge
foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions.
|
Some hybrid instruments (i.e., contracts with embedded derivatives), must
be bifurcated into their component parts, with the derivative component accounted for
separately.
Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition of a
derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net
settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.
There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in IAS
39 ¶s 23b & 23c; FAS 133 ¶s 12b & 12c.
|
Bifurcation of many hybrid instruments is not required under current
practice and, therefore, such instruments generally are not bifurcated.
|
Limited use of written options to hedge is permitted (e.g., when changes
in the fair value of the written option offset those of an embedded purchased option).
|
Current practice generally prohibits hedge accounting for written options.
|
Hedge accounting is prohibited for a hedge of a portfolio of dissimilar
items, and strict requirements exist for hedging a portfolio of "similar" items.
|
Less stringent guidelines are applied in practice for portfolio hedging.
|
Demonstration of enterprise or transaction risk reduction is not required
-- only the demonstration of a high effectiveness of offset in changes in the fair value
of cash flows of the hedging instrument and the hedged. item.
|
Demonstration of enterprise risk reduction is required for hedge
transactions with futures contracts and, by analogy, option contracts. Demonstration
of transaction risk reduction is required for foreign-currency hedges.
|
The definition of a derivative is broader than in current practice (e.g.,
it includes commodity-based contracts).
Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition
of a derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net
settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.
|
The definition of a derivative excludes certain commodity and other
contracts involving nonfinancial assets.
|
Table of Derivatives-Contract Types
|
Contract
|
Derivative within the scope
of FAS 133?
|
Underlying
|
Notional Amount of
Payment Provision
|
1.
|
Equity security
|
No. An initial net investment is required to purchase a
security
|
-
|
-
|
2.
|
Debt security or loan
|
No. It requires an initial net investment of the principal
amount or (if purchased at a discount or premium) an amount calculated to yield a market
rate of interest.
|
-
|
-
|
3.
|
Regular-way security trade (e.g., trade of a debt or equity
security)
|
No. Such trades are specifically excluded from the scope of FAS
133 (paragraph 10(a)).
|
-
|
-
|
4.
|
Lease
|
No. It requires a payment equal to the value of the right to
use the property.
|
-
|
-
|
5.
|
Mortgage-backed security
|
No. It requires an initial net investment based on market
interest rates adjusted for credit quality and prepayment.
|
-
|
-
|
6.
|
Option to purchase or sell real estate
|
No, unless it can be net-settled and is exchange-traded.
|
Price of the real estate
|
A specified parcel of the real estate
|
7.
|
Option to purchase or sell an exchange-traded security
|
Yes
|
Price of the security
|
A specified number of securities
|
8.
|
Option to purchase or sell a security not traded on an exchange
|
No, unless it can be net-settled.
|
Price of the security
|
A specified number of securities
|
9.
|
Employee stock option
|
No; for purposes of the issuer's accounting. It is specifically
excluded as a derivative by paragraph 11.
|
-
|
-
|
10.
|
Futures contract
|
Yes. A clearinghouse (a market mechanism) exists to facilitate
net settlement.
|
Price of a commodity or a financial instrument
|
A specified quantity or fact amount
|
11.
|
Forward contract to purchase or sell securities
|
No, unless it can be net-settled, or if the securities are
readily convertible to cash and the forward contract does not qualify as a "regular
way" trade.
|
Price of a security
|
A Specified number of securities or a specified principal or
face amount
|
12.
|
A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell
manufactured goods
|
No, unless it can be net-settled and neither party owns the
goods.
|
Price of the goods
|
A specified quantity
|
13.
|
A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell a
commodity
|
No, unless it can be net-settled or the commodity is readily
convertible to cash and the purchase is not a "normal purchase."
|
Price of the commodity
|
A specified quantity
|
14.
|
Interest-rate swap
|
Yes
|
An interest rate
|
A specified amount
|
15.
|
Currency swap
|
Yes. Paragraph 257.
|
An exchange rate
|
A specified currency amount
|
16.
|
Swaption
|
Yes. It requires the delivery of a derivative or can be
net-settled.
|
Value of the swap
|
The notional amount of the swap
|
17.
|
Stock-purchase warrant
|
Yes, for the holder, if the stock is readily convertible to
cash. No, for the issuer, if the warrant is classified in stockholders' equity.
|
Price of the stock
|
A specified number of shares
|
18.
|
Property and casualty insurance contract
|
No. Specifically excluded.
|
-
|
-
|
19.
|
Life insurance contract
|
No. Specifically excluded.
|
-
|
-
|
20.
|
Financial-quarantee contract -- payment occurs if a specific
debtor fails to pay the guaranteed party.
|
No. Specifically excluded.
|
-
|
-
|
21.
|
Credit-indexed contract -- payment occurs if a credit index (or
the creditworthiness of a specified debtor or debtors) varies in a specified way.
|
Yes
|
Credit index or credit rating
|
A specified payment amount (which may vary, depending on the
degree of change, or, which may be fixed)
|
22.
|
Royalty agreement
|
No. It is based on sales of one of the parties, which is an
excluded underlying.
|
-
|
-
|
23.
|
Interest-rate cap
|
Yes
|
An interest rate
|
A specified amount
|
24.
|
Interest-rate floor
|
Yes
|
An interest rate
|
A specified amount
|
25.
|
Interest-rate collar
|
Yes
|
An interest rate
|
A specified amount
|
26.
|
Adjustable-rate loan
|
No. An initial net investment equal to the principal amount of
the loan is required.
|
-
|
-
|
27.
|
Variable annuity contracts
|
No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.
|
-
|
-
|
28.
|
Guaranteed investment contracts
|
No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.
|
-
|
-
|
Other References --- See References
Beginning
of Bob Jensen's FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary
Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M |
| N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |
Note that the FASB's FAS 133
becomes required for calendar-year companies on January
1, 2001. Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the
required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively. The January
1, 2001 effective date follows postponements from the original starting
date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.
For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June
15, 2000. The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS
39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning
on the same January 1, 2001. Earlier application permitted for financial
years ending after 15 March 1999.
For a FAS 133 flow chart,
go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
A-Terms
Accounting
Exposure =
a term used in alternate ways. In one
context, accounting exposure depicts foreign exchange exposure that cannot be captured by
the accounting model. In some textbooks accounting exposure is synonymous with translation exposure. See translation exposure.
Also see risks.
Amortization of Basis Adjustments = see basis adjustment.
Anticipated Transaction = see forecasted transaction.
AOCI = accumulated
other comprehensive income. See comprehensive income.
Arbitrage
=
By definition, arbitraging entails investing at zero market (price) risk
coupled with the risk of losing relatively minor transactions costs of getting
into and closing out contracts. There might be other risks.
Especially when dealing in forward contracts, there may be credit risks.
Forward contracts are often private agreements between contracting
individuals. Other arbitraging alternatives such as futures and options
contracts are generally obtained in trading markets such as the Chicago Board of
Trade (CBOT) and the Chicago Board of Options Exchange (CBOE). In markets
like the CBOT or the CBOE, the trading exchanges themselves guarantee payments
such that there is no credit risk in hedging or speculating strategies.
Arbitrage entails a hedging strategy that eliminates all market (price) risk
while, at the same time, has no chance of losing any money and a positive chance
of making a profit. Sometimes the profit is locked in to a fixed amount in
advance. At other times, the profit is unknown, but can never be less than
zero (ignoring transactions costs).
Generally arbitrage opportunities arise when the same item is traded in
different markets where information asymmetries between markets allows
arbitragers with superior information to exploit investors having inferior
information. In perfectly efficient markets, all information is impounded
in prices such that investors who "know more" cannot take advantage of
investors who are not up on the latest scoop. Only in inefficient markets
can there be some differences between prices due to unequal impounding of
information.
FAS 133
says nothing
about arbitrage accounting. Thus it is necessary to drill arbitrage
trans actions down to their basic component contracts such as
forwards, futures, and options.
See derivative financial instruments
and hedge.
You can learn more about
arbitrage from my tutorial on arbitraging at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/muppets.htm
You will find the
following definition of arbitrage at http://risk.ifci.ch/00010394.htm
1) Technically, arbitrage consists of
purchasing a commodity or security in one market for immediate sale in another
market (deterministic arbitrage). (2) Popular usage has expanded the meaning of
the term to include any activity which attempts to buy a relatively underpriced
item and sell a similar, relatively overpriced item, expecting to profit when
the prices resume a more appropriate theoretical or historical relationship
(statistical arbitrage). (3) In trading options, convertible securities, and
futures, arbitrage techniques can be applied whenever a strategy involves buying
and selling packages of related instruments. (4) Risk arbitrage applies the
principles of risk offset to mergers and other major corporate developments. The
risk offsetting position(s) do not insulate the investor from certain event
risks (such as termination of a merger agreement or the risk of delay in the
completion of a transaction) so the arbitrage is incomplete. (5) Tax arbitrage
transactions are undertaken to share the benefit of differential tax rates or
circumstances of two or more parties to a transaction. (6) Regulatory arbitrage
transactions are designed to provide indirect access to a market where one party
is denied direct access by law or regulation. (7) Swap- driven arbitrage
transactions are motivated by the comparative advantages which swap
counterparties enjoy in different debt and currency markets. One counterparty
may borrow relatively cheaper in the intermediate- or long-term United States
dollar market while the other may have a comparative advantage in floating rate
sterling. A cross-currency swap can improve both of their positions.
At-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.
Auditing See SAS
92
Available-for-Sale
(AFS) Security =
is one of three classifications of
securities investments under SFAS 115. Securities designated as "held-to-maturity" need not be revalued for changes in
market value and are maintained at historical cost-based book value. Securities not
deemed as being held-to-maturity securities are adjusted for changes in fair value.
Whether or not the unrealized holding gains or losses affect net income depends upon
whether the securities are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale
securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are
deferred in comprehensive income instead of being
posted to current earnings. This is not the case for securities classified as
trading securities rather than trading securities. See FAS 133 Paragraph 13. The three classifications are of
vital importance to cash flow hedge accounting under
FAS 133. See cash flow hedge and held-to-maturity.
Also see equity method
and impairment.
Flow Chart for AFS Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Classification of an available-for-sale security gives rise to alternative
gain or loss recognition alternatives under international rules. Changes
in the value of an available-for-sale instrument either be included in earnings for the period in which it arises;
or recognized directly in equity, through the statement of changes in equity
( IAS 1 Paragraphs 86-88) until the financial asset is sold, collected or otherwise disposed of,
or until the financial asset is determined to be impaired (see IAS
Paragraphs 117-119), at
which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity should be included
in earnings for the period. See IAS 39 Paragraph 103b.
A trading security
(not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined
in SFAS 115) cannot be a FAS 133 hedged item. That is because
SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued
(like gold) with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current
earnings. Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of
FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale can be a hedged item,
because available-for-sale securities are revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and
losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather
than current earnings. Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can
be FAS 133-allowed hedge items. Mention of available-for sale is made in
Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133. Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge
items.
Note that if unrealized gains and
losses are deferred in other comprehensive income, the deferral lasts until the
transactions in the hedged item affect current earnings. This means that OCI may
carry forward on the date hedged securities are purchased and remain on the books until
the securities are sold. This is illustrated in Example 19 on
Page 228 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998). The Example 5.5 illustration on Page 165 notes that hedge
effectiveness need only be assessed for price movements in one direction for put and call
options since these only provide one-way price protection.
Suppose a company expects dividend income
to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency. Suppose the
investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date. Forecasted
dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not
sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a
dividend. A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered
into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133. Whether or not gains and losses are
posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends
upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as
trading securities. There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.
The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm
commitments measured in forward rates. However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of
FAS 133 reads as follows:
If the hedged item were a
foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment,
Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange
rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in
earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the
assessment of effectiveness.
B-Terms
Backwardation = see basis and contango swap.
Banker Opinions =
Joint Working Group of Banking Associations Financial Instrument Issues
Relating to Banks
- banksjwg.pdf - Discussion Paper
- jwgfinal.pdf - Final Position on Fair Value Accounting
Hi Dr. Jensen!
It is the official site about the Financial
Instruments - Comprehensive Project of the IASC http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm
The site of the IAS Recognition and Measurement Project is: http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm
Your Trinity-Homepages on Derivatives SFAS No. 133 is
my favorite on this subject, espicially the illustrative examples (and the
account simulations).
Currently I am focusing on splitting up hybrid
financial instruments, especially those with embedded optional building
blocks.
The book of Smith/Smithson/Willford (1998) Managing Financial Risk and that
from Das S. (1998) and Walsey J. (1997) provides a good guidance on how these
products are structured.
Best Regard Christian
Basis =
difference between the the current spot
price and the forward (strike) price of a derivative such
as a futures contract or the forward component in an options contract. The basis is negative in normal
backwardation. The basis is is postive in the normal contango.
Various theories exist to explain the two differing convergence patterns.
There are other definitions of basis found in
practice. Some people define basis as the difference between the spot and futures
price. Alternately basis can be viewed as the benefits minus the costs of
holding the hedged spot underlying until the forward or futures
settlement date.
Still another definition of this term is based on the U.S.
tax code where basis is the carrying value of an asset. It is the last definition
that gives rise to the term basis adjustment. See intrinsic value. Also see the terms that use
"basis" that are listed below.
Still another term is the
difference between commodity prices as the difference between physical
locations or product quality grades.
Basis Adjustment
=
the adjustment of the booked value of an asset or
liability as required by SFAS 80 but is no longer allowed for cash flow and foreign
currency hedges under FAS 133 according to Paragraph 31 on Page 22 and Paragraphs 375-378
on Pages 172-173 of FAS 133. Basis adjustment is required for fair value
hedges under Paragraphs 22-24 on Pages 15-16 of FAS 133. An illustration
of amortization of fair value hedge basis adjustments appears in Example 2 beginning in
Paragraph 111 on Page 60 of FAS 133. Also see short-cut method.
The carrying value of a hedging
offset account (OCI, Firm Commitment, or Balance Sheet Item) may be written
off prematurely whenever the hedge becomes severely ineffective.
Under IAS 39, the
carrying value of an effective hedge is written off when the hedge expires or
is dedesignated. See Paragraphs 162 and 163 of IAS 39.
Under FAS 133, the carrying value of
an effective hedge is carried forward until the ultimate disposition of the
hedged item (e.g. inventory sale or depreciation of equipment). See Paragraph
31 of FAS 133.
The FASB decision to ban basis adjustment for cash flow
hedges is controversial, although the controversy is a tempest in a teapot from the
standpoint of reported net earnings each period. Suppose you are enter into a firm
commitment on 1/1/99 to purchase a building for the amount of yen that you can purchase
for $5 million on 1/1/99. The financial risk is that this commitment requires a
payout in Japanese yen on 7/1/99 such that the building's cost may be higher or lower in
terms of how many yen must be purchased on 7/1/99. To hedge the dollar/yen exchange
rate, you enter into a forward contract that will give you whatever it takes make up the
difference between the yen owed and the yen that $5 million will purchase on 7/1/99.
On 1/1/99 the forward contract has zero value. Six months later, assume that the
forward contract has been value adjusted to $1 million because of the decline in the yen
exchange rate. The offsetting credit is $1 million in OCI if since this was not designated
as a fair value hedge.
To close out the derivative on 7/1/99, you debit cash and
credit the forward contract for $1 million. To basis adjust the cost of
the building, you would debit OCI for $1 million and credit the building fixed asset
account. The building would end up being booked on 7/1/99 for $4 million instead of
its 1/1/99 contracted $5 million. If you did not basis adjust, the credit would stay
in OCI and leave the building booked at a 7/1/99 value of $5 million.
Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133 requires that you no longer adjust the basis to $4
million as a result of the foreign currency hedge. Hence depreciation of the
building will be more each year than it would be with basis adjustment.
The controversy stems over how and when to get that $1
million out of OCI and into retained earnings. Under SFAS 80, suppose that
with basis adjustment the impact would have been a reduction of annual depreciation by
$50,000 over the 20-year life of the building. In other words, depreciation
would have been $50,000 less each year smaller $4 million adjusted basis rather than
the $5 million unadjusted basis. One argument against basis adjustment in this
manner is that the company's risk management outcomes become buried in depreciation
expense and are not segregated on the income statement.
Without basis adjustment under FAS 133, you get $50,000
more annual depreciation but identical net earnings because you must amortize the $1
million in OCI over the life of the building. Here we will assume the amortization
is $50,000 per year. Each year a $50,000 debit is made to OCI and a credit is made
to the P&L closing account. When OCI is amortized, investors are
reminded on the income statement that, in this example, a $50,000 per year savings accrued
because the company successfully hedged $1 million in foreign currency risk exposure.
In Paragraph 31 on Page 22 of FAS 133, the amortization
approach is required for this cash flow hedge outcome. You cannot
basis adjust in order to take $50,000 per year lowered depreciation over the life of the
building. But you report the same net earnings as if you had basis
adjusted. In any case, FAS 133 does not allow you to take the entire $1
million into 7/1/99 earnings. Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133 elaborates
on this controversy.
What is wrong with the FAS 133 approach, in my viewpoint,
is that it may give the appearance that a company speculated when in fact it merely
locked in a price with a cash flow or foreign currency hedge. The hedge locks in a
price. But the amortization approach (in the case of a long-term asset) or the
write-off at the time of the sale (in the case of inventory) isolates the hedge cash flow
as an expense or revenue as if the company speculated. In the above example, the
company reports $50,000 revenue per year from the forward contract. This could have
been a $50,000 loss if the dollar had declined against the yen between 1/1/99 and
7/1/99. If the $50,000 was buried in depreciation charges, it would seem less likely
that investors are mislead into thinking that the $50,000 per year arose from speculation
in forward contracts. Companies also point out that the amortization approach
greatly adds to record keeping and accounting complexities when there are many such
hedging contracts. Basis adjustment gives virtually the same result with a whole lot
less record keeping.
It should also be noted that to the extent that the hedge
is ineffective, the ineffective portion gets written off to
earnings on the date the asset or liability is acquired. In the above example, any
ineffective portion would have to be declared on 1/199 and never get posted to
OCI. Hence it would never be spread over the life of the building. According to Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to be
defined at the time the hedge is undertaken. Hedging strategy and ineffectiveness
definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which interim adjustments
affect interim earnings.
Click here to view the IASC's Paul Pacter commentary on basis adjustment.
Basis Point =
interest rate amount equal to .0001 or 0.01%.
Basis Risk =
risk of financial exposure of a basis difference as defined
under "basis" above. For example in energy hedging there may be location
basis risk due to the differences in location such as the difference
between capacity at a supply terminal and a demand terminal. This risk is
commonly hedged with swaps.
Interest rate basis risk is the
difference arises from a difference between the index of the hedged item
vis-a-vis the exposure risk.
A basis swap is the swapping of one
variable rate for another variable rate for purposes of changing the net
interest rate.
Also see interest rate swap.
Basis Swap = see interest rate swap.
Benchmark = the designated risk being hedged. In FAS
133/138, the term applies to interest rate risk.
In
FAS 133, the FASB did not take into account how interest rate risk is
generally hedged in practice. FAS 133 based the hedging rules
upon hedging of sector spreads for which there are no hedging
instruments in practice. The is one of the main reasons why FAS
138 amendments to FAS 133 were soon issued. Components of
interest rate risk are shown below:
Risk-free rate u(0) =
LIBOR spread l(0)-u(0) =
LIBOR(0) rate l(0) =
Unhedged credit sector spread s(0)-l(0) =
Total systematic interest rate risk s(0) =
Unhedged unsystematic risk v(0)-s(0) =
Full value effective rate v(0) =
Premium (discount) on the debt issue f(0)-v(0)=
Nominal (coupon) rate f(0) =
In FAS 138, the FASB moved away from sector spread hedging and
defined benchmarked interest rate hedging based upon only two allowed
interest rate spreads (i.e., the U.S. Treasury risk-free rate with no
spread or the LIBOR rate with only the LIBOR spread. Sector
spread hedging can no longer receive hedge accounting.
For an extensive numerical example of benchmark hedging, go to http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/138bench.htm
FAS
138 Introduces Benchmarking
Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138,
Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging
Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ---
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.
FAS
138 Amendments expand the eligibility of many derivative instrument
hedges to qualify FAS 133/138 hedge. Such qualifications in accounting
treatment that reduces earnings volatility when the derivatives are
adjusted for fair value.
It
is very popular in practice to have a hedging instrument and the
hedged item be based upon two different indices.
In particular, the hedged item may be impacted by credit
factors. For example,
interest rates commonly viewed as having three components noted below:
·
Risk-free
risk that the level of interest rates in risk-free financial
instruments such as U.S. treasury T-bill rates will vary system-side
over time.
·
Credit
sector spread risk that interest rates for particular economic sectors
will vary over and above the risk-free interest rate movements.
For example, when automobiles replaced horses as the primary
means of open road transportation, the horse industry’s credit
worthiness suffered independently of other sectors of the economy.
In more recent times, the dot.com sector’s sector spread has
suffered some setbacks.
·
Unsystematic
spread risk of a particular borrower that varies over and above
risk-free and credit sector spreads.
The credit of a particular firm may move independently of more
system-wide (systematic) risk-free rates and sector spreads.
Suppose
that a hedge only pays at the T-Bill rate for hedged item based on
some variable index having credit components.
FAS 133 prohibited “treasury locks” that hedged only the
risk-free rates but not credit-sector spreads or unsystematic risk.
This was upsetting many firms that commonly hedge with treasury
locks. There is a market
for treasury lock derivatives that is available, whereas hedges for
entire interest rate risk are more difficult to obtain in practice.
It is also common to hedge with London’s LIBOR that has a
spread apart from a risk-free component.
The
DIG confused the issue by allowing both risk-free and credit sector
spread to receive hedge accounting in its DIG Issue E1 ruling.
Paragraph 14 of FAS 138 states the following:
Comments
received by the Board on Implementation Issue E1 indicated (a) that
the concept of market interest rate risk as set forth in Statement 133
differed from the common understanding of interest rate risk by market
participants, (b) that the guidance in the Implementation Issue was
inconsistent with present hedging activities, and (c) that measuring
the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in
credit sector spreads would be difficult because consistent sector
spread data are not readily available in the market.
In
FAS 138, the board sought to reduce confusion by reducing all
components risk into just two components called “interest rate
risk” and “credit risk.” Credit
risk includes all risk other than the “benchmarked” component in a
hedged item’s index. A
benchmark index can include somewhat more than movements in risk-free
rates. FAS 138 allows the
popular LIBOR hedging rate that is not viewed as being entirely a
risk-free rate. Paragraph
16 introduces the concept of “benchmark interest rate” as follows:
Because
the Board decided to permit a rate that is not fully risk-free to be
the designated risk in a hedge of interest rate risk, it developed the
general notion of benchmark
interest rate to encompass both risk-free rates and rates based on
the LIBOR swap curve in the United States.
FAS
133 thus allows benchmarking on LIBOR.
It is not possible to benchmark on such rates as
commercial paper rates, Fed Fund rates, or FNMA par mortgage rates.
Readers
might then ask what the big deal is since some of the FAS 133 examples
(e.g., Example 5 beginning in Paragraph 133) hedged on the basis of
LIBOR. It is important to
note that in those original examples, the hedging instrument (e.g., a
swap) and the hedged item (e.g., a bond) both used LIBOR in defining a
variable rate? If the
hedging instrument used LIBOR and the hedged item interest rate was
based upon an index poorly correlated with LIBOR, the hedge would not
qualify (prior to FAS 138) for FAS 133 hedge accounting treatment even
though the derivative itself would have to be adjusted for fair value
each quarter. Recall that
LIBOR is a short-term European rate that may not correlate with
various interest indices in the U.S.
FAS 133 now allows a properly benchmarked hedge (e.g., a
swap rate based on LIBOR or T-bills) to hedge an item having
non-benchmarked components.
The
short-cut method of relieving hedge ineffectiveness testing may no
longer be available. Paragraph
23 of FAS 138 states the following:
For
cash flow hedges of an existing variable-rate financial asset or
liability, the designated risk being hedged cannot be the risk of
changes in its cash flows attributable to changes in the benchmark
interest rate if the cash flows of the hedged item are explicitly
based on a different index. In
those situations, because the risk of changes in the benchmark
interest rate (that is, interest rate risk) cannot be the designated
risk being hedged, the shortcut method cannot be applied.
The Board’s decision to require that the index on which the
variable leg of the swap is based match the benchmark interest rate
designated as the interest rate risk being hedged for the hedging
relationship also ensures that the shortcut method is applied only to
interest rate risk hedges. The
Board’s decision precludes use of the shortcut method in situations
in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument
are based on the same index but that index is not the designated
benchmark interest rate. The
Board noted, however, that in some of those situations, an entity
easily could determine that the hedge is perfectly effective.
The shortcut method would be permitted for cash flow hedges in
situations in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging
instrument are based on the same index and that index is the
designated benchmark interest rate.
In
other words, any hedge item that is not based upon only a benchmarked
component will force hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly.
Thus FAS 138 broadened the scope of qualifying hedges, but it
made the accounting more difficult by forcing more frequent
effectiveness testing.
FAS
138 also permits the hedge derivative to have more risk than the
hedged item. For example,
a LIBOR-based interest rate swap might be used to hedge an AAA
corporate bond or even a note rate based upon T-Bills.
There
are restrictions noted in Paragraph 24 of FAS 138:
This
Statement provides limited guidance on how the change in a hedged
item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated
benchmark interest rate should be determined.
The Board decided that in calculating the change in the hedged
item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated
benchmark interest rate, the estimated cash flows used must be based
on all of the contractual cash flows of the entire hedged item.
That guidance does not mandate the use of any one method, but
it precludes the use of a method that excludes some of the hedged
item’s contractual cash flows (such as the portion of interest
payments attributable to the obligor’s credit risk above the
benchmark rate) from the calculation.
The Board concluded that excluding some of the hedged item’s
contractual cash flows would introduce a new approach to bifurcation
of a hedged item that does not currently exist in the Statement 133
hedging model.
The
FASB provides some new examples illustrating the FAS 138 Amendments to
FAS 133 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html
Example 1 on interest rate benchmarking begins as follows:
Example:
Fair Value Hedge of the LIBOR Swap Rate in a $100 Million A1-Quality
5-Year Fixed-Rate Noncallable Debt On April 3, 20X0, Global Tech
issues at par a $100 million A1-quality 5-year fixed-rate noncallable
debt instrument with an annual 8 percent interest coupon payable
semiannually. On that date, Global Tech enters into a 5-year interest
rate swap based on the LIBOR swap rate and designates it as the
hedging instrument in a fair value hedge of the $100 million
liability. Under the terms of the swap, Global Tech will receive a
fixed interest rate at 8 percent and pay variable interest at LIBOR
plus 78.5 basis points (current LIBOR 6.29%) on a notional amount of
$101,970,000 (semiannual settlement and interest reset dates). A
duration-weighted hedge ratio was used to calculate the notional
amount of the swap necessary to offset the debt's fair value changes
attributable to changes in the LIBOR swap rate.
An
extensive analysis of the above illustration is provided at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/138bench.htm
Some
DIG Issues Affecting Interest Rate Hedging
Issue
E1—Hedging the Risk-Free Interest Rate
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
(Cleared 02/17/99)
Issue E1 heavily influenced FAS 138 as noted above.
*Issue
G6—Impact of Implementation Issue E1 on Cash Flow Hedges of Market
Interest Rate Risk
(Cleared 5/17/00)
With
regard to a cash flow hedge of the variability in interest payments on
an existing floating-rate financial asset or liability, the
distinction in Issue E1 between the risk-free interest rate and credit
sector spreads over the base Treasury rate is not necessarily directly
relevant to assessing whether the cash flow hedging relationship is
effective in achieving offsetting cash flows attributable to the
hedged risk. The effectiveness of a cash flow hedge of the variability
in interest payments on an existing floating-rate financial asset or
liability is affected by the interest rate index on which that
variability is based and the extent to which the hedging instrument
provides offsetting cash flows.
If
the variability of the hedged cash flows of the existing floating-rate
financial asset or liability is based solely on changes
in a floating interest rate index (for example, LIBOR, Fed Funds,
Treasury Bill rates), any changes in credit sector spreads over that
interest rate index for the issuer's particular credit sector should
not be considered in the assessment and measurement of hedge
effectiveness. In addition, any changes in credit sector spreads
inherent in the interest rate index itself do not impact the
assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness if the cash flows on
both the hedging instrument and the hedged cash flows of the existing
floating-rate financial asset or liability are based on the same
index. However, if the cash flows on the hedging instrument and the
hedged cash flows of the existing floating-rate financial asset or
liability are based on different indices, the basis difference between
those indices would impact the assessment and measurement of hedge
effectiveness.
*Issue
E6—The Shortcut Method and the Provisions That Permit the Debtor or
Creditor to Require Prepayment
http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueg6.html
(Cleared 5/17/00)
An
interest-bearing asset or liability should be considered prepayable
under the provisions of paragraph 68(d) when one party to the contract
has the right to cause the payment of principal prior to the scheduled
payment dates unless (1) the debtor has the right to cause settlement
of the entire contract before its stated maturity at an amount that is
always greater than the then fair value of the contract absent that
right or (2) the creditor has the right to cause settlement of the
entire contract before its stated maturity at an amount that is always
less than the then fair value of the contract absent that right. A
right to cause a contract to be prepaid at its then fair value would
not cause the interest-bearing asset or liability to be considered
prepayable under paragraph 68(d) since that right would have a fair
value of zero at all times and essentially would provide only
liquidity to the holder. Notwithstanding the above, any term, clause,
or other provision in a debt instrument that gives the debtor or
creditor the right to cause prepayment of the debt contingent upon the
occurrence of a specific event related to the debtor's credit
deterioration or other change in the debtor's credit risk (for
example, the debtor's failure to make timely payment, thus making it
delinquent; its failure to meet specific covenant ratios; its
disposition of specific significant assets (such as a factory); a
declaration of cross-default; or a restructuring by the debtor) should
not be considered a prepayment provision under the provisions of
paragraph 68(d). Application of this guidance to specific debt
instruments is provided below.
Issue
E10—Application of the Shortcut Method to Hedges of a Portion of an
Interest-Bearing Asset or Liability (or its Related Interest) or a
Portfolio of Similar Interest-Bearing Assets or Liabilities
http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee10.html
(Released 4/00)
1.
May the shortcut method be applied to fair value hedges of a
proportion of the principal amount of the interest-bearing asset or
liability if the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated
as the hedging instrument matches the portion of the asset or
liability being hedged, and all other criteria for applying the
shortcut method are satisfied? May the shortcut method similarly be
applied to cash flow hedges of the interest payments on only a portion
of the principal amount of the interest-bearing asset or liability if
the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated as the
hedging instrument matches the principal amount of the portion of the
asset or liability on which the hedged interest payments are based?
[Generally yes was the DIG’s answer.}
2.
May the shortcut method be applied to fair value hedges of
portfolios (or proportions thereof) of similar interest-bearing assets
or liabilities if the notional amount of the interest rate swap
designated as the hedging instrument matches the notional amount of
the aggregate portfolio? May the shortcut method be applied to a cash
flow hedge in which the hedged forecasted transaction is a group of
individual transactions if the notional amount of the interest rate
swap designated as the hedging instrument matches the notional amount
of the aggregate group that comprises the hedged transaction?
[Generally no was the DIG’s answer.}
*Issue
F2—Partial-Term Hedging http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuef2.html
(Cleared 07/28/99)
A
company may not designate a 3-year interest rate swap with a notional
amount equal to the principal amount of its nonamortizing debt as the
hedging instrument in a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair
value, attributable to changes in market interest rates, of the
company’s obligation to make interest payments during the first 3
years of its 10-year fixed-rate debt instrument. There would be no
basis for expecting that the change in that swap’s fair value would
be highly effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the
liability for only the interest payments to be made during the first
three years. Even though under certain circumstances a partial-term
fair value hedge can qualify for hedge accounting under Statement 133,
the provisions of that Statement do not result in reporting a
fixed-rate 10-year borrowing as having been effectively converted into
a 3-year floating-rate and 7-year fixed-rate borrowing as was
previously accomplished under synthetic instrument accounting prior to
Statement 133. Synthetic instrument accounting is no longer acceptable
under Statement 133, as discussed in paragraphs 349 and 350.
*Issue
G7—Measuring the Ineffectiveness of a Cash Flow Hedge under
Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method is Not Applied
http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueg7.html
(Cleared 5/17/00)
Three
methods for calculating the ineffectiveness of a cash flow hedge that
involves either (a) a receive-floating, pay-fixed interest rate swap
designated as a hedge of the variable interest payments on an existing
floating-rate liability or (b) a receive-fixed, pay-floating interest
rate swap designated as a hedge of the variable interest receipts on
an existing floating-rate asset are discussed below. As noted in the
last section of the response, Method 1 (Change in Variable Cash Flows
Method) may not be used in certain circumstances. Under all three
methods, an entity must consider the risk of default by counterparties
that are obligors with respect to the hedging instrument (the swap) or
hedged transaction, pursuant to the guidance in Statement 133
Implementation Issue No. G10, "Need to Consider Possibility of
Default by the Counterparty to the Hedging Derivative." An
underlying assumption in this Response is that the likelihood of the
obligor not defaulting is assessed as being probable.
Other
DIG issues can be viewed at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html
Also see the following
summary of FAS 138
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The
CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S.
Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm |
Black-Scholes
Model = see option.
Blockage Factor =
the impact upon financial instrument valuation of
a large dollar amount of items sold in one block. In the case of derivatives,
the FASB decided not to allow discounting of the carrying amount if that amount is to be
purchased or sold in a single block. Some analysts argue that if the items must be
sold in a huge block, the price per unit would be less than marginal price of a single
unit sold by itself. Certain types of instruments may also increase in value due to
blockage. In the case of instruments that carry voting rights, there may be
sufficient "block" of voting rights to influence strategy and control of an
organization (e.g., a 51% block of voting shares or options for voting shares that provide
an option for voting control). If voting power is widely dispersed, less than 51%
may constitute a blockage factor if the "block" is significant enough to
exercise control. The FASB
in SFAS 107does not allow blockage factors to influence the estimation of fair value up or
down. Disallowance of blockage is discussed in FAS 133, Pages 153-154, Paragraphs
312-315. See fair value.
Bookout ---
The term "bookout" can be used in a variety of
contexts such as when firms make a paper transaction in lieu of actual delivery
of a product or service. For an illustration in the power industry, see
the Bonneville Dam illustration under Normal
Purchases Normal Sales
See the DIG C16 resolution under Normal
Purchases Normal Sales
New Guidance on Loans and Revisions to DIG C15 (Bookouts)
Cleared December 19, 2001
http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=438
Changes in determining how loans will be scoped in
bring guidance closer to the statement itself, as more issues achieve closure.
At its meeting on December 19, the Board agreed to
the staff's recommendation to change its final guidance on the application of
FAS 133 to loans (and other credit arrangements): i.e., when they should be
defined as derivatives for accounting purposes. The Board thus decided to
override C13,"When a Loan Commitment is Included in the Scope of
Statement 133," with broader guidance utilizing FAS 133's
characteristic-based definition of a derivative (in particular, the
net-settlement criteria found in paragraph 9b).
Under this approach, loans and other off-balance
sheet credit arrangements that meet the statement's definition of a derivative
would be scoped in. However, the key to this approach is to be found in the
language the staff has drafted to help apply the FAS 133 definition of a
derivative to such loans/credit arrangements. This language, which we
understand will set a relatively high hurdle for loans to meet the 9b test, is
to be posted on the FASB site soon, and subjected to a 35-day comment period.
[There may be two issues: one to clarify the market mechanism need to qualify
for 9b (net settlement) and a second to address the application of the
derivative definition in accounting of the loan.]
Clarification on the question of MAC clauses (not to
be considered) and asymmetrical accounting for borrower and lender (allowing
borrowers to continue to account for loans deemed derivatives for banks as
loans) as discussed below will also be included in the guidance posted to the
FASB website. Notice will be given that the resulting guidance will be
conditioned on amendments to Statements 65 and 91, which covered prior loan
accounting.
Desperate for closure, the board stresses that this
is essentially the final answer on the subject, and it will primarily consider
comments that help improve the application of the derivative definition test.
Note that this change sets a further precedent for seeking changes to
existing, pre-cleared guidance that go back to the conceptual foundation of
the statement itself.
Another issue of large concern to the electricity
industry was the Board's discussion of further revisions to C15, "Normal
Purchases and Sales Exception for Option-Type Contracts and Forward Contracts
in Electricity." In October, the staff revised C15 to clarify the unique
nature of capacity contracts in the electrical industry and define criteria
under which contracts with certain option features and bookouts can qualify
for the normal purchases and sales exception. The Board has given the final
go- ahead, approving staff revisions which means C15 will be posted in its
final form very soon. We are unclear as to what extent, if at all, these
revisions will differ from the October 10 draft, but interested parties will
want to scrutinize the words carefully.
Loan commitments and FAS 133 Prior to today's
meeting, this issue had been addressed, in part, with C13, "When a Loan
Commitment is Included in the Scope of Statement 133," which was posted
as tentative guidance on the FASB website in January 2001. C13 provided that
(1) loan commitments that relate to the origination or acquisition of mortgage
loans that will be held for resale under Statement 65 must be accounted for as
derivatives under Statement 133 by both the borrower and lender; (2) loan
commitments that relate to the origination or acquisition of mortgage loans
that will be held of investment continue to be accounted for under Statement
65 and (3) commitments that relate to the originations of non-mortgage loans
continue to be accounted for under Statement 91.
However, C13 dealt mainly with mortgage loans, which
would have required FASB to consider extending the guidance in C13 to
non-mortgage loans held for resale.
As an alternative, the staff had recommended the
Board switch gears and use the Statement's broader guidance on defining
derivatives to determine when loans are scoped in, which the Board accepted.
A third and fourth alternative were also presented
but not widely considered. The first of these would have imposed the need for
both parties of a contract to have access to a market mechanism, in order for
the contract to meet the paragraph 9b net settlement criteria. Going down this
route would require a similar decision by the board on this "both
counterparty" requirement for all 9b tests. The second of these
alternatives suggested the Board simply carve out a specific subset of loans
from FAS 133.
In discussing this question, one of the board members
noted how divisive this issues was in the financial services industry, with
constituents coming down almost equally on both sides (see I-bank vs. C-bank
debate). This prevented easy consideration of a carve out, or any guidance,
that drifted away from FAS 133's conceptual fundamentals.
The guidance in C13 (formerly E13) was already
drifting away from the core FAS 133 concepts, but this reflected the Board's
mistaken view that most all loan commitments were clearly not derivatives.
However, C13 arose out of discussions at the DIG (see Item 11-4 discussions
here and here) where DIG members pointed out market mechanisms that could
emerge to facilitate net settlement in loans and how loans with option
features were included in Statement 119 disclosure guidelines.
Moreover, C13 was potentially holding back the
planned move to a fair value model for all financial instruments--a project
discussed later at the meeting. As one of the new board members, Katherine
Schipper, pointed out, going with the alternative to C13 not only provides an
opportunity to fix a flawed approach to loan scope outs, but it brings GAAP
further in the direction of the fair value model toward which the FASB is
moving. Though, other board members, and the staff, said it was not clear
whether more or fewer loans would be likely to be scoped in under the agreed
upon C13 alternative.
Having reached on consensus on the first question
concerning loans, the Board turned to the second and third questions framed by
the staff.
Question 2 dealt with the effect of a subjective
material change clause (Ma clause that may be invoked by the issuer based oive
evaluation of the adverse change-on whethoped into FAS 133. Though not
explicitly stated, this question was posed in order to prevent the insertion
of MAC clauses into credit arrangements merely to trigger a scope exception.
The alternative guidance proposed by the staff dealt
with the degree of control the issuer has over the MAC trigger:
Alternative 1 states that the existence of a
subjective MAC clause always causeso be excluded from the scope of the staff's
proposed guidance.
Alternative 2 would have the loan excluded only if it
is remote that the issuer would invoke the MAC clause.
Alternative 3 would ignore the MAC altogether and not
use it as a consideration in excluding the contract.
The board had no objections to the staff
recommendation to ignore the MAC clause (alternative 3).
The third question arising from the loan discussion
asked if asymmetrical accounting would be allowed for loans falling under the
scope of FAS 133. In other words, a market mechanism might exist for the
issuer (lender), but not the holder (borrower), which would make the contract
a derivative from the former's perspective but not the latter's.
As a pure practical matter, the Board concluded that
asymmetrical accounting would be allowed on an exception basis where the
holder (borrower) does not account for the contract as a derivative--even
where it meets the test for the issuer (lender). Otherwise, borrowers would
have to phone their lenders and ask how they were accounting for the loan in
order to arrive at proper accounting.
With respect to
Firm Commitments vs.
Forward Contracts, the key distinction is Part
b of Paragraph 540 of the original FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the
original FAS 133 Standard.)
Those of us into
FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional distinction between
a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity at a contract price
versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a contracted forward
price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133 requires booking a forward
contract and adjusting it to fair value at reporting dates if actual physical
delivery is not highly likely such that the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b)
of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to avoid booking.
The distinction
actually commences with forecasted transactions that include purchase contracts
for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at an uncertain
underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future date of
purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These forecasted
transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase price is
contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase three months
later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133 rules, but they
may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative financial instruments.
Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price) can be hedged with cash flow
hedges using derivative contracts.
There is an
obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment loss must
be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant (material) loss
is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market. But this obscure rule
will be ignored here.
One distinction
between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is that a forward
contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is based on the
difference between spot price and forward price at the time of settlement. Net
settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of the actual commodity
(most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their front lawns). Oil
companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but like electric
companies these oil companies generally contract for far more product than will
ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to difficulties in
predicting peak demand.
A firm
commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net settlement
clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not want a
particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract is simply
passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset (book out) a
purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines
apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals of
“paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel purchase
contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the capacities of
the pipelines.
The contentious
FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity companies in FAS 149.
But it was not resolved in the same way for other companies. Hence for all other
companies the distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward price
contract is crucial.
In some ways the
distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward contract may be somewhat
artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is the existence of a net
settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a forward contract that negates
a “significant penalty” clause of a firm commitment contract.
The original FAS
133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary that reads as
follows in Paragraph 540:
Firm commitment
An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:
a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.
b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.
The key
distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be Part b
above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large” penalty if
physical delivery is defaulted. The net settlement (spot-forward) provision of
forward contracts generally void Part b penalties even when physical delivery
was originally intended.
Firm commitments
have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than do forward
contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b technical provisions
in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome because of a market clearing
house for such contracts (the highly common practice of booking out such
contracts by passing along purchase contracts to parties with sales contracts,
or vice versa, that can be booked out) when physical delivery was never
intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in question (in Oklahoma) all such
“paper gallon” contracts are cleared against each other on the 25th
of every month. By “clearing” I mean that “circles” of buyers and sellers are
identified such that these parties themselves essentially net out deals. In most
cases the deals are probably based upon spot prices, although the clearing house
really does not get involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these
“paper gallons.”
See
Forward Transaction and
Firm Commitment
Business
Combinations =
contacts for purchases and/or
poolings that require special accounting treatment. In summary, the major exceptions
under FAS 133 for APB Opinion No. 16 are discussed in (FAS 133Paragraph 11c).
Exceptions are not as important
in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all financial
instruments. However, exceptions or special accounting for derivatives are
discussed in IAS 39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note IAS 22 Paragraphs
65-76)
C-Terms
Call = see option.
CAP
=
a risk bound. For example, a cap writer, in
return for a premium, agrees to limit, or cap, the cap holder's risk associated
with an increase in interest rates. If rates go above a specified interest-rate level (the
strike price or the cap rate), the cap holder is entitled to receive cash
payments equal to the excess of the market rate over the strike price multiplied by the
notional principal amount. Issuers of floating-rate liabilities often purchase caps to
protect against rising interest rates, while retaining the ability to benefit from a
decline in rates. Examples are given in SFAS Paragraphs 182-183 beginning on Page 95 of
FAS 133. Also see Footnote 6 to Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133.
The opposite of a cap is termed a floor. A
floor writer, in return for a premium, agrees to limit, or floor, the cap holder's
risk associated with an decrease in interest rates. If rates go below a specified
interest-rate level (the strike price or the floor rate), the floor holder
is entitled to receive cash payments equal to the difference between the market rate over
the strike price multiplied by the notional principal amount. See Footnote 6 to
Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133
A collar combines a cap and a floor. In
Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed. Another example
is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133. See collar.
Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM)
=
a model for valuing a corporation in which
estimated future cash flows are discounted at a rate equal to the firm's weighted average
cost of capital multiplied by the beta, which is a measure of the volatility of a firm's
stock price. The CAPM is a single-index
model and, as such, has enormous structural deficiencies. Alternate approaches and
problems in all approaches are discussed in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm
Also see option pricing theory.
Capacity Risk see Risks
Cash Flow Hedge =
a derivative with a periodic settlement based
upon cash flows such as interest rate changes on variable rate
debt. Major portions of FAS 133 dealing with cash flow hedges include Paragraphs 28-35,
127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 153-158, 159-161, 162-164, 371-383, 422-425, 458-473,
and 492-494. See hedge and hedge
accounting. The IASC adopted the same definition of a cash flow
hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net
income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137b).
Flow for Cash Flow Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
The key
distinction of a cash flow hedge versus a fair
value hedge is that FAS 133 allows deferral of unrealized holding gains and losses on
the revaluation of the derivative to be posted to Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) rather than current earnings. Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133 discusses the posting to OCI.
Paragraph 31 deals with reclassifications from OCI into earnings. Also see derecognition and dedesignation.
In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments
come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. One
of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:
Paragraph 4
on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize
those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a
derivative instrument as follows:
a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability,
or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a
particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents
both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is
designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset
or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related
to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent
references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================
With respect to Section a above, a firm
commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already
booked. For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is
unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have
not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is
"recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm
commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.
Another key distinction is between a forecasted transaction
versus a firm commitment. Firm commitments without any
foreign currency risk cannot have cash flow hedges, because there is no variability in
expected future cash flows (except for credit risks for which cash flow hedges are not
allowed under Paragraph 29e on Page 20, Paragraph 32 on Page
22, and Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 ). Example 9 beginning in
Paragraph 162 on Page 84 of FAS 133 illustrates a forward contract cash flow hedge of a
forecasted series of transactions in a foreign currency. When the forecasted
transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of the value changes in the futures
contract must be taken into current earnings rather than other comprehensive income. Controversies between the
FASB's distinction between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed
in Paragraphs 324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133. Firm commitments can have fair value
hedges even though they cannot have cash flow hedges. See Paragraph 20 on Page 11 of
FAS 133.
Cash flow hedges must have the possibility
of affecting net earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133
bans
foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary. The
reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated
earnings. For reasons and references, see equity method.
A nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging
instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d).
Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 bans a
forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the parent
company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf. However Paragraph
40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself,
which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page
24 of FAS 133.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of
FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns. In a covered call the combined position of the
hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always
greater than potential gains. The option premium, however, is set so that the option
writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.
Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will
Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.
Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12. See written
option.
Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of
FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts
such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges. (Existing
assets and liabilities can be hedged items, but the hedging instruments must be new and
fully documented at the start of the hedge.) Paragraphs 29c and 29f on Page 20
of FAS 133 require direct cash flow risk exposures rather than earnings exposures such as
a hedge to protect equity-method accounting for an investment under APB 16 rules.
See ineffectiveness.
FAS 133
is silent as to whether a single asset
or liability can be hedged in part (as opposed to a portfolio of items having different
risks). For example, can an interest rate swap be used to hedge the cash flows of
only the last five years of a ten-year note? There seems to be nothing to prevent
this (as is illustrated in Examples 13 and 15 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).
Paragraph 18 of FAS 133 allows for using only a
portion of a single derivative to hedge an item if, and only if, the selected portion has
the risk exposure of the portion is equal to the risk of the whole derivative. For
example, a four-year interest rate swap designated as hedging a two-year note probably
does not meet the Paragraph 18 test, because the risk exposure in the first two years most
likely is not the same as the risk level in the last two years.
Suppose a company expects dividend income
to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency. Suppose the
investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date. Forecasted
dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not
sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a
dividend. A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered
into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133. Whether or not gains and losses are
posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends
upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as
trading securities. There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.
With respect to Paragraph
29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or
liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another
index even though the two indices are highly correlated. See Example 7 on Page
222 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
The hedging instrument (e.g., a forecasted
transaction or firm commitment foreign currency hedge) must meet the stringent criteria
for being defined as a derivative financial
instrument under FAS 133. This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related. It also includes
strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and
Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being
hedged. Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in
reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group
must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.
Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133. The grouping tests are
elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:
-
Paragraph 21 on Page 13,
-
Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,
-
Paragraph 241 on Page 130,
-
Paragraph317 on Page 155,
-
Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,
-
Paragraph 432 on Page 192,
-
Paragraph 435 on Page 193,
-
Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196
-
Paragraph 462 on Page 202,
-
Paragraph 477 on Page 208.
The tests can become tricky. For
example, suppose a company has a firm commitment to buy 1,000 units of raw material
per month at a unit price of 5,000DM Deutsche Marks. Can this firm commitment be
designated as a hedged item on a foreign currency risk exposure of 500 units each
month? The answer according to Paragraph 21a's Part (2b) requires that which units
be designated such as the first 500 units or the last 500 unites each month.
A group of variable rate notes indexed in the
same way upon LIBOR can be a hedged item, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR
and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify. Also,
anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping
designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.
Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk
exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict
with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. For more detail see foreign
currency hedge.
Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a
portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is
prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions
or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or
designating different components as hedges of different exposures." See
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133. Paragraphs dealing with
compound derivative issues include the following:
-
Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,
-
Footnote 13 on Page 29,
-
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,
-
Paragraph 413 on Page 186,
-
Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.
Section
c(4) of Paragraph 4 is probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of
SFAS 52. The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive
income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. This is an exception to
Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133. Reasons for the exception are given in
Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:
The net investment in a
foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that
would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a
group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the
parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net
investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The
Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of
Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of
dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been
explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.
For a derivative not designated as a
hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of
change. Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign
Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign
currency forecasted transaction with a derivative. For more detail see foreign currency hedge.
Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:
.A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
These Section c(4)
confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a
single derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning
of "different risks and designating each component as a hedging
instrument." For example, suppose
Rippen Company enters into forward contracting with Bank A to sell Dutch guilders and
purchase French francs. The purpose is to hedge two combined unrelated foreign currency
risks from two related companies, one a Holland subsidiary and the other a French
subsidiary. Bank A is independent of all the interrelated companies in this
scenario. If the forward contracting entails one forward contract, it cannot be
partitioned into components having different risks of U.S. dollars against guilders versus
francs.
Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted transactions from being the hedged items in
cash flow hedges if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on
each reporting date at fair value with holding gains and losses
taken directly into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income). See Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.
Paragraphs 220-231 beginning on Page 123 of
FAS 133
leave little doubt that the FASB
feels "fair value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the
only relevant measure for derivative instruments." Allowing gains
and losses from qualified FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedges to be deferred in OCI was more of a political compromise that the FASB
intends for the long-term. But the compromise extends only so far as present
GAAP. It allows OCI deferral on cash flow hedges only if the hedged items are
carried at cost under GAAP. For example, lumber inventory is carried at cost and can
be hedged with OCI deferrals of gains and losses on the derivative instrument such as a
forward contract that hedges the price of lumber. The same cannot be said for gold
inventory.
The forecasted purchase of lumber
inventoried at cost can be a hedged item, but the forecasted purchase of gold or some
other "precious" market commodity cannot qualify for OCI deferral as a hedged
item. The reason is that "precious" items under GAAP are
booked at maintained at market value. For example, suppose a forward contract is entered into on January 1 when
commodity's price is $300 per unit. The "political issue" issue faced by
the FASB is merely a matter of when gains and losses on the derivative contract are posted
to current earnings. If the price goes up to $400 per unit on July 1 when the
commodity is actually purchased, there is a $100 per unit deferred gain on the forward
contract that is transferred from OCI to current
earnings if the commodity is
lumber. If the commodity is "precious" gold, however, the there is no
intervening credit to OCI because of Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133.
Illustrative journal entries are shown below:
|
|
Transactions |
in Lumber |
Transactions
|
in Gold |
Date |
Accounts |
Debit |
Credit |
Debit
|
Credit
|
1/1/x1 |
Forward
|
0 |
|
0
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Various dates |
Forward
|
100 |
|
100
|
|
|
OCI
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
P&L
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7/1/x1 |
Inventory
|
400
|
|
400
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
400
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7/1/x1 |
Cash
|
100
|
|
100
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
100
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7/1/x1 |
OCI
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
P&L
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forward contract was
not a FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedge even
though it was an economic hedge. The reason goes back to Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of
SFAS 130.
For this same reason, a trading security (not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115) cannot be a
FAS 133 hedged item. That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued (like gold) with unrealized
holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings. Conversely, Paragraphs 4c
on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase
of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item,
because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and
losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings. Unlike
trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.
Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55,
123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133. Held-to-maturity
securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.
Held-to-maturity securities
may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190
of FAS 133. See held-to-maturity.
Suppose a firm has a forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment
denominated in a foreign currency. Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after
the bond purchase, be adjusted to fair value on each reporting date. As a result,
any hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable
cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated
in Examples 6 beginning on Page 265 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998). Before the bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not
allowed to be a hedged item under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon
execution of the transaction, the bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes
in fair value ...." Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.
Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e
that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than credit
worthiness. For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price
can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e. The forecasted sale's cash
flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers. Example
24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.
Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest
rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow
hedge. See also credit risk swaps.
A swaption can be a cash flow hedge.
See swaption.
Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on
Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a
consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.
Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133. See minority interest.
Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a
similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other
than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or
require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be
classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance
sheet):
To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the
gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity.
Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period
or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for
example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
(emphasis added):
IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting:
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain
or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying
amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the
hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the
asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when
the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the
periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost
of sales is recognised).
|
FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting:
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or
loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or
liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in
net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects
net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense,
interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus,
net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but
the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under
FASB.
|
Cash Flow Hedges Create Fair Value Risk
Cash flow risk commonly arises in forecasted transactions with an unknown
value of the underlying. Interbank rates that banks charge each other is
often used for benchmarking in hedge effectiveness testing. For example, suppose the underlying is a
benchmarked interest rate is the ever-popular London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR)
where a firm borrows $1 million for two years at a fixed rate of
6.41%. This loan has fair value risk since the amount required to pay the
loan off prematurely at the end of any quarter will vary with interest rate
movements in the same manner as bond prices move up and down depending upon the
spot market of interest rates such as LIBOR. The loan does not
have cash flow risk since the interest rate is locked in at 6.41% (divided by
four) for each quarterly interest payment.
The firm can lock in fixed fair value by entering into some type of
derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will pay a variable
benchmarked rate that moves up and down with interest rates. For example,
assume the receivable leg of the swap is fixed at 6.65%. Each
quarter the difference between 6.65% and the current spot rate of LIBOR
determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that locks in a
fixed return of 6.65% + 2%. To read more about this particular cash flow
hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 5 in
Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 131. Bob Jensen elaborates
and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Financial instruments have a notional and an underlying. For example,
an underlying might be a commodity price and the notional is the quantity such
as price of corn and the quantity of corn. An underlying might be an
interest rate such as the U.S. Treasury rate of the London Inter-bank Offering
Rate and the notional might be the principal such as the $10 million face value
of 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 each.
The unhedged investment of $10 million has cash flow risk but no fair value
risk. The hedged investment has no cash flow risk but the subsequent
combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates fair value risk. The
fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates
up and down with the current spot rate of LIBOR used in determining the
quarterly swap payments. For example, in Example 5 mentioned above, the
swap begins with a zero value but moves up to a fair value of $24,850 a the end
of the first quarter, $73,800 at the end of the second quarter, and even drops
to a negative ($42,820) after four quarters.
Companies do trillions of dollars worth of cash flow hedging with
interest rate swaps. Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac. Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of
outstanding fixed-rate mortgage investments with interest rate swaps that lock
in fair value. You can read more about their cash flow hedging strategy in
their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003. Both companies made
headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Fair Value Hedges Create Cash Flow Risk
Fair value risk commonly arises in fore firm commitments with a contracted
value of the underlying. For example, suppose the underlying is a
benchmarked interest rate such as the London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR)
where a firm invests $10 million for two years that pays a quarterly return of
the spot rate for LIBOR plus 2.25%. This investment has cash flow risk
since the quarterly values of LIBOR are unknown. The investment does not
fair value risk since the value is locked in at $10 million due to the fact that
the returns are variable rather than fixed.
The firm can lock in a fixed return rate by entering into some type of
derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will lock in the current
LIBOR forward rate. For example, assume the payable leg of the swap
is fixed at 6.41%. Each quarter the difference between 6.41% and the
current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate
swap payment that will vary with interest rate movements. To read more
about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed
under FAS 133, go to Example 2 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph
111. Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel
workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
The unhedged loan of $1 million has fair value risk but no fair value
risk. The hedged investment has no fair value risk but the subsequent
combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates cash flow risk. If
the hedge is perfectly effective, fair value of the interest rate swap
used as the hedging instrument fluctuates exactly to offset any value change in
the loan such that the combined value of the loan plus the swap is fixed at $1
million. For example, in Example 2 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero
value but down down to a fair value of a negative liability of )$16,025) when
the value of the loan drops to ($998,851) such that the sum of the two values is
the constant $1 million. The swap costs the borrower an outflow of $16,025
at the end of the first quarter to offset the decline in the value of the
loan.
The point here is that a hedge for fair value risk creates cash flow
risk.
Why would a firm want to enter into a fair value hedge that causes cash flow
risk? There can be many reasons, but one is that the borrower may predict
that interest rates are going to fall and it would be advantageous to prepay the
fixed-rate loan at some point in time before maturity and borrow at anticipated
lower rates. In Example 2 mentioned above, LIBOR dropped to 6.31% in the
fourth quarter such at the firm would have to pay $1,001,074 to prepay the loan
(e.g., by buying it back in the market). However, due to the hedge, the
interest rate swap would pay $1,074 such that the net cost is only the $1
million locked in fair value fixed by the interest rate swap hedge.
Companies do a somewhat surprising amount of fair value hedging with interest
rate swaps. Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding variable
rate debt with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value. Both companies
thereby create cash flow risk. Fannie Mae lost $24 billion in derivatives
trading, and much of this was due to fair value hedging. See "$25
Billion in Derivatives Losses at Fannie Mae" --- http://worldvisionportal.org/WVPforum/viewtopic.php?t=192
An independent analysis of Fannie's accounts
suggests it may have incurred losses on its derivatives trading of $24bn
between 2000 and third-quarter 2003. That figure represents nearly all of the
$25.1bn used to purchase or settle transactions in that period. Any net losses
will eventually have to be recognised on Fannie Mae's balance sheet,
depressing future profits.
You can read more about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fair value hedging
strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003. Both
companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting
years. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
See Illustrations
and Ineffectivness.
Cash Flow Statement
Presentation
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on May 9,
2003
TITLE: FASB Rules Derivatives Must Be Part of Financing Cash Flow
REPORTER: Cassell Bryan-Low
DATE: May 01, 2003
PAGE: C4
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB105174180092459600,00.html
TOPICS: Debt, Derivatives, Financial Accounting
SUMMARY: The FASB issued this ruling "in an attempt to crack
down" on companies that undertake transactions requiring prepayments by a
customer. Some companies have been including those prepayments in cash flows
from operations.
QUESTIONS:
1.) Define financing, investing, and operating cash flows--be specific by
referring to authoritative literature for these definitions. Cite your source.
2.) How do financial statement users utilize the three sections of the
statement of cash flows to assess a companies financial health? Cite all ways
you can think of in which these amounts are used.
3.) Summarize the transaction addressed in the article. Why does the
headline define these items as derivatives? What is the support for including
the cash flows associated with these transactions in the operating section of
the statement of cash flows? What is the argument supporting presenting these
cash flows in the financing section?
4.) What is free cash flow? Is this concept defined in authoritative
accounting literature? How do financial statement readers use this concept in
assessing a company's financial health?
5.) How do the transactions described in this article impact a company's
free cash flow? How will they impact free cash flow after implementing the new
requirements issued by the FASB?
6.) What does the author mean when he writes of the fact that, because
banks such as J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup financed delivery of
commodities, companies using these transactions, such as Dynegy and Enron,
were "able to bury that financing in their trading accounts..."
CBOE =
Chicago Board Options
Exchange. See http://www.cboe.com/
Also see CBOT and CME.
You can find some great tutorials at http://www.cboe.com/education/
For the best educational materials at
CBOE, you have to download the Authorware player. But that is free and easy to
download.
CBOT =
Chicago Board of Trade.
See http://www.cbot.com/
Also see CBOE and CME.
There are a number of Internet sources for options and
futures prices --- http://www.cbot.com/
For example, look under Quotes and Data, Agricultural Futures.
You can read about contract
specifications by clicking on the tab "Education" and
choosing the alternative for "Contract Specifications." This
should take you to http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,21,00.html
Especially note the definitions at http://cbotdataexchange.if5.com/FeaturesOverview.aspx
A glossary and tutorials are listed at http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,909,00.html
The CBOT tutorials hang up quite often when downloading.
The CME tutorials are easier to download and use --- http://www.cme.com/edu/
The CME Glossary is at http://www.cme.com/edu/res/glos/index.html
Also note the FAQs --- http://cbotdataexchange.if5.com/Helpfaq.aspx
Note that sometimes when you click on
"Home" that it does not take you back to the "Real Home"
at http://www.cbot.com/
Choose
the day you are studying this question. For
example, suppose you go to www.cbot.com on
January 29,
2004
.
On that day you will find vectors (arrays of prices) called forward
prices for futures contracts on commodities such as corn, wheat, etc. Each
price is for a contract having a different expiration date such as contracts
settling in March 4, May 4, July 4, etc.
These forward contract prices remain fixed throughout the life of the
contract. Spot prices vary minute
to minute and day to day. The
spot price used on the contract date of closing is the settlement price.
The
prices you first see listed are the
forward prices.
To find spot
prices,
click on the link called "Charts." Scroll down to the bottom
of the charts page and change the "Month" to "Nearby."
For example, if it currently reads "Mar" for the month, change March
to "Nearby."
At
times you will see a Free Historical Data spot price table on the right side
of the home page of the CBOT. You must have a paid subscription to
Realtime Services for current spot rates. A great free foreign exchange
(FX) spot rate provider is at http://www.xe.com/ucc/
To
find details regarding each futures contract at the CBOT, click on
"Futures Contract Specs." There you will find that each
contract is for
5,000 bu.
and each tic is 1/4 of a cent which is the increments that traders flash with
hand signals in the pit of the trading floor at the CBOT.
You can read more about
use of the CBOT at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/class02.htm
Note the references at the end of the above document.
CDO Collateralized Debt Obligation = see Credit
Derivatives
Circus =
a hedging combination that entails both an
interest rate swap and a foreign currency swap. As a single-contract derivative, the circus swap runs into trouble in
FAS 133 because it simultaneously hedges a price (or interest rate) risk and foreign currency
risk. Suppose a U.S. company has a trading or
available-for-sale portfolio containing a variable rate note receivable in Brazilian
reals. Suppose the company enters into a circus swap that hedges both interest
rate and foreign currency risks. Since SFAS 115 requires that the hedged item (the
Brazilian note) be remeasured to fair value at each interest rate date (with foreign
currency gains and losses being accounted for under SFAS 52), Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and
Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133 prohibit the Brazilian note for being the basis of a
cash flow hedge. Paragraph 18 on the top of Page 10 prohibits "separating a
compound derivative into components representing different risks .... " Example
14 beginning on Page 271 illustrates the same problem with a note payable illustration in Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
If the Brazilian note was instead
classified as held-to-maturity, the booked value is not
remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date. That overcomes the Paragraph
21c revaluation objection on Page 14 of FAS 133. Since the note is not an equity
investment, other barriers in Paragraph 21c do not apply. However, held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk
according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133. And Paragraph 18
on Page 10 looms as a lingering barrier.
To circumvent the Paragraph 18
problem of having compound risk hedges in a single contract, the U.S. company could enter
into to separate derivative contracts such as an interest rate swap accompanied by an
independent forward contract that hedges the foreign currency risk. Then the issue
for a cash flow hedging combination is whether the Brazilian note qualifies as a hedging
instrument qualifies under Paragraph 29 rules beginning on Page 20 of FAS 133.
Paragraph 20e bans interest rate hedging if the note is declared held-to-maturity. Paragraph
20d bans interest rate hedging for a note declared as a
trading security under SFAS 115. Conversely, Paragraphs 4c
on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase
of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item,
because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and
losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather
than current earnings. Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can
be FAS 133-allowed hedge items. Mention of available-for sale is made in
Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133. Even if
this results in accounting for the two derivatives as a cash flow
hedge of the Brazilian note, the same cannot be said for a fair
value hedge since the forward contract hedging foreign currency risk must be carried
at fair value. Somewhat similar conclusions arise for a foreign currency note
payable illustration in Example 15 on Page 272 of Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
One of my students wrote the following case
just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:
Brian T. Simmons For
his case and case solution entitled ACCOUNTING FOR CIRCUS SWAPS: AN INSTRUCTIONAL
CASE click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/bsimmons/circus/framecase.htm
. He states the following:
This
case examines a basic circus swap which involves not only the exchange of
floating interest rate for fixed, but also one currency for another.
Separation of the effects from both interest rate and foreign currency
fluctuations is no simple matter. In fact, no formal accounting
pronouncements specifically address this issue. (prior to FAS 133).
The introduction first reviews the history and reasoning of pronouncements
leading up to Exposure Draft 162-B. For years, institutions have relied
on settlement accounting to record their derivative instruments. With
growing concern over the risk of these instruments, however, the SEC and FASB have
attempted to increase the detail of disclosure regarding the value and risk
of their derivative portfolio. The case provides an example of a hybrid
instrument in the form of a circus swap. The case questions review the
accounting for these types of instruments under the current settlement
accounting guidelines as well as the new fair-value method. Additionally, a
simplistic measure of Risk Per Contract (RPC) is developed. By using
information that is easy for management to obtain, the likelihood of the
benefits of RPC outweighing the costs is greatly enhanced.
Clearly-and-Closely
Related Criteria (or Clearly and Closely
Related) =
criteria that determine when and when not
to treat an embedded derivative as a freestanding
contract apart from its host contract. An embedded derivative that is both deemed to
be free standing and is not clearly-and-closely related" must be accounted for
separately rather than remain buried in the accounting for the host contract.
Relevant sections of FAS 133 include Paragraphs 304-311 in Pages 150-153 and Paragraphs
443-450 in Pages 196-198. The FASB reversed its ED 162-B position on compound derivatives.
Examples 12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate
clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments. For
example, a call option cannot be accounted for separately if it is clearly-and-closely
related to to a hybrid instrument that is clearly an equity instrument on a freestanding
basis and, thereby, is not subject to FAS 133 rules. If a prepayment option on a in
a variable rate mortgage is based upon an interest rate index, the option is clearly-and-closely related to the host contract
and cannot be accounted for separate from its host. On the other hand, if the option
is instead based upon a stock price index such as the Standard and Poors 500 index. the
option is no longer clearly-and-closely related to to the host contract. See hedge.
For example suppose a bond receivable has a
variable interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative
that specifies a collar of 4% to 8% based upon LIBOR. The bond
holder receives no interest payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the
collar. In this case, the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and
accounted for apart from the host bond contract. The reason is that the option is
"clearly-and-closely related" to the interest payments under the host contract
(i.e., it can adjust the interest rate). See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of
FAS 133.
Some debt has a combination
of fixed and floating components. For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate
bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or
contingent) changes to a variable rate. This type of bond has a embedded
derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component
that adjusts the interest rate in later periods. Since the forward component is "clearly-and-closely
related"adjustment of interest of the host
contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of
FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply).
Illustrations are provided under cap
and floater.
See DIG Issue B5 under embedded
derivatives.
CME =
Chicago Mercantile Exchange. See http://www.cme.com
Also see CBOE and CBOT.
Collar=
a hedge that confines risk to a particular range.
For example, one form of collar entails buying a call option and selling a put option in
such a manner that extreme price variations are hedged from both sides. In Paragraph 181
on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed. A collar combines a cap and a
floor. Another example is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of
FAS 133.
Also see cap and floater.
Collateralized Debt Obligation (CDO) = see
Credit Derivatives
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation CMO =
a priority claim against collateral used to back
mortgage debt. This is considered a derivative financial instrument, because the value is
derived from another asset whose value, in turn, varies with global and economic
circumstances.
Combination Option =
see compound derivatives and option.
Commitment
Exposure =
economic exposure arising from the effects of
foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors. See firm commitment and hedge.
Commodity-Indexed
Embedded Derivative =
a derivative embedded in a contract such as
an interest bearing note that changes the amount of the payments according to movements of
a commodity price index. When a contract has
such a provision, the embedded portion must be separated from the host
contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61i on
Page 43 of FAS 133.
This makes embedded commodity indexed derivative accounting different than credit indexed and inflation
indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract. In this regard,
credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like equity
indexed accounting.In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more
like equity
indexed accounting. See index, equity-indexed, derivative
financial instrument and embedded derivatives.
In my viewpoint, not all commodity indexed
derivatives fail the Paragraph 61i test. See my
Mexcobre Case.
Competitive
Exposure =
economic exposure arising from the effects of
foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors.
Compound
Derivatives =
derivatives that encompass more than one
contractual provision such that different risk exposures are hedged in the compound
derivative contract. Paragraph 18 on Pages 9-10 prohibits separation of a compound
derivative into components to designate different risks and then use only one or a subset
of components as a hedging instrument. FAS 133, Pages 167-168, Paragraphs 360-361
discusses how the FASB
clung to its position on pro rata decomposition in FAS 133 vis-à-vis the earlier
Exposure Draft 162-B that also did not allow pro rata decomposition. Further discussion is
given in Paragraphs 523-524. See circus, derivative,
embedded derivatives, and option.
Closely related are synthetic instruments arising
when multiple financial instruments are synthetically combined into a single instrument,
possibly to meet hedge criteria under FAS 133. FAS 133 does not allow synthetic
instrument accounting. See Paragraphs 349-350 on Page 164 of FAS 133. Examples
12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related
criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments. These criteria are discussed
under hedge. For a case illustration of a synthetic instrument
hedging situation see D.C. Cerf and F.J. Elmy, "Accounting for Derivatives: The
Case Study of a Currency Swap Used to Hedge Foreign Exchange Rate Exposure," Issues
in Accounting Education, November 1999, 931-956.
In summary, for hedging purposes, a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a
portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is
prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions
or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or
designating different components as hedges of different exposures." See
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133. Paragraphs dealing with
compound derivative issues include the following:
-
Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,
-
Footnote 13 on Page 29,
-
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,
-
Paragraph 413 on Page 186,
-
Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.
Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page
2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of dissimilar
assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria
under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation
adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:
The net investment in a foreign
operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not
meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of
similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's
investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in
a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided,
however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that
area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items,
hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly
permitted by the authoritative literature.
For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument,
the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change. Section 4(c) of
Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to
permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a
derivative. For more detail see foreign
currency hedge.
Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:
.A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
nonderivative financial instrument that
may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement
52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net
investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the
nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective
as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be
reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is
effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for
consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair
value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign
operation.
These Section c(4) confusions in
Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
Paragraph 18 at the top of Page 10 does
allow a single derivative to be divided into components but never with partitioning
of "different risks and designating each component as a hedging
instrument." An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given
under cash flow hedge. The problem is troublesome in circuses.
Compound derivative rules do not always
apply to compound options such as a combination of put and call options. Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133
highlights these exceptions for written compound options or a
combination of a written option and a purchased option.
The test is that for all changes in the underlying, the hedging outcome provides positive
cash flows that are never less than the unfavorable cash flows. See Example 16
beginning on Page 273 of of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
See Structure
and Synthetic.
Comprehensive Income or
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)
Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) and Accumulated OCI (AOCI)
OCI is equal to the change in equity of a business entity during
a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.
Paragraph 5 40 on Page 243 of FAS 133 defines it as follows:
The change in equity of a business
enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from
nonowner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those
resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners (FASB Concepts
Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, paragraph 70).
Comprehensive income includes all changes
in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and
distributions to owners (FASB
Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of
Financial Statements paragraph 70). The FASB’s ED 162-A proposed a standard on comprehensive income
accounting that eventually became a standard in SFAS 130. FAS 133 sought to
book financial instrument derivatives without changing net earnings levels
prior to issuance of FAS 133. Accordingly, booking of derivative hedgings at
fair market value, especially cash flow hedges, entails deferral of earnings
in Other Comprehensive Income until cash settlements transpire. Comprehensive
income is discussed at various points in FAS 133, notably Paragraphs 46-47,
18c, 127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 162-164, 165-172, 173-177, and
338-344. The acronym AOCI is sometimes used to depict accumulated other
comprehensive income.
The International Accounting Standards Committee
(IASC) has not yet defined or required comprehensive statements or the
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) account. This is especially important since it
causes important reproted earnings differences between IAS
39 versus FAS 133. Under
FAS 133, the OCI account is used for cash flow hedges. OCI is not used under IAS
39.
See also struggle
statement.
OCI and the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)
accounts are used in hedge accounting to keep booked changes in value of cash
flow hedges and FX hedges from impacting current earnings to the extent such
hedges are deemed effective. See Hedge
Accounting and Ineffectiveness.
Summary of FAS 130
Reporting Comprehensive Income (Issued 6/97)
Summary --- http://www.fasb.org/st/summary/stsum130.shtml
This Statement establishes standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains, and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements. This Statement requires that all items that are required to
be recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive
income be reported in a financial
statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial
statements. This Statement does not require a specific format for that
financial statement but requires that an enterprise display an amount
representing total comprehensive income for the period in that financial
statement.
This Statement requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other
comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement and (b)
display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately
from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity
section of a statement of financial position.
This Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods
provided for comparative purposes is required.
"Watch Out for OCI Accounting," April 8, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=51&areaid=955
When Reliant Resources finally released its
earnings in mid-March (see TRAS, 2/11/02), it became clear where the
company’s FAS 133 hedge accounting went wrong; it’s a mistake other
companies should ensure they do not repeat.
While in Reliant’s case, the mistake ended up
contributing $134 million to the company’s 2001 net income, had the
fair value of the derivatives in question gone the other way, the result
would have been more ominous.
In essence, the FAS 133 mistake had to do with
four “structured transactions” involving energy forwards which
Reliant initially considered cash flow hedges and in retrospect, did not
meet the definition.
In particular, the four transactions involved a
series of individual forward contracts, mostly off-market (assuming a
lower-than-market price initially in return for a higher-than-market
price later).
While the combination of forwards was priced at
market, the individual contracts were not. Some even involved some
prepayment for credit reasons. Still, Reliant chose to account for each
forward contract individually as a cash flow hedge set against an
underlying transaction.
The real problem was in the initial accounting
for the forwards. Under the original accounting, according to Reliant’s
8-K, “the Company recorded each applicable contract in its hedge
accounting records on an individual basis, resulting in the recognition
of a non-trading derivative asset or liability on the balance sheet with
an offsetting entry in accumulated other comprehensive income at
inception for each contract.”
Under FAS 133 cash flow hedge rules, however,
OCI can only be used to record subsequent changes in the value of a
hedging derivative. At inception, the forward should have had a fair
value of 0. (Since they were off market, they have a fair value greater
or lesser than 0).
Once you begin the hedge accounting with a
debit/credit into OCI on day one of the hedge, “you’ve basically
introduced a cancer into the balance sheet that will bleed errors into
the income statement as the debits and credits get reclassified,” one
accounting expert explains.
Under that original accounting, Reliant
recorded a net loss in 2001 and ultimately would result in income being
recorded for 2002 and 2003 related to these four structured
transactions.
In some ways, the accounting did reflect the
economics of the transaction, whereby Reliant agreed to sell below
market initially in return for being able to sell at higher levels later
on. Economically, it wanted to “levelize” what it considered high
prices which were unlikely to last.
However, “the recognition of other
comprehensive income was in error, because the fair value of each
contract in each structure resulted not from changes in the fair value
of any anticipated transaction, but rather from the fact that the
individual contracts were not at market at inception,” the 8-K
explains.
"Preliminary Lessons From Reliant
Resources," February 27, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=454&page=51
While financial hedges retained many of their
risk management accounting features under FAS 133 (carry-overs from FAS
52 and FAS 80), in the area of commodity risk management accounting
there's been some fundamental changes. It's perhaps an indication of the
resulting complexity of the rules that Reliant Resources announced it
has made an error in its Q2/Q3 financials, which will necessitate a
restatement of earnings.
Earning restatements are bad news in any
environment. Against the current backdrop of accounting-transparency
debate in the wake of Enron, restatements because of accounting errors
look even worse. However, Reliant Resources had to do just that - delay
its earning release (so far there's no new release date) because it
discovered FAS 133-related errors in its income statement.
The errors, according to the company, result
from gas hedges in Q2 and Q3 of 2001. These were previously accounted
for as cash flow hedges. Now, the company believes that they do not meet
the requirements under FAS 133. This error will affect earning upward of
$100 million. Basically, it means that the company now believes that it
needs to carry the hedges at fair value, hence reclassifying gains that
had been parked in OCI into current income. Reliant says it did not
expect to recognize this income until this year and next year
(presumably, these were one and two-year hedges).
It's hard to say exactly what happened. That's
because the company is saying precious little about what led to its
discovery. "Our people are not interested in going into details
about the accounting, we're still working it out," says Sandy
Fruhman, a PR contact at Reliant. As to when the new figures will be
available, Ms. Fruhman says she has not been given a timeframe.
"We're eager to get our yearend earnings reported," she notes.
No question about that, since any restatement
of earnings (even a revision upward as was the case with Reliant),
against the current accounting-focused marketplace, leads to a stock
market penalty. The negative market reaction is proof enough that the
restatement is not a matter of choice (i.e., earning manipulation). The
FASB and the SEC had been previously concerned that some companies might
terminate cash flow hedges when they are in a gain position in order to
book the gains in income, for instance during years when earnings are
down. "I would be surprised if that were the case," noted a
partner at a big-five firm. "The market hammered them, so I don't
suspect anything 'evil.' My guess is that they were just being
honest."
All Reliant is willing to say is that in the
course of preparing its annual report, its accounting department came to
the conclusion that some of the gas hedges on its books, originally
entered into in the second and third quarter of 2001, failed to meet
cash flow hedge accounting rules and therefore must be marked to market
in income. As a result, Reliant said it expects earnings for the two
periods to increase by an amount between $100 million and $130 million.
"The restatement, due to a reclassification of several specific
transactions, will change the timing of earnings recognition, with the
effect that the company will recognize earnings in 2001 that it
previously expected to recognize in 2002 and 2003," the company
noted.
A quick look at the company's quarterly filings
reveals that it held a deferred gain of $495 million (see below) at the
end of the third quarter. That's the same amount it disclosed in its Q2
report, and slightly under the Q1 deferred gain.
Contango Swap = the following according to one of my students:
A contango swap is a commodity curve swap, which enables
the user to lock in a positive spread between the forward price and the spot price. A
producer of a commodity, for example, might pay an amount equal to the 6-month futures
contract and receive a floating payment equal to the daily price plus a spread. This
enables the commodity producer to lock-in the positive spread and hedge against
anticipated backwardation. Her project on such a swap is as follows:
Debra W. Hutcheson For
her case and case solution on Accounting for Commodity and Contango Swaps,
click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/dhutches/project.htm
. She states the following:
This
case examines the interplay of a cotton consumer and a cotton producer, both
participating in a commodity swap, one of the many commodity-based financial
instruments available to users. Each party wants to protect itself from
commodity price risk and the cotton swap allows each participating party to
"lock-in" a price for 6 million pounds of cotton. One party might
lose in the cotton swap and, therefore, must enter into some other
derivative alternatives. Additionally, this case examines the requirements
for accounting for these contracts under the FASB’s latest exposure draft
on accounting for derivatives and the "forward-looking" disclosure
required by the SEC.
The term "contango" is also used
in futures trading. It refers to situations in which the spot price is higher than
the futures price and converges toward zero from above the futures price. In
contrast, backwardation arises when the spot price is lower than the futures price,
thereby yielding an upward convergence as maturity draws near. See basis.
Contingent
Consideration =
outcomes that have maturities or payouts that depend upon
the outcome of a a contingency such as a civil lawsuit. Contingent consideration in
a business combination as defined in Paragraph 78 of APB 16 are excluded (for the issuer)
from the scope of FAS 133 under Paragraph 11c on Page 7. Accounting for this type
of transaction remains as originally required for the issuer in APB 16. Contingent
lease rentals based on related sales volume, inflation indexed rentals, and contingent
rentals based upon a variable interest rate are also excluded from FAS 133 in Paragraph
61j on Page 43.
Convertible Debt =
a debt contract that has an embedded
derivative such as an option to convert the instrument debt into common stock must be
viewed as having an embedded option. When a contract has such a provision,
the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a
derivative according to Paragraph 61k on Page 43 of FAS 133. See derivative financial instrument and embedded option.
Covered
Call and Covered Put =
simultaneous writing
(selling) of a call option coupled with ownership (long
position) of the underlying asset. The written call option is a
short position that exposes the call option writer to upside risk. A covered call transfers upside
potential of the long position to the buyer of the call and, thereby, may
create more upside price risk than downside price expected benefit. Paragraph 399 on Page 180 does not allow hedge accounting for covered calls,
because the upside potential must be equal to or greater than the downside potential.
In the case of a covered call, the upside risk may exceed the downside
potential..
A covered put entails
writing (selling) a put option (long position) coupled
with having a short position (e.g., a short sale
contract) on the underlying asset. In the case of a covered put, the
downside risk may exceed the downside potential.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of
FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns. In a covered call the combined position of
the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is
always greater than potential gains. The option premium, however, is set so that the
option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to
occur. Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow
losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under
FAS 133. Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.
Also see option and written option.
Credit
Derivative and Credit Risk Swap =
"The Credit Default Swap," by Richard K. Skora --- http://www.skora.com/default.pdf
This article shows how risk neutral pricing theory
can be applied to price a credit default swap. The price is obtained by
explicitly constructing a hedge from the underlying cash market
instruments.
A credit default swap is the most straightforward
type of a credit derivative. It is an agreement between two counterparties
that allows one counterparty to be “long” a third-party credit risk, and
the other counterparty to be “short” the credit risk. Explained another
way, one counterparty is selling insurance and the other counterparty is
buying insurance against the default of the third party.
For example, suppose that two counterparties, a
market maker and an investor, enter into a two-year credit default swap. They
specify what is called the reference asset, which is a particular credit risky
bond issued by a third-party corporation or sovereign. For simplicity, let us
suppose that the bond has exactly two years’ remaining maturity and is
currently trading at par value.
The market maker agrees to make regular fixed
payments (with the same frequency as the reference bond) for two years to the
investor. In exchange the market maker has the following right. (For
simplicity assume default can occure only at discrete times, namely, at the
times the coupon payment is due.) If the third party defaults at any time
within that two years, the market maker makes his regular fixed payment to the
investor and puts the bond to the investor in exchange for the bond’s par
value plus interest. The credit default swap is thus a contingent put – the
third party must default before the put is activated.
In this simple example there is little difference in
terms of risk between the credit default swap and the reference bond. Because
the swap and the bond have the same maturity, the market maker is effectively
short the bond and the investor is long the bond. (In the real world, it is
often the case that the bond tenor is longer than the swap tenor. This means
that the swap counterparties have exposure to credit risk, but do not have
exposure to the full market risk of the
The simplicity of our example helps clarify how the
instrument is priced. Pricing the credit default swap involves determining the
fixed payments from the market-maker to the investor. In this case it is
sufficient to extract the price from the bond market. One does not need to
model default or any other complicated credit risk process. To apply risk
neutral pricing theory one needs to construct a hedge for the credit default
swap. In this simple example, it is sufficient to construct a static hedge.
This means the cash instruments are purchased once, and once only, for the
life of the credit default swap; they will not have to be sold until the
termination of the credit default swap.
The hedge is different for the market maker and
investor. If the market-maker were to hedge the credit default swap, then it
would need to go long the bond. As illustrated in Figure B, the market-maker
borrows money in the funding markets at Libor and uses those funds to purchase
the corporate bond, which pays Libor + X basis points. The hedge is paying the
market-maker a net cash flow of X basis points.
Continued in the article.
Danger: What if everybody uses the same formula?
Banker David Li's computerized financial
formula has fueled explosive growth in the credit derivatives market. Now,
hundreds of billions of dollars ride on variations of the model every day.
When a credit agency downgraded General Motors Corp.'s debt in May, the auto
maker's securities sank. But it wasn't just holders of GM shares and bonds
who felt the pain. Like the proverbial flap of a butterfly's wings rippling
into a tornado, GM's woes caused hedge funds around the world to lose
hundreds of millions of dollars in other investments on behalf of wealthy
individuals, institutions like university endowments -- and, via pension
funds, regular folk.
Mark Whitehouse, "How a Formula Ignited Market That Burned Some Big
Investors: Credit Derivatives Got a Boost From Clever Pricing Model;
Hedge Funds Misused It Inspiration," The Wall Street Journal,
September 12, 2005; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112649094075137685,00.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
"Credit Derivatives Get Spotlight," by Henny Sender,
The Wall Street Journal, July 28, 2005; Page C3 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112249648941697806,00.html?mod=todays_us_money_and_investing
A group of finance veterans released its
report on financial-markets risk yesterday, highlighting the mixed blessing
of credit derivatives, financial instruments that barely existed the last
time the markets seized up almost seven years ago.
"The design of these products allows risk
to be divided and dispersed among counterparties in new ways, often with
embedded leverage," the report of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy
Group II states, adding that "transparency as to where and in what form
risks are being distributed may be lost as risks are fragmented and
dispersed more widely."
Credit-default swaps are at the heart of
the credit-derivatives market. They allow players to buy insurance that
compensates them in the case of debt defaults. The market enables parties to
hedge against company or even country debt, but the market's opacity makes
it difficult for regulators and market participants to sort out who is
involved in various trades.
The report also notes that credit
derivatives can potentially complicate restructurings of the debt of ailing
companies and countries. "To the extent primary creditors use the
credit-default swap market to dispose of their credit exposure,
restructuring in the future may be much more difficult," the report says.
Already, there have been cases where some
banks have been accused of triggering defaults after they had already hedged
their risk through the credit-derivatives markets. In other cases, when the
cost of credit-default protection on a company has risen, market
participants have taken that as a harbinger of more troubles to come, making
it harder for a company to get financing, and thereby forcing it into a sale
or a restructuring.
Continued in article
"Credit Derivatives Survive a Series of Stress Tests As Demand for the
Hedging Instruments Grows," by Michael Mackenzie, The Wall Street Journal,
January 21, 2003, Page C13
Having roughly doubled in size in each of the past
five years, credit derivatives have lately survived a series of stress tests.
Wall Street is hoping that this encourages even broader participation by new
investors.
Last year was certainly the year for fallen credit
angels, headlined by the default of Argentina and the bankruptcy of Enron
Corp. -- the latter was an actively traded name in the credit derivatives
market over the past three years. But Wall Street figures that successful
negotiation of these credit craters has set the stage for further growth of
credit derivatives, such as default swaps, total-return swaps and synthetic
collateralized debt obligations.
Some fear that broader participation by inexperienced
players raises the risk of big blowups in the credit-derivatives market.
Indeed, a few analysts are predicting headlines from such an event this year.
Still, these instruments, once assigned to the
fringes of risk management, encountered only a minimum of legal complications
in the Enron and Argentine cases.
"Credit derivatives earned their stripes in the
aftermath of Enron filing for bankruptcy," said John McEvoy, cofounder of
Creditex, a trading platform for credit derivatives. "The market did what
it was supposed to do and that has apprised many investors of the value credit
derivatives hold for hedging credit risk."
And the continued expansion of the credit-derivatives
market derives not just from the perspective of hedging credit risk, but also
from investors on the other side of the trade seeking a source of synthetic
liquidity.
A credit default swap acts like an insurance position
that allows buyers to transfer the risk of defaults or other kinds of credit
events, such as debt restructurings, to a selling counterparty, who is paid a
premium that is derived from the notional amount of the contract.
In effect, the seller or underwriter of the default
swap establishes a synthetic long position in the credit of the company
without having to purchase the underlying cash bond.
Investors are increasingly using default swaps to
"increase or reduce credit risk without the liquidity constraints of the
cash market," said William Cunningham, director of credit strategy at
J.P. Morgan Chase in New York.
Indeed, liquidity in credit derivatives has grown so
much that two-way activity is often better than that of the notoriously
illiquid cash bond market. "We are increasingly seeing the derivative
dictate activity in the underlying cash bond," said Mr. McEvoy.
"Credit derivatives act as a barometer for the underlying cash market as
they concentrate solely upon credit risk."
The growth of credit derivatives has also created
better liquidity for less-popular issues as derivatives trading has encouraged
greater use of cash bonds for derivatives traders hedging their positions.
It "has created more demand for off-the-run
paper," said John Cieslowski, vice president for credit derivatives at
Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York.
Hedge funds have been particularly active users of
these instruments. Jeff Devers, president of Palladin Group LP in Maplewood
N.J., a hedge fund that seeks to minimize risk and enhance returns from
convertible bonds, uses credit derivatives to "isolate credit risk."
This way his fund solely takes on the equity exposure of a convertible bond.
Mr. Devers expects further growth of credit derivatives to add even more
liquidity to the convertible bond market.
Another key development has been the use of synthetic
collateralized debt obligation baskets, which are a series of default swaps
upon a range of credits bundled together. These credits are divided into
tranches that reflect different risk ratings, appealing to the divergent risk
appetites of investors.
The two counterparties to a synthetic CDO are either
offsetting the credit risk through such trades or are taking exposure to a
diverse number of credits that can augment the performance of their underlying
portfolios.
Exposure to synthetic CDOs also raises a money
manager's level of assets under management and either lowers or raises the
level of exposure to a particular credit.
Creditex, which brokers trading between
counterparties in CDOs, has been a beneficiary of this growth. "The past
year saw many traditional CDO players enter the synthetic CDO market in credit
derivatives and this contributed to a substantial rise in market
activity," noted Mr. McEvoy.
From
The Wall Street Journal
Accounting Educators' Review
on April 3, 2003
TITLE: Lending Less,
"Protecting" More: Desperate for Better Returns, Banks Turn to
Credit-Default Swaps
REPORTER: Henny Sender and Marcus Walker
DATE: Apr 01, 2003
PAGE: C13
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB104924410648100900,00.html
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Banking, Fair Value Accounting,
Financial Analysis, Insurance Industry
SUMMARY: This article describes
the implications of banks selling credit-default swap derivatives.
Firtch Ratings has concluded in a recent report that banks are adding to
their own risk as they use these derivatives to sell insurance agains
default by their borrower clients.
QUESTIONS: 1.) Define the term
"derivative security" and describe the particular derivative,
credit-default swaps, that are discussed in this article.
2.) Why are banks entering into
derivatives known as credit-default swaps? Who is buying these
derivatives that the bank is selling?
3.) In general, how should
these derivative securities be accounted for in the banks' financial
statements? What finanicial statement disclosures are required? How have
these disclosures provided evidence about the general trends in the
banking industry that are discussed in this article?
4.) Explain the following quote
from Frank Accetta, an executive director at Morgan Stanley: "Banks
are realizing that you can take on the same risk [as the risk associated
with making a loan] at more attractive prices by selling
protection."
5.) Why do you think the
article equates the sale of credit-default swaps with the business of
selling insurance? What do you think are the likely pitfalls of a bank
undertaking such a transaction as opposed to an insurance company doing
so?
6.) What impact have these
derivatives had on loan pricing at Deutsche Bank AG? What is a term that
is used to describe the types of costs Deutsche Bank is now considering
when it decides on a lending rate for a particular borrower?
"Banks'
Increasing Use of Swaps May Boost Credit-Risk Exposure, by Henny Sender
and Marcus Walker, The Wall Street Journal, April 1, 2003 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB104924410648100900,00.html
When
companies default on their debt, banks in the U.S. and Europe
increasingly will have to pick up the tab.
That
is the conclusion of Fitch Ratings, the credit-rating concern.
Desperate for better returns, more banks are turning to the
"credit default" markets, a sphere once dominated by
insurers. In a recent report, Fitch says the banks -- as they use
these derivatives to sell insurance against default by their borrowers
-- are adding to their credit risk.
The
trend toward selling protection, rather than lending, could well raise
borrowing costs for many companies. It also may mean greater risk for
banks that increasingly are attracted to the business of selling
protection, potentially weakening the financial system as a whole if
credit quality remains troubled. One Canadian bank, for example, lent
a large sum to WorldCom Inc., which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection last year. Rather than hedging its loan to the distressed
telecom company by buying protection, it increased its exposure by
selling protection. The premium it earned by selling insurance,
though, fell far short of what it both lost on the loan and had to pay
out to the bank on the other side of the credit default swap.
"The
whole DNA of banks is changing. The act of lending used to be part of
the organic face of the bank," says Frank Accetta, an executive
director at Morgan Stanley who works in the loan-portfolio management
department. "Nobody used to sit down and calculate the cost of
lending. Now banks are realizing that you can take on the same risk at
more attractive prices by selling protection."
Despite
its youth, the unregulated, informal credit-default swap market has
grown sharply to total almost $2 trillion in face value of outstanding
contracts, according to estimates from the British Bankers
Association, which does the most comprehensive global study of the
market. That is up from less than $900 billion just two years ago.
(The BBA says the estimate contains a good amount of double counting,
but it uses the same method over time and thus its estimates are
considered a good measuring stick of relative change in the
credit-default swap market.) Usually, banks have primarily bought
protection to hedge their lending exposure, while insurers have sold
protection. But Fitch's study, as well as banks' own financial
statements and anecdotal evidence, shows that banks are becoming more
active sellers of protection, thereby altering their risk profiles.
The
shift toward selling more protection comes as European and American
banks trumpet their reduced credit risk. And it is true that such
banks have cut the size of their loan exposures, either by taking
smaller slices of loans or selling such loans to other banks. They
also have diversified their sources of profit by trying to snare more
lucrative investment-banking business and other fee-based activity.
Whether
banks lend money or sell insurance protection, the downside is
generally similar: The bank takes a hit if a company defaults,
cushioned by whatever amount can eventually be recovered. (Though
lenders are first in line in bankruptcy court; sellers of such
protection are further back in the queue.)
But
the upside differs substantially between lenders and sellers of
protection. Banks don't generally charge their corporate borrowers
much when they make a loan because they hope to get other, more
lucrative assignments from the relationship. So if a bank extends $100
million to an industrial client, the bank may pocket $100,000 annually
over the life of the loan. By contrast, the credit-default swap market
prices corporate risk far more systematically, devoid of relationship
issues. So if banks sell $100 million of insurance to protect another
party against a default by that same company, the bank can receive,
say, $3 million annually in the equivalent of insurance premiums
(depending on the company's creditworthiness).
All
this comes as the traditional lending business is becoming less
lucrative. The credit-derivatives market highlights the degree to
which bankers underprice corporate loans, and, as a result, bankers
expect the price of such loans to rise.
"We
see a change over time in the way loans are priced and
structured," says Michael Pohly, head of credit derivatives at
Morgan Stanley. "The lending market is becoming more aligned with
the rest of the capital markets." In one possible sign of the
trend away from traditional lending, the average bank syndicate has
dropped from 30 lenders in 1995 to about 17 now, according to data
from Loan Pricing Corp.
Some
of the biggest players in the market, such as J.P.
Morgan Chase & Co., are net sellers of such insurance,
according to J.P. Morgan's financial statements. In its annual report,
J.P. Morgan notes that the mismatch between its bought and sold
positions can be explained by the fact that, while it doesn't always
hedge, "the risk positions are largely matched." A spokesman
declined to comment.
But
smaller German banks, some of them backed by regional governments, are
also active sellers, according to Fitch. "Low margins in the
domestic market have compelled many German state-guaranteed banks to
search for alternative sources of higher yielding assets, such as
credit derivatives," the report notes. These include the regional
banks Westdeutsche Landesbank, Bayerische Landesbank, Bankgesellschaft
Berlin and Landesbank Hessen-Thueringen, according to market
participants. The state-owned Landesbanken in particular have been
searching for ways to improve their meager profits in time for 2005,
when they are due to lose their government support under pressure from
the European Union.
Deutsche
Bank AG is one of biggest players in the market. It is also among
the furthest along in introducing more-rational pricing to reflect the
implicit subsidy in making loans. At Deutsche Bank, "loan
approvals now are scrutinized for economic shortfall" between
what the bank could earn selling protection and what it makes on the
loan, says Rajeev Misra, the London-based head of global credit
trading.
A credit default swap is
a form of insurance against default by means of a
swap. See Paragraphs 190 and 411d of FAS 133. See Risks.
Somewhat confusing is Paragraph 29e on Page
20 of FAS 133 that requires any cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather
than credit worthiness. For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a
specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e. The
forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended
buyer or buyers. Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133
discusses
a credit-sensitive bond. Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit
rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and
accounted for as a cash flow hedge.
One of my students wrote the following case just
prior to the issuance of FAS 133:. John D. Payne's
case and case solution entitled A Case Study of Accounting for an Interest Rate Swap
and a Credit Derivative appear at http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jpayne/coverpag.htm
. He states the following:
The objective of this case is to
provide students with an in-depth examination of a vanilla swap and to introduce students
to the accounting for a unique hedging device--a credit derivative. The case is designed
to induce students to become familiar with FASB Exposure Draft 162-B and to prepare
students to account for a given derivative transaction from the perspective of all parties
involved. In 1991, Vandalay Industries borrowed $500,000 from Putty Chemical Bank and
simultaneously engaged in an interest rate swap with a counterparty. The goal of the swap
was to hedge away the risk that variable rates would increase by agreeing to a
fixed-payable, variable-receivable swap, thus hopefully obtaining a lower borrowing cost
than if variable rates were used through the life of the loan. In 1992, Putty Chemical
Bank entered into a credit derivative with Mr. Pitt Co. in order to eliminate the credit
risk that Vandalay would default on repayment of its loan principal to Putty.
Greg Gupton's site is a major convergence point of research on
credit risk and credit derivatives --- http://www.credit-deriv.com/crelink.htm
A good site on credit risk
is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm
Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of
FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.
Misuses of Credit Derivatives
JP Morgan –
whose lawyers must be working overtime – is refuting any wrongdoing over
credit default swaps it sold on Argentine sovereign debt to three hedge funds.
But the bank failed to win immediate payment of $965 million from the 11
insurers it is suing for outstanding surety bonds.
Christopher Jeffery Editor, March 2, 2002, RiskNews http://www.risknews.net
Note from Bob Jensen:
The above quotation seems to be Year 2002 Déjà Vu in terms of all
the bad ways investment bankers cheated investors in the 1980s and 1990s.
Read passage from Partnoy's book quoted at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book02q1.htm#022502
Enron was its own investment
bank on many deals, especially in credit derivatives. You can read the
following at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm
Selected quotations from
"Why Enron Went Bust: Start with arrogance. Add greed, deceit,
and financial chicanery. What do you get? A company that wasn't what
it was cracked up to be." by Benthany McLean, Fortune Magazine,
December 24, 2001, pp. 58-68.
Why Enron Went Bust: Start
with arrogance. Add greed, deceit, and financial chicanery. What do
you get? A company that wasn't what it was cracked up to be."
In fact ,
it's next to impossible to find someone outside Enron who agrees
with Fasto's contention (that Enron was an energy provider rather
than an energy trading company). "They were not an energy
company that used trading as part of their strategy, but a company
that traded for trading's sake," says Austin Ramzy, research
director of Principal Capital Income Investors. "Enron is
dominated by pure trading," says one competitor. Indeed, Enron
had a reputation for taking more risk than other companies,
especially in longer-term contracts, in which there is far less
liquidity. "Enron swung for the fences," says another
trader. And it's not secret that among non-investment banks, Enron
was an active and extremely aggressive player in complex financial
instruments such as credi8t derivatives. Because Enron didn't have
as strong a balance sheet as the investment banks that dominate that
world, it had to offer better prices to get business.
"Funky" is a word that is used to describe its trades.
I was particularly impressed,
as were all people who phoned in, by the testimony of Scott Cleland
(see Tuesday, January 15) and then click on the following link to read
his opening remarks to a Senate Committee on December 18. If you think
the public accounting profession has an "independence
problem," that problem is miniscule relative to an enormous
independence problem among financial analysts and investment bankers
--- two professions that are literally rotten to the core. Go to http://www.c-span.org/enron/scomm_1218.asp#open
A portion of Mr. Cleland's
testimony is quoted below:
Four,
it's common for analysts to have a financial stake in the companies
they're covering. That's just like, essentially, allowing athletes
to bet on the outcome of the game that they're playing in.
Five,
most payments for investment research is routinely commingled in the
process with more profitable investment banking and proprietary
trading. The problem with this is it effectively means that most
research analysts work for the companies and don't work for
investors.
Six,
credit agencies may have conflicts of interest.
Seven,
analysts seeking investment banking tend to be more tolerant of
pro-forma accounting and the conflict there is, essentially, the
system is allowing companies to tell -- you know, to make up their
own accounting. To describe their own financial performance, that no
one then can compare objectively with other companies.
Eight,
surprise, surprise, companies routinely beat the expectations of a
consensus of research analysts that are seeking their investment
banking business.
See how banks use/misuse
credit derivatives with tranches.
|
A Bankers Primer on Credit Derivatives
--- http://www.citissb.com/home/Creddriv.pdf
What are
Credit Derivatives?
Credit
derivatives have three basic structures: credit default swaps, total
return swaps and credit spread options. In a credit default swap, a
buyer pays a seller a fixed fee in return for indemnification
against losses should a credit event occur. Credit default swaps are
used for risk management, capital management and investment
management. Buyers of protection reduce credit concentrations or
open up credit lines. Buyers may also obtain capital relief,
redeploying the capital in more profitable business lines or buying
back stock.
Primus Financial Services offers credit derivatives --- http://www.tfibcm.com/news/story/default.asp?734
Kicking off what analysts are calling a small trend,
New York-based Primus Financial Products recently became the first company
structured solely to be a swap counterparty, selling protection via credit
default swaps. "We're not a dealer, we're not a CDO, and we're not an
insurance company," said Chief Executive Officer Tom Jasper. "What
we are is a credit derivatives company."
As derivatives are becoming a more and more widely
accepted method of transferring risk, it is not surprising that at least two
additional companies - both at different stages of development - are following
suit. The two are said to be familiar names in the asset-backed market, and
the first will likely launch in mid-summer, according to Moody's Investors
Service, which, along with Standard & Poor's, has awarded Primus a
triple-A counterparty rating. Primus will begin trading in the next few weeks,
Jasper said. In the first year of trading, Primus is planning to build a
portfolio of about $5.5 billion in single name investment-grade corporate and
sovereign credits.
"The plan is to take advantage of what we
believe is a pretty efficient capital model and cost model, and to become a
very efficient investor in investment-grade risk, using, as the transfer
vehicle, the credit default swap," Jasper said. "So we're
transferring risk synthetically versus a cash instrument."
Though many of its clients, which could include CDOs,
insurance company portfolio managers, hedge funds, banks and other cash
investors, might be using PFP to establish hedges, Primus is not incorporating
a hedging strategy for its own portfolio, and, only in special situations,
will buy credit protection for its exposures. Its triple-A counterparty rating
is based primarily on its capital levels, or other resources, being sized to
match the expected loss (Moody's) of its referenced obligations.
Also, contrary to some players' initial impressions
of the company, Primus doesn't plan to launch any CDOs from its portfolio.
"It's not contemplated that we would securitize
the risk that we will take on," Jasper said. "We're very happy to
hold the risk to maturity."
|
March 2002 - Former dealers from Salomon Smith Barney and Bank
of America yesterday set up what they claimed to be the first boutique focusing
purely on default swap credit derivatives.
Question:
When does a hedge become a speculation?
Answer:
There are essentially two answers. Answer 1
is that a speculation arises when the hedge is not perfectly effective in
covering that which is hedged such as the current value (fair alue hedge) of the
hedged item or the hedged cash flow (cash flow hedge). Testing for
hedge ineffectiveness under FAS 133 and IAS 39 rules is very difficult for
auditors. Answer 2 is that a speculation arises when unsuspected credit
risk arises from the settlements themselves such as when dealers who brokered
hedge derivatives cannot back the defaults all parties contracted under the
derivatives themselves. Hedges may no longer be hedges!
Answer 2 is even more problematic in this particular down economy.
There is a lot of complaining around
the world about need for and technicalities of the U.S. FAS 133 and the
international IAS 39 standards on Accounting for Financial Instruments
Derivatives and Hedging Activities. But recent scandals adding to the pile
of enormous scandals in derivatives over the past two decades suggest an
increased need for more stringent rather than weakened standards for
accounting for derivatives. The main problem lies in valuation of these
derivatives coupled with the possibility that what is a safe hedge is really a
risky speculation. A case in point is Newmont Mining Corporation's Yandal
Project in Australia as reported by Steve Maich in "Newmont's Hedge Book
Bites Back," on Page IN1 of the March 4, 2003 edition of Canada's Financial
Post --- http://www.financialpost.com/
Even by
the gold industry's relatively aggressive standards, Yandal's derivatives
exposure is stunning. The unit has 3.4 million ounces of gold committed
through hedging contracts that had a market value of negative US$288-million
at the end of 2002.
That
would be a problem for any major producer, but the situation is particularly
dire for Yandal because the development's total proven and provable gold
reserves are just 2.1 million ounces. In other words, the project has,
through its hedging contracts, committed to sell 60% more gold than it
actually has in the ground.
Making
matters worse, the mine's counterparties can require Yandal to settle the
contracts in cash, before they come due. In all, about 2.8 million
ounces are subject to these cash termination agreements by 2005, which could
cost the company US$223.7-million at current market prices.
With
insufficient gold to meet its obligations, and just US$58-million in cash to
make up the difference, bankruptcy may be the only option available to Yandal,
analysts said.
Comparing
Yandal's reserves to its hedging liabilities "suggests that the Yandal
assets may be worth more dead than alive," CIBC World Markets analyst
Barry Cooper said in a report to clients.
All this
is raising even bigger questions about the impact that the Yandal situation
might have on the industry's other major hedgers. Companies such as
Canada's Barrick Gold Corp. and Placer Dome Ltd. have lagged
the sector's strong rally of the past year, largely because many investors and
analysts distrust the companies' derivative portfolios.
One thing that is not stressed hard
enough in FAS 133 is the credit risk of the dealers themselves. The FAS
133 standard and its international IAS 39 counterpart implicitly assume that
when speculating or hedging with derivatives, the dealers who broker these
contracts are highly credit worthy. For example, in the case of interest
rate swaps it is assumed that the dealer that brokers the swap will stand behind
the swapping party and counterparty default risks. There are now some
doubts about this in the present weak economy.
"Derivatives Market a 'Time
Bomb': Buffet," Financial Post, March 4, 2003, Page IN1 --- http://www.financialpost.com/
Berkshire chairman warns of risks in shareholder letter --- http://www.berkshirehathaway.com/letters/letters.html
(The above link is not yet updated for the Year 2002 forthcoming annual
Shareholder Letter.)
Billionaire investor
Warren Buffett calls derivative contracts "financial weapons of mass
destruction, carrying dangers that while now latent are potentially
lethal," according to excerpts from his forthcoming annual letter to
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. shareholders.
Mr. Buffett, whose
company is now seeking to divest of derivatives business tied to its General
Re purchase, also worries that substantial credit risk has become concentrated
"in the hands of relatively few derivatives dealers."
"Divided on Derivatives
Greenspan: Buffett at Odds on Risks of the Financial Instruments," by
John M. Berry, The Washington Post, March 6, 2003, Page E01 --- http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A48287-2003Mar5.html
The use of
derivatives has grown exponentially in recent years. The total value of all
unregulated derivatives is estimated to be $127 trillion -- up from $3
trillion 1990. J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. is the world's largest derivatives
trader, with contracts on its books totaling more than $27 trillion. Most of
those contracts are designed to offset each other, so the actual amount of
bank capital at risk is supposed to be a small fraction of that amount.
Previous efforts to increase federal oversight of the derivatives market have
failed, including one during the Clinton administration when the industry,
with support from Greenspan and other regulators, beat back an effort by
Brooksley Born, the chief futures contracts' regulator. Sen. Dianne Feinstein
(D-Calif.) has introduced a bill to regulate energy derivatives because of her
belief that Enron used them to manipulate prices during the California energy
crisis, but no immediate congressional action is expected.
Randall Dodd, director of the Derivatives Study Center, a Washington think
tank, said both Buffett and Greenspan are right -- unregulated derivatives are
essential tools, but also potentially very risky. Dodd believes more oversight
is needed to reduce that inherent risk.
"It's a double-edged sword," he said. "Derivatives are
extremely useful for risk management, but they also create a host of new risks
that expose the entire economy to potential financial market
disruptions."
Buffett has no problem with simpler derivatives, such as futures contracts in
commodities that are traded on organized exchanges, which are regulated. For
instance, a farmer growing corn can protect himself against a drop in prices
before he sells his crop by buying a futures contract that would pay off if
the price fell. In essence, derivatives are used to spread the risk of loss to
someone else who is willing to take it on -- at a price.
Buffett's concern about more complex derivatives has increased since Berkshire
Hathaway purchased General Re Corp., a reinsurance company, with a subsidiary
that is a derivatives dealer. Buffett and his partner, Charles T. Munger,
judged that business "to be too dangerous."
Because many of the subsidiary's derivatives involve long-term commitments,
"it will be a great many years before we are totally out of this
operation," Buffett wrote in the letter, which was excerpted on the
Fortune magazine Web site. The full text of the letter will be available on
Berkshire Hathaway's Web site on Saturday. "In fact, the reinsurance and
derivatives businesses are similar: Like Hell, both are easy to enter and
almost impossible to exit."
One derivatives expert said several of General Re's contracts probably
involved credit risk swaps with lenders in which General Re had agreed to pay
off a loan if a borrower -- perhaps a telecommunications company -- were to
default. In testimony last year, Greenspan singled out the case of telecom
companies, which had defaulted on a significant portion of about $1 trillion
in loans. The defaults, the Fed chairman said, had strained financial markets,
but because much of the risk had been "swapped" to others -- such as
insurance companies, hedge funds and pension funds -- the defaults did not
cause a wave of financial-institution bankruptcies.
"Many people argue that derivatives reduce systemic problems, in that
participants who can't bear certain risks are able to transfer them to
stronger hands," Buffett acknowledged. "These people believe that
derivatives act to stabilize the economy, facilitate trade and eliminate bumps
for individual participants. And, on a micro level, what they say is often
true. Indeed, at Berkshire, I sometimes engage in large-scale derivatives
transactions in order to facilitate certain investment strategies."
But then Buffett added: "The macro picture is dangerous and getting more
so. Large amounts of risk, particularly credit risk, have become concentrated
in the hands of relatively few derivatives dealers, who in addition trade
extensively with one another. The troubles of one could quickly infect the
others. On top of that, these dealers are owed huge amounts by nondealer
counterparties," some of whom are linked in such a way that many of them
could run into problems simultaneously and set off a cascade of defaults.
March 7, 2003 message from Risk
Waters Group [RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com]
Alan
Greenspan, chairman of the US Federal Reserve, today once again defended
the use of derivatives as hedging tools, especially credit derivatives.
His comments come in the wake of Warren Buffett's criticism of
derivatives as "time bombs" and Peter Carr - recipient of
Risk's 2003 quant of the year award this week - saying that in a
[hypothetical] argument between quants convinced of the infallibility of
their models and derivatives sceptics such as Buffett, he would probably
side with Buffett.
But Greenspan, speaking at the Banque de France's symposium on monetary
policy, economic cycle and financial dynamics in Paris, said derivatives
have become indispensable risk management tools for many of the largest
corporations. He said the marriage of derivatives and securitisation
techniques in the form of synthetic collateralised debt obligations has
broadened the range of investors willing to provide credit protection by
pooling and unbundling credit risk through the creation of securities
that best fit their preferences for risk and return.
This probably
explains why credit derivatives employees reap the highest salaries,
with an Asian-based managing director in synthetic structuring at a
bulge-bracket firm earning an average basic plus bonus of £1.35 million
last year. These were the findings of a first-of-its-kind survey
conducted by City of London executive search company Napier Scott. The
survey found that most managing directors working in credit derivatives
at the top investment banks earn more than £1 million, with synthetic
structurers commanding the highest salary levels. Asia-based staff earn
12-15% more than their US counterparts, with UK-based staff not far
behind their Asia-based counterparts. Even credit derivatives associates
with one or two years' experience earn in excess of £150,000 a year on
average at a tier-1 bank.
In more people
news, Merrill Lynch has hired four ex-Goldman Sachs bankers for its
corporate risk management group focused on Europe, the Middle East and
Africa. Roberto Centeno was hired as a director with responsibility for
Iberia. Andrea Anselmetti and Luca Pietrangeli, both directors, and
Ernesto Mercadente, an associate, will focus on expanding the corporate
risk management and foreign exchange business in the Italian region. The
corporate risk management group focuses on providing advice and
execution for corporate clients, covering all risk management issues,
including foreign exchange, interest rate risk and credit risk. All four
will report to Patrick Bauné, co-head of Merrill Lynch's global foreign
exchange issuer client group, and Damian Chunilal, head of the EMEA
issuer client group, and are expected to join within the next two weeks.
Merrill also hired Scott Giardina as a director in credit derivatives
trading, based in London. He will report to Jon Pliner, managing
director of credit trading EMEA, and Neil Walker, managing director of
structured credit trading, EMEA. Giardina also joins from Goldman Sachs.
Christopher
Jeffery
Editor, RiskNews
www.risknews.net
cjeffery@riskwaters.com
April 11, 2003Update on Accounting for Credit
Derivatives
April 11, 2003 message from Risk Waters Group [RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com]
Jean-Claude Trichet, governor of the Bank of France,
said transparency is essential to prevent a "herd mentality" in the
financial market that can create artificial swings in market prices. During a
keynote address at the Professional Risk Managers' International Association
2003 European Summit in Paris this week, Trichet called for a
"strengthening of market transparency" and the disclosure of
"complete and reliable information". He added that "no satisfying
disclosure" yet exists for the credit derivatives market-place, and that
while a January study by the Bank for International Settlements cast "some
light" on this market, "these efforts should be pursued by central
banks as well as market participants". Trichet said transparency is not
just an issue for investors and savers but a fundamental tenet underpinning
anti-cyclicality. "If information is not transparent, behaving as a 'herd'
is a natural reaction," Trichet said.
Banks and Credit Derivatives
From Jim Mahar's blog on August 17, 2005
Minton, Stulz, and
Williamson have an important look at banks' usage of credit derivatives. The
short version? Very few banks are using them! In 2003, only about 6% of
banks with over $1B in assets report using this form of derivatives.
Consistent with what we have seen on other derivative usage, these banks
tend to be much larger than average. Best guess as for the low usage?
Transaction costs driven by moral hazard and adverse selection costs.
Slightly longer
version of the paper
Minton, Stulz, and
Williamson begin by documenting that the credit derivative market (measured
by notional principle) has grown in recent years. Regulators (and even Alan
Greenspan himself) have claimed that this reduces the risks that banks face.
The paper investigates banks' use of credit derivatives and find that as of
2003, few banks were using credit derivatives. Those banks that were using
the derivatives tended to be larger and have a greater need for the risk
reduction.
In the words of the
paper's authors:
"...net buyers
of protection have higher levels of risk than other banks: they have
lower capital ratios, lower balances of liquid assets, a higher ratio of
risk-based assets to total assets, and a higherfraction of
non-performing assets than the non-users of credit derivatives."
Why the limited
use? Transaction costs undoubtedly play a role. Like in other derivatives
"know-how" can be expensive to obtain and this largely fixed cost may
explain a portion of the limited use. However, the very nature of credit
derivatives also makes them prone to moral hazard and adverse selection
costs. (Tried another way, banks typcially know more about the borrowers
(and are often in a better position to monitor), than do derivative market
participants. This results in less liquidity (higher transaction costs) for
the very loans that would make the most sense to hedge.)
Again in the
authors' words:
"These adverse
selection and moral hazard problems make the market for credit
derivatives illiquid for single name protection precisely for the credit
risks that banks would often want to hedge with such protection. The
positive coefficient estimates on C&I loan and foreign loan shares in a
bank’s loan portfolio are consistent with the hypothesis that banks are
more likely to hedge with credit derivatives if they have more loans to
credits for which the credit derivatives market is more liquid."
So what does this
all mean? The conclusion hints that the benefits of credit derivatives may
be overstated but apparently the cost of hedging in papers is lower than in
the credit derivative market as the paper ends covering both sides of the
debate:
"To the extent
that credit derivatives make it easier for banks to maximize their value
with less capital, they do not increase the soundness of banks as much
as their purchases of credit derivatives would imply. However, if credit
derivatives enable banks to save capital, they ultimately reduce the
cost of loans for bank customers and make banks more competitive with
the capital markets for the provision of loans."
Not only are few
banks using the derivatives to hedge, the exact loans that the banks would
want to hedge are the most expensive to do. This really should not be
surprising. What is more surprising is that these costs are so high as to
prevent the use of the derivatives. Going forward in time, it will be
interesting to see if this remains the case or if as the market develops,
new ways evolve to lower the costs which would allow more effective hedging
with credit derivatives. Stay Tuned.
Cite:
Minton, Bernadette A, Rene Stulz, and Rohan Williamson.
"How much do banks use credit derivatives to reduce risk?",
Ohio State working paper,
http://www.cob.ohio-state.edu/fin/dice/papers/2005/2005-17.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives
scandals can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud
Bob Jensen's helpers, tutorials,
glossary, and instructional cases for FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Credit
Sensitive Payments =
payments on a
debt instrument that vary under an embedded option that
adjusts the interest rate on the basis of changed credit rating of the
borrower. Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely related
such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under
Paragraph 12 on Page 7. This makes embedded credit derivative accounting
different than commodity indexed and equity indexed
embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host
contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed
embedded derivatives. In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative
accounting is more like inflation indexed accounting. See
derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.
Cross-Currency Hedge
= see foreign currency hedge.
Cross Rate =
the exchange rate between two currencies other
than the dollar, calculated using the dollar exchange rates of those currencies.
Crude Oil
Knock-in Note =
a bond that has upside potential on the principal
payback contingent upon prices in the crude oil market. Such a note is illustrated
in Example 21 in Paragraph 187 of FAS 133.
CTA = a term with alternate meanings.
Commodity Trading Advisor - One who
provides advice on investing in currencies as a separate asset class. Some also act in a
separate function as overlay managers, advising on hedging the currency risk in
international asset portfolios.
Cumulative Translation Adjustment - An
entry in a translated balance sheet in which gains and losses from transactions have been
accumulated over a period of years.
Cumulative
Dollar Offset = see ineffectiveness.
Currency Swap =
a transaction in which two counterparties
exchange specific amounts of two different currencies at the outset and repay over time at
a predetermined rate that reflects interest payments and possibly amortization of the
principal as well. The payment flows are based on fixed interest rates in each currency.
An example of a currency swap in FAS 133 appears in Example 5 Paragraphs
131-139 on Pages 72-76.
Current Rate =
The exchange rate in effect at the
relevant-financial-statement date.
|
D-Terms
Dedesignation =
a change in status of a designated hedge such
that all or a portion of the hedged amounts must be taken into current earnings rather
being deferred. Dedesignation for cash flow hedges is discussed in Paragraph 30 on
Page 21 of FAS 133. If a cash forecasted
transaction becomes a firm commitment, its corresponding
cash flow hedge must be dedesignated. Controversies between the FASB's distinction
between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed in Paragraphs
324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133.
An illustration of dedesignation. is given in
Example 9 in Paragraphs 165-172 on Pages 87-90 of FAS 133. Example 9 illustrates a
forward contract cash flow hedge of a forecasted series of transactions in a foreign
currency. When the forecasted transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of
the value changes in the futures contract must be taken into current earnings rather than
other comprehensive income. Another illustration
of dedesignation. is in Example 7 of FAS 133, pp. 79-80, Paragraphs 144-152. See derecognition and hedge.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if
-
the transferee has the right to sell or
pledge the asset; and
-
the transferor does not have the right to
reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not
prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in
the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of
reacquisition.)
|
FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred
assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of
the transferor’s bankruptcy.
|
Default Swap = See
Credit Derivatives
Defeasance =
the early extinguishment of debt by
depositing, in risk-free securities, the present value of the interest and principal
payments in an irrevocable trust such that the earnings from the trust will service the
debt and have sufficient funds to eventually extinguish the debt. Exxon invented the
concept in the 1970s. In one instance Exxon captured $132 million of unrealized gain
on $515 million of long-term debt acquired when interest rates were high. The trust
must be entirely under the control of an independent trustee. Defeasance was sometimes
used to remove debt and capture gains when recalling the bonds had relatively high
transaction costs. The FASB allowed defeasance to capture gains and remove
debt from the balance sheet in SFAS 76. However, this was rescinded in SFAS
125. Defeasance can no longer remove debt from the balance sheet or be used to
capture unrecognized gains due to interest rate increases. See derecognition.
Defined-Benefit-Plan = see not-for-profit.
Delivered Floater =
see floater.
Derecognition =
the opposite of recognizing an asset or liability
on the balance sheet. Assets are derecognized when they are sold or abandoned.
Liabilities are derecognized when they are paid or forgiven. Derecognition,
however, can be a more complex issue when rights or obligations are changed in other ways.
Paragraph 26 on Page 17 and Paragraph 491 on Page 213of FAS 133 require that the
fair value of a firm commitment be derecognized when the hedged item no no longer meets
the Paragraph 22 criteria. The concept appears again in Paragraph 49. See dedesignation.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if
-
the transferee has the right to sell or
pledge the asset; and
-
the transferor does not have the right to
reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not
prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in
the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of
reacquisition.)
|
FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred
assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of
the transferor’s bankruptcy.
|
IAS 39
Guidance in IAS 39 includes the following example. A bank transfers
a loan to another bank, but to preserve the relationship of the
transferor bank with its customer, the acquiring bank is not allowed
to sell or pledge the loan. Although the inability to sell or pledge
would suggest that the transferee has not obtained control, in this
instance the transfer is a sale provided that the transferor does
not have the right or ability to reacquire the transferred asset.
|
FAS 133
While a similar example is not included in FASB Standards, FASB
Standards might be interpreting as prohibiting derecognition by the
transferor bank.
|
Derivative =
A financial instrument whose value is derived
from changes in the value of some underlying asset such as a commodity, a share of stock,
a debt instrument, or a unit of currency. A nice review appears in Myron Scholes'
Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a Dynamic Environment,"
American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370. For further elaboration, see derivative financial instrument.
Especially note the terms hedge and disclosure.
Humor: "The
Idiot's Guide to Hedging and Derivatives" --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud033103.htm#Idiot'sGuide
Also see CBOE,
CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials
on derivatives investing and hedging.
Derivative Financial Instrument = =
a financial instrument that by its terms, at inception or
upon the occurrence of a specified event, provides the holder (or writer) with the right
(or obligation) to participate in some or all of the price changes of an underlying (that
is, one or more referenced financial instruments, commodities, or other assets, or other
specific items to which a rate, an index of prices, or another market
indicator is applied) and does not require that the holder or writer own or deliver the
underlying. A contract that requires ownership or delivery of the underlying is a
derivative financial instrument if (a) the underlying is another derivative, (b) a
mechanism exists in the market (such as an organized exchange) to enter into a closing
contract with only a net cash settlement, or (c) the contract is customarily settled with
only a net cash payment based on changes in the price of the underlying. What is
most noteworthy about derivative financial instruments is that in the past two decades,
the global use of derivatives has exploded exponentially to where the trading in notional amounts is in trillions of dollars. Unlike
FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit
reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or
geological condition.
Free derivative financial
instruments document from Ira Kawaller ---
http://www.kawaller.com/
"10 Tenets of Derivatives" (loads
very slow) ---
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/AFP_10Tenets.pdf
Bob Jensen's tutorials on
accounting for derivative financial instruments ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Paragraph 6 of FAS 133 reads as follows:
. A derivative instrument is a financial instrument
orother contract with all three of the following characteristics:
a. It has (1) one or more underlyings
and (2) one or more notional amounts \3/
or payment provisions or both. Thoseterms determine the amount of the
settlement or
settlements, and, in some cases, whether or not a settlement is
required. \4/
==========================================================================
\3/ Sometimes other names are used. For example, the
notional amount is called a face amount in some contracts.
\4/ The terms underlying, notional amount, payment
provision, and settlement are intended to include the
plural forms in the remainder of this Statement. Including both the
singular and plural forms used in this paragraph is more accurate but
much more awkward and impairs the readability.
==========================================================================
b. It requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment
that is smaller than would be required for other
types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response
to changes in market factors.
c. Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readilybe
settled net by a means outside the contract, or it provides for
delivery of an asset that puts the recipient
in a position not substantially different from net settlement.
|
Most derivatives like forward, futures, and swap contracts are acquired at
zero cost such that historical cost accounting is meaningless. The
exception is a purchased/written option where a small premium is paid/received
to buy/sell the option. Thus if the derivative financial instrument
contract is defaulted a few minutes after being transacted there are generally
zero or very small damages. Such is not the case with traditional
non-derivative financial instruments like bonds where the entire notional
amounts (thousands or millions of dollars) change hands initially such that
enormous damages are possible immediately after the notional amounts change
hands. In the case of of a derivative contract, the notional does not
change hands. It is only used to compute a contracted payment such as a
swap payment.
For example, in the year 2004 Wells Fargo Bank sold $63 million in bonds
with an interest rate "derived" from the price of a casino's common
stock price. The interest payments are "derivatives" in one
sense, but the bonds are not derivative financial instruments scoped into FAS
133 due to Condition b in Paragraph 6 quoted above. In the case of
bonds, the bond holders made a $63 million initial investment of the entire
notional amount. If Wells Fargo also entered into an interest rate swap
to lock in a fixed interest rate, the swap contract would be a derivative
financial instrument subject to FAS 133. However, the bonds are not
derivative financial instruments under FAS 133 definitions.
"What Goes On in Vegas Reaches Wall Street: Wells Fargo Sets
Derivatives On Stations Casinos Inc. With $63 Million Bond Offering," by
Joseph T. Hallinan, The Wall Street Journal, June 11, 2004, Page C1
---
Talk about leveraging your bets: Would
you believe a bond whose value is tied to the stock performance of a casino?
In the increasingly complicated world
of financial derivatives, Wells
Fargo & Co. has come up with just such a wrinkle. The San Francisco
bank has issued $63 million in 10-year notes whose return will be determined
not by the actions of Alan Greenspan or the price of Treasury bills but by the
stock price of a Las Vegas casino operator, Station
Casinos Inc. (which isn't involved in issuing the derivatives).
For Wells, which has reported
consistently strong growth in recent years, it means cheap money. Initially,
the bank will pay holders of the note interest at a rate of just 0.25%
annually. Over time, the holders may get more money, depending on the
performance of the stock. So far this year, Station shares have soared about
60%. At 4 p.m. yesterday, Station was down five cents to $48.95 in New York
Stock Exchange composite trading.
Wells said it crafted the unusual deal
after one of its customers -- an institutional investor it declines to name --
approached the bank. The investor wanted exposure to Station's stock without
actually owning it, says Nino S. Fanlo, Wells's treasurer.
The notes are callable by Wells after
three years. When the bonds are cashed, holders may receive 17.6 times the
closing price of the stock, or, if the stock price falls, they are guaranteed
a return of principal. The notes may be resold to other investors. Banks and
others previously have issued notes tied to a stock index or to a basket of
stocks. But the Wells Fargo notes, registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, are considered unusual. Wells says this is the first time it has
issued a note tied to the performance of a single stock
Continued in the article
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting for derivative financial instruments
are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm
To understand more about derivative
financial instruments, I suggest that you begin by going to the file at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Especially note the discussion of the shortcut method at the end of the above
document.
The earliest
records of transactions that had features of derivative securities occur around
2000 BC in the Middle East. (Page 338)
Geoffrey Poitras, The Early History of Financial Economics 1478-1776 (Chelten,
UK: Edward Elgar)
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book01q3.htm#Poitras
During the Greek and Roman civilizations,
transactions involving elements of derivative securities contracts had evolved
considerably from the sale for consignment process. Markets had been
formalized to the point of having a fixed time and place for trading together
with common barter rules and currency systems. These early markets did
exhibit a practice of contracting for future delivery. (Page 338)
Ibid
Like forward contracts, the use of options contracts
or "privileges" has a long history. (Page 339)
Ibid
The heuristics of an options transaction involves
the payment of a premium to acquire a right to complete a specific trade at a
later date. These types of transactions appear not only in early
commercial activity but also in other areas. For example, an interesting
ancient reference to (sic) options-like transactions can be found in Genesis 29
of the Bible where Laban offers Jacob an option to marry his youngest
daughter Rachel in exchange for seven years labour. (Page 339)
Ibid
What is surprising is that it took over 4000 years
(Until FAS 133 in June of 1998) to finally requiring the booking of
derivatives into the ledger. However, Laban's contract falls outside the
scope of FAS 133 if Rachel cannot readily be converted into cash.
Bob Jensen at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133intro.htm
Derivative financial instruments accounting became a priority
of the SEC, IASC, and FASB after the scandals of the early 1990s. See
"Derivatives Revisited," by Ed McCarthy, Journal of Accountancy, May
2000, pp. 35-43. The online version is at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/may2000/mccarthy.htm
Derivatives
debacles have provided some of the past decade’s most devastating
financial headlines. Names such as Long Term Capital Management, Orange
County and Baring Brothers bring to mind situations where derivatives
failed—often miserably (see exhibit 1, below, for details). Several losses
were enormous—an estimated $2 billion for Orange County and $4 billion for
Long Term Capital. Other incidents resulted in highly publicized lawsuits
between derivatives buyers and sellers, such as Procter & Gamble’s
lengthy dispute with Bankers Trust.
Exhibit
1: Derivatives Losses in the 1990s |
Company/Entity |
Amount
of Loss |
Area
of Loss |
Air
Products |
$113,000,000 |
Leverage
and currency swaps. |
Askin
Securities |
$600,000,000 |
Mortgage-backed
securities. |
Baring
Brothers |
$1,240,500,000 |
Options. |
Cargill
(Minnetonka Fund) |
$100,000,000 |
Mortgage
derivatives. |
Codelco
Chile |
$200,000,000 |
Copper
and precious metals futures and forwards. |
Glaxo
Holdings PLC |
$150,000,000 |
Mortgage
derivatives. |
Long
Term Capital Management |
$4,000,000,000 |
Currency
and interest rate derivatives. |
Metallgesellschaft |
$1,340,000,000 |
Energy
derivatives. |
Orange
County |
$2,000,000,000 |
Reverse
repurchase agreements and leveraged structured notes. |
Proctor
& Gamble |
$157,000,000 |
Leveraged
German marks and U.S. dollars spread. |
Source:
Derivatives: Valuable Tool or Wild Beast? by
Brian Kettel. Copyright © 1999 by Global Treasury News
(www.gtnews.com).
Reprinted with permission. |
|
The
causes of these losses varied. Among those frequently cited were traders
working without adequate supervision, pricing models that failed to account
for extreme market movements and market illiquidity. Although derivatives
abuses have been absent from the headlines lately, some incidents still make
news, such as Sweden’s Electrolux AB’s 1999 loss of more than 55 million
German marks (approximately $28 million) due to an employee’s unauthorized
futures trading.
How
Companies Use Derivatives |
Source: 1999
Survey of OTC Derivatives Use and Risk Management Practices
by the Association for Financial Professionals. Copyright © 1999.
|
To see how banks use/misuse derivatives, see
tranches.
Tutorial: Financial
Derivatives in Plain English --- http://www.iol.ie/~aibtreas/derivs-pe/
There are some good examples of hedging and speculating strategies. I
did not, however, see anything on accounting for derivatives under FAS 133 or
IAS 39.
A nonderivative financial instrument fails one or more of the
above tests to qualify as a derivative in FAS 133. Nonderivatives do not
necessarily have to be adjusted to fair value like derivative
instruments. However, they may be used for economic hedges even though
they do not qualify for special hedge accounting under FAS 133.
Exceptions in FAS 133 that afford special hedge accounting treatment for
nonderivative instruments that hedge foreign currency fair value and/or hedge
foreign currency exposures of net investment in a foreign operation. See
FAS Paragraphs 6c, 17d, 18d, 20c, 28d, 37, 39, 40, 42, 44, 45, 246, 247, 255,
264, 293-304, 476, 477, and 479. Also see foreign
currency hedge.
It is important to note that all derivatives in finance may not fall under
the FAS 133 definition. In FAS 133, a derivative must have a notional,
an underlying, and net
settlement. There are other requirements such as a zero or minimal
initial investment as specified in Paragraph 6b and Appendix A Paragraph 57b
of FAS 133 and Paragraph 10b of IAS 39. Examples of derivatives that
are explicitly excluded are discussed in Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133. Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net
settlement. IASC does not require a net settlement provision in
the definition of a derivative. To meet the criteria for being a
derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.
For a FAS 133 flow
chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
There must also be zero or small net investment to meet the definition of a
derivative financial instrument (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6b and Appendix A
Paragraph 57b. Also see IAS 39 IAS 39: Paragraph
10b)
Avoiding derivative
accounting.
In an example of the legalistic nature of the
accounting rules, Manufacturing could have avoided derivative accounting
entirely if the loan and interest rate cap were structured differently. SFAS 133
excludes from its scope certain interest rate caps, floors, and collars that
cannot be classified as either a derivative or an embedded derivative.
Manufacturing could have embedded the interest rate cap in the loan while
failing to meet the criteria of an embedded derivative.
Robert A. Dyson, "Accounting for
Interest-Bearing Instruments as Derivatives and Hedges," The CPA Journal,
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2002/0102/features/f014202.htm
Keeping Up With Financial Instruments Derivatives
In 2000, ISDA filed a letter to the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) urging changes to FAS 133, its derivatives and hedge accounting standard.
ISDA’s letter urged alterations to six areas of the standard: hedging the
risk-free rate; hedging using purchased options; providing hedge accounting for
foreign currency assets and liabilities; extending the exception for normal
purchase and sales; and central treasury netting. The FASB subsequently rejected
changes to purchased option provisions, conceded some on normal purchases and
sales, extending the exception to contracts that implicitly or explicitly permit
net settlement, declined to amend FAS 133 to facilitate partial term hedging and
agreed to consider changing the restrictions on hedge accounting for foreign
currency.
ISDA ®INTERNATIONAL SWAPS AND DERIVATIVES ASSOCIATION, INC.http://www.isda.org/wwa/Retrospective_2000_Master.pdf
You can read a great deal about energy derivatives in The Derivatives 'Zine
at http://www.margrabe.com/Energy.html
Other topics include the following:
The Derivatives 'Zine by Dr. Risk
THE WILLIAM MARGRABE GROUP, INC., CONSULTING, PRESENTS |
Ask Dr. Risk!
- Free answers: Dr.
Risk promises any correspondent from a business domain with a website
(e.g., Mack@CSFB.com) at least a
five-minute response to your important question, as soon as he has a
free moment, probably within one month.
- Fast answers:
If you absolutely, positively will have to have an answer overnight, set
up your consulting account, ahead of time, with the William Margrabe
Group, Inc.. Introductory offer: $300 / hour with one-minute
granularity. If we can't provide the answer, we'll refer you to someone
who can. If we can't refer you, we'll inform you fast for free.
- No answers: LDiablo@hotmail.com,
Chris1492@aol.com, BillyG@MSN.com,
and Desperate@Podunk.edu, etc.
can no longer count on even brief answers, unless their questions are
sufficiently intriguing. Sorry.
A question of sufficiently general
interest to make it into the 'Zine, tends to generate a more
comprehensive response. All questions and answers become the property of The
William Margrabe Group, Inc
The above sources are not much good about accounting for derivatives under
FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39. For that, go to the following source:
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
March 20, 2002 Message from Ira
Kawaller
Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges. Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.
If you are interested, it is available at
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:
http://www.kawaller.com
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com
(718) 694-6270
DIG FAS 133 Implementation Issue A1
--- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
If an entity enters into a forward contract that requires the
purchase of 1 share of an unrelated company’s common stock in 1 year
for $110 (the market forward price) and at inception the entity elects
to prepay the contract pursuant to its terms for $105 (the current
price of the share of common stock), does the contract meet the
criterion in paragraph 6(b) related to initial net investment and
therefore meet the definition of a derivative for that entity? If not,
is there an embedded derivative that warrants separate accounting?
RESPONSE
Paragraph 6(b) of Statement 133 specifies that a derivative
requires either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net
investment than would be required for other types of contracts that
would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market
factors. If no prepayment is made at inception, the contract would
meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b) because it does not require an
initial net investment but, rather, contains an unexercised election
to prepay the contract at inception. Paragraph 8 further clarifies
paragraph 6(b) and states that a derivative instrument does not
require an initial net investment in the contract that is equal to the
notional amount or that is determined by applying the notional amount
to the underlying. If the contract gives the entity the option to
"prepay" the contract at a later date during its one-year
term (at $105 or some other specified amount), exercise of that option
would be accounted for as a loan that is repayable at $110 at the end
of the forward contract’s one-year term.
If instead, the entity elects to prepay the contract at inception
for $105, the contract does not meet the definition of a freestanding
derivative. The initial net investment of $105 is equal to the initial
price of the 1 share of stock being purchased under the contract and
therefore is equal to the investment that would be required for other
types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response
to changes in market factors. However, the entity must assess whether
that nonderivative instrument contains an embedded derivative that,
pursuant to paragraph 12, requires separate accounting as a
derivative. In this example, the prepaid contract is a hybrid
instrument that is composed of a debt instrument (as the host
contract) and an embedded derivative based on equity prices. The host
contract is a debt instrument because the holder has none of the
rights of a shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and
receive distributions to shareholders. (See paragraph 60 of Statement
133.) Unless the hybrid instrument is remeasured at fair value with
changes in value recorded in earnings as they occur, the embedded
derivative must be separated from the host contract because the
economic characteristics and risks of a derivative based on equity
prices are not clearly and closely related to a debt host contract,
and a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded
derivative would be a derivative subject to the requirements of
Statement 133. |
Also see other DIG issues under net settlement.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—
(a) - whose value changes in response to the
change in a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price,
foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a credit rating or
credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called the
‘underlying’);
(b) - that requires no initial net investment
or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts
that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and
(c) - that is settled at a future date.
|
FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39
(b) – same as IAS 39
(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the derivative
contract require or permit net settlement.
|
FAS 133 Paragraph 408 reads as follows:
The Board recognizes that entities are commonly
exposed to a variety of risks in the course of their activities, including
interest rate, foreign exchange, market price, credit, liquidity, theft,
weather, health, catastrophe, competitive, and business cycle risks. The Exposure
Draft did not propose detailed guidance on what risks could be
designated as being hedged, other than to note in the basis for conclusions
that special hedge accounting for certain risk management transactions, such
as hedges of strategic risk, would be precluded. In redeliberating the issue
of risk, the Board reaffirmed that hedge
accounting cannot be provided for all possible risks
and decided to be more specific about the risks for which hedge accounting
is available.
Various exceptions are dealt with in Paragraph 58 of FAS 133. For
example, Paragraph 58c reads as follows:
Certain contracts that are not traded on an
exchange. A contract that is not traded on an
exchange is not subject to the requirements of this Statement if the
underlying is:
(1) A climatic or
geological variable or other physical variable.
Climatic, geological, and other physical variables include things like the
number of inches of rainfall or snow in a particular area and the severity
of an earthquake as measured by the Richter scale.
(2) The price or value of (a) a nonfinancial asset
of one of the parties to the contract unless that asset is readily
convertible to cash or (b) a nonfinancial liability of one of the parties to
the contract unless that liability requires delivery of an asset that is
readily convertible to cash.
(3) Specified volumes of sales or service revenues
by one of the parties. That exception is intended to apply to contracts with
settlements based on the volume of items sold or services rendered, for
example, royalty agreements. It is not intended to apply to contracts based
on changes in sales or revenues due to changes in market prices.
If a contract's underlying is the combination of
two or more variables, and one or more would not qualify for one of the
exceptions above, the application of this Statement to that contract depends
on the predominant characteristics of the combined variable. The contract is
subject to the requirements of this Statement if the changes in its combined
underlying are highly correlated with changes in one of the component
variables that would not qualify for an exception.
Also see "regular-way"
security trading exceptions in Paragraph 58a if FAS 133. Also note the exception in DIG
C1. Some general DIG exceptions to the scope of FAS 133 are listed
in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html
A nice review of the theory and application (aside from
accounting) of derivative financial instruments appears in Myron Scholes' Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a
Dynamic Environment," American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370.
Types of embedded derivative instruments are often indexed debt and
investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or
principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts, equity
indexed contracts, and inflation indexed contracts.
By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic event that is measured by an
economic index (e.g., a credit rating index, commodity price index, convertible
debt, or inflation index) defined in the
contract. An equity index might be defined as a
particular index derived from common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial
Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index. Derivative instruments may also be futures contracts, forward
contracts, interest rate swaps, foreign currency derivatives, warrants,
forward rate agreements, basis
swaps, and complex combinations of such contracts such as a circus
combination. Interest rate swaps are the most common form of derivatives
in terms of notional amounts. There are Paragraph 6b initial investment size
limitations discussed under the term premium.
Derivatives that are covered by
FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date. Paragraph
18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial
instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting. See hedge
accounting.
FAS 133
does not change the requirement
banning the netting of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial
position) unless there is a right of setoff. This rule goes back to APB 10, Omnibus
Opinion. Hence the aggregate of positive valued derivative financial
instruments cannot be netted against those with negative values. The only exception
would be when there are contractual rights of offset. FAS 133 is silent as to
whether derivatives expiring in the very near future are cash equivalents in the cash flow
statement. KPMG argues against that in terms of SFAS 95 rules. See Example 6
beginning on Page 347 of of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
FAS 133
requires disclosures of hedging gains
and losses by risk type. Paragraph 45 on beginning on Page 27 does require that
aggregate net amounts be reported by type of hedge. Disclosure by market risk
category is required by the SEC.
In this FAS 133 Glossary, there are added
conditions to become a qualified derivative financial instrument under FAS 133
rules.
In certain instances a nonfinancial derivative will also suffice for accounting
under FAS 133 rules. Unless noted otherwise it will be assumed that such
instruments meet the FAS 133 criteria. The formal definition of a derivative
financial instrument for purposes of FAS 133 is given in Paragraph 249 on Page 133.
Such an instrument must have all three of the following attributes:
a.
It has (1) one or more underlyings and (2) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both.
b.
It requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller
than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a
similar response to changes in market factors.
c.
Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be settled net by means outside the contract, or it provides for
delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different
from net settlement.
Initial investment is an important criterion for
distinguishing a derivative instrument from a nonderivative instrument. See
Paragraph 6b on Page 3 of FAS 133. Paragraph 256 on Page 135 contains the following
example:
A party that wishes to participate
in the changes in the fair value of 10,000 shares of a specific marketable equity security
can, of course, do so by purchasing 10,000 shares of that security. Alternatively,
the party may enter into a forward purchase contract with a notional amount of 10,000
shares of that security and an underlying that is the price of that security. Purchasing
the shares would require an initial investment equal to the current price for 10,000
shares and would result in benefits such as the receipt of dividends (if any) and the
ability to vote the shares. A simple forward contract entered into at the current forward
price for 10,000 shares of the equity instrument would not require an initial investment
equal to the notional amount but would offer the same opportunity to benefit or lose from
changes in the price of that security.
Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net
settlement. IASC does not require a net settlement provision in
the definition of a derivative. To meet the criteria for being a
derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.
In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments
come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133:
Paragraph 4
on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize
those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a
derivative instrument as follows:
a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability,
or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a
particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents
both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is
designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset
or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related
to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent
references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================
b.
A hedge of the exposure to variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or
liability, or of a forecasted transaction, that is attributable to a particular risk
(referred to as a cash flow hedge)
c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of
(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (
(2) an available-for-sale
security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),
(3) a forecasted
transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or
(4) a net investment in a
foreign operation.
With respect to Section a above, a firm
commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already
booked. For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is
unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have
not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is
"recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm
commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.
With respect to Section c(1) above, firm
commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already
recognized. See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is
recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For
example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit
is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the
payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is
"recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure. Similar
reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains
and losses are already booked. These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.
Cash flow hedges must have the possibility
of affecting net earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133
bans
foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary. The
reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated
earnings. For reasons and references, see equity method.
Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page
2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of
dissimilar assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net
investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. The gain or loss is reported in
other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative
translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:
The net investment in a foreign
operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not
meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of
similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's
investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in
a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided,
however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that
area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items,
hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly
permitted by the authoritative literature.
For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument,
the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change. Section 4(c) of
Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to
permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a
derivative. For more detail see foreign
currency hedge.
Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:
.A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
These Section c(4) confusions in
Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36
reads as follows:
The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1)
requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency
transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated
receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash
flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable
to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in
earnings. Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted
acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign
currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign
currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or
liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what
would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative
instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a
hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has
entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it
acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.
Investments accounted for under the equity
method cannot be hedged items under FAS 133 accounting for reasons explained under the
term "equity method." Recall that the
magic percentage of equity ownership is 20% of more. Lower ownership share accounted
for under the cost as opposed to equity method can be hedged.
In summary, the major exceptions
under FAS 133 are discussed in the following FAS 133 Paragraphs:
-
Business combinations APB Opinion No. 16
(FAS 133Paragraph 11c)
-
Shareholders' equity (FAS 133 Paragraph 11a)
-
Leases (FAS 133 Paragraph 10f)
-
Employee benefits (SFAS 123 (Paragraph 11b)
-
Insurance contracts (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10c)
-
Financial guarantees (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10d)
-
Physical indices (FAS 133 Paragraphs 10e, 58c)
-
Regular-way trades
(FAS 133
Paragraphs 10b, 58b)
Exceptions are not as
important in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all
financial instruments. However, exceptions or special accounting for
derivatives are discussed at various places in IAS 39:
-
Business combinations )IAS
39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note IAS 22 Paragraphs 65-76)
-
Shareholders' equity IAS 39 Paragraph 1e)
-
Leases IAS 39 Paragraph 1b)
-
Employee benefits IAS 39 Paragraph 1c)
-
Insurance contracts IAS 39 Paragraph 1d)
-
Financial guarantees IAS 39 Paragraph 1f)
-
Physical indices (IAS 39 Paragraph 1h)
-
Regular-way trades (Not an
explicit exception in IAS 39)
DIG Issue C1 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
If a contract’s payment provision specifies that the issuer will
pay to the holder $10,000,000 if aggregate property damage from all
hurricanes in the state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year
2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133?
Alternatively, if the contract specifies that the issuer pays the
holder $10,000,000 in the event that a hurricane occurs in Florida in
2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133?
RESPONSE
If the contract contains a payment provision that requires the
issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount based on a
financial variable, the contract is subject to the requirements of
Statement 133. In the first example above, the payment under the
contract occurs if aggregate property damage from a hurricane in the
state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year 2001. The
contract in that example contains two underlyings — a physical
variable (that is, the occurrence of at least one hurricane) and a
financial variable (that is, aggregate property damage exceeding a
specified or determinable dollar limit of $50,000,000). Because of the
presence of the financial variable as an underlying, the derivative
contract does not qualify for the scope exclusion in paragraph
10(e)(1) of Statement 133.
In contrast, if the contract contains a payment provision that
requires the issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount
that is linked solely to a climatic or other physical variable
(for example, wind velocity or flood-water level), the contract is not
subject to the requirements of Statement 133. In the second example
above, the payment provision is triggered if a hurricane occurs in
Florida in 2001. The underlying in that example is a physical variable
(that is, occurrence of a hurricane). Therefore, the contract
qualifies for the scope exclusion in paragraph 10(e)(1) of Statement
133.
However, if the contract requires a payment only when the holder
incurs a decline in revenue or an increase in expense as a result of
an event (for example, a hurricane) and the amount of the
payoff is solely compensation for the amount of the holder’s loss,
the contract would be a traditional insurance contract that is
excluded from the scope of Statement 133 under paragraph 10(c). |
For a FAS 133 flow
chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
See hedge and financial instrument.
Yahoo
Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread
use of derivative financial instruments. That web site, however, will not help
much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133 and IAS
39. Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME
for some great tutorials on derivatives investing and hedging.
Message from Ira Kawaller on August 4, 2002
Hi Bob,
I posted a new article on the Kawaller & Company
website: “What’s ‘Normal’ in Derivatives Accounting,” originally
published in Financial Executive, July / August 2002. It is most relevant for
financial managers of non-financial companies, who seek to avoid FAS 133
treatment for their purchase and sales contracts. The point of the article is
that this treatment may mask some pertinent risks and opportunities. To view
the article, click on http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/FE.pdf
.
I'd be happy to hear from you if you have any
questions or comments.
Thanks for your consideration.
Ira Kawaller Kawaller & Company, LLC http://www.kawaller.com
kawaller@kawaller.com 717-694-6270
Bob Jensen's documents on derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
DIG =
the Derivatives Implementation Group established by the FASB
for purposes of helping firms implement FAS 133.
The web site is a http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
.
The Derivatives Implementation Group is a task
force that was created to assist the FASB in answering questions that
companies will face when they begin implementing Statement 133, Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The FASB’s objective in
forming the group was to establish a mechanism to identify and resolve
significant implementation questions in advance of the implementation of
Statement 133 by many companies.
The role of the Derivatives Implementation Group is
different from that of other task forces previously assembled by the FASB
because it was established to address issues related to a new Statement that
has not yet been implemented by most companies. The responsibilities of the
Derivatives Implementation Group are to identify practice issues that arise
from applying the requirements of Statement 133 and to advise the FASB on
how to resolve those issues. In addition to members of the implementation
group, any constituent or organization may submit questions to be debated by
the group by sending a detailed letter to the group chairman, FASB Vice
Chairman Jim Leisenring. The FASB staff also seeks input from the
implementation group on selected technical inquiries that it resolves.
The model for the Derivatives Implementation Group
is the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) with the key difference being that
the Derivatives Implementation Group does not formally vote on issues to
reach a consensus. Instead, it is the responsibility of the Chairman to
identify an agreed-upon resolution that emerges based upon the group’s
debate. Implementation group members are free submit written objections to
any issue where the group reaches an agreed-upon resolution. In instances
where no clear resolution of an issue emerges, the issue may be further
discussed at a future meeting or handled by the FASB staff.
After each meeting of the Derivatives
Implementation Group, the FASB staff has the responsibility of documenting
tentative conclusions reached by the group. Those tentative conclusions are
publicly available on the FASB web site approximately three weeks after a
meeting of the Derivatives Implementation Group. Those conclusions will
remain tentative until they are formally cleared by the FASB and become part
of an FASB staff implementation guide (Q&A). The Board is typically not
asked to formally clear the staff's tentative conclusions at a public Board
meeting until those conclusions have been publicly available on the web site
for at least one month. That delay provides constituents the opportunity to
study those conclusions and submit any comments before the Board considers
formal clearance.
Meetings of the Derivatives Implementation Group
are held at the FASB offices in Norwalk, CT and are open to public
observation. The group will meet bimonthly during 1998 and 1999 when
companies are planning for transition to the new accounting requirements.
The need for meetings of the group in the year 2000 will be assessed at a
later date.
FAS 133 Derivatives
Implementation Group (DIG) Pronouncements (Issues)
Nearly 300 pages of DIG pronouncements as of March 8,
2004 can be downloaded from http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/allissuesp2.pdf
If you click on menu choices (Edit, Find) or the
binoculars icon in your web browser, you can enter the search term DIG to
find various DIG issues in this glossary. These are in tables with red
borders.
Disclosure =
the disclosures of key information in
footnotes, special schedules, or other parts of financial reports. FAS 133 deals with
disclosure at various points, especially in Paragraphs 502-513 on Pages 216-221.
An entity that holds or issues derivative instruments (or nonderivative
instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments pursuant to
/FAS 133 Paragraphs
37 and 42) shall disclose its objectives for holding or issuing those instruments, the
context needed to understand those objectives, and its strategies for achieving those
objectives. The description shall distinguish between derivative instruments (and nonderivative
instruments) designated as fair value hedging instruments, derivative instruments
designated as cash flow hedging instruments, derivative (and nonderivative) instruments
designated as hedging instruments for hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net
investment in a foreign operation, and all other derivatives
(FAS 133 Paragraph 44)
The following must be disclosed if derivatives are used in hedging
relationships (Paragraph 45)
- Risk management policies must be specified, identifying exposures to be
hedged and hedging strategies for managing the associated risks.
- Identification of the type of hedging relationship (i.e., fair value,
cash flow, net investment in foreign operation), if applicable.
- The hedged item must be explicitly identified.
- Ineffective hedge results must be disclosed.
- Any component of the derivatives' results that is excluded from the
hedge effectiveness assessment must be disclosed.
Specific requirements for fair value hedges (Paragraph 45a)
- The place on the income statement where derivative gains or losses are
reported must be disclosed.
- When a firm commitment no longer qualifies as a hedged item, the net
gain or loss recognized in earnings must be disclosed.
Specific requirements for cash flow hedges (Paragraph 45b)
- A description of the conditions that will result in the reclassification
of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings, and a schedule of
the estimated reclassification expected in the coming 12 months must be
disclosed.
- The maximum length of time over which hedging is anticipated (except for
variable interest rate exposures) must be disclosed.
- Entities must disclose the amount reclassified into earnings as a result
of discontinued cash flow hedges because the forecasted transaction is no
longer probable.
- Specific requirements for hedges of net investments in foreign
operations (Paragraph 45c)
- Entities must disclose the amount of the derivatives' results that is
included in the cumulative translation adjustment during the reporting
period.
Under IASC international disclosure rulings,
financial statements should include all of the disclosures required by IAS
32, except that the requirements in IAS 32 for supplementary disclosure of fair values
(IAS 39 Paragraphs 77 and 88) are not applicable to those financial assets and financial
liabilities carried at fair value (Paragraph 166). The following should be included in the disclosures of the enterprise's accounting
policies as part of the disclosure required by IAS 32 Paragraph 47b:
(1) the methods and significant assumptions applied in estimating fair values of financial
assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value, separately for
significant classes of financial assets (see IAS 39 Paragraph 46)
2) whether gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of those
available-for-sale financial assets that are measured at fair value subsequent to initial
recognition are included in net profit or loss for the period or are recognized directly
in equity until the financial asset is disposed of; and
3) for each of the four categories of financial assets defined in paragraph 10, whether
'regular way' purchases of financial assets are accounted for at trade date or settlement
date (see paragraph 30)
(IAS Paragraph 167)
In applying the above paragraph, an enterprise will disclose prepayment rates,
rates of
estimated credit losses, and interest or discount rates
(paragraph 168)
IAS 39 Paragraph 169
With the exception of the previously noted differences, Paragraph 169 is a
long paragraph that requires virtually all disclosures of FAS 133.
The SEC
has more controversial disclosure requirements for derivatives, especially requirements
for quantification of risk. The required disclosures about accounting policies are
specified in new Rule 4-08(n) of Regulation S-X and Item 310 of Regulation S-B. The
required disclosures about market risk exposures are specified in new Item 305 of
Regulation S-K and Item 9A of Form 20-F. See http://www.sec.gov/rules/othern/derivfaq.htm
Some SEC rules, which amend Regulation S-X
and Regulation S-K, require the following new market risk disclosures (unless a business
is deemed a small business not subject to market risk disclosure rules and/or unless the
market risks apply to trade accounts recievable or trade accounts payable):
-
detailed disclosures of registrants' accounting
policies for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments;
-
quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside
the financial statements about market risk information of derivatives and other financial
instruments. The required information includes the fair values of the instruments and
contract terms needed to determine expected cash flows for each of the next five years and
aggregate cash flows thereafter. This information should be categorized by expected
maturity dates. The information should be grouped based on whether the instruments are
held for trading or for other purposes and summarized by market risk category, subdivided
by specific characteristics within a risk category, such as US dollar/German mark and US
dollar/Japanese yen foreign currency exchange risk. The subdivision based on
characteristics should be made to the extent it better reflects the market risk for a
group of instruments.
-
forward-looking information, which includes these
quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements.;
-
disclosures about the effects of derivatives on
other positions.
The Rules allow registrants to select one
of the following methods to make their quantitative disclosures for market risk sensitive
instruments:
-
a tabular format --- a presentation of the
terms, fair value, expected principal or transaction cash flows, and other information,
with instruments grouped within risk exposure categories based on common characteristics;
-
a sensitivity analysis --- the
hypothetical loss in earnings, fair values, or cash; (the minumum percentage change seems
to be 10% in Item 3.A of the Instructions to Paragraphs 305a and 305b.)
-
flows resulting from hypothetical changes in rates or
prices;
-
value-at-risk ---
a measure of the potential loss in earnings, fair values, or cash;
-
flows from changes in rates or prices.
A registrant that holds nonderivative
financial instruments that have material amounts of market risk, such as investments,
loans, and deposits, is required to make the qualitative and quantitative disclosures of
market risk, even though the registrant may hold no derivatives.
The new Rules are effective for filings
that include financial statements for fiscal periods ending after June 15, 1997. However,
for registrants that are not banks or thrifts and that have a market capitalization of
$2.5 billion or less on January 28, 1997, the effective date for the quantitative and
qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements about market risk is delayed one
year.
Registrants are required to provide
summarized quantitative market risk information for the preceding fiscal year. They should
explain the reasons for material quantitative changes in market risk exposures between the
current and preceding fiscal years in sufficient detail to enable investors to determine
trends in market risk information.
For a reference on SEC disclosure rules, see T.J.
Linsmeier and N.D. Pearson, "Quantitative Disclosures of Market Risk in the SEC
Release," Accounting Horizons, March 1997, 107-135.
Click here
to view a nice commentary on the SEC financial risk disclosure choices.
Key Disclosure Lessons From FAS 133 Q1 July 6, 2001 By
Nilly Essaides --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=81&areaid=405
A review of 40 10Qs reveals a great diversity
in reporting for Q1/01 as well as some lessons on what constitutes a
useful disclosure. Second quarter 10Q reports will soon begin to hit the
SEC. With them will come Q2/FAS 133 disclosures for most companies. This
next wave of 10Qs will certainly offer insight into the
quarter-by-quarter effects of FAS 133. But judging from the first bunch,
they may leave as much unsaid, as said.
A review of Q1 disclosures in 40 companies’
10Qs reveals great diversity in reporting depth and quality. But perhaps
the clearest revelation is that FAS 133 does not necessarily offer a
clearer picture of a company’s derivatives strategy.
Perhaps the quality of disclosures depends on
whether the company intends to conceal more than it reveals; perhaps,
too, it indicates that MNCs are only at the start of their FAS 133
learning curve. Over time, best practices will hopefully emerge creating
more readable 10Qs.
. . .
What is/isn’t revealed T
his diversity obviously makes it hard to
analyze 10Qs. (Difficult perhaps, but not impossible: FAS133.com is
working on a matrix that would track, on a quarterly basis, various
disclosures and impact on EPS/OCI for large MNCs).
Some trend observations do rise above the
disclosure clutter:
• Effectiveness method. Only one registrant
alluded to the critical terms methodology. No one else provided
information about what effectiveness measures were being used.
• Time value. G20 will make a big
difference for some companies, while having no effect at all for
others. Many pre-G20 10Qs indicate that there is no time value being
recorded in income. Even in cases where some time value was marked to
market in income, the effect was minor.
There are exceptions, however. Microsoft’s
said the following: “...the reduction to income was mostly
attributable to a loss of approximately $300 million reclassified from
OCI for the time value of options and a loss of approximately $250
million reclassified from OCI for derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments.”
• Industry differences: Financial companies
seem to be providing more information about their derivatives than
non-financial MNCs., perhaps because they have more experience with
fair values, have the necessary systems, and tend to have more
non-compliant derivatives. Ditto for commodity companies, which must
now account for many previously “non-derivatives” as derivatives.
• Qualified vs. non-qualified derivatives.
The majority of 10Qs do not list substantial non-compliant
derivatives, but there are some notable exceptions, including some
written calls and non-qualified cross currency swaps or derivatives
that hedge other derivatives.
• Embeddeds. Of all the 10Qs reviewed, only
Lucent mentioned the existence of embeddeds (other than equity options
in convertible bonds). “Lucent’s foreign currency embedded
derivatives consist of sales and purchase contracts with cash flows
indexed to changes in or denominated in a currency that neither party
to the contract uses as [its] functional currency. Changes in the fair
value of these embedded derivatives are recorded in earnings.”
Emerging best practices Of course, what
constitutes good disclosure depends on one's perspective. Good from the
point of view of the investor/analyst means in context and consistent
with some forward-looking information.
Good from the company's standpoint may mean
one of two things:
(1) Clearly communicate the intent and value of
hedges so that gains and losses are understood and not misread; or
(2) Effectively conceals gains and losses on
derivatives so that investors cannot figure out the effect of
derivatives on income.
Perhaps, too, what makes good disclosure will
take time to figure out, as for many of these companies are reporting
FAS 133 info for the first time.
A checklist Still, from the 40 10Qs reviewed
for this article, the following useful hints emerged:
• Divide hedge disclosu3 categories: Fair
value, cash flow and net investment, with a discussion of strategy,
fair values and ineffectiveness total for each category.
• Provide a chart or table summarizing all
derivatives gain/loss, impact on income or OCI
• Include pointers as to where in the
income statement particular derivatives numbers appear, in income and
OCI.
• Listing how market risk exposures would
affect derivatives positions.
Sources of volatility Finally, the Q1s reveal
three sources of OCI/income volatility:
(1) Time value of options (this will
presumably disappear for any hedging options that fall under G20).
(2) Gains/loss on non-qualified derivatives,
either derivatives that do not meet the effectiveness standards or
derivatives that hedge other derivatives. Of course, this does not
mean the derivatives are speculative. There may be as many qualified
derivatives as there are speculative, since those that are
non-qualified ones may be true economic hedges.
(3) Finally, gains/losses on derivatives that
were not accounted for previously as derivatives such as commercial
contracts.
|
CANADA
DISCLOSURE
OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVE
COMMODITY INSTRUMENTS Date Issued: September 5, 2002
http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/EIC/English//EIC131.pdf
One of my students wrote the following:
Joseph F. Zullo
For his relational database project in Microsoft Access that
disaggregates and then aggregates various types of risk on interest rate swaps,
click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jzullo/title.htm
The heart of this project is a relational database. The term
project topic was "suggested aids for using emerging technologies in measuring and
evaluating investment risk." To that end, I created a relational database that is
able to track the use of derivative instruments and assign risk to individual contracts.
The creation of the database is an attempt at dissaggregated reporting.
Theoretically, an investor could access the database through the Internet and compute
custom reports and evaluate individual measures of risk associated with each derivative.
The benefit of dissaggregated reporting lies in the investors ability to perform the
aggregation of relevant data. In todays environment, investors have to rely on
annual financial statements of a company to acquire relevant information. The financial
statements of a company do not always provide a complete picture of the financial
condition of the company. Notably, off-balance sheet items such as derivative financial
instruments do not appear in the body of the financial statements. The FASB and the SEC
have made strides to overcome this reporting deficiency with pronouncements that require
more informational disclosures in the financial statements.
Roger Debreceny wrote the following message on July 31,
1998:
Further to previous discussion on
derivatives:
KPMG
Derivatives and Hedging Handbook
Offers Guidance on New Accounting Standards for Derivatives NEW YORK, July 27 /PRNewswire/
-- A comprehensive Derivatives and Hedging Handbook was published today by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, the accounting, tax and consulting firm, in response to the new accounting
standard for derivative instruments and hedging activities issued on June 15, 1998 by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).
The FASB issued the new standard (Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities) to replace the rules that had been in effect since 1984.
"The estimated worldwide amount of derivative
instruments is well above $60 trillion," said Michael A. Conway, partner-in-charge,
KPMG Department of Professional Practice." We developed this handbook because the new
standard is so complex and the potential impact on commercial companies and financial
institutions is enormous.
"Implementing this standard may require changes in
hedging strategies and accounting systems, with possible significant effects on financial
statements," said Conway. "Therefore, we believe its important for
organizations to immediately begin evaluating the impact of the standard on their
operations and financial reporting. This handbook is designed to make that assessment
easier."
The primary author of the handbook, Stephen Swad, KPMG partner, Department of Professional Practice, said
that companies must consider several key issues, including recognizing all derivative
instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value; designating all
hedging relationships anew; measuring transition adjustments that will affect earnings;
and modifying accounting, risk management objectives and strategies, and information
systems to comply with the requirements of the standard. The 425-page publication, the
second in KPMGs handbook series, provides over 100 examples illustrating some of the
complex areas of the standard, and answers possible questions that might arise during
implementation.
KPMGs Web site is: http://www.us.kpmg.com.
March 20, 2002 Message from Ira
Kawaller
Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges. Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.
If you are interested, it is available at
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:
http://www.kawaller.com
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com
(718) 694-6270
Illustrations of FAS 133 Disclosures
Adobe Systems’ 10Q
for the second quarter provides a case study in best practices in
FAS 133-related disclosures.
All 10Qs are not made
equal. In the area of FAS 133-related disclosure, that truth is even
more pronounced (see related
item). Indeed, the current diversity in the content and
organization of derivatives disclosures, which in part may reflect
companies’ ambivalence about making this information public, calls
for the emergence of best practices, or disclosure benchmarks.
The lack of uniformity
in disclosure geography and format affect the quality of the
information. It certainly makes it hard for users of financial
statements to reach broad-based conclusions. But perhaps most
important, it opens the door for misinterpretation and exaggeration
of the financial impact of corporate derivatives activities.
What should companies use as a guide? To date, the FAS133.com review
of 10Qs has surfaced five basic benchmarks of best practice in FAS
133 disclosure:
- Divide hedge
disclosure categories: Fair value, cash flow and net investment,
with a discussion of strategy, fair values and ineffectiveness
total for each category.
- Explain risk
management policy/strategy in clear language, providing hedge
activity context.
- Provide a chart or
table summarizing all derivatives gain/loss, impact on income or
OCI.
- Include pointers as
to where in the income statement particular derivatives numbers
appear, in income and OCI.
- List how market risk
exposures would affect derivatives positions.
Some 10Qs contain various
elements of best disclosure. Others are very hard to read. But
perhaps one of the clearest examples of some of the best practices
in FAS 133 disclosure can be found in the second quarter 10Q filed
by Adobe Systems on July 16, 2001.
There are several reasons the
Adobe 10Q represents best practice:
- It presents information in
context. Disclosure of actual figures on derivatives gain/losses
follow clear explanations of risk management strategy and
objectives.
- It highlights strategy
based on hedge objective. The context is presented in a very
organized manner. Risk management activities are segregated
based on their objectives, and the type of exposure being
hedged.
- It summarizes gains/losses
in table. Not only does the table provide figures and how they
affect OCI, but Adobe lists both quarterly, and year to date
information, giving the reader a chance to review the trend.
- It’s in “English.”
Perhaps most important, the disclosures are clearly written,
refraining from jargon and providing simple, “lay man’s”
explanation of risk management activities.
The top-notch disclosure statement represents the product of
treasury’s hard work. “We worked hard on it,” confesses
Barbara Hill, Adobe’s treasurer. Indeed, the language and the
disclosure were the work of the Adobe treasury team, and received
only minor tweaking from the external auditor once complete. “We
tried to spend a lot of effort to make it clear,” she says. Even
at companies where accounting plays a more dominant role, she
cautions, treasury’s input is critical. “You have to have
someone who is trading and understands options, for example, to put
together the disclosures.”
While Adobe reviewed other
companies’ 10Qs and went back to the original standard to ensure
all i's are dotted and t's are crossed, “we came up with the
language in treasury,” Ms. Hill says. In part, Ms. Hill says her
group was so well prepared for the task as a result of several
months’ worth of FAS 133 studying with Helen Kane of Hedgetrackers
(a consultancy).
This approach, Ms. Hill says,
is in line with Adobe’s general approach to communications with
its investors. “It’s part of our philosophy to be as forthcoming
and open in our disclosures.
This straightforward approach
carried tangible benefits, she notes. “You get a reputation for
honesty and integrity, and analysts and investors know that they can
trust your statements.” Overtime, the consistency in reporting
helps build credibility “that’s invaluable over the long
term,” she says. Basically, it helps determine whether investors
and fund managers are interested in investing in the company, or
not.
Perhaps the best part of
the Adobe disclosure is the summary tables (see below). The tables
are Ms. Hill’s idea. “It’s pretty bold,” she admits. She
notes some 10Qs seem to lose the content in the language of FAS 133
(as well as in indeterminable geography, such as including
ineffectiveness in “costs of good sold,” as some MNCs have).
The tables, she says,
“are an offshoot of what I use from a big-pictures standpoint, to
make sure that the numbers I see with regard to FX hedging make
sense. It’s a tool I use internally, which makes it easy for me
(and now investors) to spot problems right away.” Ms. Hill decided
shareholders could benefit from sharing the information, which she
gathers anyway for in-house performance evaluation purposes.
Continued at http://fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=408
AOL-Time Warner's FAS 133-Related Financial
Reporting: Ignoring Interest Rate Exposure?
By Ed Rombach
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=440
Is AOL-Time Warner ignoring
their interest rate exposure, or merely managing it in a way that
avoids disclosure?
As one of the component
companies in the 'Portfolio of 33' we are obliged to focus some
attention on what, at first glance, may be perceived to be AOL-Time
Warner's lack of disclosure into some of the details regarding risk
management under FAS 133 accounting. Is it a fair question to ask why
this company, with a market capitalization of $157 billion and net
debt in excess of $19 billion, would not make use of interest-rate
derivatives of some kind to modify that interest rate exposure?
Or, if they do make use of
interest rate derivatives for risk management purposes, why is there
no mention of it in their quarterly reports, which in accordance with
FAS 133 requires that derivatives used for hedging activities be
recorded at fair value?
These questions are all the more
interesting when we consider the relationship Time Warner has had with
the FASB's DIG: two of its recent assistant controllers were not only
former SEC accountants, but observing and/or regular members of the
DIG: Steve Swad and Pascal Desroches. We should assume, then, that
AOL-TW might serve the financial reporting community as a paragon
example of FAS 133-related financial reporting.
In fairness to AOL-TW, what they left out of recent quarterly reports
they partially made up for in their last annual report for 2000. Under
the heading QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
RISK, for example, it states: America Online is exposed to immaterial
levels of market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange
rates and interest rates." The bulk of the company's exposure,
per the 10-K, concerns its investment portfolio. "America Online
is exposed to market risk as it relates to changes in the market value
of its investments. America Online invests in equity instruments of
public and private companies for business and strategic purposes, most
of which are Internet and technology companies." Accordingly, the
derivatives used to hedge this exposure get the bulk of the FAS
133-related attention in the company's financial reporting.
But is their interest rate risk
really that immaterial? The third quarter 10Q reports as September 30,
2001, AOL Time Warner had $20.7 billion of debt and $1.5 billion of
cash and cash equivalents for a net debt of $19.2 billion.
Fixed vs. Floating
It's not clear from the financial statements how much of the $19.2
billion outstanding debt is in fixed rate and how much is floating,
but AOL-TW's web site itemizes some twenty six separately issued notes
and debentures mostly by Time Warner and its consolidated
subsidiaries, with remaining maturities of five, ten, twenty and
thirty years (14.36 years on average), with an average coupon of
8.12%. This listing though doesn't provide the amounts issued per
cusip so it is not possible to tell with any precision what the total
amount of fixed rate debt is for the combined companies, and
unfortunately, AOL-Time Warner treasury staff declined to comment on
any of this publicly available information.
The company's 2000 10-K explains
that a Bank Credit Agreement was in place permitting borrowings of up
to $7.5 billion for general business purposes and in support of
commercial paper borrowings of which amounts totaling $6.8 billion had
been drawn down by Time Warner and its consolidated subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2000. By April of 2001, AOL-TW had established a $5
billion commercial paper program allowing the company to issue
commercial paper to investors periodically in maturities of up to 365
days for general corporate purposes including investments, capital
expenditures, repayment of debt and financing acquisitions. However,
it is still not quite clear from the public disclosures just how much
of this program has been utilized to date.
Opportunity risk
Nevertheless, a cursory estimation using a rough metric suggests a
ratio of about 65% to 35% of fixed rate vs. floating rate debt, a
ratio that might be considered less than optimal during a quarter when
the federal reserve cut the fed funds rate by 100 basis points and ten
year swap rates fell by a corresponding amount. Assuming that 65% of
AOL-TW's debt was fixed, at an average maturity of 14 years and at an
average coupon rate of 8.12%, a drop in yields on that debt of 100
basis points implies a fair value change in present value terms of
close to $1.2 billion. Not that they would want to eliminate all of
their fixed rate debt, but if half of it was converted to floating via
fixed to floating swaps, they still would have saved themselves a
significant amount from the lower funding cost. Did that 10K really
say company's exposure to interest rates was immaterial?
More illustrations --- see Illustrations
The Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) of the CICA (Canada) issued
for comment (by July 17, 2002) draft Abstract D21: Disclosure of
Accounting Policies for Derivative Financial Instruments and
Derivative Commodity Instruments.
The Committee reached a consensus that an
enterprise should disclose the accounting policies for derivative
financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments
pursuant to CICA 1505, following the guidance in CICA 3860.48-51.
Disclosures regarding accounting policies
should include descriptions of the accounting policies used for
derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity
instruments and the methods of applying those policies that affect
the determination of financial position, cash flows, or results of
operation. This description should include each of the following
items:
(a) a discussion of each method used to
account for derivative financial instruments and derivative
commodity instruments — fair value method or hedge accounting
methods (i.e., deferral, accrual or settlement methods);
(b) the types of derivative financial instruments and derivative
commodity instruments accounted for under each method;
(c) the criteria required to be met for each hedge accounting
method used, including a discussion of the criteria required to
be met for hedge accounting as set out in AcG-13;
(d) the accounting method used if the criteria for hedge
accounting specified in item (c) are not met;
(e) if applicable to the period, the method used to account for
terminations of derivatives designated as hedges, including the
method used to account for derivative financial instruments and
derivative commodity instruments designated as hedging items, as
when:
(i) the designated hedged item
matures, is sold, is extinguished, or is terminated;
(ii) the hedge is no longer effective;
The Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) of the CICA (Canada) issued for
comment (by July 17, 2002) draft Abstract D21: Disclosure of Accounting
Policies for Derivative Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity
Instruments.
The Committee reached a consensus that an
enterprise should disclose the accounting policies for derivative
financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments pursuant to
CICA 1505, following the guidance in CICA 3860.48-51.
Disclosures regarding accounting policies
should include descriptions of the accounting policies used for
derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments
and the methods of applying those policies that affect the
determination of financial position, cash flows, or results of
operation. This description should include each of the following
items:
(a) a discussion of each method used to
account for derivative financial instruments and derivative
commodity instruments — fair value method or hedge accounting
methods (i.e., deferral, accrual or settlement methods);
(b) the types of derivative financial instruments and derivative
commodity instruments accounted for under each method;
(c) the criteria required to be met for each hedge accounting method
used, including a discussion of the criteria required to be met for
hedge accounting as set out in AcG-13;
(d) the accounting method used if the criteria for hedge accounting
specified in item (c) are not met;
(e) if applicable to the period, the method used to account for
terminations of derivatives designated as hedges, including the
method used to account for derivative financial instruments and
derivative commodity instruments designated as hedging items, as
when:
(i) the designated hedged item matures,
is sold, is extinguished, or is terminated;
(ii) the hedge is no longer effective;
April 2003
Unlike U.S. business firms, governmental organizations do not
necessarily have to report derivative financial instruments are fair
(mark-to-market) values. However, the Governmental Accounting
Standards Board (GASB) proposed some new disclosure rules for
derivatives, including rules for disclosing more about current values
--- http://www.gasb.org/news/nr040203.html
Governmental
Accounting Standards Board Issues Technical Bulletin To Improve
Disclosures About Derivatives
Norwalk,
CT, April 2, 2003—In
an effort to improve disclosures about the risks associated with
derivative contracts, the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB)
has released for public comment accounting guidance that would provide
more consistent reporting by state and local governments. The proposed
Technical Bulletin, Disclosure Requirements for Derivatives Not
Presented at Fair Value on the Statement of Net Assets, is
designed to increase the public’s understanding of the significance
of derivatives to a government’s net assets and would provide key
information about the potential effects on future cash flows.
While state
and local governments use a vast array of increasingly complex
derivative instruments to manage debt and investments, they also may
be assuming significant risks. Governments must communicate those
risks to financial statement users and the proposed Technical Bulletin
would help clarify existing accounting guidance so that more
consistent disclosures can be made across all governments.
In commenting
on why the GASB believes this issue is so important, GASB Project
Manager, Randal J. Finden, remarked, “The market for derivative
instruments has recently exploded for state and local governments as
current financing needs have changed in connection with a more
constrained budgetary environment. Some derivative contracts may pose
substantial risks, and we want to help governments better disclose
those risks in their financial statements.”
Governments
would be required to disclose the derivative’s objective, its terms,
fair value and risks. The proposed accounting guidance would require
governments to disclose in their financial statements credit risk,
interest rate risk, basis risk, termination risk, rollover risk and
market access risk.
This
Technical Bulletin would be effective for periods ending after June
15, 2003. The proposed
Technical Bulletin is available from the GASB’s website.
Comments on the proposed documents may be made through May 16, 2003.
The proposed Technical Bulletin
can be downloaded from http://www.gasb.org/exp/tb2003-a.pdf
Some of the previous derivative
financial instruments frauds and scandals have centered around
governmental organizations such as the Orange County fraud --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud
Bob
Jensen's documents on
accounting for derivative
financial instruments and
hedging activities are
linked at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
|
Discount = see premium.
Disincentives for nonperformance
= see firm commitment.
Dollar Offset
Method =
a computation of the cumulative derivative
hedging gain or loss on the basis of multiple period historical changes in fair value of
the hedging instrument vis-a-vis changes in the fair value of the underlying.
The dollar offset period change ratio is the ratio of the dollar gain or loss of
the hedging instrument divided by the dollar gain or loss of the hedged item. The
cumulative dollar change ratio is the sum of the gains and losses of the hedging
instrument divided by the sum of the gains and losses of the hedged item. See net settlement.
Dynamic
Portfolio Management =
a technique of assessing the risk and managing a
portfolio or group of assets and liabilities. Dynamic management is characterized by
continuous assessment and periodic adjustment of the portfolio components. See the
discussion of macro hedges under hedge. Also see compound derivatives. Also see value at risk (VAR).
See Macro Hedge
E-Terms
Earnings Management
Interest rate swap derivative instruments are widely
used to manage interest rate risk, which is viewed as a perfectly
legitimate use of these hedging instruments. I stumbled on to a
rather interesting doctoral dissertation which finds that firms,
especially banks, use such swaps to manage earnings. The
dissertation from Michigan State University is by Chang Joon Song under
Professor Thomas Linsmeier.
"Are Interest Rate Swaps Used to Manage Banks' Earnings,"
by Chang Joon Song, January 2004 --- http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf
This dissertation is quite clever and very well written.
Previous research has shown that loan loss
provisions and security gains and losses are used to manage banks’
net income. However, these income components are reported below banks
largest operating component, net interest income (NII). This study
extends the literature by examining whether banks exploit the
accounting permitted under past and current hedge accounting standards
to manage NII by entering into interest rate swaps. Specifically, I
investigate whether banks enter into receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps
to increase earnings when unmanaged NII is below management’s target
for NII. In addition, I investigate whether banks enter into
receive-variable/pay-fixed swaps to decrease earnings when unmanaged
NII is above management’s target for NII. Swaps-based earnings
management is possible because past and current hedge accounting
standards allow receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/
pay-fixed) to have known positive (negative) income effects in the
first period of the swap contract. However, entering into swaps for
NII management is not costless, because such swaps change the interest
rate risk position throughout the swap period. Thus, I also examine
whether banks find it cost-beneficial to enter into offsetting swap
positions in the next period to mitigate interest rate risk caused by
entering into earnings management swaps in the current period. Using
546 bank-year observations from 1995 to 2002, I find that swaps are
used to manage NII. However, I do not find evidence that banks
immediately enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period.
In sum, this research demonstrates that banks exploit the accounting
provided under past and current hedge accounting rules to manage NII.
This NII management opportunity will disappear if the FASB implements
full fair value accounting for financial instruments, as foreshadowed
by FAS No. 133.
What is especially interesting is how Song demonstrates that such
earnings management took place before FAS 133 and is still taking place
after FAS 133 required the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair value
on each reporting date. It is also interesting how earnings
management comes at the price of added risk. Other derivative
positions can be used to reduce the risk, but risks arising from such
earnings management cannot be eliminated.
See Gapping and Immunization
See interest rate swap and hedge
Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
Effectiveness =
see ineffectiveness.
Embedded
Derivatives =
portions of contracts that meet the
definition of a derivative when the entire nonderivative contract cannot be considered a
financial instruments derivative. Types of embedded derivative instruments are often
indexed debt and investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts,
equity indexed contracts, and inflation
indexed contracts. Embedded derivatives are discussed in FAS 133, pp. 7-9,
Paragraphs 12-16. Embedded derivatives such as commodity indexed and equity indexed
contracts and convertible debt require separation of the derivative from the host contract
in FAS 133 accounting. In contrast, credit indexed and inflation indexed embedded
derivatives are not separable from the host contract. Also see FAS 133
Paragraphs 51,
60, 61, 176-178, and 293-311. The overall contract is sometimes referred to as a
"hybrid" that contains one or more embedded derivatives. Embedded
derivatives within embedded derivatives generally meet the closely-and-clearly related test and cannot be accounted
for as separate derivatives. The concept of "closely related is
also discussed in IAS 39: paragraph 23a. Rules for
accounting for the host contract after an embedded derivative has be
bifurcated are discussed in SFAS Paragraph
16). If an embedded derivative should bifurcated but the firm cannot
do so for some reason, SFAS 16 requires that the entire contract be treated as
a trading security that is adjusted to fair value at least quarterly with
changes and fair value being charged to current earnings rather than OCI.
See FAS 133 Paragraph 16 and IAS Paragraph 26.
Paragraph 10 notes that
interest only strips and principal only strips are
not subject to FAS 133 accounting rules under conditions noted in Paragraph 14. In
Paragraph 15, it is noted that embedded foreign currency derivatives "shall not
be separated from the host contract and considered a derivative instrument."
Prepayment options on mortgage loans also do not qualify for accounting under FAS 133
according to Paragraph 293 on Page 146. See compound
derivative and embedded option.
An example is a leveraged gold note that has the amount of
note's principal vary with the price of gold. This type of note can be viewed as
containing a series of embedded commodity (gold) option contracts. These options can
separated out and accounted for as derivatives apart from the host contract under
Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 under the assumption that the price of gold is not
"clearly-and-closely related" to interest
rates.
An equity-linked bear note is another example of a note
with a series of embedded options that can be accounted for as separate derivative
instruments under Paragraph 12 of FAS 133. For example, suppose has 5% coupon bonds
that increase interest rates at certain levels of movement up or down of an index such the
S&P stock price index. The embedded condition that interest rates may move up
based upon an index can qualify as an embedded derivative that can be separated according
to Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 provided the derivative is not clearly-and-closely related. The S&P
index is an equity index that is not clearly-and-closely reated, whereas an interest rate
index such a LIBOR is a clearly-and-closely related index. The host contract (hedged
item) must be an asset or liability that is not itself a derivative instrument.
In this example, the bonds are not derivatives, and the embedded derivatives can be
separated from the host contract under FAS 133 rules. See equity-indexed.
Derivatives cannot be
embedded in other derivatives according to Paragraph 12c on the top of Page 8 of
FAS 133.. For example, an index-amortizing interest rate
swap cannot usually be accounted for as a derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133
under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when it is a derivative embedded in another
derivative. Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional
of $10 million. If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8
million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this
index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.
KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is
embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing
Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the
Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded
derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a
nonderivative instrument.
One of the major sources of difference between
FAS 133 and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives. There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed
in IAS 39 Paragraphs 23b and 23c; Also see FAS 133
Paragraphs 12b and 12c.
In summary, bifurcation under FAS 133 is required in the following
examples:
-
Call/Put Debt Option --- If options alter maturity dates, they are clearly and closely related to a debt
instrument that requires principal repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a
substantial premium or discount and (2) the put/call option is only contingently
exercisable. See FAS 133 Paragraph 61d. An example is given
in FAS 133 Paragraph 186. Also see IAS 39 Paragraph
24g.
-
Put/Call Equity Option on Host Equity Instrument --- A put option should
abe separated from the host contract by the issuer of the equity instrument except in
those cases in which the put option is not considered to be a derivative instrument
pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 11(a), because it is classified in stockholders' equity. A call
option embedded in the related equity instrument would not be separated from the host
contract by the issuer, but would be otherwise for the holder of the related equity
instrument
See FAS 133 Paragraphs 11a and 61b; IAS 39 Paragraphs 11a, 24a, and
25b.
-
Equity-indexed interest payments --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 61h and an
example given in SFAS Paragraph 185. Also see IAS Paragraph 24d.
-
Option to Extend Debt Maturity --- Variable annuity instruments are generally not subject to
FAS 133 accounting rules except for specific components such as equity-index-based interest
annuity and accumulation period payments discussed in Paragraph 200. Also see IAS Paragraph 24c.
-
Credit-linked Debt --- These are not be separated from the host contract for debt instruments that have the interest
rate reset in the event of (1) default, (2) a change in the debtor's published credit
rating, or (3) a change in the debtor's creditworthiness indicated by a change in its
spread over Treasury bond See Paragraph 61c of FAS 133. An example is
given in SFAS Paragraph 190.. Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24h.
-
Equity Conversion Feature --- If an option is indexed to the issuer's own stock,
a separate instrument with the same terms would be classified in stockholders' equity
in the statement of financial position, so that the written option is not considered a
derivative instrument. See FAS 133 Paragraph 11a. If a debt
instrument is convertible into a shares of the debtor's common equity stock or another
company's common stock, the conversion option must be separated from the
debt host contract. That accounting applies only to the holder if the debt is
convertible to the debtor's common stock. See FAS 133 Paragraph 61k.
An example is provided in Paragraph 199 of FAS 133. Also see IAS 39
Paragraph 24f.
-
Commodity-linked Notes --- A commodity-related derivative embedded in a commodity-indexed
debt instrument must be separated from the a host contract under FAS 133 Paragraph 61i. Examples are given in
FAS 133 Paragraphs 187
and 188. Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24e.
Bifurcation under FAS 133 is not allowed in the following
examples:
-
Loan Prepayment Options --- these are not bifurcated. See
Paragraphs 14, 189, and 198 of FAS 133 and Paragraph 25e of IAS 39.
This also included prepayment options embedded in interest-only strips or
principal-only strips that (1) initially resulted from separating the right to receive
contractual cash flows of a financial instrument that, in and of itself, did not contain
an embedded derivative and that (2) does not contain any terms not present in the original
host debt contract (IAS Paragraph 25f)
-
Contingent rentals --- these are not bifurcated. Examples include
Contingent rentals based upon variable interest rates (FAS 133 Paragraph
68j), related sales, inflation bonds (FAS 133 Paragraph 191). There
also is no bifurcation of a lease payment in foreign currency (FAS 133
Paragraph 196), although the derivative should be separated if the lease payments are specified in a currency
unrelated to each party's functional currency. Also see (FAS 133
Paragraph 197). Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25g.
-
Embedded Cap/Floor --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 183 for reasons why
embedded caps and floors are not bifurcated. See IAS Paragraph
25b.
-
Indexed amortizing note --- See Paragraph 194 in FAS 133. Also
see IAS 39 Paragraph 25h.
-
Inverse Floater --- See Paragraphs 178 and 179 of FAS 133.
Birfurcation depends upon certain circumstances. Inverse
floaters are separated if the embedded derivative could potentially result in the investor's
not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment. In addition,
Levered inverse floaters must be separated if there is a possibility of the embedded derivative
increasing the investor's rate of return on the host contract to an amount that is at
least double the initial rate of return on the host contract. Also see
IAS 39 Paragraph 25a.
-
Some Foreign Currency Embedded Derivatives --- Dual Currency Bond
(FAS 133 Paragraph 194) and
Short-Term Loan with a Foreign Currency Option (FAS 133 Paragraph 195) if both the principal payment and the interest payments on the
loan had been payable only in a fixed amount of a specified foreign currency, in which
case remeasurement will be done according to SFAS 52 (refer to paragraph 194).
However, foreign currency options not clearly and closely related to issuing a loan should
be separated (refer to FAS 133 Paragraph 195.) Also see IAS 39
Paragraph 25c.
|
|
Nothing the FASB has issued with respect to derivatives
makes much sense unless you go outside the FASB literature for basic
terminology, most of which is borrowed from finance. A hybrid instrument
is financial instrument that possesses, in varying combinations,
characteristics of forward contracts, futures contracts, option
contracts, debt instruments, bank depository interests, and other
interests. The host contract may not be a derivative contract but may
have embedded derivatives. See the definition of embedded derivative at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#EmbeddedDerivatives
The problem is that the value of the hybrid (which may be a market
price or transaction price) is often difficult to bifurcate into
component values when the components themselves are not traded on the
market on their own. An excellent paper on how to value some bifurcated
components is provided in "Implementation of an Option
Pricing-Based Bond Valuation Model for Corporate Debt and Its
Components," by M.E. Barth, W.R. Landsman, and R.J. Rendleman, Jr.,
Accounting Horizons, December 2000, pp. 455-480.
Some firms contend that the major problem they are having in
implementing FAS 133 or IAS 39 lies in having to review virtually every
financial instrument in search of embedded derivatives and then trying
to resolve whether bifurcation is required or not required. Many of the
embedded derivatives are so "closely related" that bifurcation
is not required. See "closely related" in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm
Also listen to executives and analysts discuss the bifurcation
problem in http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm
Detecting derivatives and embedded derivatives to
account for worldwide (bifurcation)
Bob Jensen
May 6, 2002 message from George Lan
I am trying to read the FASB draft (Questions
and Answers Related to Derivative Financial Instruments Held or
Entered into by a Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity (SPE))
and got stumped right at the beginning. Perhaps someone on the list
can clarify these sentences for me: "Under FASB 133, hybrid
instruments that must be bifurcated contain two components for
accounting purpose-- a derivative financial instrument and a
nonderivative host contract....Hybrid instruments that are not
bifurcated ... are not considered to be derivative instruments."
I am familiar with split accounting (methods of splitting the
financial instrument into its bond and equity components, e.g) and
with most of the common derivative contracts such as futures,
forwards, options, swaps but am ignorant about hybrid instruments and
why they must be or do not have to be bifurcated and would certainly
appreciate some examples and assistance from AECMers.
I am also a little familiar with much of the
derivative jargon, but expressions like "the floor
purchased..." could perhaps be clarified to make the draft easier
to read and understand by a wider audience.
Just a couple of thoughts,
George Lan
University of Windsor
|
DIG Issue B1 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
An entity (Company A) issues a 5-year "debt" instrument
with a principal amount of $1,000,000 indexed to the stock of an
unrelated publicly traded entity (Company B). At maturity, the holder
of the instrument will receive the principal amount plus any
appreciation or minus any depreciation in the fair value of 10,000
shares of Company B, with changes in fair value measured from the
issuance date of the debt instrument. No separate interest payments
are made. The market price of Company B shares to which the debt
instrument is indexed is $100 per share at the issuance date. The
instrument is not itself a derivative because it requires an initial
net investment equal to the notional amount; however, what is the host
contract and what is the embedded derivative comprising the hybrid
instrument?
RESPONSE
The host contract is a debt instrument because the instrument has a
stated maturity and because the holder has none of the rights of a
shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and receive
distributions to shareholders. The embedded derivative is an
equity-based derivative that has as its underlying the fair value of
the stock of Company B. Paragraph 60 states:
...most commonly a financial instrument host contract will not
embody a claim to the residual interest in an entity and, thus, the
economic characteristics and risks of the host contract should be
considered that of a debt instrument. For example, even though the
overall hybrid instrument that provides for repayment of principal may
include a return based on the market price...of XYZ Corporation common
stock, the host contract does not involve any existing or potential
residual interest rights (that is, rights of ownership) and thus would
not be an equity instrument. The host contract would instead be
considered a debt instrument, and the embedded derivative that
incorporates the equity-based return would not be clearly and closely
related to the host contract. Unless the hybrid instrument is
remeasured at fair value with changes in value recorded in earnings as
they occur, the embedded derivative must be separated from the host
contract. As a result of the host instrument being a debt instrument
and the embedded derivative having an equity-based return, the
embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host
contract and must be separated from the host contract and accounted
for as a derivative by both the issuer and the holder of the hybrid
instrument. |
DIG Issue B2 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
An investor purchases for $10,000,000 a structured note with a face
amount of $10,000,000, a coupon of 8.9 percent, and a term of 10
years. The current market rate for 10-year debt is 7 percent given the
single-A credit quality of the issuer. The terms of the structured
note require that if the interest rate for single-A rated debt has
increased to at least 10 percent at the end of 2 years, the coupon on
the note is reduced to zero, and the investor must purchase from the
issuer for $10,000,000 an additional note with a face amount of
$10,000,000, a zero coupon, and a term of 3.5 years. How does the
criterion in paragraph 13(a) apply to that structured note? Does the
structured note contain an embedded derivative that must be accounted
for separately?
RESPONSE
The structured note contains an embedded derivative that must be
accounted for separately. The requirement that, if interest rates
increase and the derivative is triggered, the investor must purchase
the second $10,000,000 note for an amount in excess of its fair value
(which is about $7,100,000 based on a 10 percent interest rate)
generates a result that is economically equivalent to requiring the
investor to make a cash payment to the issuer for the amount of the
excess. As a result, the cash flows on the original structured note
and the excess purchase price on the second note must be considered in
concert. The cash inflows ($10,000,000 principal and $1,780,000
interest) that will be received by the investor on the original note
must be reduced by the amount ($2,900,000) by which the purchase price
of the second note is in excess of its fair value, resulting in a net
cash inflow ($8,880,000) that is not substantially all of the investor’s
initial net investment on the original note.
As described in paragraph 13(a) of Statement 133, an embedded
derivative in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest
rate index and a host contract that is a debt instrument are
considered to be clearly and closely related unless the hybrid
instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the
investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded
investment. Paragraph 61(a)(1) clarifies that this test would be
conducted by comparing the investor’s undiscounted net cash inflows
over the life of the instrument to the initial recorded investment in
the hybrid instrument. As demonstrated by the scenario above, if a
derivative requires an asset to be purchased for an amount that
exceeds its fair value, the amount of the excess — and not the cash
flows related to the purchased asset — must be considered when
analyzing whether the hybrid instrument can contractually be settled
in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of
its initial recorded investment under paragraph 13(a). Whether that
purchased asset is a financial asset or a nonfinancial asset (such as
gold) is not relevant to the treatment of the excess purchase price.
It is noted that requiring the investor to make a cash payment to
the issuer is also economically equivalent to reducing the principal
on the note. The note described in the question above could have been
structured to include terms requiring that the principal of the note
be substantially reduced and the coupon reduced to zero if the
interest rate for single-A rated debt increased to at least 10 percent
at the end of 2 years. That alternative structure would clearly have
required that the embedded derivative be accounted for separately,
because that embedded derivative’s existence would have resulted in
the possibility that the hybrid instrument could contractually be
settled in such a way that the investor would not recover
substantially all of its initial recorded investment. |
DIG Issue B3 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Should an investor (creditor) account separately for a put or call
option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party
contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of the debt
instrument?
BACKGROUND
The last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) states, "In certain
unusual situations, a put or call option may have been subsequently
added to a debt instrument in a manner that causes the investor
(creditor) to be exposed to performance risk (default risk) by
different parties for the embedded option and the host debt
instrument, respectively. In those unusual situations, the embedded
option and the host debt instrument are not clearly and closely
related." The references to the "embedded" option in
the previous sentences refer to the added option.
Example 1 presents a transaction that involves the addition of a
call option contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of
debt. Example 2 presents a group of transactions with a similar
overall effect.
Example 1 Company X issues 15-year puttable bonds to an Investment
Banker for $102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five
years. Contemporaneously, the Investment Banker sells the bonds with
an attached call option to Investor A for $100. (The call option is a
written option from the perspective of Investor A and a purchased
option from the perspective of the Investment Banker.) The Investment
Banker also sells to Investor B for $3 the call option purchased from
Investor A on those bonds. The call option has an exercise date that
is the same as the exercise date on the embedded put option. At the
end of five years, if interest rates increase, Investor A would
presumably put the bonds back to Company X, the issuer. If interest
rates decrease, Investor B would presumably call the bonds from
Investor A.
Example 2 Company Y issues 15-year puttable bonds to Investor A for
$102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five years.
Contemporaneously, Company Y purchases a transferable call option on
the bonds from Investor A for $2. Company Y immediately sells that
call option to Investor B for $3. The call option has an exercise date
that is the same as the exercise date of the embedded put option. At
the end of five years, if rates increase, Investor A would presumably
put the bonds back to Company Y, the issuer. If rates decrease,
Investor B would presumably call the bonds from Investor A.
RESPONSE
Yes. A put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a
third party contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of
the debt instrument should be separately accounted for as a derivative
under Statement 133 by the investor (that is, by the creditor); it
must be reported at fair value with changes in value recognized
currently in earnings unless designated in a qualifying hedging
relationship as a hedging instrument. As a result, in Example 1 above,
the call option that is attached by the Investment Banker is a
separate derivative from the perspective of Investor A. Similarly, the
call option described in Example 2 is a separate freestanding
derivative that also must be reported at fair value with changes in
value recognized currently in earnings unless designated as a hedging
instrument.
The discussion in the last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) that
refers to a put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a
third party subsequent to its issuance incorrectly uses the phrase
embedded option in referring to that option. An option that is added
or attached to an existing debt instrument by another party results in
the investor having different counterparties for the option and the
debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered an
embedded derivative. The notion of an embedded derivative in a hybrid
instrument refers to provisions incorporated into a single contract,
and not to provisions in separate contracts between different
counterparties. Consequently, such added or attached options should
not have been discussed in paragraph 61, which discusses only embedded
derivatives. (When the Board next considers a "technical
corrections" amendment of the accounting literature, the staff
plans to recommend deletion of the last two sentences of paragraph
61(d).) |
DIG Issue B4 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Two entities enter into a long-term service contract whereby one
entity (A) agrees to provide a service to the other entity (B), at
market rates over a three-year period. Entity B forecasts it will pay
1,000 kroner to Entity A at the end of the three-year period for all
services rendered under the contract. Entity A's functional currency
is the kroner and Entity B's is the U.S. dollar. In addition to
providing the terms under which the service will be provided, the
contract includes a foreign currency exchange provision. The provision
requires that over the term of the contract, Entity B will pay or
receive an amount equal to the fluctuation in the exchange rate of the
U.S. dollar and the kroner applied to a notional amount of 100,000
kroner (that is, if the U.S. dollar appreciates versus the kroner,
Entity B will pay the appreciation, and if the U.S. dollar depreciates
versus the kroner, Entity B will receive the depreciation). The host
contract is not a derivative and will not be recorded in the financial
statements at market value. For the purpose of applying paragraph 15,
is the embedded foreign currency derivative considered to be clearly
and closely related to the terms of the service contract?
BACKGROUND
Paragraph 12 of Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative
instrument be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a
derivative instrument pursuant to the Statement if certain criteria
are met. Paragraph 15 provides that an embedded foreign currency
derivative instrument is not to be separated from the host contract
and considered a derivative pursuant to paragraph 12 if the host
contract is not a financial instrument and specifies payments
denominated in either of the following currencies:
The currency of the primary economic environment in which any
substantial party to the contract operates (that is, its functional
currency)
The currency in which the price of the related good or service is
routinely denominated in international commerce.
Paragraph 15 provides the exclusion to paragraph 12 on the basis
that if a host contract is not a financial instrument and it is
denominated in one of the two aforementioned currencies, then the
embedded foreign currency derivative is considered to be clearly and
closely related to the terms of the service contract.
RESPONSE
No, the embedded foreign currency derivative instrument should be
separated from the host and considered a derivative instrument under
paragraph 12.
In paragraph 311, "[t]he Board decided that it was important
that the payments be denominated in the functional currency of at
least one substantial party to the transaction to ensure that the
foreign currency is integral to the arrangement and thus considered to
be clearly and closely related to the terms of the lease." It
follows that the exception provided by paragraph 15 implicitly
requires that the other aspects of the embedded foreign currency
derivative must be clearly and closely related to the host.
In the example discussed above, because the contract is leveraged
by requiring the computation of the payment based on a 100,000 kroner
notional amount, the contract is a hybrid instrument that contains an
embedded derivative — a foreign currency swap with a notional amount
of 99,000 kroner. That embedded derivative is not clearly and closely
related to the host contract and under paragraph 12 of Statement 133
must be recorded separately from the 1,000 kroner contract. Either
party to the contract can designate the bifurcated foreign currency
derivative instrument as a hedging instrument pursuant to Statement
133 if applicable qualifying criteria are met. |
DIG Issue B5 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
If the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require, the
investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes it
not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment,
does the contract satisfy the condition in paragraph 13(a), thereby
causing the embedded derivative to be considered not clearly
and closely related to the host contract?
BACKGROUND
Paragraph 13 of Statement 133 states:
For purposes of applying the provisions of paragraph 12, an
embedded derivative instrument in which the underlying is an interest
rate or interest rate index that alters net interest payments that
otherwise would be paid or received on an interest-bearing host
contract is considered to be clearly and closely related to the host
contract unless either of the following conditions exist:
The hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way
that the investor (holder) would not recover substantially all of its
initial recorded investment.
The embedded derivative could at least double the investor's
initial rate of return on the host contract and could also result in a
rate of return that is at least twice what otherwise would be the
[current] market return for a contract that has the same terms as the
host contract and that involves a debtor with a similar credit
quality. [Footnote omitted.]
Even though the above conditions focus on the investor's rate of
return and the investor's recovery of its investment, the existence of
either of those conditions would result in the embedded derivative
instrument being considered not clearly and closely related to the
host contract by both parties to the hybrid instrument.
Paragraph 61(a) elaborates on the condition in paragraph 13(a) as
follows:
...the embedded derivative contains a provision that (1) permits
any possibility whatsoever that the investor's (or creditor's)
undiscounted net cash inflows over the life of the instrument would
not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment in
the hybrid instrument under its contractual terms.... RESPONSE
No. The condition in paragraph 13(a) does not apply to a situation
in which the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require,
the investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes
it not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded
investment, assuming that the issuer does not have the contractual
right to demand a settlement that causes the investor not to recover
substantially all of its initial recorded investment. Thus, if the
investor in a 10-year note has the contingent option at the end of
year 2 to put it back to the issuer at its then fair value (based on
its original 10-year term), the condition in paragraph 13(a) would not
be met even though the note's fair value could have declined so much
that, by exercising the option, the investor ends up not recovering
substantially all of its initial recorded investment.
The condition in paragraph 13(a) was intended to apply only to
those situations in which the investor (creditor) could be forced by
the terms of a hybrid instrument to accept settlement at an amount
that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its
initial recorded investment. For example, assume the investor
purchased from a single-A-rated issuer for $10 million a structured
note with a $10 million principal, a 9.5 percent interest coupon, and
a term of 10 years at a time when the current market rate for 10-year
single-A-rated debt is 7 percent. Assume further that the terms of the
note require that, at the beginning of the third year of its term, the
principal on the note is reduced to $7.1 million and the coupon
interest rate is reduced to zero for the remaining term to maturity if
interest rates for single-A-rated debt have increased to at least 8
percent by that date. That structured note would meet the condition in
paragraph 13(a) for both the issuer and the investor because the
investor could be forced to accept settlement that causes the investor
not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment.
That is, if increases in the interest rate for single-A-rated debt
triggers the modification of terms, the investor would receive only $9
million, comprising $1.9 million in interest payments for the first 2
years and $7.1 in principal repayment, thus not recovering
substantially all of its $10 million initial net investment. |
DIG Issue B6 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Three methods have been identified for determining the initial
carrying values of the host contract component and the embedded
derivative component of a hybrid instrument:
Estimating the fair value of each individual component of the
hybrid instrument and allocating the basis of the hybrid instrument to
the host instrument and the embedded derivative based on the
proportion of the fair value of each individual component to the
overall fair value of the hybrid (a "relative fair value"
method).
Recording the embedded derivative at fair value and determining the
initial carrying value assigned to the host contract as the difference
between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the
embedded derivative (a "with and without" method based on
the fair value of the embedded derivative).
Recording the host contract at fair value and determining the
carrying value assigned to the embedded derivative as the difference
between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the
host contract (a "with and without" method based on the fair
value of the host contract).
Because the "relative fair value" method (#1 above)
involves an independent estimation of the fair value of each
component, the sum of the fair values of those components may be
greater or less than the initial basis of the hybrid instrument,
resulting in an initial carrying amount for the embedded derivative
that differs from its fair value. Similarly, the "with and
without" method based on the fair value of the host contract (#3
above) may result in an initial carrying amount for the embedded
derivative that differs from its fair value. Therefore, both of those
methods may result in recognition of an immediate gain or loss upon
reporting the embedded derivative at fair value.
RESPONSE
The allocation method that records the embedded derivative at fair
value and determines the initial carrying value assigned to the host
contract as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument
and the fair value of the embedded derivative (#2 above) should be
used to determine the carrying values of the host contract component
and the embedded derivative component of a hybrid instrument when
separate accounting for the embedded derivative is required by
Statement 133.
Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative that must be
separated from its host contract be measured at fair value. As stated
in paragraph 301 of the basis for conclusions, "…the Board
believes that it should be unusual that an entity would conclude that
it cannot reliably separate an embedded derivative from its host
contract." Once the carrying value of the host contract is
established, it would be accounted for under generally accepted
accounting principles applicable to instruments of that type that do
not contain embedded derivatives. Upon separation from the host
contract, the embedded derivative may be designated as a hedging
instrument, if desired, provided it meets the hedge accounting
criteria.
If the host contract component of the hybrid instrument is reported
at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings or
other comprehensive income, then the sum of the fair values of the
host contract component and the embedded derivative should not exceed
the overall fair value of the hybrid instrument. That is consistent
with the requirement of footnote 13 to paragraph 49, which states, in
part:
"For a compound derivative that has a foreign currency
exchange risk component (such as a foreign currency interest rate
swap), an entity is permitted at the date of initial application to
separate the compound derivative into two parts: the foreign currency
derivative and the remaining derivative. Each of them would thereafter
be accounted for at fair value, with an overall limit that the sum of
their fair values could not exceed the fair value of the compound
derivative." (emphasis added.) While footnote 13 to paragraph 49
addresses separation of a compound derivative upon initial application
of Statement 133, the notion that the sum of the fair values of the
components should not exceed the overall fair value of the combined
instrument is also applicable to hybrid instruments containing a
nonderivative host contract and an embedded derivative. However, in
instances where the hybrid instrument is reported at fair value with
changes in fair value recognized in earnings, paragraph 12(b) would
not be met and therefore separation of the embedded derivative from
the host contract would not be permitted. |
DIG Issue B7 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder
Ownership of the Assets
|
DIG Issue B8 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
How does one determine the host contract in a nontraditional
variable annuity contract (a hybrid instrument)?
BACKGROUND
While traditional variable annuity contracts represent the majority
of contracts sold today by life insurance and other enterprises, those
enterprises have also developed a wide range of variable annuity
contracts with nontraditional features. Nontraditional features of
traditional variable annuity contracts result in a sharing of
investment risk between the issuer and the holder. Nontraditional
variable annuity contracts provide for some sort of minimum guarantee
of the account value at a specified date. This minimum guarantee may
be guaranteed through a minimum accumulation benefit or a guaranteed
account value floor. For example, the floor guarantee might be that,
at a specified anniversary date, the contract holder will be credited
with the greater of (1) the account value, as determined by the
separate account assets, or (2) all deposits that are made, plus three
percent interest compounded annually.
While these nontraditional variable annuity contracts have
distinguishing features, they possess a common characteristic: the
investment risk associated with the assets backing the contract is
shared by the issuer and the policyholder. That is, in contrast to
traditional variable annuity contracts, the investment risk is, by
virtue of the nontraditional product features, allocated between the
two parties and not borne entirely by only one of the parties (the
holder in the case of a traditional variable annuity contract).
Paragraphs 12 and 16 of Statement 133 require that, in certain
circumstances, an embedded derivative is to be accounted for
separately from the host contract as a derivative instrument. An
example illustrating the application of paragraph 12 to insurance
contracts is provided in paragraph 200 of Statement 133. Paragraph
200, second bullet point entitled "Investment Component,"
concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract
backed by investments owned by the insurance company is a debt
instrument because ownership of those investments rests with the
insurance company, noting that the investments are recorded in the
general account of the insurance company. The same bullet point
concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract
backed by assets held in the insurance company's separate account is a
direct investment of the policyholder because the policyholder directs
and owns the investments. (Subsequent to the issuance of Statement
133, some have challenged the assertion that the policyholder
"owns" the investments. The propriety of the conclusions
reached in paragraph 200 relating to traditional variable annuities
has been addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B7,
"Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder
Ownership of the Assets.")
RESPONSE
The FASB staff guidance presented in Statement 133 Implementation
Issue B7 indicates that a traditional variable annuity (as described
in that Issue) contains no embedded derivatives that warrant separate
accounting under Statement 133 even though the insurer, rather than
the policyholder, actually owns the assets.
The host contract in a nontraditional variable annuity contract
would be considered the traditional variable annuity that, as
described in Issue B7, does not contain an embedded derivative that
warrants separate accounting. Nontraditional features (such as a
guaranteed investment return through a minimum accumulation benefits
or a guaranteed account value floor) would be considered embedded
derivatives subject to the requirements of Statement 133. Paragraph 12
of Statement 133, states, in part, that:
Contracts that do not in their entirety meet the definition of a
derivative instrument such as … insurance policies… may contain
"embedded" derivative instruments—implicit or explicit
terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of other
exchanges required by the contract in a manner similar to a derivative
instrument. The effect of embedding a derivative instrument in another
type of contract is that some or all of the cash flows or other
exchanges that otherwise would have been required by the contract,
whether unconditional or contingent upon the occurrence of a specified
event, will be modified based on one or more underlyings. [Emphasis
added; reference omitted.] The economic characteristics and risks of
the investment guarantee and those of the traditional variable annuity
contract would typically be considered to be not clearly and closely
related.
In determining the accounting for other seemingly similar
structures, it would be inappropriate to analogize to the above
guidance due to the unique attributes of nontraditional variable
annuity contracts and the fact that the above guidance, which is based
on Issue B7, can be viewed as an exception for nontraditional variable
annuity contracts issued by insurance companies. |
DIG Issue B9 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Are the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded
derivative (market adjusted value prepayment option) in a market value
annuity contract (MVA or the hybrid instrument) clearly and closely
related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host
contract?
BACKGROUND
An MVA accounted for as an investment contract under FASB Statement
No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain
Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the
Sale of Investments, given its lack of significant mortality risk,
provides for a return of principal plus a fixed rate of return if held
to maturity, or alternatively, a "market adjusted value" if
the surrender option is exercised by the contract holder prior to
maturity. The market adjusted value is typically based on current
interest crediting rates being offered for new MVA purchases. As an
example of how the market adjusted value is calculated at any period
end, the formula typically takes the contractual guaranteed amount
payable at the end of the specified term, including the applicable
guaranteed interest, and discounts that future cash flow to its
present value using rates currently being offered for new MVA
purchases with terms equal to the remaining term to maturity of the
existing MVA. As a result, the market value adjustment may be positive
or negative, depending upon market interest rates at each period end.
In a rising interest rate environment, the market adjustment may be
such that less than substantially all principal is recovered upon
surrender.
The following is an example of an annuity with a fixed return if
held for a specified period or market adjusted value if surrendered
early.
Single premium deposit: $100,000 on 12/31/98
Maturity Date: 12/31/07 (9 yr. term)
Guaranteed Fixed Rate: 7%
Fixed Maturity Value: $183,846 ($100,000 @ 7% compounded for 9
yrs.)
Market Value Adjustment Formula: Discount future fixed maturity
value to present value at surrender date using currently offered
market value annuity rate for the period of time left until maturity.
12/31/99 Valuation Date
(1) Fixed rate account value @7%
(2) Market Adjusted Value
3) Market Value Adjustment |
5%
$107,000
124,434
$ 17,434
======== |
9%
$107,000
92,266
$ (14,734)
======== |
RESPONSE
Yes, the embedded derivative (prepayment option) is
clearly and closely related to the host debt contract.
Paragraph 61(d) provides interpretation of the clearly
and closely related criteria as it applies to debt with put options,
noting that:
Call options (or put options) that can accelerate the
repayment of principal on a debt instrument are considered to be clearly
and closely related to a debt instrument that requires principal
repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a substantial premium or
discount (which is common with zero-coupon bonds) and (2) the put or
call option is only contingently exercisable. Thus, if a substantial
premium or discount is not involved, embedded calls and puts (including
contingent call or put options that are not exercisable unless an event
of default occurs) would not be separated from the host contract. The
terms of MVAs do not include either feature. There is no substantial
premium or discount present in these contracts at inception, and the put
option is exercisable at any time by the contract holder (that is, it is
not "contingently exercisable").
Since the embedded derivative has an underlying that is
an interest rate index and the host contract is a debt instrument, the
MVA contract must be analyzed under the criteria in paragraphs 13 and
61(a) as well. Pursuant to the tentative FASB staff guidance presented
in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B5, the condition in paragraph
13(a) was intended to apply only to those situations in which the
investor (creditor) could be forced by the terms of a hybrid instrument
to accept settlement at an amount that causes the investor not to
recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. That is,
because the investor always has the option to hold the MVA contract to
maturity and receive the fixed rate and the insurance company cannot
force the investor to surrender, the condition in paragraph 13(a) would
not be met (that is, the insurance company does not have the contractual
right to demand surrender and put the investor in a situation of not
recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment). The
condition in paragraph 13(b) also would not be met in a typical MVA
contract, since there is no leverage feature that would result in twice
the initial and current market rate of return.
Because the criteria in paragraphs 13, 61(a), and 61(d)
are not met, the prepayment option is considered clearly and closely
related to the host debt instrument.
As the above examples demonstrate, the prepayment option
enables the holder simply to cash out of the instrument at fair value at
the surrender date. The prepayment option provides only liquidity to the
holder. The holder receives only the market adjusted value, which is
equal to the fair value of the investment contract at the surrender
date. As such, the prepayment option (the embedded derivative) has a
fair value of zero at all times. |
DIG Issue B10 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Embedded Derivatives: Equity-Indexed Life
Insurance Contracts
|
DIG Issue B11 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Embedded Derivatives: Volumetric Production Payments
|
DIG Issue B12 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Embedded Derivatives in Certificates Issued by Qualifying
Special-Purpose Entities
|
DIG Issue B13 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Embedded Derivatives: Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds
|
DIG Issue B14 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Purchase
Contracts with a Selling Price Subject to a Cap and a Floor
(Released 11/99)
|
DIG Issue B15--- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Separate
Accounting for Multiple Derivative Features Embedded in a Single Hybrid
Instrument
(Released 11/99)
|
DIG Issue B16 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Calls
and Puts in Debt Instruments
(Released 11/99)
|
DIG Issue K2 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature
that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus
is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer
of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor),
should the option be considered under Statement 133 as an attached
freestanding option or an embedded option by the writer and the
holder of the option?
BACKGROUND
Certain structured transactions involving the issuance of a
bond incorporate transferable options to call or put the bond. As
such, those options are potentially exercisable by a party other
than the debtor or the investor. For example, certain "put
bond" structures involving three separate parties - the
debtor, the investor, and an investment bank - may incorporate
options that are ultimately held by the investment bank, giving
that party the right to call the bond from the investor. Several
put bond structures involving options that are exercisable by a
party other than the debtor or investor are described in Statement
133 Implementation Issue No. B13, "Accounting for
Remarketable Put Bonds."
RESPONSE
If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature
that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus
is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer
of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor),
that option should be considered under Statement 133 as an
attached freestanding derivative instrument, rather than an
embedded derivative, by both the writer and the holder of the
option.
For example, a call option that is either transferable by the
debtor to a third party and thus is potentially exercisable by a
party other than the debtor or the original investor based on the
legal agreements governing the debt issuance can result in the
investor having different counterparties for the option and the
original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated into
the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not
be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the
investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively
sold to a third party. The notion of an embedded derivative, as
discussed in paragraph 12, does not contemplate features that may
be sold or traded separately from the contract in which those
rights and obligations are embedded. Assuming they meet Statement
133’s definition of a derivative, such features must be
considered attached freestanding derivatives rather than embedded
derivatives by both the writer and the current holder.
In addition, Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B3,
"Investor’s Accounting for a Put or Call Option Attached to
a Debt Instrument Contemporaneously with or Subsequent to Its
Issuance," require that an option that is added or attached
to an existing debt instrument by a third party also results in
the investor having different counterparties for the option and
the debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered
an embedded derivative.
An attached freestanding derivative is not an embedded
derivative subject to grandfathering under the transition
provisions of Statement 133. |
Embedded Option =
an option that is an inseparable part of another
instrument. Most embedded options are conversion features granted to the buyer or early
termination options reserved by the issuer of a security. A call provision of a bond or
note that contractually allows for early extinguishment is an example of an embedded
option. See embedded derivatives and option.
Convertible debt can be viewed as a debt instrument with a call option on equity securities of the
issuer. Interest rates on that option are not clearly-and-closely
related. Hence, the embedded option might be accounted for separately under
Paragraph 6 on Page 3 of FAS 133.
DIG Issue K3 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Should the combinations of purchased and written options described
below be considered for accounting purposes as two separate option
contracts or as a single forward contract:
An embedded (non-transferable) purchased call (put) option and an
embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option executed
contemporaneously with the same counterparty as part of a single
hybrid instrument?
A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or
embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are
executed contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception but
where the purchased option may be transferred?
A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or
embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are
executed contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception?
For the purposes of this question, in all cases, the purchased and
written options have the same terms (strike price, notional amount,
and exercise date) and the same underlying, and neither of the two
options is required to be exercised. The notion of the "same
counterparty" encompasses contracts entered into directly with a
single counterparty and contracts entered into with a single party
that are structured through an intermediary. In addition, consistent
with the conclusion in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. K2,
"Are Transferable Options Freestanding or Embedded?", an
option incorporated into the terms of a hybrid instrument at inception
that is explicitly transferable should be considered a freestanding,
rather than an embedded, derivative instrument.
RESPONSE
This section provides separate responses for each of the
combinations of options in the Question section.
A combination of an embedded (non-transferable) purchased call
(put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) written put (call)
option in a single hybrid instrument that have the same terms (strike
price, notional amount, and exercise date) and same underlying and
that are entered into contemporaneously with the same counterparty,
should be considered for accounting purposes as a single forward
contract by both parties to the contracts. Those embedded options are
in substance an embedded forward contract because they (a) convey
rights (to the holder) and obligations (to the writer) that are
equivalent from an economic and risk perspective to an embedded
forward contract and (b) cannot be separated from the hybrid
instrument in which they are embedded. Even though neither party is
required to exercise its purchased option, the result of the overall
structure is a hybrid instrument that will likely be redeemed at a
point earlier than its stated maturity. That result is expected by
both the hybrid instrument’s issuer and investor regardless of
whether the embedded feature that triggers the redemption is in the
form of two separate options or a single forward contract. (However,
if either party is required to exercise its purchased
"option" prior to the stated maturity date of the hybrid
instrument, the hybrid instrument should not be viewed for accounting
purposes as containing one or more embedded derivatives. In substance,
the debtor (issuer) and creditor (investor) have agreed to terms that
accelerate the stated maturity of the instrument and the exercise date
of the "option" is essentially the hybrid’s actual
maturity date. As a result, it is inappropriate to characterize the
hybrid instrument as containing two embedded option contracts that are
exercisable only on the actual maturity date or as containing an
embedded forward contract that is a combination of an embedded
purchased call (put) and a written put (call) with the same terms.)
Embedded options in a hybrid instrument that are required to be
considered a single forward contract for accounting purposes as a
result of the guidance contained herein may not be designated
individually as hedged items in a fair value hedge in which the
hedging instrument is a separate, unrelated freestanding option.
Statement 133 does not permit a component of a derivative to be
designated as the hedged item.
A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a
freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option
that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into
contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception should be
considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts,
rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the
contracts. Derivatives that are transferable are, by their nature,
separate and distinct contracts. That is consistent with the
conclusion in Issue K2 which states: "…a call option that is
either transferable by the debtor to a third party or that is deemed
to be exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the original
investor based on the legal agreements governing the debt issuance can
result in the investor having different counterparties for the option
and the original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated
into the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not
be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the
investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively
sold to a third party…."
A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a
freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option
that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into
contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception should be
considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts,
rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the
contracts. Similarly, a combination of a freestanding written call
(put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) purchased put (call)
option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered
into contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception
should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option
contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to
the contracts. Separate purchased and written options with the same
terms but that involve different counterparties convey rights and
obligations that are distinct and do not warrant bundling as a single
forward contract for accounting purposes under Statement 133. |
Also see compound
derivative.
Equity-Indexed
Embedded Derivative =
a contract with payments derived from a common stock price
index such as the Dow Industrial Price Index or
the Standard and Poors 500 Index. For example,when a note's interest payments
has an embedded derivative (e.g., a common stock price option on a particular stock or a
stock index) pegged to equity prices, the embedded portion must be separated from the host
contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61h on Pages 42-43 of
FAS 133. This makes equity indexed derivative
accounting different than credit indexed and inflation indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract. In this regard,
credit-indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like commodity-indexed accounting. An illustration is provided beginning in Paragraph 185 on Page 97 of FAS 133. Also see Paragraph 250 on Page 133 of
FAS 133. FAS 133 does not cover
derivatives in which the equity index is tied only to the firm's on common stock according
to Paragraph 11a beginning on Page 6 of FAS 133. Also see index-amortizing, derivative
financial instrument and embedded derivative.
See DIG Issue B10 under embedded
derivatives.
Equity-Linked Bear Note = see embedded derivatives.
Equity Method =
a naughty word for hedge accounting under
FAS 133.
See Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133. Risks of cash
flows, fair value and foreign
currency cannot be hedged for securities accounted for under the equity method under
SFAS 115 except under confusing net investment hedges discussed below. For equity
method accounting, ownership must constitute at least 20% of the outstanding voting
(equity) shares of the security in question. Under the equity method the investment is
adjusted for the owner's share of net earnings irrespective of cash dividends. Since
dividends do not affect earnings, the FASB does not allow cash flow hedges of forecasted
dividends under equity method accounting.
Cash flow hedges must have the possibility
of affecting net earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133
bans
foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary. The
reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.
Not allowing equity method investments to be hedged items
is controversial. The FASB defends its decision in Paragraph
455 beginning on Page 200 of FAS 133. This reads as follows:
The Board
decided to retain the prohibition in the Exposure Draft from designating an investment
accounted for by the equity method as a hedged item to avoid conflicts with the existing
accounting requirements for that item. Providing fair value hedge accounting for an equity
method investment conflicts with the notion underlying APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity
Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Opinion 18 requires an investor
in common stock and corporate joint ventures to apply the equity method of accounting when
the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and
financial policies of the investee. Under the equity method of accounting, the investor
generally records its share of the investees earnings or losses from its investment.
It does not account for changes in the price of the common stock, which would become part
of the basis of an equity method investment under fair value hedge accounting. Changes in
the earnings of an equity method investee presumably would affect the fair value of its
common stock. Applying fair value hedge accounting to an equity method investment thus
could result in some amount of double counting of the investors share of the
investees earnings. The Board believes that result would be inappropriate. In
addition to those conceptual issues, the Board was concerned that it would be difficult to
develop a method of implementing fair value hedge accounting, including measuring hedge
ineffectiveness, for equity method investments and that the results of any method would be
difficult to understand. For similar reasons, this Statement also prohibits fair value
hedge accounting for an unrecognized firm commitment to acquire or dispose of an
investment accounted for by the equity method.
Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 is
probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging
under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. The gain or
loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part
of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208
of FAS 133:
The net investment in a foreign
operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not
meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of
similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's
investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in
a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided,
however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that
area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items,
hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly
permitted by the authoritative literature.
For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument,
the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change. Section 4(c) of
Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to
permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a
derivative. For more detail see foreign
currency hedge.
Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:
.A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
These Section c(4) confusions in
Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36
reads as follows:
The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1)
requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency
transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated
receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash
flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable
to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in
earnings. Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted
acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign
currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign
currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or
liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what
would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative
instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a
hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has
entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it
acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.
Exposed
Net Asset Position =
the excess of assets that are measured or denominated in
foreign currency and translated at the current rate over liabilities that are measured or
denominated in foreign currency and translated at the current rate.
Exposure Draft 162-B =
a part of history in the Financial Accounting
Standards Board leading up to FAS 133. See the Background Information section in
FAS 133, pp. 119-127, Paragraphs 206-231. Especially note Paragraphs 214, 360-384, and
422-194. See FAS 133.
F-Terms
Fair Value =
the estimated best disposal (exit, liquidation)
value in any sale other than a forced sale. It is defined as follows in Paragraph
540 on Page 243 of FAS 133:
The amount at which an asset
(liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold (settled) in a current transaction between
willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices
in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and should be used as the basis for
the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is
the product of the number of trading units times that market price. If a quoted market
price is not available, the estimate of fair value should be based on the best information
available in the circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for
similar assets or similar liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the
extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the
present value of estimated expected future cash flows using discount rates commensurate
with the risks involved, option- pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread
models, and fundamental analysis. Valuation techniques for measuring assets and
liabilities should be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those
techniques should incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their
estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about
interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility. In measuring forward contracts, such
as foreign currency forward contracts, at fair value by discounting estimated future cash
flows, an entity should base the estimate of future cash flows on the changes in the
forward rate (rather than the spot rate). In measuring financial liabilities and
nonfinancial derivatives that are liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated
future cash flows (or equivalent outflows of other assets), an objective is to use
discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's-length transaction.
This is
old news, but it does provide some questions for students to ponder.
The main problem of fair value adjustment is that many ((most?) of the
adjustments cause enormous fluctuations in earnings, assets, and liabilities
that are washed out over time and never realized. The
main advantage is that interim impacts that “might be” realized are
booked. It’s a war between
“might be” versus “might never.” The
war has been waging for over a century with respect to booked assets and two
decades with respect to unbooked derivative instruments, contingencies, and
intangibles.
As you
can see below, the war is not over yet. In
fact it has intensified between corporations (especially banks) versus
standard setters versus members of the academy.
From The Wall Street Journal
Accounting Educators' Review on April 2, 2004
TITLE: As IASB Unveils New Rules,
Dispute With EU Continues
REPORTER: David Reilly
DATE: Mar 31, 2004
PAGE: A2 LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108067939682469331,00.html
TOPICS: Generally accepted accounting principles, Fair Value Accounting, Insider
trading, International Accounting, International Accounting Standards Board
SUMMARY: Despite controversy with the
European Union (EU), the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) is
expected to release a final set of international accounting standards. Questions
focus on the role of the IASB, controversy with the EU, and harmonization of the
accounting standards.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What is the role of the IASB? What authority does the IASB have to enforce
standards?
2.) List three reasons that a country
would choose to follow IASB accounting standards. Why has the U.S. not adopted
IASB accounting standards?
3.) Discuss the advantages and
disadvantages of harmonization of accounting standards throughout the world. Why
is it important the IASB reach a resolution with the EU over the disputed
accounting standards?
4.) What is fair value accounting? Why
would fair value accounting make financial statements more volatile? Is
increased volatility a valid argument for not adopting fair value accounting?
Does GAAP in the United States require fair value accounting? Support your
answers.
There are a number of software vendors of FAS 133 valuation
software.
One of the major companies is Financial CAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/
FinancialCAD provides software and services that
support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and
derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset
management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are
a key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000
professionals in 60 countries.
See software.
What are the
advantages and disadvantages of requiring fair value accounting for all
financial instruments as well as derivative financial instruments?
Advantages:
- Eliminate
arbitrary FAS 115 classifications that can be used by management to
manipulate earnings (which is what Freddie Mac did in 2001 and 1002.
- Reduce problems
of applying FAS 133 in hedge accounting where hedge accounting is now
allowed only when the hedged item is maintained at historical cost.
- Provide a
better snap shot of values and risks at each point in time.
For example, banks now resist fair value accounting because they do
not want to show how investment securities have dropped in value.
Disdvantages:
- Combines fact
and fiction in the sense that unrealized gains and losses due to fair
value adjustments are combined with “real” gains and losses from cash
transactions. Many, if not
most, of the unrealized gains and losses will never be realized in cash.
These are transitory fluctuations that move up and down with
transitory markets. For
example, the value of a $1,000 fixed-rate bond moves up and down with
interest rates when at expiration it will return the $1,000 no matter how
interest rates fluctuated over the life of the bond.
- Sometimes
difficult to value, especially OTC securities.
- Creates
enormous swings in reported earnings and balance sheet values.
"Derivatives
and hedging: An Analyst's Response to US FAS 133," by Frank Will, Corporate
Finance Magazine, June 2002, http://www.corporatefinancemag.com/pdf/122341.pdf
However,
FAS 133 still needs further clarification and improvement as the example of
Fannie Mae shows. Analysts focus more on the economic value of a company
and less on unrealised gains and losses. Much of the FAS 133 volatility in
earnings and in equity does not consistently reflect the economic situation.
This makes it difficult to interpret the figures. Therefore, analysts
welcome the decision of some companies voluntarily to disclose a separate set of
figures excluding the effect of FAS 133.
For
more on Frank Will's analysis of FAS 133, Fair Value Accounting, and Fannie
Mae, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory.htm
Those
threads dealing with fair value are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm
From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/IASBFairValueFAQ.pdf
- Why did the Commission
carve out the full fair value option in the original
IAS 39 standard?
- Do prudential supervisors
support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
- When will the Commission
to adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
- Will companies be able to
apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial
statements?
- Does the amended standard
for IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
- What about the
relationship between the fair valuation of own
liabilities under the amended IAS 39 FVO standard
and under Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Law
Directive?
- Will the Commission now
propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company
Directive?
- What about the remaining
IAS 39 carve-out relating to certain
|
|
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) requires estimation
of fair value for many types of financial instruments, including derivative financial
instruments. The main guidelines are spelled out in SFAS 107 and FAS 133 Appendix F Paragraph 540. If a range is estimated for either the amount or the timing of possible cash flows, the
likelihood of possible outcomes shall be considered in determining the best estimate of
future cash flows according to FAS 133 Paragraph 17.
For
related matters under international standards, see IAS 39 Paragraphs 1,5,6,
95-100, and 165. According to the FASB,
fair value is the amount at which an asset (liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold
(settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a
forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence
of fair value and should be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a
quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading
units times that market price. There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in
IAS
39 Paragraph 23c and FAS 133 Paragraph 12b.
There are
also exceptions where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of
unlisted equity securities (see IAS 39 Paragraphs 69, 93, and
95).
If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather
than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS
115. Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to
fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings.
Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the
instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity
(HTM). A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost. An
AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in
value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the
instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires.
Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value
adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong
reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are
now two major working group documents taking sides for and against
fair value accounting for all financial instruments.
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm
|
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets
that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale
– except those unquoted equity securities whose fair value cannot be
measured reliably by another means are measured at cost subject to an
impairment test.
|
SFAF 133
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets
that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale
– except all unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject
to an impairment test.
FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including
those linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled
in cash but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the
scope of 133
|
Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of
FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts
such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges. Under
international accounting rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm
commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).
If quoted market prices are not available, the
estimate of fair value should be based on the best information available in the
circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for similar assets and
liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the
circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated
expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved,
option-pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models, and fundamental
analysis. Valuation techniques for measuring assets and liabilities should be consistent
with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques should incorporate
assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future
revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default,
prepayment, and volatility.
Under IAS 39 Paragraph 100, under
circumstances when a quoted market price is not available, estimation techniques may be used --- which
include reference to the current market value of another instrument that is substantially
the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models. When an enterprise has matching asset and liability positions, it may use mid-market
prices according to IAS 39 Paragraph 99.
In reality, the FASB in FAS 133
and the
IASC in
IAS 39 require continual adjustments of financial instruments derivatives to fair value
without giving much guidance about such matters when the instruments are not traded on
exchange markets or are traded in markets that are too thin to rely upon for value
estimation. Unfortunately, over half of the financial instruments derivative
contracts around the world are customized contracts for which there are no markets for
valuation estimation purposes. The most difficult instruments to value are forward
contracts and interest rate and foreign currency swaps. In my Working Paper 231 I
discuss various approaches for valuation of interest rate swaps. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm
.
The fair value of foreign currency forward
contracts should be based on the change in the forward rate and should consider the time
value of money. In measuring liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future
cash flows, an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be
settled in an arm's-length transaction. Although the FASB does not give very
explicit guidance on estimation of a derivatives fair market value, this topic
appears at many points in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 312-319 and 432-457.See blockage factor and yield curve.
Paragraphs 216 on Page 122 and 220-231
beginning on Page 123 of FAS 133 leave little doubt that the FASB feels "fair
value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the only relevant measure
for derivative instruments." This can be disputed, especially when
unrealized gains and value hide operating losses. The December 1998 issue of the Journal
of Accountancy provides an interesting contrast on fair value accounting. On
Pages 12-13 you will find a speech by SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt bemoaning the
increasingly common practice of auditors to allow earnings management. On Page 20
you will find a review of an Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals case in which a firm
prevented the reporting of net losses for 1988 and 1989 by persuading its auditor to allow
reclassification of a large a large hotel as being "for sale" so that it could
revalue historical cost book value to current exit value and record the gain as current
income. Back issues of the Journal of Accountancy are now online at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/joaiss.htm
.
The FASB intends eventually to book all financial
instruments at fair value. Jim Leisingring comments about " first shot
in a religious war" in my tape31.htm.
The IASC also is moving closer and closer to fair value
accounting for all financial instruments for virtually all nations, although it too is
taking that big step in stages. Click here to view Paul
Pacter's commentary on this matter.
See DIG Issue B6 under embedded
derivatives.
At the moment, accounting
standards dictate fair value accounting for derivative financial instruments
but not all financial instruments. However, the entire state of fair
value accounting is in a state of change at the moment with respect to both
U.S. and international accounting standards.
If a purchased item is viewed as an inventory
holding, the basis of accounting is the lower of cost or market for most firms
unless they are classified as securities dealers. In other
words, the inventory balance on the balance sheet does not rise if expected net
realization rises above cost, but this balance is written down if the expected
net realization falls below cost. The one exception, where inventory
balances are marked-to-market for upside and well as downside price movements,
arises when the item in inventory qualifies as a "precious"
commodity (such as gold or platinum) having a readily-determinable market
value. Such commodities as pork bellies, corn, copper, and crude oil, are not
"precious" commodities and must be maintained in inventory at
lower-of-cost-or market.
If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the
accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115. Traders in financial
instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value
passing through current earnings. Business firms who are not deemed to be
traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or
hold-to-maturity (HTM). A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost. An
AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value
pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually
sold or otherwise expires. Under international standards, the IASC requires
fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong
reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two
major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value
accounting for all financial instruments.
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm
- Financial Instruments: Issues Relating to Banks
(strongly argues for
fair value adjustments of financial instruments). The issue date is August
31, 1999.
Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgbaaug.pdf.
Accounting for financial Instruments for Banks (concludes that a
modified form of historical cost is optimal for bank accounting). The issue
date is October 4, 1999.
Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgfinal.pdf
Fair value accounting politics in the revised IAS 39
From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
- Why did the Commission carve
out the full fair value option in the original IAS 39
standard?
- Do prudential supervisors
support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
- When will the Commission to
adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
- Will companies be able to
apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial
statements?
- Does the amended standard for
IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
- What about the relationship
between the fair valuation of own liabilities under the
amended IAS 39 FVO standard and under Article 42(a) of
the Fourth Company Law Directive?
- Will the Commission now
propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company
Directive?
- What about the remaining IAS
39 carve-out relating to certain hedge accounting
provisions?
|
|
|
"FASB Approves Fair Value Measurement Experiment Using Loan
Commitments," October 2, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=1384&page=1
The FASB Board agreed to a new project to
clarify FAS 133 guidance on loan commitments accounted for as
derivatives (at fair value). It expects the project to raise issues that
will bring Fair Value accounting near its breaking point.
At its October 1 meeting, the FASB Board agreed
to a new interpretation project to clarify FAS 133 guidance on loan
commitments accounted for as derivatives (at fair value). Loan
commitments contain a witches brew of fair value measurement issues that
the Board’s attempts to resolve will either validate the fair value
model are derail it.
What to do with loans has been a longstanding
issue for FAS 133, since it was discovered that many loan contracts have
derivative-like features that arguably could scope them into FAS 133
accounting. Fitting such loan commitments into the FAS 133 framework was
never fully resolved, other than with guidance specific to the
origination of mortgage loans (see C13). Those held for resale (by
issuers), for example, would be accounted for as derivatives, but those
held for investment purposes would not. While the fall out over Freddie
Mac was not mentioned as a reason to conduct this experiment now, its
influence on matters pertaining to mortgage lending and FAS 133 is hard
to avoid.
To keep this project manageable given
everything else seeking the FASB’s attention, its scope will be
strictly limited to interpretation of how to measure the fair value of
loan committments scoped into FAS 133. It will not seek to resolve the
broader loans as derivatives questions. The primary focus is likely to
be on valuation questions related to issuers of loan commitments
generally falling under the heading of interest rate locks, which
amounts to a written option on a mortgage loan at a set rate (though
another potential project on mortgage servicing rights may be folded in
at a later date).
Specifically the two questions proposed by the
staff are:
1. What information the issuer should use to
determine the fair value of a loan commitment that is accounted for as a
derivative under Statement 133 (as amended), and
2. Whether it is appropriate for a loan
commitment to be recorded as an asset by the issuer of that commitment.
As background, the staff noted that they had
been made aware of a “diversity in practice,” regarding how issuers
chose to fair value their loan commitments. Some market participants
attempted to recognize the future benefit to be derived from the loan,
for example, whereas others exclude such recognition until the option
holder exercises and borrowed. While the latter approach appears
sensible, it may not be "fair value" since so much of the
option's value to the issuer is tied up in the expected loan. There is
also the question of which markets to look to in determining fair value
and what intangibles and indirect costs associated with conversion of
the written option to a loan should be considered in the valuation. And
the valuation method has a direct impact on revenue recognition. The
asset classification question derives from the notion that under current
guidance written options cannot be classified as assets, which among
other things, creates capital constraints on issuers.
"Redefining Fair Value Through New GAAP Measurement
Guidance," July 18, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1338
More Fair Value accounting headaches are coming
soon to a treasury near you, as FASB accelerates its guidance on how to
measure Fair Value in time for “Fair Value M&A.”
“Risk measures are based on Fair Value
metrics and there is not intersection between accounting books and
records and the Fair Value based on risk measurement calculations, so it’s
a completely different set of measures.” -- Gregory J. Parseghian,
Freddie Mac CEO(June 25, 2003 conference call: in response to an analyst
questioning why Freddie’s accounting issue should not call its risk
management into question,)
This statement, in the context of Freddie Mac’s
recent restatements, helps sum up why FASB’s Fair Value Measurement
project is under tremendous pressure to get its measurement guidance
right. If its guidance remains at odds with market practice, as appears
to be the case now with financial institutions’ risk management
measures, then analyst’s questions may be easily (and perhaps
believably) dismissed with statements like this. Unfortunately, someone
still has to figure out how to get the accounting measures right to
comply with GAAP and avoid a restatement headline. In the words of one
of the analysts on the recent Freddie Mac call in considering the Fair
Value accounting challenges for GAAP, regulatory capital and risk
management, “good luck to us all.”
How should GAAP fair value be measured?
In bringing its Fair Value Measurement guidance
into line with its current project, perhaps FASB should consider what
value these measures have if firms elect to make disclosures on
reconciliation between measures used for risk management and GAAP. If
there is no incremental value, then why not just use the risk measures?
And if there is value in the GAAP, what should then be disclosed about
the differences?
But alas, FASB lacks the resources to pursue
fair value disclosure and fair value measurement projects
simultaneously. Thus, the decision at the July 9 Board meeting to shut
down the FAS 107 Amendment project in order to focus FASB’s still
limited resources on measurement. Indeed, the timely logic in this is
that as more of GAAP moves to Fair Value, the Fair Value disclosure
mandate changes significantly. Why seek to capture a moving target now?
Surely, Freddie Mac is thinking the same.
Besides, there is some urgency to the Fair
Value Measurement project, which was just launched in June, since the
Board would like to be able to bring out an Exposure Draft to coincide
with the ED for Business Combinations, which is due out before year-end.
The reason being: The current phase of the Business Combinations project
(Purchase Method Procedures), being undertaken in conjunction with the
IASB, has advanced Fair Value guidance significantly in its
deliberations on applying “accounting’s” evolving Fair Value
concept (i.e., how to measure the “exchange value”) to Purchase
Accounting, of which financial instruments are a mere subcomponent. [If
Fair Value accounting causes such confusion in the derivatives/risk
management arena, much less stock options, you can imagine what is going
to be said to analysts when it gets applied on a much broader basis to
corporate acquisitions.]
Rather than document all the Fair Value
Measurement guidance in the Business Combinations ED, the Board thought
it was more prudent to bring all this together under a separate, new
Standard—which would also put in one place and make consistent,
guidance on Fair Value Measurement that exists elsewhere in the
accounting literature (the IASB’s as well).
"Fair Value Accounting Back in the Spotlight," June 19,
2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=1321
Two items in today’s news point to fair value
accounting and why it’s returning to the spotlight.
The first item is the on-going investigation of
what is behind the Freddie Mac earnings restatements. The second is a
report on efforts by an insurance group led by AIG to derail IASB
efforts at fair value accounting. Both items are part of developing
stories that will soon impact corporates outside of the mortgage finance
and insurance space.
FAS 133 flaws
As the Wall Street Journal is reporting, the
Freddie Mac restatements will be in the billions, stemming from improper
hedge accounting under FAS 133. There was always a greater likelihood
that one of the mortgage finance giants would emerge as the FAS 133 Wall
Street Journal headline, since the task of hedging the risks in mortgage
finance, involving multiple interest, credit and optionality risks is a
tough one, and Fannie and Freddie knew it would be tough to account for
this.
At first, media reports painted as positive the
fact that the Freddie Mac restatements were positive and not negative.
In other words, the gains on the hedges that were deemed non-hedges for
accounting purposes were no longer being deferred. This ignored the
“hedging” notion that these gains were offsetting anticipated losses
in the underlying (e.g. the mortgage paper), which presumably are still
anticipated. The disconnect of hedge from hedged item in the accounting
guidance was always the fundamental flaw in hedge accounting that FAS
133 inadequately addressed, preferring to focus on derivatives. This is
also why it is difficult to glean the impact bringing forward the hedge
gains will have on Freddie Mac’s future earnings.
Broader IASs
Just as Freddie Mac exposes flaws in a limited
fair value approach, the insurance industry is aggressively seeking to
counter acceleration of fair value accounting more broadly. According to
the Wall Street Journal, an insurance group, led by AIG, is actively
opposing international accounting standards (IAS 32/39) and the related
IASB effort to push the fair value concept further into insurance
accounting. These IASB efforts go further than FAS 133 and related FASB
efforts to introduce fair value to a wider scope of accounting:
financial instruments as opposed to just derivatives. Though the IASB
has taken the lead on the fair value drive, FASB is set to follow, which
is why the IASB trends should be followed closely by all concerned with
US GAAP.
Fair value accounting has its flaws, not least
of which is the AIG argument that it introduces meaningless volatility
to earnings statements. However, insurance firms, aside from
broker-dealer banking operators, have as good a shot as any at making
fair value accounting work as a means of giving investors and the
markets a more telling portrait of financial position.
Just as Freddie Mac has revealed how FAS 133
does not go far enough--it’s focus on derivatives has left financial
statement readers in the dark on hedged items--the insurance firm
complaints show how broadening the focus to financial assets and
liabilities is not going to offer an easy solution. But, if accounting
is going to move increasingly toward a fair value model, as its standard
setters plan, they must use the IASB’s insurance market “test” to
prove the model’s practical efficacy. The Exposure Draft of Phase I of
this IASB project is due out in Q3, with a tight implementation
timetable to become effective for EU adoption of IASB standards in 2005.
If fair value accounting cannot be made to work
with insurance firms, it cannot be made to work with non-financial
corporations, and the current course to fair value accounting should be
reversed. Further, by establishing guidelines for accounting for
insurance risk management activities, the IASB effort will help define
accounting for all risk management activities. For example, at its
meeting earlier this week, the IASB discussed the definition of
insurance risk “as risk other than financial risk” (defined by IAS
39), along with other pre-ballot items to become part of the exposure
draft.
This is a high stakes experiment that all
should watch closely for its broader impact, not to mention its
transforming effects on an insurance market already in the midst of a
paradigm shift.
|
Inputs to and
suggestions for fair value estimation are elaborated upon in March 2003
by the FASB in an exposure draft entitled "Financial Instruments
--- Recognition and Measurement," March 2003 --- http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/Accounting/English/e_FIRec_Mea.pdf
Inputs to valuation techniques
A34
An appropriate technique for estimating the fair value of a particular
financial instrument would incorporate available market information
about the market conditions and other factors that are likely to affect
the instrument’s fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument
will be based on one or more of the following (and perhaps other)
factors:
(a) The time value of money (i.e., interest at the basic or
risk-free rate). Basic interest rates can usually be derived from
observable government bond prices and are often quoted in financial
publications. These rates typically vary with the expected dates of
the projected cash flows along a yield curve of interest rates for
different time horizons. For practical reasons, an entity may use a
well-accepted and readily observable general rate, such as a
LIBOR/swap rate, as the benchmark rate. Since a rate such as LIBOR is
not the basic interest rate, the credit risk adjustment appropriate to
the particular financial instrument would be determined on the basis
of its credit risk in relation to the credit risk in this benchmark
rate. In some countries, the central government’s bonds may carry a
significant credit risk and may not provide a useful, stable benchmark
basic interest rate for instruments denominated in that currency. Some
entities in these countries may have better credit standings and lower
borrowing rates than the central government. In such a case, basic
interest rates may be more appropriately determined by reference to
interest rates for the highest-rated corporate bonds issued in the
currency of that jurisdiction.
(b) Credit risk. The effect on fair value of credit risk (i.e., the
premium over the basic interest rate for credit risk) may be derived
from observ-able market prices for traded corporate bonds of varying
credit quality or from observable interest rates charged by lenders
for loans of various credit ratings.
(c) Foreign currency exchange prices. Active currency exchange
markets exist for most major currencies, and prices are quoted daily
in financial publications.
(d) Commodity prices. There are observable market prices for many
commodities.
(e) Equity prices. Prices (and indexes of prices) of traded equity
securities are readily observable in some markets. Present-value-based
techniques may be used to estimate the current market price of equity
instruments for which there are no observable prices.
(f) Marketability (the return market participants demand to
compensate for the risk that they may not be able to sell an asset or
obtain relief from a liability immediately). In some cases it may be
reasonable to assume that the effects of marketability are included in
the credit risk interest rate premium. In some other cases it may be
reasonable to assume that there has been no significant change in the
marketability of a financial instrument and the effect on the
instrument’s fair value during a reporting period.
(g) Volatility (i.e., the frequency and magnitude of future changes
in price of the financial instrument or other item that is the subject
of an option). Measures of the volatility of actively traded items can
normally be reasonably estimated on the basis of historical market
data.
Relationship between discount rates and projected cash
flows
A35
The present value of projected cash flows may be estimated using a
discount rate adjustment approach or a cash flow adjustment approach,
as appropriate.
A36 Discount rate adjustment approach. Under the discount rate
adjustment approach, the stream of contracted cash flows forms the
basis for the present value computation, and the rate(s) used to
discount those cash flows reflects the uncertainties of the cash
flows. This approach is most readily applied to financial instrument
contracts to receive or pay fixed cash flows at fixed future times
(i.e., instruments for which the only significant uncertainties in
amount and timing of cash flows are caused by credit risk).
A37 The discount rate adjustment approach is consistent with the
manner in which assets and liabilities with contractually specified
cash flows are commonly described (as in “a 12 percent bond”) and
it is useful and well accepted for those instruments. However, because
the discount rate adjustment approach places the emphasis on
determining the interest rate, it is more difficult to apply to
complex financial instruments where cash flows are conditional or
optional, and where there are uncertainties in addition to credit risk
that affect the amount and timing of future cash flows.
A38 Cash flow adjustment approach. Under the cash flow adjustment
approach, the projected cash flows for a financial instrument reflect
the uncertainties in timing and amount (i.e., they are weighted
according to the probability of their occurrence), and adjusted to
reflect the market’s evaluation of the non-diversifiable risk
relating to the uncertainty of those cash flows. The cash flow
adjustment approach has advantages over the discount rate adjustment
approach when an instrument’s cash flows are conditional, optional,
or otherwise particularly uncertain for reasons other than credit
risk.
A39 To illustrate this, suppose that an entity holds a financial
asset such as a derivative that has no specified cash flows and the
entity has estimated that there is a 10 percent probability that it
will receive $100; a 60 percent probability that it will receive $200;
and a 30 percent probability that it will receive $300. Further,
suppose that the cash flows are expected to occur one year from the
measurement date regardless of the amount. The expected cash flow is
then 10 percent of $100 plus 60 percent of $200 plus 30 percent of
$300, which gives a total of $220. The discount rate used to estimate
the instrument’s fair value based on that expected cash flow would
then be the basic (risk-free) rate adjusted for the premium that
market participants would be expected to receive for bearing the
uncertainty of expected cash flows with the same level of risk.
A40 The cash flow adjustment approach also can incorporate
uncertainties with respect to the timing of projected cash flows. For
example, if the cash flow in the previous example was certain to be
$200, and there was a 50 percent chance it would be received in one
year and a 50 percent chance it would be received in three years, the
present value computation would weight those possibilities
accordingly. Because the interest rate for a two-year instrument is
not likely to be the weighted average of the rates for one-year and
three-year instruments, two separate present value computations would
be required. One computation would discount $200 for one year at the
basic interest rate for a one-year instrument and the other would
discount $200 for three years at the basic interest rate for a
three-year instrument. The ultimate result would be determined by
probability-weighting the results of the two computations. Since the
probabilities of each are 50 percent, the fair value would be the sum
of 50 percent of the results of each present value computation, after
adjustment for the estimated effect of any non-diversifiable risk
related to the uncertainty of the timing of the cash flow.
A41 The discount rate adjustment approach would be difficult to
apply in the previous example because it would be difficult to find a
discount rate that would reflect the uncertainties in timing.
|
On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B
entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain
Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. This document can be
downloaded from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/draft/draftpg.html
(Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc
).
"Accounting
for Impaired Assets in Bank Credit Analysis, by Roger B Taillon, New
York (1) 212-438-7400, Standard & Poor's, July 3, 2002 ---
http://www.standardandpoors.com/
Accounting
for impaired assets not only differs markedly from country to country,
it also offers substantial scope for management judgment. The
accounting method prescribed and the judgment exercised in following
that method has a profound impact on bank balance sheets and income
statements. Although not new, accounting for impaired assets probably
remains the biggest accounting-related issue in the credit analysis of
a bank. Whether triggered by systemic crises or by poor lending
practices specific to a single bank, poor asset quality is the most
common fundamental cause of bank failure, although a liquidity crisis
when depositors or lenders begin to suspect the poor asset quality
typically is the proximate cause. Thus, the credit analyst must
understand accounting for impaired assets and attempt to adjust for
differences in order to make more meaningful comparisons between
banks, particularly banks in different countries. For rating purposes,
Standard & Poor's will make these adjustments and generally opt
for the more conservative accounting techniques, given the dangers of
underestimating the extent of (or underreserving for) impaired assets.
The following
major issues must be considered in accounting for impaired assets:
What is the definition of an impaired asset? To what extent is
interest accrued on impaired assets? What is the policy for providing
or reserving against losses on impaired assets? What is the policy for
finally writing off impaired assets?
Even the
terminology of impaired assets differs from system to system. In some
countries, both a contra-asset account used to reduce the accounting
value of the loan portfolio and the income statement item used to
create it are called "loan loss reserves" (or something
similar). In other countries, both items are called
"provisions." To distinguish between the two in its
publications, Standard & Poor's calls the balance sheet item a
"reserve" and the income statement item a
"provision." Thus, in Standard & Poor's terminology, a
provision creates a reserve. When the loan is ultimately judged to be
uncollectable, it is either "written off" directly against
the income statement or "charged off" by reducing a
previously created reserve (although this may also be called a
"write-off"). "Write-backs" refer to the reversal
of a reserve no longer considered necessary, and
"recoveries" refer to the recuperation of all or part of a
previously written-off loan. Types of Impaired Assets Impaired assets
can include loans, loan-related assets such as foreclosed properties,
securities, off-balance-sheet assets such as guarantees receivable, or
in-the-money derivatives. Additionally, there can be off-balance-sheet
commitments that require provisioning, such as guarantees provided or
LOCs payable, where the primary obligor is expected to default, and
commitments to lend to problem borrowers. Securitized assets on which
the bank still bears the risk are also off balance sheet.
In a number
of cases, banks suffering from large amounts of problem loans have
"sold" them to special purpose companies, sometimes called
"bad banks," designed to remove the problem loan portfolios
from the bank's balance sheets and liquidate them. On a few occasions,
these companies have been set up by individual banks; more frequently,
they have been set up by governments following a systemic crisis. In
most cases, these special purpose companies have been funded by the
banks, which also bear all or most of the risk of eventual losses.
Standard & Poor's puts the assets sold to these companies back on
a bank's balance sheet for the purpose of analyzing the amount of a
bank's impaired assets and the adequacy of its reserves.
The loan
portfolio is typically a bank's largest asset category; it is also the
category most likely to suffer impairment. For this reason, knowing
the definition of nonperforming loans (NPLs) is the key first step in
analyzing asset quality. In the U.S., the definition of nonaccrual
loans is standardized as loans that are maintained on a cash basis
because of deterioration in the borrower's financial condition, where
payment in full of principal or interest is not expected and where
principal and interest have been in default for 90 days, unless the
asset is both well-secured and in the process of collection.
Restructured loans (loans restructured for credit reasons at a
below-market interest rate) and "other real estate owned"
(OREO, or properties obtained through or in lieu of foreclosure) must
also be disclosed and are considered nonperforming.
In other
countries, the definition can vary considerably. Nonperforming
consumer loans and residential mortgage loans are typically identified
by aging, but the past-due period necessary for the loan to be
considered nonperforming can vary from as short as 30 days to as long
as 180 days. Some countries and banks define delinquency on a
contractual basis, and others define it on a recency of payments
basis. If delinquency is defined on a recency basis, sometimes only
full payments are counted, and sometimes partial payments are
sufficient to show the loan as performing. In some countries, there
can be different standards for mortgage and other consumer installment
loans, with the mortgage loans being put in nonperforming categories
only after longer periods.
In terms of
corporate loans, in most countries management judgment is the most
important factor in deciding whether a loan is classified as
nonperforming or not. For certain types of loans, such as overdraft
loans, which are very common in some countries such as the U.K.,
management judgment is actually the only possible standard for
determining if the loan is performing or not, since there are no
specific maturities as long as the borrower is within its credit
limit. Deciding just how liberal or conservative management is in
making that judgment is one of the most difficult parts of the
analysis and is generally possible only after extensive discussions.
The Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision proposed a "reference
definition" of a default to be used by banks that plan to use the
"internal ratings-based approach" to the proposed new
capital standards. Under the proposed definition, "a default is
considered to have occurred with regard to a particular obligor when
one or more of the following events has taken place:
The obligor
is unlikely to pay its debt obligations (principal, interest, or fees)
in full; A credit loss event associated with any obligation of the
obligor, such as a charge-off, specific provision, or distressed
restructuring involving the forgiveness or postponement of principal,
interest, or fees; The obligor is past due more than 90 days on any
credit obligation; or The obligor has filed for bankruptcy or similar
protection from creditors." If widely adopted, this definition
would lead to greater standardization between countries, but it still
relies heavily on management judgment.
There are
also differences as to whether a particular loan is considered
nonperforming only when it goes into arrears, or if all loans to that
legal entity are treated as nonperforming. The most conservative
method is to consider all loans to the defaulting entity and loans to
closely related entities as nonperforming. In some countries, only
that portion of a loan that is actually past due is considered
nonperforming. In a few countries, the latter condition is the rule
for mortgage loans, but the entire balance of other loans is
considered nonperforming.
In addition,
restructured loans may or may not be separately disclosed depending on
the country. In many countries, the figures for restructured loans
will not be disclosed, and loans may be reclassified from
nonperforming to performing as soon as they are restructured. In other
countries, they will be reclassified to performing only after they
have met the new terms for a specified period.
Foreclosed
properties are only grouped with NPLs in a few countries, as they are
in the U.S. In most countries, they will not be considered in
management discussions of nonperforming asset (NPA) trends. However,
they frequently are available as a separate category on the balance
sheet or else are disclosed in the footnotes.
Although the
analysis of impaired assets is focused on the loan portfolio (and the
real estate portfolio, to the extent that it represents foreclosed
assets), impaired assets can also be present in the securities
portfolio, including:
Debt
securities either purchased as investments or as loan-equivalents,
which have defaulted; and Debt and equity securities received in
exchange for loans as part of reorganizations or debt restructurings,
or as foreclosed collateral. Equity securities purchased as
investments that declined sharply in value might also be considered
impaired, but would be looked at separately rather than combined with
NPAs.
For
analytical purposes, Standard & Poor's believes a broad definition
of NPAs is appropriate. According to that definition, NPAs should
include:
The full
amount of all loans 90 days or more past due, and any other loans to
the same legal entity; The full amount of all loans to an entity whose
creditworthiness is believed to be impaired to the point where
collection is doubtful, which would typically include any closely
related entities of borrowers that were nonperforming; All loans
restructured at nonmarket rates of interest, even if they are
performing according to the new terms; All foreclosed properties, and
properties received in lieu of foreclosure; Impaired securities as
described above; and Impaired off-balance-sheet assets, including
loans sold to problem asset disposition companies where there is
recourse back to the bank, and nonperforming securitized assets where
the bank retains the risk. To the extent possible, Standard &
Poor's will adjust total NPAs to conform to this broad definition. If
this is not possible, Standard & Poor's will make qualitative
distinctions to recognize the difference in definitions.
Policies on
Accrual of Interest Policies related to the accrual of interest on
NPAs also differ substantially from country to country. The cleanest
method is that which is used currently in most countries, where
interest is not accrued on NPLs. Even there, there are differences as
to whether interest previously accrued but not received is reversed or
capitalized. In addition, the treatment of cash interest received is a
matter of management judgment: typically, it would flow into interest
income if the bank believed it would likely recoup its principal, but
if this were in doubt, it would be used instead to reduce the
principal balance on the bank's books. In other countries, interest
continues to accrue but is fully provisioned. On a bottom-line basis,
this provides the same results as the first policy: net NPAs and net
income are the same as they would be under the nonaccrual method.
However, a number of line items will differ: gross NPAs, reserves on
the balance sheet, gross and net interest income, and loan loss
provisions charged to the income statement will all be higher than
they would be at banks that use the nonaccrual method. Comparisons
between banks in different countries using the two methods will have
to be adjusted to take this into account.
From a credit
analyst's viewpoint, the most pernicious policy is the methodology of
ceasing to accrue interest or provide for it only in those cases where
management believes that collateral on the loan will be insufficient
for it to recover the interest. This is consistent with
"mark-to-market" accounting (which will be covered more
generally in a separate article that will be forthcoming from Standard
& Poor's). This methodology suffers from the following
disadvantages:
It relies
more heavily on valuations of collateral. Even if collateral
valuations are theoretically correct, a bank may have great difficulty
realizing these values. The costs of workout and recovery can be very
high. Unless detailed information is provided on how much interest is
accrued on NPLs, comparisons with banks using more conservative
accounting methods will be impossible. All of these issues concerning
accrual of interest apply to restructured loans and nonperforming debt
securities as well as to identified NPLs. This is particularly true in
restructurings that involve grace periods or extremely low payments in
early years, postponing the day of reckoning where the borrower's true
ability to repay will be tested.
Unfortunately,
it is generally impossible to actually adjust for differences in
accrual policies where provisioning for interest is not done fully.
However, in many cases the balance sheet asset of accrued interest
receivable is available. If this figure grows significantly more
rapidly than that of earning assets (taking into account interest rate
fluctuations) or the liability item of accrued interest payable, it
can be an indication of aggressive accounting.
Policies on
Loan Loss Reserves Loan loss reserving policies also differ
substantially from country to country, and can vary to a greater or
lesser extent among banks within a country. The most conservative
policy is to fully write off or reserve for any identified problem
loans, as well as to establish general reserves for potential future
loan losses that have not yet been identified as problems. In the U.S.
the emphasis has been on writing off problem loans, while in most
other countries the emphasis has been on reserving. The policy itself
is much less important than the adequacy of the amount. Comparison
between NPLs in systems emphasizing charge-offs and NPLs in systems
emphasizing reserving needs must be made net of reserves, however.
The following
factors must be considered in terms of reserves and provisioning:
Are necessary
reserves determined based solely on the number of days past due, on
regulatory or internal loan classification, or (for the larger loans)
on loan-by-loan estimates of loss? To what extent is collateral taken
into account in determining necessary reserves, how is its value
calculated, and are related costs fully taken into account? How does
the percentage coverage of NPLs by reserves compare to regulatory
minimums, historical figures, and that of the bank's peers? Have
reserves been constituted for other impaired assets, such as
securities, and for off-balance-sheet items such as guarantees of debt
of problem clients or commitments to lend to them, and are both the
income-statement and balance sheet figures disclosed? In addition to
(or instead of, if the bank charges off rapidly) "specific"
reserves covering individual problem loans, are there
"general" reserves? If so, how are they calculated? Are
there also "country risk reserves"? How does the tax
treatment of the provisions affect the adequacy of the reserves? Are
loan loss provisions shown only as net, or are both gross new
provisions and write-backs disclosed? Generally, reserves that are
determined based on loan-by-loan analysis for corporate loans are
preferable to those that are determined based on some mechanical
method, assuming they are conservatively estimated. Unfortunately, it
is also more difficult to judge how conservative such reserves are,
although detailed discussions with management can help. From a credit
rating viewpoint, the ideal is probably a situation in which the
reserve on a given loan is the larger of (a) a minimum based on the
number of days past due, or (b) the necessary amount estimated through
detailed analysis.
For consumer
and residential mortgage loans, typically the reserve amount will be
determined through a formula either based on the aging of the
portfolio or on the bank's experience with the particular type of
loan.
Similarly,
from a credit rating viewpoint, one needs to be very skeptical of
taking collateral into account in determining the adequacy of
reserves. There are difficulties in valuing the collateral, with banks
often using valuations assuming "normal" markets when they
are in the midst of a recession with markets falling sharply. There
can be legal and other difficulties in foreclosing, and these
difficulties intensify in bad economic times. Even if banks eventually
can foreclose, substantial costs may be involved that may not have
been fully taken into account in the valuations. Finally, in a bad
market, even if the bank can foreclose, it may be difficult to sell
the collateral.
Provisions
taken against foreclosed assets, impaired securities,
off-balance-sheet items, and the like also must be aggregated with the
loan loss provisions in order to judge the bank's credit track record.
These provisions frequently are included in securities losses or other
expenses, and they may or may not be disclosed in the footnotes.
Write-backs
of provisions are generally (but not always) disclosed separately for
banks that emphasize specific reserves. Sometimes necessary reserves
are added up and then compared to those of the previous period, with
the difference being the loan loss provision, so there are no gross
and write-back figures available. The more robust method calls for
looking at each loan individually, recording new and increased
reserves separately from decreased reserves. The total of the new
reserves and the increases to the reserves is the gross new provision,
and the total of the decreases in reserves is the write-back figure.
These separate figures are usually disclosed in the footnotes. The
loan loss provision shown on the income statement is normally the net
figure, although it is sometimes the gross figure, with write-backs
included in other income. Ideally, specific and general provisions are
disclosed separately. When the information is available, Standard
& Poor's will use net new provisions as the expense item, but it
will analyze the separate components to help evaluate the conservatism
of a bank's reserving policies.
Charge-Off
Policies Charge-off policies are subject to most of the same
considerations as reserving policies. This is true at banks such as
those in the U.S., which are more likely to charge off quickly than
they are to create a specific reserve. In most countries, however, the
issue of when and how much of a loan is actually charged off is much
less important. In these countries, loans are not charged off until:
The borrower has completely gone through the bankruptcy process, or
the bank is nearly certain it will not recover anything for other
reasons; A time period prescribed by regulation has elapsed; The tax
authorities allow them to; or Some combination of the above. Even in
these cases, however, the analyst must be aware of the charge-off
procedures to make more meaningful comparisons of bank loan loss
records: if charge-offs are quick, NPAs will tend to be low compared
to where charge-offs take longer. Loan loss reserves also tend to be
lower at banks where charge-offs are quicker; if not, it is probably a
sign of more conservative accounting.
Tax Treatment
of Impaired Assets Finally, there is the question of tax treatment. In
some countries, banks account for the tax benefits of a loan loss when
the provision is made, even though the loss cannot be taken for tax
purposes until the charge-off is made. Where there is a big delay
between the two and loan loss provisions are increasing more rapidly
than charge-offs, banks can build up large deferred tax assets, which
can amount to a substantial proportion of reported equity. This was
the case for both the Japanese and the Mexican banks in the 1990s.
Analysts had to question when or even whether the banks would actually
be able to realize these future tax benefits, taking into account both
the difficulties in getting charge-offs accepted by tax authorities
and whether profits would be sufficient to use the tax benefits, even
if the charge-offs were allowed. On the other hand, if provisions or
certain types of provisions are not deductible for tax purposes, and
the bank does not immediately account for the deferred tax benefit,
the bank will be able to realize and account for these benefits in the
future. Thus, reserves created without booking the tax benefits can
cover more than their face value of loan losses, if the future
charge-off is tax deductible and the bank has taxable income at the
time the charge-off is made.
Fair Value Exposure Draft
FAS 133 is arguably the most complex, controversial, and tentative
standard ever issued by the FASB. It is not tentative in terms
of required implementation, but it may fade in prominence if and when
the FASB issues its proposed fair value standard for all financial
instruments. The first exposure draft on this even more
controversial proposal is given in Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting
Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at
Fair Value.
See updated
information on this at http://www.fasb.org/project/fv_measurement.shtml
Option Pricing : Modeling and
Extracting State-Price Densities A New Methodology by Christian Perkner
ISBN 3-258-06101-7 http://www.haupt.ch/asp/titels.asp?o=f&objectId=3372
The focus
of this book is on the valuation of financial derivatives. A
derivative (e.g. a financial option) can be defined as a contract
promising a payoff that is contingent upon the unknown future state
of a risky security. The goal of this book is to illustrate two
different perspectives of modern option pricing:
Part I: The
normative viewpoint: How does (how should) option pricing theory
arrive at the fair value for such a contingent claim? What are
crucial assumptions? What is the line of argument? How does this
theory (e.g. Black-Scholes) perform in reality?
Part II:
The descriptive viewpoint: How are options truly priced in the
financial markets? What do option prices tell us about the
expectations of market participants? Do investor preferences play a
role in the valuation of a derivative?
To answer
both questions, the author introduces an insightful valuation
framework that consists of five elements. Its central component is
the so called state-price density - a density that represents the
market's valuation of $1 received in various states of the world. It
turns out that the shape of this density is the crucial aspect when
determining the price of an option.
The book
illustrates several techniques allowing the flexible modeling of the
state-price density. Implementation issues are discussed using real
datasets and numerical examples, implications of the various
modeling techniques are analyzed, and results are presented that
significantly improve standard option pricing theory.
Also see Option and Option
Pricing Theory
Bob Jensen's threads on valuation
of derivative financial instruments can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
|
Fair Value Hedge =
a hedge that bases its periodic settlements on
changes in value of an asset or liability. This type of hedge is most often used for
forecasted purchases or sales. See FAS 133 Paragraphs 20-27,104-110, 111-120, 186,
191-193, 199, 362-370, 422-425, 431-457, and 489-491. The FASB intends to incrementally
move towards fair value accounting for all financial instruments, but the FASB feels that
it is too much of a shock for constituents to abruptly shift to fair value accounting for
all such instruments. See Paragraph 247 on Page 132, Paragraph 331 on Page 159,
Paragraph 335 on Page 160, and Paragraph 321 on Page 156.
The IASC
adopted the same definition of a fair value hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net
income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137a)
Flow Chart for Fair Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Held-to-maturity securities may not be
hedged for fair value risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of
FAS 133. See held-to-maturity.
In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments
come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. One
of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:
Paragraph 4
on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize
those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a
derivative instrument as follows:
a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability,
or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a
particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents
both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is
designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset
or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related
to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent
references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================
With respect to Section a above, a firm
commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already
booked. For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is
unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have
not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is
"recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm
commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.
Generally assets and liabilities must be
carried on the books at cost (or not be carried at all as unrecognized firm commitments)
in order to host fair value hedges. The hedged item may not be revalued according to
Paragraph 21c on Page 14 of SFAS 113. However,
since GAAP prescribes lower-of-cost-or market write downs (LCM) for certain types of
assets such as inventories and receivables, it makes little sense if LCM assets cannot
also host fair value hedges. Paragraph 336 on Page
160 does not discuss LCM. It is worth noting, however, that Paragraph 336 on Page
160 does not support fair value adjustments of hedged items at the inception of a hedge.
The hedging instrument (e.g., a forecasted
transaction or firm commitment) must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under
FAS 133.
This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely
related. It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 ,
29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host
contracts that are being hedged. Those tests state that if the forecasted
"transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all
transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in
Paragraph 21. Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133. The grouping
tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:
-
Paragraph 21 on Page 13,
-
Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,
-
Paragraph 241 on Page 130,
-
Paragraph317 on Page 155,
-
Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,
-
Paragraph 432 on Page 192,
-
Paragraph 435 on Page 193,
-
Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196
-
Paragraph 462 on Page 202,
-
Paragraph 477 on Page 208.
For example, a group of variable rate notes
indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as
LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.
Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the
same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying. Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133
makes
an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments
designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.
For more detail see cash flow hedge and foreign currency hedge.
Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a
portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is
prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions
or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or
designating different components as hedges of different exposures." See
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133. Paragraphs dealing with
compound derivative issues include the following:
-
Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,
-
Footnote 13 on Page 29,
-
Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,
-
Paragraph 413 on Page 186,
-
Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.
Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a single
derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning of
"different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."
An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given under cash flow hedge.
One question that arises is whether a hedged item
and its hedge may have different maturity dates. Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of
FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than
the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable. On the other hand,
having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225
of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998) states the following. A portion of that example reads as follows:
Although the criteria specified
in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single
transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles
discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.
The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm
commitments measured in forward rates. However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of
FAS 133 reads as follows:
If the hedged item were a
foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment,
Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange
rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in
earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the
assessment of effectiveness.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of
FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns. See written option.
Fair value hedges are accounted for in a
similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39. Paul
Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised
asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair
value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).
However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm
commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the
enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow
hedge
IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from
remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised
immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding
gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the
hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.
|
FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39
...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or
sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting
currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39
|
a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value
should be recognized immediately in earnings; and
b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the
carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.
c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in
fair value recognized directly in equity under paragraph 103b. It also applies
if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost.
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for example.
Derivatives cannot
hedge derivatives for accounting purposes -- now or under FASB 133," Bass
said. "Does Dave [Duncan] think his accounting works even under FASB 133?
No way."
Carl Bass, Andersen Auditor in 1999 who asked to be removed from Enron's audit
review responsibilities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm#Bass
The main reasons are given in FAS Paragraph 405. FAS 133 Paragraph
21(2)(c) disallows hedged items to be derivative financial instruments for
accounting purposes, because derivative instruments are carried at fair value
and cannot therefore be hedged items in fair value hedges. Also see
Paragraphs 405-407. Paragraph 472 prohibits derivatives from be
designated hedged items any type of hedge, including cash flow, fair value,
and foreign exchange hedges. The reason is that derivatives under FAS
133 must be adjusted to fair value with the offset going to current
earnings. This is tantamount to the "equity method" referred
to in Paragraph 472. More importantly from the standpoint of Enron
transactions, Paragraphs 230 and 432 prohibit a firm's own equity shares
from being hedged items for accounting purposes. Whenever a firm hedges
the value of its own shares, FAS 133 does not allow hedge accounting
treatment.
Also see hedge and hedge accounting.
Cash Flow Hedges Create Fair Value Risk
Cash flow risk commonly arises in forecasted transactions with an unknown
value of the underlying. Interbank rates that banks charge each other is
often used for benchmarking in hedge effectiveness testing. For example, suppose the underlying is a
benchmarked interest rate is the ever-popular London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR)
where a firm borrows $1 million for two years at a fixed rate of
6.41%. This loan has fair value risk since the amount required to pay the
loan off prematurely at the end of any quarter will vary with interest rate
movements in the same manner as bond prices move up and down depending upon the
spot market of interest rates such as LIBOR. The loan does not
have cash flow risk since the interest rate is locked in at 6.41% (divided by
four) for each quarterly interest payment.
The firm can lock in fixed fair value by entering into some type of
derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will pay a variable
benchmarked rate that moves up and down with interest rates. For example,
assume the receivable leg of the swap is fixed at 6.65%. Each
quarter the difference between 6.65% and the current spot rate of LIBOR
determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that locks in a
fixed return of 6.65% + 2%. To read more about this particular cash flow
hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 5 in
Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 131. Bob Jensen elaborates
and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Financial instruments have a notional and an underlying. For example,
an underlying might be a commodity price and the notional is the quantity such
as price of corn and the quantity of corn. An underlying might be an
interest rate such as the U.S. Treasury rate of the London Inter-bank Offering
Rate and the notional might be the principal such as the $10 million face value
of 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 each.
The unhedged investment of $10 million has cash flow risk but no fair value
risk. The hedged investment has no cash flow risk but the subsequent
combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates fair value risk. The
fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates
up and down with the current spot rate of LIBOR used in determining the
quarterly swap payments. For example, in Example 5 mentioned above, the
swap begins with a zero value but moves up to a fair value of $24,850 a the end
of the first quarter, $73,800 at the end of the second quarter, and even drops
to a negative ($42,820) after four quarters.
Companies do trillions of dollars worth of cash flow hedging with
interest rate swaps. Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac. Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of
outstanding fixed-rate mortgage investments with interest rate swaps that lock
in fair value. You can read more about their cash flow hedging strategy in
their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003. Both companies made
headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Fair Value Hedges Create Cash Flow Risk
Fair value risk commonly arises in fore firm commitments with a contracted
value of the underlying. For example, suppose the underlying is a
benchmarked interest rate such as the London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR)
where a firm invests $10 million for two years that pays a quarterly return of
the spot rate for LIBOR plus 2.25%. This investment has cash flow risk
since the quarterly values of LIBOR are unknown. The investment does not
fair value risk since the value is locked in at $10 million due to the fact that
the returns are variable rather than fixed.
The firm can lock in a fixed return rate by entering into some type of
derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will lock in the current
LIBOR forward rate. For example, assume the payable leg of the swap
is fixed at 6.41%. Each quarter the difference between 6.41% and the
current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate
swap payment that will vary with interest rate movements. To read more
about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed
under FAS 133, go to Example 2 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph
111. Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel
workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
The unhedged loan of $1 million has fair value risk but no fair value
risk. The hedged investment has no fair value risk but the subsequent
combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates cash flow risk. If
the hedge is perfectly effective, fair value of the interest rate swap
used as the hedging instrument fluctuates exactly to offset any value change in
the loan such that the combined value of the loan plus the swap is fixed at $1
million. For example, in Example 2 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero
value but down down to a fair value of a negative liability of )$16,025) when
the value of the loan drops to ($998,851) such that the sum of the two values is
the constant $1 million. The swap costs the borrower an outflow of $16,025
at the end of the first quarter to offset the decline in the value of the
loan.
The point here is that a hedge for fair value risk creates cash flow
risk.
Why would a firm want to enter into a fair value hedge that causes cash flow
risk? There can be many reasons, but one is that the borrower may predict
that interest rates are going to fall and it would be advantageous to prepay the
fixed-rate loan at some point in time before maturity and borrow at anticipated
lower rates. In Example 2 mentioned above, LIBOR dropped to 6.31% in the
fourth quarter such at the firm would have to pay $1,001,074 to prepay the loan
(e.g., by buying it back in the market). However, due to the hedge, the
interest rate swap would pay $1,074 such that the net cost is only the $1
million locked in fair value fixed by the interest rate swap hedge.
Companies do a somewhat surprising amount of fair value hedging with interest
rate swaps. Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding variable
rate debt with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value. Both companies
thereby create cash flow risk. Fannie Mae lost $24 billion in derivatives
trading, and much of this was due to fair value hedging. See "$25
Billion in Derivatives Losses at Fannie Mae" --- http://worldvisionportal.org/WVPforum/viewtopic.php?t=192
An independent analysis of Fannie's accounts
suggests it may have incurred losses on its derivatives trading of $24bn
between 2000 and third-quarter 2003. That figure represents nearly all of the
$25.1bn used to purchase or settle transactions in that period. Any net losses
will eventually have to be recognised on Fannie Mae's balance sheet,
depressing future profits.
You can read more about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fair value hedging
strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003. Both
companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting
years. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
To see how banks use/misuse derivatives, see
tranches.
FAS 133 = See SFAS
133
FASB =
See Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
FIN 46
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs),
SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) =
Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone:
203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714. The web site is at http://www.fasb.org/
. See FAS 133.
On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B
entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain
Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. This document can be
downloaded from http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
(Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc
).
Also
see International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
and IAS 39
Financial
Instrument =
cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an
entity, or a contract that both:
Imposes on one entity a contractual obligation (1) to
deliver cash or another financial instrument to a second entity or (2) to exchange other
financial instruments on potentially unfavorable terms with the second entity
Conveys to that second entity a contractual right (1)
to receive cash or another financial instrument from the first entity or (2) to exchange
other financial instruments on potentially favorable terms with the first entity.
The definition of financial instrument
includes commodity-based contracts that provide the holder with an option to receive from
the issuer either a financial instrument or a nonfinancial commodity. See derivative financial instrument.
Firm Commitment =
an agreement with an unrelated party,
usually legally enforceable, under which performance is probable because of a sufficiently
large disincentive for nonperformance.
For example,
even though a company expects future dividends from an investment to continue at a fixed
rate, future dividends are not firm commitments unless there are disincentives for failure
to declare dividends. There might be such disincentives in the case of preferred
dividends, but there are no such disincentives for common stock dividends.
Disincentives for nonperformance may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according
to Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133. Paragraph
540 on Page 244 defines a firm commitment as follows:
An agreement with an
unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the
following characteristics:
a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged,
the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a
specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign currency. It may also
be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.
b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance
that is sufficiently large to make performance probable.
Section b above is judgmental. The best way
to meet this condition is to spell out the penalties for nonperformance in the
contract. But there are many situations where legal recourse is implicit as a matter
of statute or tradition. Must the "agreement disincentives" be
spelled out in each contract? Clearly there are many situations in which
disincentives are implicit in the law. There are many others in which it is not so
much legal as it is economic disincentives requiring laying off of workers, closing down
of plants, negative publicity, etc. Economic disincentives, however, are far more
difficult to use in distinguishing firm commitments from forecasted
transactions.
To my students I like to relate firm commitments and
forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or sales contracts that call
for future delivery. If the contract specifies an exact quantity at a
fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm
commitment." Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm
(fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged
by a cash flow hedge. For example, suppose Company A enters into a
purchase contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in
three months time. This a firm commitment without any doubt about the
cash flows. However, if the price is contracted at "spot
price" in three months, the commitment is no
longer a "firm" commitment. The clause "spot
price" makes this a forecasted
transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can move up or down from
its current level. It is possible to enter into a cash
flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a
forecasted transaction. In the case of a firm commitment there is no
need for a cash flow hedge.
In the case of a firm commitment the cash flow is fixed but
the value can vary with spot prices. For example, in three months time
the firm commitment cash flow may be ($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000. If
the spot price moves to $500, the cash flow is more than the value of the
commodity at the time of purchase. It is possible, however, to use a
derivative financial instrument to hedge the value at a given level (called a fair
value hedge) such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay
($600-$500)(10,000 tons) = $1,000,000.
In the case of a forecasted transaction at spot rates, the
value stays fixed at ($ spot rate)(10,000 tons). However, the cash flow
accordingly varies. It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using
a derivative financial instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a
desired level. In summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary
(i.e., a fixed commitment) or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted
transaction). If hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged
with respect to value, whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to
cash flow.
I think the FASB really intends that the
disincentives or penalties must be legally specified for each firm commitment to a point
where these specifications will invoke very serious damages after a court in case for any
breach of contract. Section b is probably best interpreted in terms of its
main purpose. The main purpose, I surmise, is to distinguish a firm commitment from
both a forecasted transaction and a common form of purchase contract that is easily broken
with few if any penalties. For example, a newspaper's 80-year agreement to purchase
newsprint from a paper manufacturer might be broken with relatively small damages if the
trees needed for the newsprint have not even been planted. That type of purchase
agreement is not a firm commitment. It would seem, however, that Section b must be a
matter of judgment regarding degrees of "firmness." rather than the mere writing
in of any form of penalty for breach of contract.
See DIG
Implementation Issue A5 under net settlement.
Differences between firm commitments versus
forecasted transactions are elaborated upon in
Paragraphs 320-326 beginning on Page 157 of FAS 133.
Respondents did not necessarily agree that the
differences are important. The FASB argues that they are important. As a result, firm commitments do not need cash flow
hedges unless there is foreign currency risk. They may
need fair value hedging since values may vary from committed prices. According to
Paragraph 325, forecasted transactions have fewer rights and obligations vis-a-vis
firm commitments. All significant terms of the exchange should be specified in the
agreement, including the quantity to be exchanged and the fixed price. A forecasted
transaction has no contractual rights and obligations. Firm commitments differ from
long-term purchase commitments. Generally long-term purchase agreements such as agreements
to purchase timber of trees not yet planted or oil not yet pumped from the ground can
usually be broken with a relatively small amount of penalty equal to damages sustained in
the breaking of a contract. A firm commitment usually entails damage awards equal to or
more than the contractual commitment. Hence they are less likely to be broken than
purchase commitments. Firm commitments are discussed at various points in FAS 133.
See Paragraphs 37, 362, 370, 437-442, and 458-462.
Firm commitments can have fair value hedges
even though they cannot have cash flow hedges other than cash flow hedges of foreign
currency risk exposures --- see Paragraph 20 on Page 11 and Paragraph 37 on Page 24 of
FAS 133. They can be contracted in terms of a currency other than the designated
functinal currency. Gains and losses on fair value hedges of firm commitments are
accounted for in current earnings following guidance in Paragraph 39 on Page 25 of
FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its
loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units
per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk
exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments
have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign
currency risk exposure. See derivative
financial instrument.
With respect
to Firm Commitments vs. Forward
Contracts, the key distinction is Part b of Paragraph 540 of the original
FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the original FAS 133 Standard.)
Those of us
into FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional
distinction between a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity
at a contract price versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a
contracted forward price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133
requires booking a forward contract and adjusting it to fair value at
reporting dates if actual physical delivery is not highly likely such that
the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to
avoid booking.
The
distinction actually commences with forecasted transactions that include
purchase contracts for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at
an uncertain underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future
date of purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These
forecasted transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase
price is contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase
three months later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133
rules, but they may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative
financial instruments. Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price)
can be hedged with cash flow hedges using derivative contracts.
There is an
obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment loss
must be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant
(material) loss is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market.
But this obscure rule will be ignored here.
One
distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is
that a forward contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is
based on the difference between spot price and forward price at the time of
settlement. Net settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of
the actual commodity (most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their
front lawns). Oil companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but
like electric companies these oil companies generally contract for far more
product than will ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to
difficulties in predicting peak demand.
A firm
commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net
settlement clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not
want a particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract
is simply passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset
(book out) a purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines
apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals
of “paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel
purchase contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the
capacities of the pipelines.
The
contentious FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity
companies in FAS 149. But it was not resolved in the same way for other
companies. Hence for all other companies the distinction between a firm
commitment contract and a forward price contract is crucial.
In some ways
the distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward contract may be
somewhat artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is the existence of
a net settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a forward contract
that negates a “significant penalty” clause of a firm commitment contract.
The original
FAS 133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary that
reads as follows in Paragraph 540:
Firm commitment
An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:
a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.
b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.
The key
distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be
Part b above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large”
penalty if physical delivery is defaulted. The net settlement
(spot-forward) provision of forward contracts generally void Part b
penalties even when physical delivery was originally intended.
Firm
commitments have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than
do forward contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b
technical provisions in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome
because of a market clearing house for such contracts (the highly common
practice of booking out such contracts by passing along purchase contracts
to parties with sales contracts, or vice versa, that can be booked out) when
physical delivery was never intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in
question (in Oklahoma) all such “paper gallon” contracts are cleared against
each other on the 25th of every month. By “clearing” I mean that
“circles” of buyers and sellers are identified such that these parties
themselves essentially net out deals. In most cases the deals are probably
based upon spot prices, although the clearing house really does not get
involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these “paper
gallons.”
See
Bookout and
Forward Transaction
In Paragraph 440 beginning on Page 195 of
FAS 133, the definition of a firm commitment reads the same as is does in Paragraph 540:
An agreement with an unrelated
party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following
characteristics:
a. The agreement specifies
all significant terms, including the quantity to be
exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction.
The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency
or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective
yield.
b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.
That definition is based on
the definition of a firm commitment in
Statements 52 and 80.
Paragraph
324 on Page 157 also declares that firm commitments must be fixed-price contracts. Also
see Paragraphs 370, 416, and 432 of FAS 133. Contracts
not having fixed prices are generally not allowed to host fair value hedges. An illustration of a fair value hedge of a firm commitment begins
in Paragraph 121 on Page 67 of FAS 133. Disincentives for nonperformance can be
direct penalties, but they may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according to
Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133.
Some firm commitments are not booked at the time of the
contract. For example, purchase contracts for raw materials are not booked until
title changes hands or prepayment takes place. Unrecognized firm commitments, unlike
recognized firm commitment, are not booked as assets or liabilities. Footnote 2 on
Page 2 of SFAS reads as follows:
An unrecognized firm commitment can
be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a
previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted
for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported
in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on
the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in
this Statement include a firm commitment
Footnote 8 on Page 13 of
FAS 133 notes how
commitments sometimes do and sometimes do not qualify for accounting as firm commitments
for hedges:
A firm commitment that represents
an asset or liability that a specific accounting standard prohibits recognizing (such as a
noncancellable operating lease or an unrecognized mortgage servicing right) may
nevertheless be designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge. A mortgage banker's
unrecognized "interest rate lock commitment" (IRLC) does not qualify as a firm
commitment (because as an option it does not obligate both parties) and thus is not
eligible for fair value hedge accounting as the hedged item. (However, a mortgage
banker's "forward sale commitments," which are derivatives that lock in the
prices at which the mortgage loans will be sold to investors, may qualify as hedging
instruments in cash flow hedges of the forecasted sales of mortgage loans.)
Sometimes even a firm commitment is not eligible
for hedge accounting. For example, a a firm commitment to acquire equity investment
in a consolidated subsidiary is not eligible under Paragraph 456 on Page 201 of
FAS 133.
Under international rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm
commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).
Also
see FAS 133 Paragraph 21a.
A firm commitment must meet
the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative
financial instrument under FAS 133. This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related. It also includes
strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and
Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being
hedged. Those tests state that if the firm "commitment" is in reality a
group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the
same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21. Also see
Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133. The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the
following Paragraphs:
-
Paragraph 21 on Page 13,
-
Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,
-
Paragraph 241 on Page 130,
-
Paragraph317 on Page 155,
-
Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,
-
Paragraph 432 on Page 192,
-
Paragraph 435 on Page 193,
-
Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196
-
Paragraph 462 on Page 202,
-
Paragraph 477 on Page 208.
For example, a group of variable
rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different
indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not
qualify. Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated
sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the
same underlying. Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of
FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial
instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS
52. It allows hedging under "net
investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. For
more detail see foreign currency hedge.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
Fair value hedge definition: a hedge of the exposure to changes in
the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of
exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of
changes in interest rates).
However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an
asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is
accounted for as a cash flow hedge
|
FAS 133
Same...
...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or
sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency
is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
|
Also see forecasted
transaction and hedge accounting.
|
Fixed-to-Floating = see floater.
Floater =
a variable coupon (nominal) rate that determines
the interim cash flows on bond debt and bond investments. Example 12 in
FAS 133 Paragraph 178 illustrates an inverse floater where the coupon rate varies with changes in
an interest rate index such as the prime rate or LIBOR.
Example 13 in Paragraph 179 illustrates a levered inverse floater that varies indirectly
rather than directly with an index. Example 14 in Paragraph 180
illustrates a delivered floater that has a lagged relation to an index. Example 15
in Paragraph 15 illustrates a range floater with a cash payment based upon the number of
days that the referent index stays with a a pre-established collar (range). Example
16 illustrates a ratchet floater that has an adjustable cap and floor that move in
relation to a referent index such as LIBOR. Example 17 in Paragraph 183 illustrates
a fixed-to-floating floater varies between fixed rate periods versus floating rate
periods.
Much of the concern in
FAS 133 accounting focuses on whether a floater-based embedded option
can be separated from its host. For example suppose a bond receivable has a variable
interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative that specifies a collar of 4% to
8% based upon LIBOR. The bond holder receives no interest
payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the collar. In this case,
the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and accounted for apart from the host
bond contract. The reason is that the option is clearly
and closely related to the interest payments under the host contract (i.e., it can
adjust the interest rate). See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of FAS 133.
An example of a range floater is provided beginning in Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of
FAS 133.
A ratchet floater pays a floating interest rate with an
adjustable cap and an adjustable floor. The embedded derivatives
must be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12. An example is provided in
Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.
Some debt has a
combination of fixed and floating components. For example, a
"fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some
point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate. This
type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward
component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.
Since the forward component is "clearly-and-closely related"adjustment
of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to
Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply). See also Paragraph 21a(2) on Page 14 of
FAS 133. An example of a fixed-to-floating rate debt is provided beginning in Paragraph
183 on Page 196 of FAS 133.
Floor = see cap.
Forecasted
Transaction =
a transaction that is expected, with
high probability, to occur but as to which
there has been no firm commitment. Particularly important is the absence penalties for
breach of contract. Paragraph 540 on Page 245 of FAS 133
defines it as follows:
A transaction that is
expected to occur for which there is no firm commitment. Because no transaction or event
has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing
market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to
future benefits or a present obligation for future sacrifices
To my students I like to
relate firm commitments and forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or
sales contracts that call for future delivery. If the contract specifies
an exact quantity at a fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm
commitment." Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm
(fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged by
a cash flow hedge. For example, suppose Company A enters into a purchase
contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in three months
time. This a firm commitment without any doubt about the cash flows.
However, if the price is contracted at "spot price"
in three months, the commitment is no longer a
"firm" commitment. The clause "spot price"
makes this a forecasted transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can
move up or down from its current level. It is possible to enter into a cash
flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a
forecasted transaction. In the case of a firm commitment there is no need
for a cash flow hedge.
In the case of a firm
commitment the cash flow is fixed but the value can vary with spot prices.
For example, in three months time the firm commitment cash flow may be
($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000. If the spot price moves to $500, the cash
flow is more than the value of the commodity at the time of purchase. It
is possible, however, to use a derivative financial instrument to hedge the
value at a given level (called a fair value hedge)
such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay ($600-$500)(10,000
tons) = $1,000,000.
In the case of a
forecasted transaction at spot rates, the value stays fixed at ($ spot
rate)(10,000 tons). However, the cash flow accordingly varies. It is
possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using a derivative financial
instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a desired level. In
summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary (i.e., a fixed commitment)
or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted transaction). If
hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged with respect to value,
whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to cash flow.
Because no transaction or event has
yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market
price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future
benefits or obligations for future sacrifices. Firm commitments differ from
forecasted transactions in terms of legal rights and obligations. A forecasted
transaction has no contractual rights and obligations. Forecasted transactions are
referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example, see FAS 133 Paragraphs 29-35, 93,
358, 463-465, 472-473, and 482-487. A
forecasted transaction, unlike a firm commitment, may need a
cash flow hedge.
Paragraph 29b on Page 20 of
FAS 133 requires that the forecasted transaction be probable. Important in this criterion
would be past sales and purchases transactions. An on-going baking company, for
example, must purchase flour. It does not have to purchase materials for a plant
renovation, however, until management decisions to renovate are firmed up.
Paragraph 325 on Page 157 of
FAS 133 states that even though forecasted transactions may be highly probable, they lack the
rights and obligations of a firm commitment, including unrecognized firm commitments that
are not booked as assets and liabilities.
Forecasted transactions differ from firm commitments in terms of enforcement rights and
obligations. They do not differ in terms of the need for a specific notional and a
specific underlying under Paragraph 440a on Page 195 of FAS 133. Section a of that
paragraph reads as follows:
a. The agreement
specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be
exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction.
The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency
or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective
yield.
In Paragraph 29c on Page 20 of
FAS 133, the forecasted transaction cannot be with a related party such as a subsidiary or
parent company if it is to qualify as the hedged transaction of a cash
flow hedging derivative. An exception is made in Paragraph 40 on Page 25 for
forecasted intercompany foreign currency-denominated transactions if the conditions on
Page 26 are satisfied. Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487. Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 allows such cash flow hedging if the
parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the
parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133. However, a
consolidated group may not apply cash flow hedge accounting as stated in Paragraph 40d on
Page 26.
Cash flow hedges must have the
possibility of affecting net earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of
FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign
subsidiary. The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect
consolidated earnings. For reasons and references, see equity
method.
Suppose a company expects dividend
income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency. Suppose
the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date. Forecasted
dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not
sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a
dividend. A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered
into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133. Whether or not gains and losses are
posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends
upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as
trading securities. There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.
One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its
hedge may have different maturity dates. Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of
FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the
hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable. On the other hand, having a
shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the
Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the
following. A portion of that example reads as follows:
Although the criteria
specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single
transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles
discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.
Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted
transactions from being the hedged items in cash flow hedges
if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on each reporting
date at fair value with holding gains and losses taken directly
into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income). Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.
Thus, a forecasted purchase of raw material inventory maintained at cost can be a hedged
item, but the forecasted purchase of a trading security not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115, cannot be a
hedged item. That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued with
unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings. Conversely,
the forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security
can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have
holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive
income rather than current earnings.
Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e
that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices rather than credit worthiness. For
example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot
price changes under Paragraph 29e. The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be
hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers. Example 24
in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond. Because
the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the
embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.
A forecasted transaction must meet the
stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative
financial instrument under FAS 133. This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related. It also includes
strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and
Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being
hedged. Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in
reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group
must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.
Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133. The grouping tests are
elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:
-
Paragraph 21 on Page 13,
-
Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,
-
Paragraph 241 on Page 130,
-
Paragraph317 on Page 155,
-
Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,
-
Paragraph 432 on Page 192,
-
Paragraph 435 on Page 193,
-
Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196
-
Paragraph 462 on Page 202,
-
Paragraph 477 on Page 208.
For example, a group of variable
rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different
indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not
qualify. Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated
sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the
same underlying. Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of
differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not
to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. It allows hedging under "net
investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. For more
detail see foreign currency hedge.
Merely meeting the tests of being a
forecasted transaction or a firm commitment does not automatically qualify the item to be
designated a hedge item in a hedging transaction. For example, it cannot be a
forecasted transaction cannot be hedged for cash flows if it is remeasured at fair value
on reporting dates. For example, trading securities under SFAS 115 are remeasured at
fair value with unrealized gains and losses going directly into earnings.
Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25
bans a forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the
parent company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf. However
Paragraph 40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged
item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph
36b on Page 24 of FAS 133. Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.
Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f
on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a
consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge. Reasons are given in Paragraph 472
beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133. See minority interest.
Also see firm commitment.
Foreign Currency Financial Statements =
financial statements that employ foreign currency
as the unit of measure.
Foreign
Currency Futures Options = see foreign currency hedge.
Foreign
Currency Hedge =
a hedge that manages risks of variations in
exchange rates for foreign currencies. For example, companies that have firm commitments
to purchase or sell items priced in foreign currencies can hedge against exchange rate
losses between the time of the commitment and the time of the transaction. Major sections
of FAS 133 dealing with such hedges include Paragraphs 36-42, 121-126, 162-175, 194-197,
and 474-487. See currency swap, hedge,
and hedge accounting. The IASC
retained the definition in IAS 21 Paragraph 137c. Held-to-maturity investments carried at amortized cost may be effective hedging
instruments with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates
(IAS 39 Paragraph 125). A financial asset or liability whose fair value cannot be reliably measured cannot be a
hedging instrument except in the case of a nonderivative instrument (a) that is
denominated in a foreign currency, (b) that is designated as a hedge of foreign currency
risk, and (c) whose foreign currency component is reliably measurable (IAS
39 Paragraph 126). A nonderivative financial asset or liability may be designated as a
hedging instrument, for hedge accounting purposes, only for a hedge of a foreign currency
risk according to IAS 39 Paragraph 122.
Under IAS 39, foreign currency hedge accounting is
similar to accoutning for cash flow hedges.
(a) the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an
effective hedge (see IAS Paragraph 142) should be recognized directly in equity through the
statement of changes in equity (see IAS 1, Paragraphs 86-88); and
(b) the ineffective portion should be reported: (1) immediately in earnings if the hedging
instrument is a derivative; or (2) in accordance with Paragraph 19 of IAS 21, in the
limited circumstances in which the hedging instrument is not a derivative
The gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge
should be classified in the same manner as the foreign currency translation gain or loss
(IAS Paragraph 164)
Flow Chart for FX Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
A common type of economic hedge in practice cannot receive
hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133 is called a cross-currency
swap. This is a variant on the standard currency or interest rate swap
in which the interest rate in one currency is fixed, and the interest rate in
the other is floating. The only difference between a traditional interest rate
swap and a currency coupon swap is the combination of the currency and
interest rate features. But the DIG has taken a hard position on
cross-currency swaps that upsets corporations. See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html.
Also listen to the audio file CERINO40.mp3 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html.
Also see circus.
FAS 133 Paragraph 40 reads as follows:
A nonderivative financial instrument shall not be
designated as a hedging instrument in a foreign currency cash flow hedge. A
derivative instrument designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure to
variability in the functional-currency-equivalent cash flows associated with
either a forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a
forecasted export sale to an unaffiliated entity with the price to be
denominated in a foreign currency) or a forecasted intercompany
foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a forecasted sale to
a foreign subsidiary or a forecasted royalty from a foreign subsidiary)
qualifies for hedge accounting if all of the following criteria are met:
a. The operating unit that has the foreign
currency exposure is a party to the hedging instrument (which can be an
instrument between a parent company and its subsidiary -- refer to FAS 133
Paragraph 36).
b. The hedged transaction is denominated in a
currency other than that unit's functional currency.
c. All of the criteria in FAS 133 Paragraphs 28 and 29
are met, except for the criterion in FAS 133 Paragraph 29c that requires that
the forecasted transaction be with a party external to the reporting
entity.
d. If the hedged transaction is a group of
individual forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions, a
forecasted inflow of a foreign currency and a forecasted outflow of the
foreign currency cannot both be included in the same group.
In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments
come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. One
of the types is described in Section c below:
Paragraph 4
on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize
those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a
derivative instrument as follows:
c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of
(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (
(2) an available-for-sale
security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),
(3) a forecasted
transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or
(4) a net investment in a
foreign operation.
With respect to Section c(1) above, firm
commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already
recognized. See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is
recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For
example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit
is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the
payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is
"recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure. Similar
reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains
and losses are already booked. These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.
An example of a foreign currency hedge is a
contract for foreign currency options on the Philadelphia Exchange. On Page C23 of
the Wall Street Journal on July 22, 1998, blocks of 62,500 Swiss franc
European-style August call options required a payment of 3.58 or $0.0358 per franc plus a
strike price of 63 or $0.6300 bringing the total price up to $0.6658 per franc.
Hence, spot price on July 22 was 66.23 or $0.6623 per franc. Hence, the price need
only rise by more than $0.0035 per franc to be in-the-money. On the Philadelphia
Exchange, options on Swiss francs can only be transacted in blocks of 62,500 francs.
It is also possible to buy options
on foreign currency futures options. A futures call
option gives the owner the right (but not an obligation) to buy the underlying futures
contract at the option contract's strike price. The Chicago Board of Trade deals in
foreign currency futures options.
If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a
portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:
(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability
(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows
(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded
in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately
pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement
(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type
lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item
cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a
host contract with fixed cash flows. (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))
The hedged item is not:
(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable
to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk
is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).
Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the
hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or
incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value
attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.
If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or
liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk
reported currently in earnings.)
(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements
of APB Opinion No. 18.
(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.
(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.
(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose
of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.
(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in
the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).
The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:
(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or
payable) either in a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give
rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow
hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36).
An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value
attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:
(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the
investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the
same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security
(FAS 133 Paragraph 38).
Under Paragraph 42 on Page 26, a financial
instrument that may give rise to foreign currency transaction gains or losses under SFAS
52 can be designated as a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation (e.g., a
subsidiary, branch, or joint venture). However, such hedges are subject to Paragraph
20 of SFAS 52 criteria rather than FAS 133 criteria. SFAS 52 dictates that that the
gain or loss on the hedging instrument recorded in the SFAS 52-defined currency translation adjustment (CTA) cannot be greater than the
offsetting CTA that arose by translating the foreign entity's financial statements into
the investor's reporting currency. It allows hedging under "net
investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. For more detail see cash flow hedge.
FAS 133 does not provide guidance as to which
currencies qualify for an effective hedge. Tandem or cross-currency hedging is permitted for a fair value hedge. For example, if the
Canadian and Australian dollars can be shown to be highly correlated, a forward contract
on one currency can be used as a fair value hedge against a forecasted transaction in the
other currency.
With respect to Paragraph
29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if
the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging
instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are
highly correlated. See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
Cash flow
hedges must have the possibility of affecting net
earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency
risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary. The reason is that these
dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings. For some
complicating factors, however, see equity method.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns. In a covered call the combined position of
the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is
always greater than potential gains. The option premium, however, is set so that the
option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to
occur. Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow
losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under
FAS 133. Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12. See written
option.
Foreign currency hedges can be on the basis of
after-tax risk. See tax hedging.
In summary, a derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a
foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be designated as hedging
the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (FAS 133 Paragraph 42). A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may
give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be
designated as hedging changes in the fair value of an unrecognized firm commitment, or a
specific portion thereof, attributable to foreign currency exchange rates (FAS 133 Paragraph 37). However, such an instrument cannot be
classified as available-for-sale. A derivative instrument can be designated as hedging the changes in the fair value
of an available-for-sale debt security attributable to changes in foreign currency
exchange rates. (See FAS 133 Paragraph 38). Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment
cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an
investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest
rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to
risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk
(IAS 39 Paragraph 127).
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges
of any risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange
rates arising in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of a
net investment in a foreign operation.
|
FAS 133
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges
of risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange
rates arising in firm commitments or hedges of a net investment in a
foreign operation.
|
Hi Kevin,
How is your talented wife doing these days? Is she still doing any
distance education.
I provide an illustration
related to your question at in the fx01s.xls Excel workbook at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/mfrFX/FX/
If the hedged item has no
cash flow risk, it has fair value risk. For example, a fixed rate bond
payable has no cash flow risk, but the market price fluctuates
inversely with interest rates. Suppose a firm wants to take advantage
of possible lowering of interest rates possibly buying back its bonds
payable in the future. If the interest rates plunge, it becomes very
expensive to buy back those bonds. The firm can initially, hedge
against a rising buy-back price by hedging the fair value of the bonds
payable. In doing so, however it creates cash flow risk of the
combined hedged item and the hedging derivative (such as an interest
rate swap).
Conversely, if the bonds are
floating rate bonds, there is no market value risk, but there is cash
flow risk. The firm can hedge cash flow risk, but that will create
value risk. You must have one or the other types of risk.
The FASB took all sorts of
flak when FAS 133 did not allow a single hedging derivative to hedge
both interest rate risk and FX risk in the same derivative. You
can listen to one pro complain about the issue prior to FAS 133
at
Audio
of J.C. Mercier, BankBoston MERC30.mp3
Other audio clips are available at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm
I've not worked the BigWheels
case, but you can read the following in "Implementation of SFAS
138, Amendments to SFAS 133," by Angela L. J. Hwang, Robert E.
Jensen, and John S. Patouhas, The CPA Journal, November 2001,
pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm
One
important provision of SFAS 138 is that it allows joint hedging of
interest rate risk and foreign exchange (FX) risk in one compound
hedge. SFAS 138 widens the net of qualified FX hedges to include the
following:
Foreign
currency-denominated (FCD) assets or liabilities can be hedged in
fair value or cash flow hedges. However, cash flow hedges of
recognized FCD assets or liabilities are permitted only when all the
variability in the hedged items’ functional currency equivalent
cash flows is reduced to zero. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can
be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. Prior to SFAS 138,
hedge accounting for foreign currency risk exposures was limited to
fair value hedges of unrecognized FCD firm commitments, cash flow
hedges of forecasted FCD transactions, and net investments in FCD
foreign operations.
Example.
FCD items (e.g., a fixed-rate bond in deutsche marks) are subject to
two underlying risks: fair value risk in terms of changes in German
interest rates, and changes in the FX rates (between the deutsche
mark and the U.S. dollar). Before SFAS 138, the debtor would first
hedge the interest rate risk by locking in the combined value of the
bond and swap at a fixed amount in marks with a swap in which
variable interest was received and fixed interest was paid. Then
another derivative contract, such as a forward contract to hedge
against the possible fall of the mark against the dollar, would
hedge the combined FCD value for FX risk. Under SFAS 133, the FCD
debt was remeasured (via the income statement) based on the
prevailing spot rate of exchange and the derivative was marked to
market (also via the income statement). However, these two
adjustments rarely match, creating unintended earnings volatility.
Under the
SFAS 138 amendments, it is now possible to acquire a single compound
derivative to hedge the joint fair value risk of interest rate and
FX movements. One such derivative is a cross-currency interest swap,
which would receive a fixed interest rate in foreign currency and
pay a variable interest rate in domestic currency. SFAS 138 permits
these recognized FCD assets and liabilities to be designated as the
hedged items in fair value or cash flow hedges.
I provide an illustration
related to your question at in the fx01s.xls Excel workbook at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/mfrFX/FX/
The FASB issued a
cross-currency hedging illustrations that I never have been able to
figure out. It is incomprehensible if you want to derive all of
the numbers in the FX hedging illustrations at http://accounting.rutgers.edu/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html
Thus far the FASB has not
provided any help in comprehending the above incomprehensible
examples.
Hope this helps a little.
Bob Jensen
-----Original
Message-----
From: Kevin Lightner [mailto:Kevin.Lightner@sdsu.edu]
Sent: Tuesday, February 12, 2002 3:56 PM
To: rjensen@trinity.edu
Subject: Derivatives
Bob
I'm trying
to learn something about derivatives, but am not having a great deal
of success. I was wondering if you could help me with a few items.
Which accounting entries represent the proper accounting for the
combined foreign currency and interest rate swap in the "BigWheels
Case"? Is this swap a "fair-value hedge? Would the entries
and the type of hedge be different if the interest exchange required
BigWheels to exchange fixed dollar payments (at a rate higher than
10%) for the receipt of fixed payments in francs (for the amount
needed to service the 10% franc bond interest payable)? Any help you
can give me would be greatly appreciated. Thanks.
Kevin
Kevin
M. Lightner, Ph.D.
Professor of Accounting School of Accountancy
San Diego State University
Office: SS2427 Phone: 594-3736
Email: Kevin.Lightner@sdsu.edu
|
Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded
derivatives.
A Message from K Badrinath on January
25, 2002
Dear Mr. Jensen:
To cut a
potentially long introduction short, I am associated with the leading vendor
of treasury software in India, Synergy Log-In Systems Ltd. Shall be glad to
share more on that with you should you be interested.
The reason for
writing this is, while negotiating the minefield called FAS 133, courtesy
your wonderful Glossary on the net, I came across apparantly contradictory
statements under two different heads about whether held-to-maturity
securities can be hedged items:
HELD-TO-MATURITY
Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment
cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because
designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for
associated changes in interest rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment
can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency
exchange rates and credit risk
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.
Help!!
K. Badrinath
Hello K. Badrinath,
I think your confusion comes from the fact that FAS 138 amended Paragraph
21(d) as noted below.
Original Paragraph
21(d) .
If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of
similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in
accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk
of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's
creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a held-to-
maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk being
hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option
component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may
not be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in
market interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other
than an option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged
risk also may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)
FAS 138 Amendment
of Paragraph 21(d)"
[Hedged Item] If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or
a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as
held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being
hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to credit risk,
foreign
exchange risk,
or both.
Related paragraph changes are noted
in Appendix B of FAS 138.
Hedge accounting for held-to-maturity
securities under FAS 133 is especially troublesome for me. You can get
hedge accounting treatment for for creditworthiness risk and certain
prepayment option fair value changes, but you cannot get hedge accounting for
interest rate risk. The FASB reasoning is spelled out in Paragraphs
426-431.
Keep in mind, however, that the
derivative used to hedge a held-to-maturity security must be adjusted to fair
value at least every 90 days with changes it its value going to current
earnings.
Hedges of securities classified as
available-for-sale do not take the same beating under FAS 133. Without a
hedge, FAS 115 rules require changes in value of AFS investments to be booked,
but the offset is to OCI rather than current earnings. Paragraph 23 of
FAS 133 reads as follows:
Paragraph 23
If a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair
value reported in other comprehensive income (such as an available-for-sale
security), the adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount discussed in
paragraph 22 shall be recognized in earnings rather than in other
comprehensive income in order to offset the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument
Foreign currency risk is somewhat
different under Paragraph 38 for AFS securities.
Some key paragraphs from FAS 133 are
as follows:
Paragraph 54
At the date of initial application, an entity may transfer any held-to-maturity
security into the available-for-sale category or the trading category. An entity
will then be able in the future to designate a security transferred into the
available-for-sale category as the hedged item, or its variable interest
payments as the cash flow hedged transactions, in a hedge of the exposure to
changes in market interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or
changes in its overall fair value. (paragraph 21(d) precludes a held-to-
maturity security from being designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge
of market interest rate risk or the risk of changes in its overall fair value.
paragraph 29(e) similarly precludes the variable cash flows of a
held-to-maturity security from being designated as the hedged transaction in a
cash flow hedge of market interest rate risk.) The unrealized holding gain or
loss on a held-to-maturity security transferred to another category at the date
of initial application shall be reported in net income or accumulated other
comprehensive income consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 15(b) and
15(c) of Statement 115 and reported with the other transition adjustments
discussed in paragraph 52 of this Statement. Such transfers from the
held-to-maturity category at the date of initial adoption shall not call into
question an entity's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the
future.
Paragraphs 426-431
Prohibition
against Hedge Accounting for Hedges of Interest Rate Risk of Debt Securities
Classified as Held-to-Maturity
426. This Statement
prohibits hedge accounting for a fair value or cash flow hedge of the
interest rate risk associated with a debt security classified as
held-to-maturity pursuant to Statement 115. During the deliberations that
preceded issuance of Statement 115, the Board considered whether such a debt
security could be designated as being hedged for hedge accounting purposes.
Although the Board's view at that time was that hedging debt securities
classified as held-to-maturity is inconsistent with the basis for that
classification, Statement 115 did not restrict hedge accounting of those
securities because constituents argued that the appropriateness of such
restrictions should be considered in the Board's project on hedging.
427. The Exposure
Draft proposed prohibiting a held-to-maturity debt security from being
designated as a hedged item, regardless of the risk being hedged. The
Exposure Draft explained the Board's belief that designating a derivative as
a hedge of the changes in fair value, or variations in cash flow, of a debt
security that is classified as held-to-maturity contradicts the notion of
that classification. Respondents to the Exposure Draft objected to the
proposed exclusion, asserting the following: (a) hedging a held-to-maturity
security does not conflict with an asserted intent to hold that security to
maturity, (b) a held-to-maturity security contributes to interest rate risk
if it is funded with shorter term liabilities, and (c) prohibiting hedge
accounting for a hedge of a held-to-maturity security is inconsistent with
permitting hedge accounting for other fixed-rate assets and liabilities that
are being held to maturity.
428. The Board
continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity
security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity
classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of
changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related
to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a
security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing
to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest
rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent
with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a
change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In
addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional
income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and
losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with
subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period
until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the
security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the
rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security
may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to
prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being
designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest
receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated
as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being
hedged includes changes in market interest rates.
429. The Board does
not consider it inconsistent to prohibit hedge accounting for a hedge of
market interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity debt security while
permitting it for hedges of other items that an entity may be holding to
maturity. Only held-to-maturity debt securities receive special accounting
(that is, being measured at amortized cost when they otherwise would be
required to be measured at fair value) as a result of an asserted intent to
hold them to maturity.
430. The Board
modified the Exposure Draft to permit hedge accounting for hedges of credit
risk on held-to-maturity debt securities. It decided that hedging the credit
risk of a held-to-maturity debt security is not inconsistent with Statement
115 because that Statement allows a sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity
debt security in response to a significant deterioration in credit quality.
431. Some
respondents to the Task Force Draft said that a hedge of the prepayment risk
in a held-to-maturity debt security should be permitted because it does not
contradict the entity's stated intention to hold the instrument to maturity.
The Board agreed that in designating a security as held-to-maturity, an
entity declares its intention not to voluntarily sell the security as a
result of changes in market interest rates, and "selling" a
security in response to the exercise of a call option is not a voluntary
sale. Accordingly, the Board decided to permit designating the embedded
written prepayment option in a held-to-maturity security as the hedged item.
Although prepayment risk is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk, the
Board notes that prepayments, especially of mortgages, occur for reasons
other than changes in interest rates. The Board therefore does not consider
it inconsistent to permit hedging of prepayment risk but not interest rate
risk in a held-to-maturity security.
Paragraph 533(2)(e)
For securities classified as available-for-sale, all reporting enterprises shall
disclose the aggregate fair value, the total gains for securities with net gains
in accumulated other comprehensive income, and the total losses for securities
with net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income, by major security
type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented.
For securities classified as held-to-maturity, all reporting enterprises shall
disclose the aggregate fair value, gross unrecognized holding gains, gross
unrecognized holding losses, the net carrying amount, and the gross gains and
losses in accumulated other comprehensive income for any derivatives that hedged
the forecasted acquisition of the held-to-maturity securities, by major security
type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented.
|
IAS 138
Implementation Guidance
Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138, Accounting
for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ---
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The
CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S.
Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm
Hedging of
Foreign Currency– Denominated Items
One
important provision of SFAS 138 is that it allows joint hedging of
interest rate risk and foreign exchange (FX) risk in one compound
hedge. SFAS 138 widens the net of qualified FX hedges to include the
following:
Foreign
currency-denominated (FCD) assets or liabilities can be hedged in
fair value or cash flow hedges. However, cash flow hedges of
recognized FCD assets or liabilities are permitted only when all the
variability in the hedged items’ functional currency equivalent
cash flows is reduced to zero. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can
be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. Prior to SFAS 138,
hedge accounting for foreign currency risk exposures was limited to
fair value hedges of unrecognized FCD firm commitments, cash flow
hedges of forecasted FCD transactions, and net investments in FCD
foreign operations.
Example.
FCD items (e.g., a fixed-rate bond in deutsche marks) are subject to
two underlying risks: fair value risk in terms of changes in German
interest rates, and changes in the FX rates (between the deutsche
mark and the U.S. dollar). Before SFAS 138, the debtor would first
hedge the interest rate risk by locking in the combined value of the
bond and swap at a fixed amount in marks with a swap in which
variable interest was received and fixed interest was paid. Then
another derivative contract, such as a forward contract to hedge
against the possible fall of the mark against the dollar, would
hedge the combined FCD value for FX risk. Under SFAS 133, the FCD
debt was remeasured (via the income statement) based on the
prevailing spot rate of exchange and the derivative was marked to
market (also via the income statement). However, these two
adjustments rarely match, creating unintended earnings volatility.
Under the
SFAS 138 amendments, it is now possible to acquire a single compound
derivative to hedge the joint fair value risk of interest rate and
FX movements. One such derivative is a cross-currency interest swap,
which would receive a fixed interest rate in foreign currency and
pay a variable interest rate in domestic currency. SFAS 138 permits
these recognized FCD assets and liabilities to be designated as the
hedged items in fair value or cash flow hedges.
Intercompany
Exposures
Multinational
corporations enter into many transactions with FX risk exposure. A
centralized treasury center that assesses corporate-wide FX exposure
and hedges the net exposure with a single derivative offers
significant cost savings over subsidiaries acquiring their own
third-party hedges.
Example. A
German subsidiary forecasts sales of DM 5 million from a Japanese
purchaser in the next three months, and a Japanese subsidiary
expects to purchase DM 3 million worth of inventory from a German
supplier in the same period. The net exposure would be a long
position of DM 2 million and the parent company could hedge its risk
by selling a forward contract or buying a put option for DM 2
million.
SFAS 133
discouraged hedge accounting by treasury centers because it required
individual members of a consolidated group to enter individual
offsetting derivative contracts with third parties, which nullifies
the cost savings benefits. The SFAS 138 amendments allow certain
intercompany derivatives that are offset by unrelated third-party
contracts to be designated as the hedging instrument in cash flow
hedges of foreign currency risk in the consolidated financial
statements.
Amendments
to DIG Guidance
SFAS 138
also amends related interpretations issued by the Derivatives
Implementation Group (DIG).
Issue G3:
Discontinuation of a cash flow hedge. SFAS 138 amends the accounting
for discontinued cash flow hedges by requiring that the net
derivative gain or loss from a discontinued cash flow hedge be
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, unless it is
probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end
of the originally specified time period or within an additional two
months.
Issue H1:
Hedging at the operating unit level. SFAS 138 extends the functional
currency concept of SFAS 52 to foreign currency fair value hedges
and to hedges of the net investment in a foreign operation, in
addition to foreign currency cash flow hedges. It also requires that
the hedged transaction be denominated in a currency other than the
hedging unit’s functional currency.
Issue H2:
Requirement that the unit with the exposure must be a party to the
hedge. The SFAS 138 amendments ensure that the functional currency
concept of SFAS 52 is applied to determine whether hedge accounting
is appropriate for consolidated financial statements. One of two
conditions must be satisfied in order to use hedge accounting:
The
operating unit with the FX exposure must be party to the hedging
instrument; or Another member of the consolidated group is party to
the hedge; this party has the same functional currency as the
operating unit, and there are no intervening subsidiaries with a
different functional currency. Example. A second-tier subsidiary (B)
whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar has a French franc
exposure. A parent company could designate a dollar-franc derivative
as a hedge of a first-tier subsidiary’s (A) exposure, provided
that A’s functional currency is also the dollar.
However, if
A’s functional currency is the Japanese yen, the consolidated
parent company could not designate its dollar-franc derivative as a
hedge of B’s exposure. In this case, the financial statements of B
are first translated into yen before the yen-denominated financial
statements of A are translated into dollars for consolidation. As a
result, there is no direct FX exposure, because A has a different
functional currency than B’s functional currency. Furthermore,
there is no direct exposure to the consolidated parent company.
Issue H5:
Hedging a firm commitment or a fixed-price agreement denominated in
a foreign currency. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can be
designated as either a fair value or a cash flow hedge. A similar
DIG position for payments due under an available-for-sale debt
security is explicitly permitted by SFAS 138.
What SFAS
138 Did Not Amend
Except for
the confusing and highly limited amendments on intercompany
derivative contracts, SFAS 138 did not change FASB’s stand against
portfolio (macro) hedging. In order to qualify as a SFAS 133/138
hedge, the hedge must, except in unrealistic circumstances, relate
to a specific hedged item in a portfolio rather than a subset of
items. The only exception applies to subsets of items with identical
terms that are nearly fungible. Matching individual hedges against
individual hedged items not only magnifies the accounting costs, but
also contradicts the way many firms view economic hedges. Some have
complained that SFAS 133/138 forces changes in hedging strategies
and risk management practices for accounting reasons that defy
economic sense.
FASB did
not replace SFAS 52, which causes additional complexity when
applying it simultaneously with SFAS 133 and 138. SFAS 138 reduces
the differences between spot and forward rate adjustments, but
difficult issues remain in reconciling the two standards.
Although
FASB requires fair value statements, it provides very little
measurement guidance for customized derivatives that are either not
traded at all or not traded in sufficiently wide markets. Appendix B
of SFAS 133 contains some errors and omissions that were not
addressed by SFAS 138 or other FASB announcements. In particular,
there is no FASB guidance on how swap values were derived in
Examples 2 or 5. Corrections and derivation discussions are
discussed in the following two documents:
“The
Receive Fixed/Pay Variable Interest-Rate Swap in SFAS 133, Example
2, Needs An Explanation: Here It Is,” by Carl M. Hubbard and
Robert E. Jensen, Derivatives Report, November 1999, pp. 6–11
(http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ caseans/294wp.doc; the Excel
workbook is at www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/ 133ex02a.xls). “An
Explanation of Example 5, Cash Flow Hedge of Variable-Rate Interest
Bearing Asset in SFAS 133,” by Carl M. Hubbard and Robert E.
Jensen, Derivatives Report, April 2000, pp. 8–13 (www.trinity.edu/
rjensen/caseans/133ex05.htm; the Excel workbook is at
www.cs.trinity.edu/ ~rjensen/133ex05a.xls). Derivative instruments
cannot be designated as held-to-maturity items that are not subject
to fair value adjustment. For certain derivatives, this can cause
income volatility that is entirely artificial and will ultimately,
at maturity, cause all previously recognized fair value gains to
wash out against fair value losses. Economic hedges of hedged items
(e.g., bond investments) designated as held-to-maturity items cannot
receive hedge accounting under SFAS 133 even though the hedges must
be booked at fair value. The reason given in Paragraph 29e is that
this hedge is a credit hedge. Fair value hedging of fixed-rate debt
makes little sense since the item will be held to maturity. Cash
flow hedging of variable interest payments will wash out unless the
contract is defaulted. The reasons for not allowing such hedges to
receive SFAS 133 treatment are clear. It is unclear, however, why
the hedges have to be booked to market value if they will be held to
maturity.
|
Foreign
Currency Transactions =
transactions (for example, sales or purchases of
goods or services or loans payable or receivable) whose terms are stated in a currency
other than the entity's functional currency. Foreign
currency risks are discussed extensively in FAS 133. See for example, Paragraphs
71.
Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded
derivatives.
Foreign
Currency Translation =
the process of expressing amounts denominated or
measured in one currency in terms of another currency by use of the exchange rate between
the two currencies.
Foreign Operation =
an operation whose financial statements are (1)
combined or consolidated with or accounted for on an equity basis in the financial
statements of the reporting enterprise and (2) prepared in a currency other than the
reporting currency of the reporting enterprise.
Forward
Contract or Forward Exchange Contract =
an agreement to exchange at a specified future
date currencies of different countries at a specified rate (forward rate). An example of a
forward contract appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 beginning on Page 67 of
FAS 133.
See forward transaction.
Forward Exchange Rate Agreement (FXA) =
a forward contract
on exchange rates. A FXA is a forward contract to buy/sell a notional
amount of foreign currency forward at a contracted price. See forward transaction and
forward rate agreement (FRA).
Forward Rate = =
the rate quoted today for delivery of a specific
currency amount at a specific exchange rate on a specific future date.
Forward Rate
Agreement (FRA) =
a forward contract
on interest rates. Loan principals are not exchanged and are used only as notionals to establish forward contract settlements. These are
customized contracts that allow borrowers to hedge future borrowing rates on anticipated
loans in the future. FRA contracts can also be purchased in foreign currencies,
thereby affecting currency exchange and interest rate risk management strategies.
See forward transaction and forward exchange rate agreement (FXA).
Forward
Transaction or Forward Contract =
an agreement to deliver cash, foreign currency,
or some other item at a contracted date in the future. The key distinction between futures
versus forward contracts is that forward contracts are customized and are not traded in
organized markets. Unlike with futures contracts, it is very simple to specify exact terms
such as the exact notional amount and rate to be applied. In the case of a futures
contract, it may be difficult or impossible to find the needed combinations traded in
markets. However, since forward contracts are not traded in markets, their value is often
very difficult to estimate.
Since forward contracts are individually
contracted, often through third party investment banks or brokers, the transactions costs
of a forward contract can be high relative to futures contracts. Matters of settlement
assurances must be contracted since they do not carry the settlement guarantees of futures
contracts.
See FAS 133 Paragraphs 59a, 93, and 100. An
example of a forward contract in FAS 133 appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 and
Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172.
By way of illustration, currency trading on July
22, 1998 showed the following exchange selling rates among banks in amounts of $1 million
or more:
Wall Street Journal,
07/22/98, Page C23
|
U.S. $ Equivalent
|
Currency per U.S. $
|
Britain
(Pound) Spot |
1.6435
|
.6085
|
1-month forward
|
1.6408
|
.6095
|
3-months
forward
|
1.6352
|
.6115
|
6-months
forward
|
1.6271
|
.6146
|
Canada (Dollar) Spot
|
.6702
|
1.4921
|
1-month forward
|
.6706
|
1.4911
|
3-months
forward
|
.6712
|
1.4898
|
6-months
forward
|
.6720
|
1.4882
|
For example, the spot
rate is such that in $1 million trades or higher, each British pound exchanges into
$1.6435 U.S. dollars. However, a forward exchange contract reduces that amount to
$1.6271 if settled in six months. In practice, forward contracts are tailor-made for
the length or time and amounts to be exchanged. The above rates serve only as
guidelines for negotiation. See futures contract.
FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting
and, thereby, excluded forward contracts for regular-way
security trades from the scope of FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).
See DIG Issue A1 under derivative
financial instrument.
See DIG Issues A2 and A3 under net
settlement.
With
respect to Firm Commitments vs. Forward
Contracts, the key distinction is Part b of Paragraph 540 of the original
FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the original FAS 133 Standard.)
Those
of us into FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional
distinction between a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity
at a contract price versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a
contracted forward price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133
requires booking a forward contract and adjusting it to fair value at
reporting dates if actual physical delivery is not highly likely such that
the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to
avoid booking.
The
distinction actually commences with forecasted transactions that include
purchase contracts for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at
an uncertain underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future
date of purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These
forecasted transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase
price is contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase
three months later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133
rules, but they may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative
financial instruments. Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price)
can be hedged with cash flow hedges using derivative contracts.
There
is an obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment
loss must be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant
(material) loss is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market.
But this obscure rule will be ignored here.
One
distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is
that a forward contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is
based on the difference between spot price and forward price at the time of
settlement. Net settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of
the actual commodity (most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their
front lawns). Oil companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but
like electric companies these oil companies generally contract for far more
product than will ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to
difficulties in predicting peak demand.
A firm
commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net
settlement clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not
want a particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract
is simply passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset
(book out) a purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines
apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals
of “paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel
purchase contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the
capacities of the pipelines.
The
contentious FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity
companies in FAS 149. But it was not resolved in the same way for other
companies. Hence for all other companies the distinction between a firm
commitment contract and a forward price contract is crucial.
In
some ways the distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward
contract may be somewhat artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is
the existence of a net settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a
forward contract that negates a “significant penalty” clause of a firm
commitment contract.
The
original FAS 133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary
that reads as follows in Paragraph 540:
Firm commitment
An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:
a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.
b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.
The
key distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be
Part b above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large”
penalty if physical delivery is defaulted. The net settlement
(spot-forward) provision of forward contracts generally void Part b
penalties even when physical delivery was originally intended.
Firm
commitments have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than
do forward contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b
technical provisions in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome
because of a market clearing house for such contracts (the highly common
practice of booking out such contracts by passing along purchase contracts
to parties with sales contracts, or vice versa, that can be booked out) when
physical delivery was never intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in
question (in Oklahoma) all such “paper gallon” contracts are cleared against
each other on the 25th of every month. By “clearing” I mean that
“circles” of buyers and sellers are identified such that these parties
themselves essentially net out deals. In most cases the deals are probably
based upon spot prices, although the clearing house really does not get
involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these “paper
gallons.”
See
Bookout and
Firm Commitment
Frauds
in Derivatives History
Derivative
Financial Instruments Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm
Functional
Currency =
the primary currency in which an entity conducts
its operation and generates and expends cash. It is usually the currency of the country in
which the entity is located and the currency in which the books of record are
maintained. See translation adjustment.
Futures Contract =
an exchange-traded contract between a buyer
or seller and the clearinghouse of a futures exchange to buy or sell a standard quantity
and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a
specified future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement
payments (known as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract
and often permit or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or
sale of the underlying asset. Not all futures contracts are financial instruments
derivatives. Futures on commodities, for example, are not necessarily financial
instruments related unless qualifying as hedges of anticipated transactions.
By way of illustration, futures trading on July 29, 1998
showed the following exchange futures contract prices per stipulated contract amounts:
Wall Street
Journal, 07/22/98, Page C20
|
U.S. $ Settlement
|
Contract Amounts
|
Britain
(Pound) Spot |
1.6435
|
|
September 98 futures contract
|
1.6384
|
62,500 British
Pounds
|
December 98 futures contract
|
1.6308
|
62,500
British Pounds
|
July 99 futures contract
|
1.6162
|
62,500 British
Pounds
|
Canada
(Dollar) Spot
|
.6702
|
|
September 98 futures contract
|
.6710
|
100,000 Canadian
Dollars
|
December 98 futures contract
|
.6719
|
100,000
Canadian Dollars
|
March 99 futures contract
|
.6728
|
100,000
Canadian Dollars
|
For example, each 62,500 British pound
contract for July 99 will settle at $1.6162 per pound. Unlike forward contracts, the futures contracts are not customized
for maturities or amounts.
Futures contracts are typically purchased through margin
accounts at brokerage firms. Margin accounts allow for high leveraging due to the
fact that only a small percentage (e.g. 10%) of each contract need be held in cash in the
account. Price movements upward are settled daily and contract holders can cash out
those gains each day in advance of the contract maturities. Similarly, price
movements downward are charged to the margin account daily such that at some point
investors may be required to add more cash to bring the margin account balances up to
minimum balances. Example 7 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 144-152 simplifies the
illustration of 20 futures contracts on corn by not illustrating margin account
trading. In my Excel tutorial of Example 7, however, I added margin account
illustrations. Example 11 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 173-177 illustrate hedging with
pork belly futures contracts.
There are many types of futures contracts
ranging from orange juice to cotton and interest rates. For example, interest rate
futures may be purchased to hedge future borrowing rates, interest
rate strip contracts, and variable rate loans. They
may also be speculations. Futures contracts are traded in block amounts such as
$100,000 each for interest rate futures on U.S. Treasury notes. Trading markets may be
very thin (in terms of numbers of traders and frequency of trades) for certain types of
futures contracts.
Parties include the buyer, seller, and the clearinghouse
of a futures exchange. The contract is to buy or sell a standard quantity and
quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a specified
future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement payments (known
as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract and often permit
or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or sale of the
underlying asset. Futures contracts are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See for
example Paragraphs 73-77. See forward transaction
and
foreign currency hedge.
Paragraph 64 on Page 45 of
FAS 133 describes a
futures contract "tailing strategy." Such a strategy entails adjusting the
size or contract amount of the hedge so that cash from reinvestment of daily settlements
(recall that futures price changes are settled daily in margin accounts) do not
distort the hedge effectiveness with reinvestment gains and losses.
Yahoo
Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread
use of futures contracts. That web site, however, will not help much with
respect ot accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.
FX = See Foreign
Exchange Contract
G-Terms
Gapping and Immunization
Gapping Risk
Bankers refer to the mismatch between assets and liabilities as
"gapping." The usual cause in banking is borrowing with
short-term obligations and lending at long-term fixed interest rates.
Bank investments such as fixed rate loans tend to have market values that
are negatively correlated with interest rate movements. But the cash
inflows are stable over longer periods of time while the value of money
fluctuates. Short-term obligations tend to have greater cash flow risk
and less market value risk. Banks tend to manage gapping risks in a
variety of ways, but they are generally concerned with managing current
value and earnings stability, and their fair value and earnings management
hedging may put cash flows at risk.
Pension funds are different than banks in that the " gapping" risk
may work in the other direction. The usual cause in pension
funds is borrowing with long-term obligations whose values rise and fall
much more dramatically with interest rate movements than short-term
obligations. Many pension funds have been mismatched in terms of
having debt with 15-year durations and investments with five-year
durations. In the past this arose from a "stupefying
reason." Consultants graded performance against shorter term bond
investment indexes, which is the type of mismanagement that led General
Motors and other corporate pension funds to lose ground in 1995 when their
investments in stocks and bonds were having a banner year. In 1995,
interest rates also fell such that the value of the funds' long-term debt
wiped out the gains on the asset side in terms of current value. Cash
increases from investments had to be set aside to pay off higher amounts of
debt. "Pension liabilities swing upward and downward with
interest rates much more than assets swing upward and downward. See
Robert Lowenstein, "How Pension Funds Lost in Market Book," The
Wall Street Journal, February 1, 1996.
Immunization
Asset and liability duration "gapping" is a major reason why a
newer type of derivative hedging instrument known as the interest rate swap
became immensely popular. Such swaps could be used to
"immunize" pension funds from having huge losses in periods of
interest rate decline. They could also be used to help banks manage
earnings.
See Earnings Management
See interest rate swap and hedge
Gearing = see leverage.
Gold-Linked
Bull Note =
a note with interest rates
indexed to upward movements in gold prices. This is a leveraged form of
investment in gold. It can be viewed as an equivalent of a series of embedded options indexed on on gold price movements. The
derivatives are required to be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of
FAS 133. The underlying is the price of gold and the notional is the note's principal amount. There is usually
little or no premium and gold is actively traded in commodity
markets such that conversion to cash is quick and easy. The price of gold is not
deemed to be clearly-and-closely related to any
fixed-rate notes. An example of a gold-linked bull note is provided beginning in
Paragraph 188 on Page 98 of FAS 133.
Governmental Disclosure Rules for Derivative
Financial Instruments = see Disclosure.
Group of Thirty
=
a private and independent, nonprofit body that
examines financial issues, In its July 1993 study Derivatives: Practices and Principles,
the Group of Thirty called for disclosure of information about management's attitude
toward financial risks, how derivatives are used and how risks are controlled, accounting
policies, management's analysis of positions at the balance sheet date and the credit risk
inherent in those positions, and, for dealers, additional information about the extent of
activities in derivatives. Derivatives also were the subject of major studies prepared by
several federal agencies, all of which cited the need for improvements in financial
reporting for derivatives.
|
H-Terms
Hard Currency =
a currency actively traded and easily converted
to other currencies on world markets.
Hedge =
a transaction entered into to manage
(usually reduce) risk exposure to interest rate movements, foreign currency exchange rate
variations, or most any other contractual exposure. The classic example is when a company
has a contract to pay or receive foreign currency in the future. A foreign currency hedge
can lock in the amount such that fluctuations in exchange rates will not give rise to
exchange rate gains or losses. An effective hedge is one in which there is no gain or
loss. An ineffective hedge may give rise to risk of some gain or loss. Effective and
ineffective hedges are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See, for example, major
sections in Paragraphs 17-28, 62-103, 351-383, and 374-383. See dedesignation. and ineffectiveness.
Flow Chart for Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken
up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The
closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its
position on compound derivatives.
Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in
embedded hybrid derivative instruments.
See cash flow hedge,
compound derivatives, derecognition,
dedesignation., fair value hedge,
hedge accounting, open position,
tax hedging, and foreign
currency hedge.
Also see Macro
Hedge
Click here to view Professor Linsmeier's commentary on hedging.
|
FAS 133
permits after-tax hedging of foreign
currency risk and/or market price risk. The hedge must be entered into to reduce
taxes, and the item hedged must be ordinary assets or liabilities in the normal course of
the taxpayer's business.
March 25, 2002 message
from Richard Newmark [richard.newmark@phduh.com]
Bob,
I thought you might be interested in this.
Rick
-------------------------
Richard Newmark
Assistant Professor of Accounting
University of Northern Colorado
Kenneth W. Monfort College of Business
Campus Box 128
Greeley, CO 80639
(970) 351-1213 Office
(801) 858-9335 Fax (free e-mail fax at efax.com)
richard.newmark@PhDuh.com
http://PhDuh.com
IRS
finalizes hedging regs with liberalizations
TD 8985; Reg. § 1.1221-2, Reg. § 1.1256(e)-1
IRS has issued final regs for determining the character of gain or
loss from hedging transactions.
Background. As a result of a '99 law change, capital
assets don't include any hedging transaction clearly identified as
such before the close of the day on which it was acquired,
originated, or entered into. (Code Sec. 1221(a)(7)) Before the
change, IRS had issued final regs in '94 providing ordinary
character treatment for most business hedges. Last year, IRS issued
proposed changes to the hedging regs to reflect the '99 statutory
change (see Weekly Alert ¶ 6 2/1/2001). IRS has now finalized the
regs with various changes, many of which are pro-taxpayer. The regs
apply to transactions entered into after Mar 19, 2002. However, the
Preamble states that IRS won't challenge any transaction entered
into after Dec. 16, '99, and before Mar. 20, 2002, that satisfies
the provisions of either the proposed or final regs.
Hedging
transactions. A hedging transaction is a transaction entered
into by the taxpayer in the normal course of business primarily to
manage risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency
fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary
obligations, or borrowings of the taxpayer. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(i);
Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(ii)) A hedging transaction also includes a
transaction to manage such other risks as IRS may prescribe in regs.
(Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(iii)) IRS has the authority to provide regs
to address nonidentified or improperly identified hedging
transactions (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(B)), and hedging transactions
involving related parties. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(3))
Key
changes in final regs. The final regs include the following
changes from the proposed regs.
... Both
the final and the proposed regs provide that they do not apply to
determine the character of gain or loss realized on a section 988
transaction as defined in Code Sec. 988(c)(1) or realized with
respect to any qualified fund as defined in section Code Sec.
988(c)(1)(E)(iii). The proposed regs also provided that their
definition of a hedging transaction would apply for purposes of
certain other international provisions of the Code only to the
extent provided in regs issued under those provisions. This is
eliminated in the final regs because the other references were to
proposed regs and to Code sections for which the relevant regs
have not been issued in final form. The Preamble states that later
regs will specify the extent to which the Reg. § 1.1221-2 hedging
transaction rules will apply for purposes of those other regs and
related Code sections.
...
Several commentators noted that the proposed regs used risk
reduction as the operating standard to implement the risk
management definition of hedging. They found that risk reduction
is too narrow a standard to encompass the intent of Congress,
which defined hedges to include transactions that manage risk of
interest rate, price changes or currency fluctuations. In
response, IRS has restructured the final regs to implement the
risk management standard. No definition of risk management is
provided, but instead, the rules characterize a variety of classes
of transactions as hedging transactions because they manage risk.
(Reg. § 1.1221-2(c)(4); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d))
... The
proposed regs provided that a taxpayer has risk of a particular
type only if it is at risk when all of its operations are
considered. Commentators pointed out that businesses often conduct
risk management on a business unit by business unit basis. In
response, the final regs permit the determination of whether a
transaction manages risk to be made on a business-unit basis
provided that the business unit is within a single entity or
consolidated return group that adopts the single-entity approach.
(Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1))
RIA
observation: As a result of the two foregoing changes made
by the final regs, more transactions will qualify as hedging
transactions. This is good for taxpayers because any losses
from the additional transactions qualifying as hedges will be
accorded ordinary treatment.
... In
response to comments, the final regs have been restructured to
separately address interest rate hedges and price hedges. (Reg.
§ 1.1221-2(d)(1)(iv); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))
... In
response to comments, the final regs provide that a transaction
that converts an interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating
rate or from a floating rate to a fixed rate manages risk. (Reg.
§ 1.1221-2(d)(2))
... The
final regs provide that IRS may identify by future published
guidance specified transactions that are determined not to be
entered into primarily to manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(5))
... The
proposed regs sought comments on expanding the definition of
hedging transactions to include transactions that manage risks
other than interest rate or price changes, or currency
fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary
obligations or borrowings of the taxpayer. While comments were
received, the final regs did not make any changes in this area.
However, IRS continues to invite comments on the types of risks
that should be covered, including specific examples of
derivative transactions that may be incorporated into future
guidance, as well as the appropriate timing of inclusion of
gains and losses with respect to such transactions.
...
With respect to the identification requirement, a rule has been
added specifying additional information that must be provided
for a transaction that counteracts a hedging transaction. (Reg.
§ 1.1221-2(f)(3)(v))
RIA
Research References: For hedging transactions, see FTC 2d/FIN ¶
I-6218.01 ; United States Tax Reporter ¶ 12,214.80
|
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on June 16,
2004
TITLE: Calpine Raises Cash to Pay Debt, Turn Profit
REPORTER: Steven D. Jones
DATE: Jun 15, 2004
PAGE: C3
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108724453234036647,00.html
TOPICS: Accounting, Cash Flow, Debt, Early Retirement of Debt, Asset
Disposal
SUMMARY: Calpine Corp. has revealed a plan that will significantly
change its balance sheet and statement of cash flows. Questions focus on
evaluating the plan and the related accounting.
QUESTIONS:
1.) Outline each economic event that is described in the article. For each
event, briefly explain the economic significance of the event.
2.) Assume that Calpine Corp. continues with the plan that is described
in the article. Explain how each component of the plan would impact the
financial statements.
3.) Why would bondholders be concerned about disposing of assets?
4.) What is a hedge? Into what type of hedge transaction did Calpine
Corp. enter? Why did Calpine Corp. enter into the hedge transaction? Is
net income changed by changes in market value of the asset underlying the
hedge transaction? Is net income changed by changes in market value of the
electricity in Calpine's long-term sales contracts? Support your answers.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
"Outside Audit: Calpine
Takes Basic Approach to Power Game," by Steven D. Jones, The Wall
Street Journal, June 15, 2004, Page C3 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108724453234036647,00.html
Calpine
Corp., one of the main actors in California's long-running energy soap
opera, is working from a script that sounds like it came right out of a
business textbook: raising cash, reducing debt and aiming to put out a
more profitable product.
As any soaps fan knows, however,
plots can turn unexpectedly.
Calpine, based in San Jose, is
raising nearly $1 billion in cash from asset sales, and in the bargain
positioning itself to profit from more volatile electricity prices in
the year ahead.
In a series of deals, including
the sale of a large block of Canadian gas, Calpine will raise cash to
finish power plants and meet obligations for maturing debt and hybrid
securities that begin coming due this fall.
At the same time, the energy
company is reducing how much electricity it has tied up in long-term
supply contracts to 51% of output for the remainder of the year from 65%
a year ago.
The change means that Calpine has
more megawatts to sell on the open market this summer, when consumer
demand is projected to grow 2.5% nationwide and swell as much as 6% in
California
Combined, the moves mean Calpine
is poised to boost cash from asset sales and increase cash flow if
market prices for electricity move higher this summer. Calpine has 88
power plants generating 22,000 megawatts and another 10 plants nearing
completion.
The strategy isn't foolproof:
Those gas reserves are real assets, and thus are a comfort to bond
holders, who may fret at their disposal. Also, if it is a cool summer,
the market price for electricity would understandably suffer, and
Calpine, which had a weak first quarter, would too.
The independent power generator
burned through about $400 million in cash in the first quarter. It had
$1.4 billion in liquidity at the end of the quarter, but it also plans
about $900 million in capital spending and faces two maturing debt
obligations totaling about $570 million in the next two years. In
addition, the first $225 million of a type of hybrid convertible
security that Calpine sold comes due this fall, and many investors are
likely to want to cash out.
Calpine traded at nearly $50 a
share when those hybrid securities were first sold five years ago. At 4
p.m. yesterday in New York Stock Exchange composite trading, it stood at
$3.98, up five cents.
Wall Street and investors are
acutely concerned with how Calpine manages its ready cash, as even the
company notes. "The whole issue on Calpine has been
liquidity," says Bob Kelly, the chief financial officer. "One
way to get that off the table is to build our cash balance."
For Calpine, building cash is in
large part about the difference between fuel costs and the price it
receives for electricity it generates. For example, if it costs Calpine
$35 for the gas to generate a megawatt of electricity that the company
sells for $50, then it earns $15.
Five years ago, when prices and
demand for electricity were high, Calpine prospered by selling long-term
power contracts. To hedge those contracts, the company locked in fixed
gas prices partly by purchasing Canadian gas fields.
Since then, gas prices have
risen, but electricity demand and prices haven't kept pace. Sometimes
Calpine customers, many of them utilities, could come out ahead by
relying on Calpine's fixed-price power, shutting off their own
generating plants and selling their gas for a profit on the open market.
Now Calpine is going back to
customers with an offer to provide the generating capacity only. Or, as
in the earlier example, the utility pays $15 for the generating capacity
and provides the gas at its own expense. While that may appear to be a
small change, it makes a big difference on the balance sheet, because
Calpine no longer needs as much gas in the ground as a long-term hedge.
"Our profit margin doesn't
change," says Mr. Kelly. "We get the capacity value of the
megawatts just the same as we do now, but we have removed the energy
side of the trade so we are long gas. That frees up the opportunity to
sell the gas."
Calpine has 230 billion cubic
feet of natural gas in Alberta on the block. Mr. Kelly estimates the
company paid about $1.25 per thousand cubic feet for that gas and recent
Canadian deals suggest the company could now get $2 per thousand cubic
feet. At that price, Calpine's Alberta gas reserves represent a 60%
return on a three-year investment.
But the deal looks even better
from a balance-sheet perspective, since Calpine intends to pay off some
bank debt and then use most of the proceeds to buy back bonds that are
trading for about 60 cents on the dollar. Put it all together: Calpine
bought gas for $1.25, will sell it for $2 and use the cash to repay
nearly $3 of debt.
"We've doubled our money in
2½ to three years," says Mr. Kelly. "People ought to be
happy."
Yet the enthusiasm on Wall Street
has been restrained. Calpine shares have gained little since the plan
was announced June 10, and its bonds have lost ground, trading down
another 25 cents yesterday.
The tepid response is tied to the
view that the gas on Calpine's balance sheet is a core asset, with some
creditors seeing billions of cubic feet of gas as a cushion against a
hard landing for their bonds.
"That's not the way to look
at it," counters Mr. Kelly. "If anyone is looking at gas as
security on the bonds, then they ought to sell the bonds."
The other key to Calpine's
current restructuring is higher power prices that will spur cash flow,
and for that Calpine could use a heat wave. Consumers weather cold with
natural gas and other sources of energy, but most rely on electrically
powered air conditioners to beat the heat. Too many cool and breezy
days, however, and air conditioners get turned off.
Bob Jensen's threads on
accounting for derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
Hedge Accounting =
accounting treatment that allows gains and losses
on hedging instruments such as forward contracts and derivatives to be deferred and
recognized when the offsetting gain or loss on the item being hedged is recognized.
Criteria for qualifying as a hedge are discussed in FAS 133 Paragraphs 9-42,
70, 384-431,
432-457,, 458-473, and 488-494. Derivatives qualifying as hedges must continue to meet
hedging criteria for the term of the contracts. Impairment tests are discussed in
Paragraphs 27 on Page 17 and 31-35 on Page 22 of FAS 133. A
nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging
instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d). See cash flow hedge, compound
derivatives, disclosure, fair
value hedge, hedge, ineffectiveness,
and foreign currency hedge. Especially note the
term disclosure.
In a nutshell, hedge accounting might be viewed simply as the way changes in
value of a booked derivative financial instrument might be offset against
something other than current earnings.
Many firms are eager to have a hedge qualify for hedge accounting to reduce
earnings fluctuations that arise from changes in derivative instrument values
that do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Flow Chart for Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Cash flows from a derivative financial instrument such as a
swap are debited or credited to current earnings. However, the change in
the value of a derivative financial instrument may receive special accounting
treatment if that derivative qualifies as a hedge under FAS 133 accounting
rules. If the derivative is not scoped into FAS 133, there is not
requirement under FAS 133 to book the derivative and change its value on the
balance sheet over time (although the derivative such as an insurance
contract) may be booked under other accounting standards). Such
non-scoped derivatives include derivatives having an underlying based upon
sports scores or geological indices (such as rainfall amounts. Other
non-scoped derivatives include regular-way trades, normal purchases and sales,
insurance contracts, financial guarantees, and other derivatives scoped out of
FAS 133 under Paragraph 58,
Changes in value of derivatives that are scoped into FAS 133
(which includes most derivatives commonly used in business) must be charged to
current earnings if they are speculations or economic hedges that do not
qualify for special accounting treatment under FAS 133. For example, an
interest rate swap that is based upon some interest rate index other than the
U.S. Treasury rate or LIBOR will not qualify changes in value of that swap to
receive special hedge accounting treatment under FAS 138 benchmarking
constraints. (See benchmark.).
The swap must nevertheless be booked as a derivative financial instrument and
changes in its value must be charged to current earnings.
If its underlying of the interest rate swap is the U.S.
Treasury rate or LIBOR it would qualify for benchmarked
hedge accounting, and changes in its value would then be charged to other
comprehensive income (OCI) for a qualified cash flow hedge. See cash
flow hedge.
If the hedge qualified as a fair value hedge, hedge accounting
becomes a bit more complex. If the hedged item is a firm commitment for
an unbooked hedged item, the changes in the derivative's value are charged to
an account invented in FAS 133 called "Firm Commitment." If
the hedged item is a booked asset or liability maintained at historical cost,
the accounting for the hedged item is changed from historical cost to fair
value accounting during the hedge period. If the asset (such as gold) or
liability is carried normally at fair value, then no hedge accounting is
allowed and all changes in derivative value are charged to current
earnings. For example, changes in the value of a derivative that hedges
gold are charged to current earnings, whereas the changes in the value of a
derivative hedging a firm commitment to purchase wheat are charged to an
account called "Firm Commitment" and do not affect current earnings
until the derivative is settled. See fair
value hedge.
Hedges of investment securities receive different treatment
depending upon whether the hedged item under FAS 115 is classified as
"trading," "available
for sale," or "held to
maturity." Derivatives hedging investments to be held to
maturity or classified as trading investments cannot receive hedge accounting
treatment. All changes in the the value of derivatives hedging
such securities are charged to current earnings. Changes in the value of
derivatives hedging available for sale (AFS) securities also get charged to
current earnings, but the accounting for the changes in value of the hedged
items get changed in that FAS 115 rules are suspended during the hedging
period for AFS securities. During the hedging period, the changes in
value of AFS hedged items are charged to current earnings rather than Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI). The changes in the value of the derivative
hedging an AFS security, thereby, offsets the changes in the value of the AFS
security itself, and there is no net impact on net earnings to the extent that
the hedge is effective.
Derivatives that are covered by FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date. Paragraph
18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial
instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting. The FASB requires that an entity use that defined method consistently
throughout the hedge period (a) to assess at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing
basis whether it expects the hedging relationship to be highly effective in achieving
offset and (b) to measure the ineffective part of the hedge (FAS 133
Paragraph 62). If the entity identifies an improved method and wants to apply that method prospectively,
it must discontinue the existing hedging relationship and designate the relationship anew
(FAS 133 Paragraph 62).
According to Paragraph 70 of FAS 133, differences in credit
risk do not preclude hedges from being perfectly effective with respect to
price or interest rate risk being hedged.
70. Comparable credit risk at
inception is not a condition for assuming no ineffectiveness even though
actually achieving perfect offset would require that the same discount rate
be used to determine the fair value of the swap and of the hedged item or
hedged transaction. To justify using the same discount rate, the credit risk
related to both parties to the swap as well as to the debtor on the hedged
interest-bearing asset (in a fair value hedge) or the variable-rate asset on
which the interest payments are hedged (in a cash flow hedge) would have to
be the same. However, because that complication is caused by the interaction
of interest rate risk and credit risk, which are not easily separable,
comparable creditworthiness is not considered a necessary condition to
assume no ineffectiveness in a hedge of interest rate risk.
An individual item (specific identification) hedge is a
hedge against a particular underlying, e.g, a foreign currency hedge or fair value hedge
against a firm commitment to purchase a machine such as in Example 1 in FAS 133
Paragraphs 104-110, 432-435, 458, Example 3 in Paragraphs 121-126, and Example 4 in
Paragraphs 127-129. Also see Paragraph 447 on Page 197. A Macro
Hedge is one in which a group of
items or transactions is hedged by one or multiple derivative contracts. There is a gray
zone between an individual item versus a macro hedge. Although portfolio
(macro) hedging is common in finance, FAS 133 and IAS 39 prohibit most macro
hedges. Reasoning is given in Paragraphs 21a and 357-361 of FAS 133.
The hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not merely to
overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect the enterprise's net profit
or loss (IAS 39 Paragraph 149). If similar assets or similar
liabilities are aggregated and hedged as a
group, the individual assets or individual liabilities in the group will share the risk
exposure for which they are designated as being hedged. Further, the change in fair
value attributable to the hedged risk for each individual item in the group will be
expected to be approximately proportional to the overall change in fair value attributable
to the hedged risk of the group (IAS Paragraph 132). Under international rules,
the hedged item can be (a) a single asset, liability, firm commitment, or
forecasted transaction or (b) a group of assets, liabilities, firm commitments, or
forecasted transactions with similar risk characteristics (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).
Example:
Example: if the change in fair value of a hedged portfolio attributable to the hedged risk
was 10% during a reporting period, the change in the fair values attributable to the
hedged risk for each item constituting the portfolio should be expected to be within a
range of 9-11%. In contrast, an expectation that the change in fair value
attributable to the hedged risk for individual items in the portfolio would range from
7-13% would be inconsistent with this provision (SFAS Paragraph 21a(1)).
If the hedged item is a financial asset or liability,
a recognized loan servicing right, or a nonfinancial firm commitment with
financial components, the designated risk being hedged is (1) the
risk of changes in the overall fair value of the entire hedged item,
(2) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market
interest rates, (3) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to
changes in the related foreign currency exchange rates (refer to FAS 133 Paragraphs 37 and 38), or (4) the risk of changes in its fair value
attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness. One
controversial issue of frustration to companies was the initial FAS 133
failure to give hedge accounting treatment to interest rate derivatives that only hedge
against the risk-free interest rate portion of a note. This type of
hedge is sometimes called a "treasury
lock." Treasury lock hedges are popular because it is relatively
easy to find a derivative instrument that is marketed for purposes of hedging
interest free rates. Hedging against "fair value of the entire
hedged item" is much more difficult and often requires the acquisition of
a custom derivative that is not traded on exchanges. The Derivative
Instrument Group hung tough on this controversy in E1 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee1.html
Derivatives cannot
hedge derivatives for accounting purposes -- now or under FASB 133," Bass
said. "Does Dave [Duncan] think his accounting works even under FASB 133?
No way."
Carl Bass, Andersen Auditor in 1999 who asked to be removed from Enron's audit
review responsibilities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm#Bass
The main reasons are given in FAS Paragraph 405. FAS 133 Paragraph
21(2)(c) disallows hedged items to be derivative financial instruments for
accounting purposes, because derivative instruments are carried at fair value
and cannot therefore be hedged items in fair value hedges. Also see
Paragraphs 405-407. Paragraph 472 prohibits derivatives from be
designated hedged items any type of hedge, including cash flow, fair value,
and foreign exchange hedges. The reason is that derivatives under FAS
133 must be adjusted to fair value with the offset going to current
earnings. This is tantamount to the "equity method" referred
to in Paragraph 472. More importantly from the standpoint of Enron
transactions, Paragraphs 230 and 432 prohibit a firm's own equity shares
from being hedged items for accounting purposes. Whenever a firm hedges
the value of its own shares, FAS 133 does not allow hedge accounting
treatment.
QUESTION (In DIG Issue E1)
In a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) where
the hedged risk is the change in the fair value (or variability in cash
flows) attributable to market interest rates, may the changes in fair value
(or variability in cash flows) attributable to changes in the risk-free
interest rate be designated as the hedged risk and be the sole focus of the
assessment of hedge effectiveness?
RESPONSE (of the DIG_
No. Changes in the fair value (or variability in
cash flows) attributable to changes in only the risk-free rate cannot be
designated as the hedged risk in a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge).
Paragraphs 21(f) and 29(h) of Statement 133 permit the designated risk in a
fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) to be one of the following: (1) risk
of changes in the overall fair value (or cash flows) of the entire hedged
item, (2) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable to
changes in market interest rates, (3) risk of changes in the fair value (or
functional-currency-equivalent cash flows) due to changes in foreign
currency rates, or (4) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) due
to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness. The term credit risk in
paragraph 21(f) is used to refer only to the risk of changes in fair value
attributable to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness, which can be
measured by changes in the individual company’s credit rating.
The risk of changes in fair value (or cash flows)
due to changes in market interest rates encompasses the risk of changes in
credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for different classes of credit
ratings. Therefore, if market interest rate risk is designated as the risk
being hedged in either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, that hedge
encompasses both changes in the risk-free rate of interest and changes in
credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for the company’s particular
credit sector (that is, the grouping of entities that share the same credit
rating). The risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable
to changes in the risk-free rate of interest is a subcomponent of market
interest rate risk. Statement 133 does not permit designation of a risk that
is a subcomponent of any of the four risks identified in paragraphs 21(f)
and 29(h) in Statement 133 as the risk being hedged. An entity may designate
a contract based on the base Treasury rate (for example, a Treasury note
futures contract) as a cross-hedge of the forecasted issuance of corporate
debt. However, hedge ineffectiveness may occur to the extent that credit
sector spreads change during the hedge period. As a result, in designing a
hedging relationship using a contract based on the base Treasury rate as a
cross-hedge, the risk of changes in credit sector spreads should be
considered in designating the hedged risk.
In IAS 39 Paragraph 128, the IASC took a more conciliatory
position. If a hedged item is a financial asset or liability, it may be a hedged
item with respect to the risks associated with only a portion of its cash flows or fair
value, if effectiveness can be measured. This
conciliatory position does not hold for nonfinancial assets and liabilities
according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129.
Eventually, the FASB also became more
conciliatory. The FASB subsequently issued the FAS 138 amendments to FAS
133 that introduced the concept of "benchmark"
interest rate hedges. Treasury lock hedges can now receive hedge
accounting under FAS 138 even though such accounting was not allowed under the
original version of FAS 133.
If the risk designated as being hedged is not the risk of changes in
overall fair value of the entire hedged item, two or more of the other risks (market
interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange risk, and credit risk) may simultaneously be
designated as being hedged under FAS 133 Paragraph 21f.
In
IAS 39 Paragraph 131, the IASC took a more conciliatory position
when overall fair value risk is an issue. A single hedging instrument may be designated as a hedge of more than one
type of risk provided that: (a) the risks hedged can be clearly identified, (b) the
effectiveness of the hedge can be demonstrated, and (c) it is possible to ensure that
there is a specific designation of the hedging instrument and the different risk positions.
The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken
up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The
closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its
position on compound derivatives.
Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in
embedded hybrid derivative instruments.
If a hedged item is a nonfinancial asset or liability, it should be
designated as a hedged item either (a) for foreign currency risks or (b) in its entirety
for all risks according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129. If the hedged item is a
nonfinancial asset or liability (other than a
recognized loan servicing right or a nonfinancial firm commitment with financial
components), the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of
the entire hedged asset or liability (reflecting its actual location if a physical asset).
The price risk of a similar asset in a different location or of a major ingredient
may not be the hedged risk (FAS 133 Paragraph 21e).
If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a
portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:
(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability
(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows
(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded
in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately
pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement
(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type
lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item
cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a
host contract with fixed cash flows. (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))
The hedged item is not:
(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable
to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk
is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).
Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the
hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or
incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value
attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or
liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk
reported currently in earnings.)
(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements
of APB Opinion No. 18.
(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.
(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.
(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose
of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.
(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in
the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).
Paragraph 20 of FAS 133 generally prohibits derivative financial instruments
from being hedged items even though they are commonly used for hedging
instruments.
The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:
(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or
payable) either in a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give
rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow
hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36). An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value
attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:
(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the
investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the
same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security
(FAS 133 Paragraph 38).
A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an
offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial
instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(IAS 39 Paragraph 124). A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or
greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure
from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124).
Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or
liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the
combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential
for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c
or 28c).
Whereas unrealized fair value hedge gains and
losses are accounted for in current earnings, cash flow hedge gains and losses may be
deferred in comprehensive income until derecognition, derecognition, or impairment arise. Impairment in
meeting hedge criteria are discussed in Paragraphs 27, 32, 34-35, 208, 144-152, 447-448,
and 495-498.
Related to impairment are dedesignation., derecognition, and ineffectiveness tests. Impairment tests are discussed in
Paragraphs 31-35 on beginning on Page 22 of FAS 133. Paragraph 31 requires that, in
the case of forecasted net losses of a combined hedged item and its hedging instrument,
accumulated losses in comprehensive income be
transferred to current earnings to the extent of the anticipated settlement loss.
Paragraph 32 beginning on Page 22 of
FAS 133 outlines conditions for discontinuance of hedge accounting and reclassification
requirements. Nothing is said about where reclassifications are to be shown in the
income statement. KPMG argues that these should appear in the operating income
section. See Example 1 on Page 344 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
Under international standards, IAS 39
has similar impairment provisions.
If there is objective evidence of impairment, and the loss on a financial asset carried at
fair value has been recognized directly in equity in accordance with IAS 39
Paragraph 103b. The cumulative net loss that had been recognized directly in equity should be removed from
equity and recognized in earnings for the period even though the financial asset has not
been derecognized (see IAS 39 Paragraph 117). The amount of the loss that should be removed
from equity and reported in earnings is the difference between its acquisition cost (net
of any principal repayment and amortization) and current fair value (for equity
instruments) or recoverable amount (for debt instruments), less any impairment loss on
that asset previously recognized in earnings. The recoverable amount of a debt
instrument remeasured to fair value is the present value of expected future cash flows
discounted at the current market rate of interest for a similar financial asset
(See IAS 39 Paragraph
118).
If, in a subsequent period, the fair value or recoverable amount of the financial asset
carried at fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event
occurring after the loss was recognized in earnings, the loss should be reversed, with the
amount of the reversal included in earnings for the period (See IAS 39
Paragraph 119).
Fair value hedges are accounted for in a
similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39. Paul Pacter states the
following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
(emphasis added):
IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised
asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair
value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).
However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm
commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the
enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow
hedge
IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from
remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised
immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding
gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the
hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.
|
FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39
...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or
sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting
currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39
|
a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value
should be recognized immediately in earnings; and
b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the
carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.
c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in
fair value recognized directly in equity under paragraph 103b. It also applies
if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost.
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for an example.
Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a
similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other
than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or
require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be
classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance
sheet):
To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the
gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity.
Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period
or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for
example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
(emphasis added):
IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting:
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain
or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying
amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the
hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the
asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when
the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the
periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost
of sales is recognised).
|
FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting:
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or
loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or
liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in
net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects
net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense,
interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus,
net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but
the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under
FASB.
|
With respect to net investment un a foreign entity, Paul Pacter states
the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm:
IAS 39 Hedge of a
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity:
accounted for same as a cash flow hedge.
|
FAS 133 Hedge of a
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity:
Same as in IAS 39
|
IAS 39
For those financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured to fair
value, an enterprise has a single, enterprise-wide option to either:
(a) recognise the entire adjustment in net
profit or loss for the period; or
(b) recognise in net profit or loss for the
period only those changes in fair value relating to financial assets
and liabilities held for trading, with value changes in non-trading
items reported in equity until the financial asset is sold, at which
time the realised gain or loss is reported in net profit or loss.
|
FAS 133
FASB requires option (b) for all enterprises.
|
March 20 Message from Ira Kawaller
Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges. Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.
If you are interested, it is available at
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:
http://www.kawaller.com
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com
(718) 694-6270
Bob Jensen's documents and threads
on FAS 133 are linked at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
The Excel workbook
solutions to examples and cases are on a different server at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/
|
See Illustrations
and Ineffectivness.
|
Hedge Fund (an oxymoron)
A pooled investment vehicle
that is privately organised and is administered by professional investment
managers. It is different from another pooled investment fund, the mutual
fund, in that access is available only to wealthy individuals and
institutional managers. Moreover, hedge funds are able to sell securities
short and buy securities on leverage, which is consistent with their
typically short-term and high risk oriented investment strategy, based
primarily on the active use of derivatives and short positions.
OECD --- http://www1.oecd.org/error.htm
Hedge Funds Are Growing: Is This Good or Bad?
When the ratings agencies downgraded General
Motors debt to junk status in early May, a chill shot through the $1
trillion hedge fund industry. How many of these secretive investment
pools for the rich and sophisticated would be caught on the wrong side
of a GM bond bet? In the end, the GM bond bomb was a dud. Hedge funds
were not as exposed as many had thought. But the scare did help fuel the
growing debate about hedge funds. Are they a benefit to the financial
markets, or a menace? Should they be allowed to continue operating in
their free-wheeling style, or should they be reined in by new
requirements, such as a move to make them register as investment
advisors with the Securities and Exchange Commission?
"Hedge Funds Are Growing: Is This Good or Bad?" Knowledge@wharton,
June 2005 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/index.cfm?fa=viewArticle&id=1225
German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations to Curb Hedge Funds
Germany and the United States are parting company
again, this time over Chancellor Gerhard Schröder's call for international
regulations to govern hedge funds. Treasury Secretary John W. Snow, speaking
here Thursday at the end of a five-country European tour, said the United
States opposed "heavy-handed" curbs on markets. He said that he was not
familiar with the German proposals, but left little doubt about how
Washington would react. "I think we ought to be very careful about
heavy-handed regulation of markets because it stymies financial innovation,"
Mr. Snow said after a news conference here to sum up his visit. Noting that
the Securities and Exchange Commission has proposed that hedge funds be
required to register themselves, he said he preferred the "light touch
rather than the heavy regulatory burden."
Mark Landler, "U.S. Balks at German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations
to Curb Hedge Funds," The New York Times, June 17, 2005 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/17/business/worldbusiness/17hedge.html?
An investing balloon that will one day burst
The numbers are mind-boggling: 15 years ago,
hedge funds managed less than $40 billion. Today, the figure is
approaching $1 trillion. By contrast, assets in mutual funds grew at an
impressive but much slower rate, to $8.1 trillion from $1 trillion, during
the same period. The number of hedge fund firms has also grown - to 3,307
last year, up 74 percent from 1,903 in 1999. During the same period, the
number of funds created - a manager can start more than one fund at a time
- has surged 209 percent, with 1,406 funds introduced in 2004, according
to Hedge Fund Research, based in Chicago.
Jenny Anderson and Riva D. Atlas, "If I Only Had a Hedge Fund,"
The New York Times, The New York Times, March 27, 2005 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2005/03/27/business/yourmoney/27hedge.html
Jensen Comment: The name "hedge fund" seems to imply that
risk is hedged. Nothing could be further from the case. Hedge
funds do not have to hedge risks, Hedge funds should instead be
called private investment clubs. If structured in a certain way they
can avoid SEC oversight.
Remember how the Russian
space program worked in the 1960s? The only flights that got publicized
were the successful ones. Hedge funds are like that. The ones asking
for your money have terrific records. You don't hear about the ones that
blew up. That fact should strongly color your view of hedge funds with
terrific records.
Forbes, January 13, 2005 --- http://snipurl.com/ForbesJan_13
US hedge funds prior to 2005 were exempted from
Securities and Exchange Commission reporting requirements, as well as from
regulatory restrictions concerning leverage or trading strategies. They
now must register with the SEC except under an enormous loophole for funds
that cannot liquidate in less than two years.
The Loophole: Locked-up
funds don't require oversight. That means more risk for investors.
"Hedge Funds Find an Escape Hatch," Business Week,
December 27, 2004, Page 51 ---
Securities
& Exchange Commission Chairman William H. Donaldson recently
accomplished a major feat when he got the agency to pass a controversial
rule forcing hedge fund advisers to register by 2006. Unfortunately,
just weeks after the SEC announced the new rule on Dec. 2, many hedge
fund managers have already figured out a simple way to bypass it.
The easy out is
right on page 23 of the new SEC rule: Any fund that requires investors
to commit their money for more than two years does not have to register
with the SEC. The SEC created that escape hatch to benefit
private-equity firms and venture capitalists, which typically make
long-term investments and have been involved in few SEC enforcement
actions. By contrast, hedge funds, some of which have recently been
charged with defrauding investors, typically have allowed investors to
remove their money at the end of every quarter. Now many are considering
taking advantage of the loophole by locking up customers' money for
years.
The primer below should have been entitled "The
Mutual Fund Scandal for Dummies." It is the best explanation of
what really happened and how mutual funds versus index funds really work.
A
Primer on the Mutual-Fund Scandal --- www.businessweek.com:/print/bwdaily/dnflash/sep2003/nf20030922_7646.htm?db
Stanford University faculty member Eric Zitzewitz, "found
evidence of market timing and late trading across many fund families he
studied."
BusinessWeek Online, September 22, 2003
When
it comes to financial scandal, the mutual-fund industry had always
seemed above the fray. No longer. On Sept. 3, New York Attorney General
Eliot Spitzer kicked off an industry wide probe with allegations that
four prominent fund outfits allowed a hedge fund to trade in and out of
mutual funds in ways that benefited the parent companies at the expense
of their long-term shareholders.
By Sept. 16, Spitzer's office and the Securities & Exchange
Commission had filed criminal and civil charges against a former Bank of
America (BAC ) broker
who allegedly facilitated illegal trading in mutual funds. More fund
companies are being subpoenaed for information about their trading, and
more state and federal regulators are joining the growing investigation.
It's all but certain that more fund firms will be drawn into the
deepening scandal.
Yet this major crisis for the fund industry has failed to inspire much
fury from investors, and it has done little to halt a rising stock
market. Maybe a partial explanation is that the fund companies allegedly
did wrong, and why it hurt shareholders, is difficult to understand. For
anyone who has read widespread coverage of the topic but wanted to
scream, "Explain what the heck is going on," we provide the
following discussion:
Let's start at the beginning. How is a mutual fund set up?
A mutual fund is like any other public company. It has a board of
directors and shareholders. Its business is investing -- in stocks,
bonds, real estate, or other assets -- using whatever strategy is set
out in its prospectus, with money from individual investors. Its
strategy could be to buy, say, small, fast-growing U.S. companies or to
purchase the debt of firms across Europe.
A fund's board hires a portfolio manager as well as an outside firm to
market and distribute the fund to investors. But funds can become big
quickly, and the larger ones operate a bit differently. A
fund-management company (think Fidelity or Vanguard) sets up dozens of
funds, markets them to investors, hires the portfolio managers, and
handles the administrative duties. It makes a profit collecting fees
(usually a percentage of assets under management) from the funds it
manages.
A fund company typically has in place the same board of directors
(including some independent members) for its funds. The board of
directors should be on the lookout for abusive practices by the fund
company, but directors often have too many funds to oversee and may be
too aligned with the company's portfolio managers to provide much
oversight.
This case concerns mutual-fund trading. Does it involve the portfolio
managers?
No, that's not what this case is about. Portfolio managers buy and sell
securities for their funds. But the alleged improper trading has to do
with outside investors buying and selling a fund's shares. Spitzer's
complaint actually concerns the activity of one firm, Canary Capital
Partners, but he alleges the same activity is far more widespread.
Portfolio managers, who are usually compensated based on their funds'
performance and frequently have their own money invested in their funds,
are usually shareholders' greatest defenders against trading practices
that hurt long-term results.
How are mutual funds traded?
Funds can be bought and sold all day. However, unlike stocks, which are
priced throughout the trading day, mutual funds are only priced once a
day, usually at 4 p.m. Eastern Time. At that point the funds' price, or
Net Asset Value (NAV), is determined by adding up the worth of the
securities the fund owns, plus any cash it holds, and dividing that by
the number of shares outstanding.
Buy a fund at 2 p.m. and you'll pay a NAV that is determined two hours
later. Buy a fund at 5 p.m. and you'll pay a price that won't be set
until 4 p.m. the following day. According to Spitzer's complaint, Canary
Capital Partners, a hedge fund, took advantage of the way fund prices
are set to effectively pick the pockets of long-term shareholders.
What's
a hedge fund?
A hedge fund is like a mutual fund in that it buys and sells securities,
is run by a portfolio manager, and tries to make money for its
investors. But hedge funds have a very different structure (they are
actually set up as partnerships) and are almost entirely unregulated,
mostly because they manage money for sophisticated high net-worth
individuals or companies, and have different rules governing when and
how investors can liquidate their positions.
Hedge-fund managers are compensated based on a percentage of profits
(often 20%), so they have a major incentive to take risks, which they
often do. Selling stocks short (a way to bet they will fall in price),
piling on complex financial security derivatives, and using borrowed
money to leverage returns are common strategies.
So exactly what did Canary Capital allegedly do?
According to Spitzer's complaint, Canary (which settled charges, paid
$40 million in fines, but didn't admit or deny guilt), had two
strategies (Spitzer called them "schemes") for making money
trading in mutual funds. The easiest to understand, the most serious,
and clearly illegal is "late trading." The other strategy,
"market timing" is far more common and not illegal, although
clearly unethical.
How does late trading work?
The rule of "forward pricing" prohibits orders placed after 4
p.m. from receiving that day's price. But Canary allegedly established
relationships with a few financial firms, including Bank of America, so
that orders placed after 4 p.m. would still get that day's price. In
return for getting to trade late, Canary placed large investments in
other Bank of America funds, effectively compensating the company for
the privilege of trading late.
The late-trading ability would have allowed Canary to take advantage of
events that occurred after the market closed -- events that would affect
the prices of securities held in a fund's portfolio when the market
opened the next day.
I could use an example.
Here's a hypothetical, simplified one: Let's say the Imaginary Stock
mutual fund has 5% of its assets invested in the stock of XYZ Co. After
the close, XYZ announces earnings that exceed analysts' expectations.
XYZ closed at 4 p.m. at $40 a share but most likely, its price will soar
the next day.
The late trader buys the Imaginary Stock mutual fund at 6 p.m. after the
news is announced, paying an NAV of $15 (that was calculated using the
$40 share price of XYZ). The next day, when XYZ closes at $50, it helps
push the fund's NAV to $15.50. The late trader sells the shares and
pockets the gain. Spitzer says late trading is like "betting today
on yesterday's horse races." You already know the outcome before
you place your winning bet.
How do they turn this into real money? It sounds like small potatoes.
If you did this dozens of times a year in hundreds of funds investing
millions of dollars at a time, it would add up.
What about market-timing? How does that work?
This strategy takes advantage of prices that are already outdated, or
"stale," when a fund's NAV is set. Most often the strategy is
carried out using international funds, in which prices are stale because
the securities closed earlier in a different time zone.
Could you give an example?
Well, let's take the Imaginary International Stock mutual fund. One day,
U.S. markets get a huge boost thanks to positive economic news and the
benchmark Standard & Poor's 500 rises 5%. The market-timer steps in
and buys shares of the international fund at an NAV of $15 at 4 p.m.,
knowing that about 75% of the time, international markets will follow
what happened in the U.S. the previous trading day. Predictably, most of
the time, the international fund rises in price the next day and closes
at an NAV of $15.05. The market-timer then sells the shares, pocketing
the gain.
If market timing isn't illegal, why would Spitzer investigate the
industry for it?
Market timing (and late trading, for that matter) add to a fund's costs,
which are paid by shareholders. This kind of trading activity also
either dilutes long-term profits or magnifies losses depending on
whether the trader is betting the fund will go up or go down. (For a
more detailed example of how market-timing works, see BW Online,
12/11/02, "How
Arbs Can Burn Fund Investors").
Most funds have a stated policy in place (included in the prospectus) of
prohibiting market-timing. They impose redemption fees on investors that
hold a fund less than 180 days. And many prospectuses give fund
companies the right to kick market-timers out of the fund.
Yet Spitzer alleges that fund companies such as Janus (JNS
) and Strong got to reap extra management fees by allowing Canary to do
market-timing trades in return for Canary placing large deposits of
"sticky" assets (funds that are going to stay in one place for
a while) in other funds. That would put it in violation of its fiduciary
duty to act in its shareholders' best interests and mean it has not
conformed to policies laid out in its prospectus.
Spitzer offers this analogy: "Allowing timing is like a casino
saying that it prohibits loaded dice, but then allowing favored gamblers
to use loaded dice, in return for a piece of the action." Janus,
Strong, and the other companies named in Spitzer's complaint have
promised to cooperate with him and are conducting their own internal
investigations of trading practices. Several firms have promised to make
restitution to shareholders if they find such deals cost shareholders
money.
But wouldn't this amount to tiny losses for the shareholders in the
fund?
That depends on how many traders might have used these strategies.
Spitzer believes these practices are widespread and his investigation is
widening to include many more fund companies.
Eric Zitzewitz, an assistant professor of economics at Stanford, has
found evidence of market timing and late trading across many fund
families he studied. His research shows that an investor with $10,000 in
an international fund would have lost an average of $110 to market
timers in 2001 and $5 a year to after-market traders. Average losses in
2003 appear to be at roughly the same level, he says. That may not sound
like much, but in a three-year bear market, when the average investor
was losing hundreds if not thousands of dollars on investments, it's
adding the insult of abused trust to the injury of heavy losses.
What's likely to happen next?
Spitzer and other securities regulators are likely to announce the
alleged involvement of more fund companies. If individual investors
believe fund companies abused their trust, they are likely to call for
more regulation and stiff penalties. Potentially they could pull their
money out of funds en masse, forcing portfolio managers to liquidate
stocks to fund redemptions. That could be very disruptive to financial
markets.
Another possibility is that the stock market continues to rise on the
back of a stronger economy and a jump in corporate profits. Fund
investors might be willing to ignore past losses due to illegal and
unethical trading practices because they're pleased with the current
gains their funds are providing. For now, that's clearly what the
embattled mutual-fund industry hopes will happen.
Invest in Hedge Funds at Your Own
Peril
"Hedge Fund Hoopla Be unafraid; be
very unafraid," The Wall Street Journal, July 1, 2006 ---
http://www.opinionjournal.com/weekend/hottopic/?id=110008598
Politicians are
drawn to piles of unregulated money like, well, politicians to TV
cameras. So it was only a matter of time before Congress took aim at the
$2.4 trillion hedge fund industry.
The Senate
Judiciary Committee held a hedge fund hearing this week, with its star
witness one Gary Aguirre, a former SEC investigator who said superiors
quashed a probe into insider trading at Pequot Capital. Pequot has
vigorously denied the claims, and insider trading is already illegal.
But the ubiquitous Connecticut Attorney General Richard Blumenthal was
nonetheless on hand, in range of TV cameras, to claim that hedge funds
are a "regulatory black hole." The Senators were also very concerned, no
doubt prepping for the day when a few of these pools of private
investment capital go belly up.
So maybe it's
time to step back and recall that we've all been at this cab stand
before. In 1999, a year after Long Term Capital Management blew up, the
President's Working Group on Financial Markets released the results of
its top-to-bottom probe of hedge funds. This was no lightweight body,
containing as it did Alan Greenspan, Robert Rubin and former SEC
Chairman Arthur Levitt. Its findings argued so strongly against meddling
in this source of market liquidity and efficiency that even the Clinton
Administration gave regulation a pass.
The working
group focused on a concern that is often heard today, which is that too
much hedge fund borrowing could lead to systemic market risk. Highly
leveraged investors are always more vulnerable to market shocks. And if
forced to liquidate their often-huge positions, their losses could
cascade throughout the financial system.
But the working
group found that Long Term Capital was unique. The best way to guard
against hedge fund meltdowns is a system in which the counterparties
(bankers, broker-dealers) that lend to or borrow from hedge funds impose
due diligence. In Long Term Capital's case, many counterparties were so
impressed by that giant fund's reputation that they "did not ask
sufficiently tough questions," as Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke
put it in a speech this May.
Such laxity is
a problem, but the answer isn't necessarily more direct regulation. The
working group recognized that, in the complicated and fast-moving world
of financial derivatives, the best way to guard against future blowups
is to ensure the market itself imposes more discipline. It recommended
that hedge funds provide better disclosure to their counterparties, and
that regulators ensure that counterparties have systems and policies
that identify warning signs and restrain excessive leverage.
The regulators
have since complied, issuing risk-management guidance so bank
supervisors now consider it a primary duty to monitor hedge-fund
dealings. The SEC also stepped up its inspection of broker-dealers. Many
counterparties now require hedge funds to post more collateral to cover
potential exposure. And institutions and regulators are all trying to
improve weak areas--say, understanding the risks in such new financial
products as credit derivatives. For a "black hole," this sure has a lot
of foot traffic.
Hedge funds
offer high returns, but they also take big risks, and some failures are
inevitable. That's especially true when the Fed is raising rates and
credit is getting tighter. But while hedge funds have multiplied since
1999, the funds that have failed have done so with barely a market
ripple. This suggests the Clinton working group's strategy is working.
The Clintonians
also argued that direct hedge fund regulation would have significant
costs, such as reducing the liquidity crucial to robust financial
markets. And in his recent speech, Mr. Bernanke noted how difficult it
would be for any regulator to monitor hedge fund trading strategies that
change rapidly and are enormously complex.
A more recent
complaint about hedge funds is that they are becoming ever more
available to Mom and Pop investors, not merely to the superrich. But a
2003 SEC report found that funds are still dominated by big
institutional investors--pension funds, endowments, and the like. Rich
individuals and families supplied 42% of hedge fund assets, although
that share is declining.
Pension funds
do contain Mom and Pop retirement assets. But the focus of regulators
should be on the pension fund managers for taking a flyer on hedge
funds, not on the funds for taking the money. As for those who claim
hedge funds are run by rogues, the SEC report noted that it could find
"no evidence indicating that hedge funds or their advisers engage
disproportionately in fraudulent activity."
Alas, none of
this common sense stopped the SEC from plunging ahead in 2004 in an
attempt to begin regulating hedge funds. But that attempt was overruled
this month as an illegal power grab by the D.C. Circuit Court of
Appeals, which throws the matter once more into the tender arms of
Congress.
Hedge funds are
easy political targets because they aren't sold to the general public
and aren't well understood. But the regulators at the Fed and Treasury
who are paid to watch the financial system understand that they provide
far more benefits than risks. Congress should tread carefully, if it
treads at all.
You can read about the Long Term
Capital (Trillion Dollar Bet) scandal at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#LTCM
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
September 9, 2005
TITLE: Lifting the Curtains on Hedge-Fund Window Dressing
REPORTER: Jesse Eisinger
DATE: Jul 09, 2005
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112605873549333575,00.html
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Investments, Auditing
SUMMARY: Eisinger analyzes stock price jumps on August 31 and argues that
the phenomena may be indicative of window-dressing at one particular hedge
fund.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What are the three types of investment portfolios identified in the
accounting literature? What type of investment portfolio is discussed in
this article?
2.) Describe the accounting for the three types of investment portfolios.
What is the biggest difference in the accounting practices' effect on
reported profits?
3.) Define the term "window dressing." How does that issue relate to
using market values for financial reporting and to their impact on
performance shown in the income statement?
4.) Suppose you are an auditor for the hedge-fund identified in this
article. How would you assess the potential impact of these issues on your
audit procedures? Would you react to the information published? Identify all
steps you might take both in your audit steps within the hedge-fund and any
external steps you might consider.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
|
Hedged Item --- See Hedge
Accounting
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM) =
is one of three classifications of securities
investments under SFAS 115. Securities designated as "held-to-maturity"
need not be revalued for changes in market value and are maintained at historical
cost-based book value. Securities not deemed as being held-to-maturity securities
are adjusted for changes in fair value. Whether or not the unrealized holding gains
or losses affect net income depends upon whether these are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale securities.
Holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are deferred in
comprehensive income instead of being posted to current earnings. The three
classifications are of vital importance to cash flow hedge
accounting under FAS 133.
Flow Chart for HTM Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
The distinction is important under
FAS 133, because
held-to-maturity securities need not be revalued in interim periods with unrealized gains
and losses going to current earnings (for trading investments) or comprehensive income (for available-for-sale
investments). The FASB clung to its disallowance of either cash flow or fair value
hedge accounting under FAS 133 for held-to-maturity investments.
Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to
Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133. Suppose a firm has a
forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment denominated in a
foreign currency. Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after the bond purchase, be
adjusted to fair value on each reporting date. As a result, any hedge of the foreign
currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable cash flow hedge accounting
under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated in Example 6 beginning on Page 265 of the
Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998. Before the
bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not allowed to be a cash flow hedged item
under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon execution of the transaction, the
bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value. Also see Paragraph
36 on Page 23 of FAS 133. Similar international rulings apply under IAS
39. Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment
cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an
investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest
rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to
risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk
(IAS 39 Paragraph 127).
FAS 133 Paragraph 21d reads as follows:
If the hedged item is all or a portion of a
debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified
as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being
hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the
obligor's creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a
held-to- maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk
being hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option
component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not
be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market
interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an
option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also
may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)
Paragraph 428 beginning
on Page 190 of FAS 133 reads as follows (where the "Board" is the FASB):
The
Board continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to-
maturity security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity
classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of
changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related
to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a
security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing
to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest
rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent
with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a
change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In
addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional
income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and
losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with
subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period
until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the
security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the
rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security
may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to
prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being
designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest
receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated
as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being
hedged includes changes in market
interest rates.
|
Paul Pacter states
the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
If an enterprise is prohibited from classifying financial assets as
held-to-maturity because it has actually sold some such assets before
maturity, that prohibition expires at the end of the second financial
year following the premature sales.
|
FAS 133
FASB standard is silent as to whether or when such
"tainting" is ever cured.
|
A Message from K Badrinath on January
25, 2002
Dear Mr. Jensen:
To cut a potentially
long introduction short, I am associated with the leading vendor of treasury
software in India, Synergy Log-In Systems Ltd. Shall be glad to share more on
that with you should you be interested.
The reason for
writing this is, while negotiating the minefield called FAS 133, courtesy your
wonderful Glossary on the net, I came across apparantly contradictory
statements under two different heads about whether held-to-maturity securities
can be hedged items:
HELD-TO-MATURITY
Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot
be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an
investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes
in interest rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item
with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and
credit risk
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.
Help!!
K. Badrinath
Hello K. Badrinath,
I think your confusion comes from the fact that FAS 138 amended Paragraph
21(d) as noted below.
Original Paragraph
21(d) .
If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of
similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance
with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in
its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness or if
the hedged item is an option component of a held-to- maturity security that
permits its prepayment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of
changes in the entire fair value of that option component. (The designated
hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not be the risk of changes in
its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates or foreign
exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an option component that
permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also may not be the risk of
changes in its overall fair value.)
FAS 138 Amendment of
Paragraph 21(d)"
[Hedged Item] If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a
portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity
in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of
changes in its fair value attributable to credit risk, foreign
exchange risk,
or both.
Related paragraph changes are noted in
Appendix B of FAS 138.
Hedge accounting for held-to-maturity
securities under FAS 133 is especially troublesome for me. You can get
hedge accounting treatment for for creditworthiness risk and certain prepayment
option fair value changes, but you cannot get hedge accounting for interest rate
risk. The FASB reasoning is spelled out in Paragraphs 426-431.
Keep in mind, however, that the
derivative used to hedge a held-to-maturity security must be adjusted to fair
value at least every 90 days with changes it its value going to current
earnings.
Hedges of securities classified as
available-for-sale do not take the same beating under FAS 133. Without a
hedge, FAS 115 rules require changes in value of AFS investments to be booked,
but the offset is to OCI rather than current earnings. Paragraph 23 of FAS
133 reads as follows:
Paragraph 23
If a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair
value reported in other comprehensive income (such as an available-for-sale
security), the adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount discussed in
paragraph 22 shall be recognized in earnings rather than in other
comprehensive income in order to offset the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument
Foreign currency risk is somewhat
different under Paragraph 38 for AFS securities.
Some key paragraphs from FAS 133 are as
follows:
Paragraph 54
At the date of initial application, an entity may transfer any held-to-maturity
security into the available-for-sale category or the trading category. An entity
will then be able in the future to designate a security transferred into the
available-for-sale category as the hedged item, or its variable interest
payments as the cash flow hedged transactions, in a hedge of the exposure to
changes in market interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or
changes in its overall fair value. (paragraph 21(d) precludes a held-to-
maturity security from being designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge
of market interest rate risk or the risk of changes in its overall fair value.
paragraph 29(e) similarly precludes the variable cash flows of a
held-to-maturity security from being designated as the hedged transaction in a
cash flow hedge of market interest rate risk.) The unrealized holding gain or
loss on a held-to-maturity security transferred to another category at the date
of initial application shall be reported in net income or accumulated other
comprehensive income consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 15(b) and
15(c) of Statement 115 and reported with the other transition adjustments
discussed in paragraph 52 of this Statement. Such transfers from the
held-to-maturity category at the date of initial adoption shall not call into
question an entity's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the
future.
Paragraphs 426-431
Prohibition
against Hedge Accounting for Hedges of Interest Rate Risk of Debt Securities
Classified as Held-to-Maturity
426. This Statement
prohibits hedge accounting for a fair value or cash flow hedge of the interest
rate risk associated with a debt security classified as held-to-maturity
pursuant to Statement 115. During the deliberations that preceded issuance of
Statement 115, the Board considered whether such a debt security could be
designated as being hedged for hedge accounting purposes. Although the Board's
view at that time was that hedging debt securities classified as
held-to-maturity is inconsistent with the basis for that classification,
Statement 115 did not restrict hedge accounting of those securities because
constituents argued that the appropriateness of such restrictions should be
considered in the Board's project on hedging.
427. The Exposure
Draft proposed prohibiting a held-to-maturity debt security from being
designated as a hedged item, regardless of the risk being hedged. The Exposure
Draft explained the Board's belief that designating a derivative as a hedge of
the changes in fair value, or variations in cash flow, of a debt security that
is classified as held-to-maturity contradicts the notion of that
classification. Respondents to the Exposure Draft objected to the proposed
exclusion, asserting the following: (a) hedging a held-to-maturity security
does not conflict with an asserted intent to hold that security to maturity,
(b) a held-to-maturity security contributes to interest rate risk if it is
funded with shorter term liabilities, and (c) prohibiting hedge accounting for
a hedge of a held-to-maturity security is inconsistent with permitting hedge
accounting for other fixed-rate assets and liabilities that are being held to
maturity.
428. The Board
continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity
security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity
classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of
changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related to
interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a
security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing to
hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest rates.
The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent with the
view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a change in market
interest rates is not relevant for that security. In addition, fair value
hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional income recognition pattern
for that debt security by accelerating gains and losses on the security during
the term of the hedge into earnings, with subsequent amortization of the
related premium or discount over the period until maturity. That accounting
changes the measurement attribute of the security away from amortized
historical cost. The Board also notes that the rollover of a shorter term
liability that funds a held-to-maturity security may be eligible for hedge
accounting. The Board therefore decided to prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to-
maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item in a fair value
hedge and the variable interest receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity
security from being designated as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash
flow hedge if the risk being hedged includes changes in market interest rates.
429. The Board does
not consider it inconsistent to prohibit hedge accounting for a hedge of
market interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity debt security while permitting
it for hedges of other items that an entity may be holding to maturity. Only
held-to-maturity debt securities receive special accounting (that is, being
measured at amortized cost when they otherwise would be required to be
measured at fair value) as a result of an asserted intent to hold them to
maturity.
430. The Board
modified the Exposure Draft to permit hedge accounting for hedges of credit
risk on held-to-maturity debt securities. It decided that hedging the credit
risk of a held-to-maturity debt security is not inconsistent with Statement
115 because that Statement allows a sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity
debt security in response to a significant deterioration in credit quality.
431. Some respondents
to the Task Force Draft said that a hedge of the prepayment risk in a
held-to-maturity debt security should be permitted because it does not
contradict the entity's stated intention to hold the instrument to maturity.
The Board agreed that in designating a security as held-to-maturity, an entity
declares its intention not to voluntarily sell the security as a result of
changes in market interest rates, and "selling" a security in
response to the exercise of a call option is not a voluntary sale.
Accordingly, the Board decided to permit designating the embedded written
prepayment option in a held-to-maturity security as the hedged item. Although
prepayment risk is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk, the Board
notes that prepayments, especially of mortgages, occur for reasons other than
changes in interest rates. The Board therefore does not consider it
inconsistent to permit hedging of prepayment risk but not interest rate risk
in a held-to-maturity security.
Paragraph 533(2)(e)
For securities classified as available-for-sale, all reporting enterprises shall
disclose the aggregate fair value, the total gains for securities with net gains
in accumulated other comprehensive income, and the total losses for securities
with net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income, by major security
type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented.
For securities classified as held-to-maturity, all reporting enterprises shall
disclose the aggregate fair value, gross unrecognized holding gains, gross
unrecognized holding losses, the net carrying amount, and the gross gains and
losses in accumulated other comprehensive income for any derivatives that hedged
the forecasted acquisition of the held-to-maturity securities, by major security
type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented
|
Held-to-maturity investments as defined in March 2003 by the FASB in an
exposure draft entitled "Financial Instruments --- Recognition and
Measurement," March 2003 --- http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/Accounting/English/e_FIRec_Mea.pdf
.20
An entity does not have a positive intention to hold to maturity a
financial asset with a fixed maturity when any one of the following
conditions is met: (a) the entity intends to hold the financial asset
for an undefined period; (b) the entity stands ready to sell the
financial asset (other than when a situation arises that is
non-recurring and could not have been reasonably anticipated by the
entity) in response to changes in market interest rates or risks,
liquidity needs, changes in the availability of, and the yield on,
alternative investments, changes in financing sources and terms, or
changes in foreign currency risk; or (c) the issuer has a right to
settle the financial asset at an amount significantly below its
amortized cost.
.21
A debt security with a variable interest rate can satisfy the criteria
for a held-to-maturity investment. Most equity securities cannot be
held-to-maturity investments either because they have an indefinite life
(such as common shares) or because the amounts the holder may receive
can vary in a manner that is not predetermined (such as for share
options, warrants, and rights). With respect to the definition of
held-to-maturity investments, fixed or determinable payments and fixed
maturity means a contractual arrangement that defines the amounts and
dates of payments to the holder, such as interest and principal
payments. A significant risk of non-payment does not preclude
classification of a financial asset as held to maturity as long as its
contractual payments are fixed or determinable and the other criteria
for that classification are met. When the terms of a perpetual debt
instrument provide for interest payments for an indefinite period, the
instrument cannot be classified as held to maturity because there is no
maturity date.
.22
The criteria for classification as a held-to-maturity investment are met
for a financial instrument that is callable by the issuer when the
holder intends and is able to hold it until it is called or until
maturity and the holder would recover substantially all of its carrying
amount. The call option of the issuer, if exercised, simply accelerates
the asset’s maturity. However, when the financial asset is callable on
a basis that would result in the holder not recovering substantially all
of its carrying amount, the financial asset is not classified as held to
maturity. The entity considers any premium paid and any capitalized
transaction costs in determining whether the carrying amount would be
substantially recovered.
.23
A financial asset that is puttable (the holder has the right to require
that the issuer repay or redeem the financial asset before maturity) is
classified as a held-to-maturity investment only when the holder has the
positive intention and ability to hold it until maturity.
.24
An entity does not classify any financial assets as held to maturity
when the entity has, during the current financial year or during the two
preceding financial years, sold or reclassified more than an
insignificant amount of held-to-maturity investments before maturity
(more than insignificant in relation to the total amount of
held-to-maturity investments), other than sales or reclassifications
that: (a) are so close to maturity or the financial asset’s call date
(for example, less than three months before maturity) that changes in
the market rate of interest would not have had a significant effect on
the financial asset’s fair value; (b) occur after the entity has
already collected substantially all of the financial asset’s principal
outstanding at acquisition (at least 85 percent) through scheduled
payments or prepayments; or (c) are due to an isolated event that is
beyond the entity’s control, is non-recurring and could not have been
reasonably anticipated by the entity. Whenever sales or
reclassifications of more than an insignificant amount of
held-to-maturity investments do not meet any of the conditions in
(a)-(c), any remaining held-to-maturity investments should be
reclassified as available for sale.
.25 Fair value is a more
appropriate measure for most financial assets than amortized cost. The
held-to-maturity classification is an exception, but only when the
entity has a positive intention and the ability to hold the investment
to maturity. When an entity’s actions have cast doubt on its intention
and ability to hold such investments to maturity, paragraph 3855.24
precludes the use of the exception for a reasonable period of
time.
.26
A “disaster scenario” that is extremely remote, such as a run on a
bank or a similar situation affecting an insurance company, is not
something that is assessed by an entity in deciding whether it has the
positive intention and ability to hold an investment to maturity.
.27
Sales before maturity could satisfy the condition in paragraph 3855.24
— and therefore not raise a question about the entity’s intention to
hold other investments to maturity — when they are due to any of the
following:
(a) A significant
deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness. For example, a sale
following a downgrade in a credit rating by an external rating agency
would not necessarily raise a question about the entity’s intention
to hold other investments to maturity when the downgrade provides
evidence of a significant deterioration in the issuer’s
creditworthiness judged by reference to the credit rating at initial
recognition. Similarly, when an enterprise uses internal ratings for
assessing exposures, changes in those internal ratings may help to
identify issuers for which there has been a significant deterioration
in creditworthiness, provided the entity’s approach to assigning
internal ratings and changes in those ratings give a consistent,
reliable, and objective measure of the credit quality of the issuers.
When there is evidence that a financial asset is impaired (see
paragraph 3855.A44), the deterioration in creditworthiness often is
regarded as significant.
(b) A change in tax law that
eliminates or significantly reduces the tax exempt status of interest
on the held-to-maturity investment (but not a change in tax law that
revises the marginal tax rates applicable to interest income).
(c) A major business
combination or major disposal (such as sale of a segment) that
necessitates the sale or transfer of held-to-maturity investments to
maintain the entity’s existing interest rate risk position or credit
risk policy (although the business combination itself is an event
within the entity’s control, the changes to its investment portfolio
to maintain an interest rate risk position or credit risk policy may
be consequential rather than anticipated).
(d) A change in statutory or
regulatory requirements significantly modifying either what
constitutes a permissible investment or the maximum level of
particular types of investments, thereby causing an entity to dispose
of a held-to-maturity investment.
(e) A significant increase in
the industry’s regulatory capital requirements that requires the
entity to downsize by selling held-to-maturity investments.
(f) A significant increase in
the risk weights of held-to-maturity investments used for regulatory
risk-based capital purposes that requires the entity to sell
held-to-maturity investments.
.28 An entity does not have a
demonstrated ability to hold to maturity an investment in a financial
asset with a fixed maturity when either of the following conditions is
met: (a) it does not have the financial resources available to continue
to finance the investment until maturity; or (b) it is subject to an
existing legal or other constraint that could frustrate its intention to
hold the financial asset to maturity (however, an issuer’s call option
does not necessarily frustrate an entity’s intention to hold a
financial asset to maturity — see paragraph 3855.22).
.29 Circumstances other than
those described in paragraphs 3855.20-.28 can indicate that an entity
does not have a positive intention or the ability to hold an investment
to maturity.
.30 An entity assesses its
intention and ability to hold its held-to-maturity investments to
maturity not only when those financial assets are initially recognized
but also at each subsequent balance sheet date.
|
Historical Rate =
the foreign-exchange rate that prevailed when a
foreign-currency asset or liability was first acquired or incurred.
Hybrid Contract =
financial instrument that
possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts,
futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository
interests, and other interests. See embedded derivatives.
Nothing the FASB has issued with respect to derivatives makes much sense
unless you go outside the FASB literature for basic terminology, most of which
is borrowed from finance. A hybrid instrument is financial instrument that
possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts,
futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository
interests, and other interests. The host contract may not be a derivative
contract but may have embedded derivatives. See the definition of embedded
derivative at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#EmbeddedDerivatives
The problem is that the value of the hybrid (which may be a market price or
transaction price) is often difficult to bifurcate into component values when
the components themselves are not traded on the market on their own. An
excellent paper on how to value some bifurcated components is provided in
"Implementation of an Option Pricing-Based Bond Valuation Model for
Corporate Debt and Its Components," by M.E. Barth, W.R. Landsman, and R.J.
Rendleman, Jr., Accounting Horizons, December 2000, pp. 455-480.
Some firms contend that the major problem they are having in implementing FAS
133 or IAS 39 lies in having to review virtually every financial instrument in
search of embedded derivatives and then trying to resolve whether bifurcation is
required or not required. Many of the embedded derivatives are so "closely
related" that bifurcation is not required. See "closely related"
in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm
Also listen to executives and analysts discuss the bifurcation problem in http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm
Detecting derivatives and embedded derivatives to account for
worldwide (bifurcation)
Bob Jensen
May 6, 2002 message from George Lan
I am trying to read the FASB draft (Questions and
Answers Related to Derivative Financial Instruments Held or Entered into by a
Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity (SPE)) and got stumped right at
the beginning. Perhaps someone on the list can clarify these sentences for me:
"Under FASB 133, hybrid instruments that must be bifurcated contain two
components for accounting purpose-- a derivative financial instrument and a
nonderivative host contract....Hybrid instruments that are not bifurcated ...
are not considered to be derivative instruments." I am familiar with
split accounting (methods of splitting the financial instrument into its bond
and equity components, e.g) and with most of the common derivative contracts
such as futures, forwards, options, swaps but am ignorant about hybrid
instruments and why they must be or do not have to be bifurcated and would
certainly appreciate some examples and assistance from AECMers.
I am also a little familiar with much of the
derivative jargon, but expressions like "the floor purchased..."
could perhaps be clarified to make the draft easier to read and understand by
a wider audience.
Just a couple of thoughts,
George Lan
University of Windsor
I-Terms
IAS 39 = see International
Accounting Standards Committee.
IASB/IASC = see International
Accounting Standards Committee.
IFAC = see International
Federation of Accountants Committee.
Illustrations
(Selected)
Bob Jensen's illustrations --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
FAS 133 trips up Fanny Mae and Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
FAS 133 trips up Reliant Resources --- See Comprehensive
Income
Ineffective Hedges at Wells Fargo --- See Ineffectiveness
Horizon --- see Risk Metrics
Disclosure illustrations --- See Disclosure
Impairment = see hedge accounting.
Index (Indices) =
is a term used in FAS 133
to usually refer to
the underlying (e.g a commodity price, LIBOR, or a foreign currency exchange rate) of a
derivative contract. By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic
event that is measured by an economic index (e.g., a credit
rating index, commodity price index, convertible debt, equity index,
or inflation index) defined in the contract. An equity index might be defined as a particular index derived from
common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial Index or the Standard and Poors
500 Index. FAS 133 explicitly does not allow some indices such as natural
indices (e.g., average rainfall) and contingency
consideration indices (e.g., lawsuit outcomes, sales levels, and contingent rentals)
under Paragraphs 11c and 61)
Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of
FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives
based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of
an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange
traded. For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to
FAS 133 rules. An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged
by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133. A
option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by
FAS 133 rules. However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered
by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.
See derivative, inflation
indexed, LIBOR, and underlying.
Unlike FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit
reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or
geological condition.
The following Section c in Paragraph 65 on
Page 45 of FAS 133 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures
contract:
c. Either the change in the discount or
premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to
Paragraph 63 or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based
on the forward price for the commodity.
KPMG notes that if the
hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging
instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are
highly correlated. See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
See DIG Issue B10 under embedded
derivatives.
See equity-indexed
and index amortizing.
Index-Amortizing
=
a changing interest
rate based upon some index such as LIBOR.
For example, an index-amortizing interest rate swap cannot usually be accounted for as a
derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133 under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when
it is a derivative embedded in another
derivative. Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional
of $10 million. If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8
million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this
index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.
KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is
embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing
Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the Derivatives
and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.
The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded
derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a
nonderivative instrument. See equity-indexed.
Ineffectiveness =
degree ex ante to which a hedge fails to meet its goals in protecting against risk (i.e., degree
to which the hedge fails to correlate perfectly with the underlying
value changes or forecasted transaction prices.
According to Paragraphs 20 on Page 11 and 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to
be defined ex ante at the time the hedge is undertaken. Hedging strategy
and ineffectiveness definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which
interim adjustments affect interim earnings. Hedge effectiveness requirements and
accounting are summarized in Paragraphs 62-103 beginning on Page 44 of FAS 133. An
illustration of intrinsic value versus time value accounting is given in Example 9 of
FAS 133,
Pages 84-86, Paragraphs 162-164. In Example 9, the definition of ineffectiveness in
terms of changes in intrinsic value of a call option results in
changes in intrinsic value each period being posted to other comprehensive income rather
than earnings. In Examples 1-8 in Paragraphs 104-161, designations as to fair value
versus cash flow hedging affects the journal entries. See hedge
and hedge accounting.
One means of documenting hedge effectiveness is
to compare the cumulative
dollar offset defined as the cumulative value
over a succession of periods (e.g., quarters) in which the cumulative gains and losses of
the derivative instrument are compared with the cumulative gains and losses in value of
the hedged item. n assessing the effectiveness of a hedge, an enterprise will generally
need to consider the time value of money according to FAS 133 Paragraph 64
and IAS 39 Paragraph 152.
Neither the FASB nor the IASC specify a single method for either assessing
whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness.
Tests of hedge effectiveness should be
conducted at least quarterly and on financial statement dates. The appropriateness of a given method can depend on the nature of the risk being
hedged and the type of hedging instrument used. See FAS 133 Appendix A,
Paragraph 62 and IAS 39 Paragraph 151.
Wells Fargo: The Sunny Side of Hedge
Ineffectiveness
By Ed Rombach
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=439
How Wells Fargo's hedge
selection benefits from current climate.
Recent media coverage of
deflationary indicators like the recent CPI announcement of -.3% in
October has prompted some analysts to differentiate between
"bad" deflation caused by monetary policy mistakes and
"good" deflation attributable to increases in labor
productivity. Similarly, when it comes to risk management as practiced
in accordance with FAS 133, a case can be made for differentiating
between "bad" and "good" hedge ineffectiveness.
Since the beginning of the year, with the most aggressive Federal
Reserve rate cutting in memory, financial institutions involved in
mortgage originations, securitization and retention of mortgage
servicing rights (MRS) have been consistently the most prone to
reporting significant hedge ineffectiveness. As the Fed cut the over
night funds rate another 100 basis points during the third quarter,
Wells Fargo & Co, which is included in the Portfolio of '33' took
the prize for hedge ineffectiveness - the good kind.
Specifically, Wells Fargo recognized a gain of $320 million for the
third quarter in non-interest income, representing the ineffective
portion of fair value hedges of mortgage servicing rights. This excess
hedging gain boosted quarterly EPS by $.19 to $.68, accounting for over
23% of third quarter earnings. If only hedge ineffectiveness was always
so kind.
How did Wells Fargo manage to rack
up such robust fair value hedging gains relative to their mortgage
servicing rights? Did they over hedge, or did the actual prepayment
speed of home mortgage re-financing turn out to be less than
anticipated? Perhaps it was a little bit of both.
Wells Fargos's third quarter 10Q
provides some insights about their hedging methodology, indicating that
the ineffectiveness windfall was primarily related to yield curve and
basis spread changes that impacted favorably on the derivative hedges
relative to the hedged exposures in the volatile interest rate
environment.
Divergent spread movement
Subsequent, to June 30 and especially after the September 11 attacks,
swap spreads were volatile but generally tended to narrow in the falling
interest rate environment, as ten-year swap spreads narrowed from 90
basis points on 7/2/01 to 63 basis points on 9/28/01. If the bank had
used Treasury instruments to hedge the prepayment risk on its MRS assets
instead of LIBOR based products, the hedges would have under performed.
However, Wells Fargo's third quarter 10Q discloses that the company uses
a variety of derivatives to hedge the fair value of their MSR portfolio
including futures, floors, forwards, swaps and options indexed to LIBOR.
The yield curve steepens
Moreover, the yield curve continued to steepen during the third quarter
with the yield spread between ten and thirty year Treasuries widening
from 33 basis points out to 88 basis points while the spread between
10yr and 30yr LIBOR swap rates widened from 28 basis points to 65 basis
points. Since the ten-year maturity is the duration of choice for
mortgage hedgers, it follows that these hedges would have out performed
hedges with longer durations.
In connection with this, the
company reported that all the components of each derivative instrument's
gain or loss used for hedging mortgage servicing rights were included in
the measurement of hedge ineffectiveness and was reflected in the
statement of income. However, time decay (theta) and the volatility
components (vega) pertaining to changes in time value of options were
excluded in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. As of September 30,
2001, all designated hedges continued to qualify as fair value hedges.
In addition, all components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss
used to convert long term fixed rate debt into floating rate debt were
also included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
There was also some of the bad kind of hedge ineffectiveness which
showed up in Wells Fargo's cash flow hedges which include futures
contracts and mandatory forward contracts, including options on futures
and forward contracts, all of which are used to hedge the forecasted
sale of its mortgage loans. During the third quarter the company
recognized a net loss of $54 million (-$.03 per share), accounting for
ineffectiveness of these hedges, all component gains and losses of which
were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
It would appear that this hedge
ineffectiveness was the flip side of the coin of the ineffectiveness on
the fair value hedges because the futures contracts most commonly used
to hedge this kind of pipeline risk are ten year Treasury note futures
which would have tended to under-performed relative to the value of the
mortgage loans, given the steepening of the yield curve and the general
spread widening of mortgage rates relative to treasuries.
For example, ten year constant
maturity treasury yields fell 86 basis points, from 5.44% on 7/5/01 to
4.58% on 9/27/01 in contrast to the Freddie Mac weekly survey of
mortgage rates reports average 30-year fixed rate mortgages at 7.19% on
7/05/01 or a spread of 1.75% over the ten-year constant maturity
treasury rates, vs. average fixed mortgage rates of 6.72% on 9/27/01 or
a spread of 2.14% over ten-year treasury rates.
The net impact of the $320 million
of excess gains in the fair value hedges vs. net losses of $54 million
in the cash value hedges weighs in at a net hedge ineffectiveness of
$271 million or almost $.16 (16 cents) per share courtesy of a Federal
Reserve policy cutting interest rates with a vengeance. However, the
unprecedented interest rate volatility of this period could well turn
this quarter's ineffectiveness windfall into next quarter's shortfall.
Risk managers should at least be able to take some comfort though from
the fact that the fed can't lower interest rates below zero percent. |
A Great Article!
"A Consistent Approach to Measuring Hedge Effectiveness," by
Bernard Lee, Financial Engineering News --- http://www.fenews.com/fen14/hedge.html
Another Great Article With Formulas
"Complying with FAS 133 Accounting Solutions in Finance KIT," Trema, http://www.trema.com/finance_online/7/2/FAS133_FK.html?7
During the past year Trema has worked with clients,
partners and consulting firms to ensure that all Finance KIT users will be FAS
133 compliant by Summer 2000, when the new U.S. accounting standards come into
effect. In Finance Line 3/99, Ms. Mona Henriksson, Director of Trema (EMEA),
addressed the widespread implications the FAS 133 accounting procedures will
have on the financial industry (see ‘Living Up to FAS 133’ in Finance Line
3/99). Now, in this issue, Ms. Marjon van den Broek, Vice President, Knowledge
Center – Trema (Americas), addresses specific FAS 133 requirements and their
corresponding functionality in Finance KIT. See software
A number of common effectiveness testing criteria used when implementing FAS
133 include the following from Quantitative Risk Management, Inc. --- http://www.qrm.com/products/mb/Rmbupdate.htm
To provide the maximum flexibility in testing hedge
effectiveness, we now offer the following methods:
- Dollar Offset (DO) calculates the ratio of dollar change in
profit/loss for hedge and hedged item
- Relative Dollar Offset (RDO) calculates the ratio of dollar
change in net position to the initial MTM value of hedged item
- Variability Reduction Measure (VarRM) calculates the ratio of
the squared dollar changes in net position to the squared dollar
changes in hedged item
- Ordinary Least Square (OLS) measures the linear relationship
between the dollar changes in hedged item and hedge. OLS
calculates the coefficient of determination (R2) and the slope
coefficient (ß) for effectiveness measure and accounts for the
historical performance
- Least Absolute Deviation (LAD) is similar to OLS, but employs
median regression analysis to calculate R2 and ß.
|
"Hedging with Swaps: When Shortcut Accounting Can’t be
Applied," by Ira G. Kawaller, Bank Asset/Liability Management, June 2003
--- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALM_Hedging_with_Swaps.pdf
For bank asset/liability management, when
using derivatives, “hedge accounting” treatment is an imperative. It assures
that gains or losses associated with hedging instruments will contribute to
earnings simultaneously with the risks being hedged. Otherwise – i.e., without
hedge accounting – these two effects will likely impact earnings in different
accounting periods, resulting in an elevated level of income volatility that
obscures the risk management objectives of the hedging entity.
For most managers with interest rate
exposures, the desired treatment can be assured if appropriately tailored swaps
contracts serve as the hedging instrument. Under these conditions, entities may
apply the “Shortcut” treatment, which essentially guarantees that the
accounting results will reflect the intended economics of the hedge and that no
unintended income effects will occur. For example, synthetic fixed rate debt
(created by issuing variable rate debt and swapping to fixed), would generate
interest expenses on the income statement that would be indistinguishable from
that which would arise from traditional fixed rate funding. Synthetic instrument
accounting is persevered with the shortcut treatment. Qualifying for the
shortcut treatment also has another benefit of obviating the need for any
effectiveness testing, thereby eliminating an administrative burden and reducing
some measure of the associated hedge documentation obligation.
See Shortcut Method
Great Document
"HEAT Technical Document: A Consistent Framework for Assessing Hedge
Effectiveness Under IAS 39 and FAS 133," JPMorgan, April 24, 2003 ---
http://www.jpmorgan.com/cm/BlobServer?blobtable=Document&blobcol=urlblob&blobkey=name&blobheader=application/pdf&blobwhere=jpmorgan/investbk/heat_techdoc_2Apr03.pdf
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/JPMorganIAS39
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1 The accounting background
1.2 Implications for corporate hedging
1.3 What is HEAT?
1.4 How this document is organised
1.5 Terminology
Chapter 2. Intuition behind hedge
effectiveness
2.1 Defining hedge effectiveness
2.2 The concept of the 'perfect hedge'
2.3 Evaluating effectiveness
2.4 Calculating hedge effectiveness in economic terms
2.5 Summary
Chapter 3. Principles of hedge effectiveness
under IAS 39 and FAS 133
3.1 Effectiveness principles and the
concept of the 'perfect hedge'
3.2 Assessing hedge effectiveness
3.3 Methods for testing effectiveness
3.4 Ineffectiveness measurement and recognition
3.5 Summary
Chapter 4. Practical issues surrounding
hedge effectiveness testing
4.1 Example 1: The 'perfect' fair value
interest-rate hedge for a bond
4.2 Example 2: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge
with payment frequency mismatches
4.3 Example 3: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge
with issuer credit spread
4.4 Results of different types of effectiveness tests
4.5 Discussion: Lessons for effectiveness tests
Chapter 5. HEAT: A consistent framework for
hedge effectiveness testing
5.1 Overview of the HEAT framework
5.2 Methodologies for hedge effectiveness
5.3 The Ideal Designated Risk Hedge (IDRH)
5.4 Alternative 'types' of effectiveness tests
5.5 Example: Hedging currency risk
5.6 Impact of hedges without hedge accounting
5.7 Summary
References
Appendix
Glossary of working definitions
Also see Software
Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since it
can be exercised at any time. The same cannot be said for a European
option that has to be held to maturity. If the underlying is the price of
corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current
spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike
price. In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount
the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it
with the current spot price. If the difference is positive, this is the
minimum value. It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American
option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will
not sell below its risk free present value.
Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds value
above the risk-free discount rate. In other words, it is risk or
volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to investing.
However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude volatility from risk
assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 quoted
below.
a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the
change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the
assessment of hedge effectiveness.
b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that
is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the
volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of
hedge effectiveness.
c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward
or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable
to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract
related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the
forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge
effectiveness.
TIME VALUE / VOLATILITY VALUE
Time value is the option premium less intrinsic value
Intrinsic value is the beneficial difference between the strike price
and the price of the underlying
Volatility value is the option premium less the minimum value
Minimum value is present value of the beneficial difference between
the strike price and the price of the underlying
FEATURES OF OPTIONS
Intrinsic Value: Difference between the strike price and the
underlying price, if beneficial; otherwise zero
Time Value: Sensitive to time and volatility; equals zero at
expiration
Sub-paragraph b(c) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract
is assessed based on changes in fair value
attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the
fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference
between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be
excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Sub-paragraph b(a) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is
assessed based on changes in the option's
intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract
would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Sub-paragraph b(b) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is
assessed based on changes in the option's minimum
value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of
discounting, the change in the volatility value
of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge
effectiveness .
Minimum Value
If the underlying is the price of corn, then the minimum value of
an option on corn is either zero or the current spot price of corn
minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike price.
In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount the
present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and
compare it with the current spot price. If the difference is
positive, this is the minimum value. It can hypothetically be
the minimum value of an American option, but in an efficient market
the current price of an American option will not sell below its risk
free present value.
Minimum (Risk Free) Versus Intrinsic Value
European Call Option
X = Exercise (Strike) Price in n
periods after current time
P = Current Price (Underlying) of Commodity
I = P-X>0 is the intrinsic value using the
current spot price if the option is in the money
M = is the minimum value at the
current time
M>I if the option if the intrinsic value I
is greater than zero.
X = $20 Exercise (Strike) Price and Minimum
Value
M = $10.741
n = 1 year with risk-free rate r = 0.08
P (Low) = $10 with PV(Low) = $9.259
P = $20 such that the intrinsic value now is
I = P-X = $10.
Borrow P(Low), and Buy at $20 = $9.259+10.741 =
PV(Low)+M
If the ultimate price is low at $10 after one
year, pay off loan at P(Low)=$10 by selling at the
commodity at $10. If we also sold a option for
M=$10.741,
ultimately our profit would be zero from the stock
purchase and option sale. If the actual option
value is anything other than M=$10.741, it would
be possible to arbitrage a risk free gain or loss.
|
Minimum Versus Intrinsic Value
American Call Option
X = Exercise (Strike) Price in n periods after
current time
P = Current Price (Underlying) of Commodity
I = P-X>0 is the intrinsic value using the current spot
price if the option is in the money
M = 0 is the minimum value since option can be exercised at
any time if the option’s value is less than intrinsic
value I.
Value of option exceeds M and I due to volatility value |
|
The point here is that options are certain to be effective in
hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all
interim points of time prior to expiration. As a result, accounting
standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each
point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the
books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain. Potential gains from
options are uncertain prior to expiration. Potential gains or losses from
other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on
the date of expiration.
Paragraph 69 of FAS 133 reads as follows [also
see (IAS 39 Paragraph 152)]:
The fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly
match the fixed rate on a swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the
variable rate on an interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as
the variable rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair
value comes from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap
can be changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the
same amount. That is, a swap with a payment based on LIBOR and a receipt based
on a fixed rate of 5 percent has the same net settlements and fair value as a
swap with a payment based on LIBOR plus 1 percent and a receipt based on a
fixed rate of 6 percent.
Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net
settlement. IASC does not require a net settlement provision in
the definition of a derivative. To meet the criteria for being a
derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.
The following Section c in Paragraph 65
of FAS 133 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures contract:
c. Either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of
effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to Paragraph 63 or the change in
expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the
commodity.
Paragraph 146 of IAS 39 reads
as follows:
146. A hedge is normally regarded as
highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the
enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged
item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash
flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80
per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the hedging instrument
is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100, offset can be measured by
120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120, which is 83 per cent. The
enterprise will conclude that the hedge is highly effective.
Delta ratio D
= (D option value)/ D
hedged item value)
range [.80 < D <
1.25] or [80% < D% <
125%] (FAS 133 Paragraph 85)
Delta-neutral strategies are discussed at various points (e.g., FAS 133 Paragraphs 85, 86, 87, and 89)
A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and
throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or
cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value
or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of
80-125%
(SFAS 39 Paragraph 146). The FASB requires that an entity define at the time it designates a
hedging relationship the method it will use to assess the hedge's effectiveness in
achieving offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the
risk being hedged (FAS 133 Paragraph 62). In defining how hedge effectiveness will be assessed, an entity must specify whether it
will include in that assessment all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument. The
Statement permits (but does not require) an entity to exclude all or a part of the hedging
instrument's time value from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. (FAS 133 Paragraph 63).
Hedge ineffectiveness would result from the following circumstances, among
others:
a) difference between the basis of the hedging instrument and the hedged item or hedged
transaction, to the extent that those bases do not move in tandem.
b) differences in critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item or hedged
transaction, such as differences in notional amounts, maturities, quantity, location, or
delivery dates.
c) part of the change in the fair value of a derivative is attributable to a change in the
counterparty's creditworthiness (FAS 133 Paragraph 66).
"A New Twist To Dollar Offset," by Louis
Schleifer Senior Product Manager, SunGard Treasury Systems --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=392
The dollar-offset method of assessing FAS 133 effectiveness is
inarguably the simplest approach available. By all accounts, it is
also the one most commonly offered by system vendors and, as
anecdotal evidence suggests, most commonly used by corporate
hedgers. However, the basic dollar offset method has one serious
drawback, namely its sensitivity to small price changes. Lou
Schleifer, of SunGard Treasury Systems, argues that this flaw
should not necessarily force companies to turn to alternative,
statistical methods. Rather, he has developed an algorithm that
modifies the dollar-offset method so as to filter-out the noise
associated with small price changes.
Introduction The dollar offset is inarguably the most
straightforward way to approach the assessment of retrospective
and prospective effectiveness under FAS 133. But this simplicity
does not come “free of charge.”
In particular, the original dollar offset approach reacts
aggressively to small changes in prices, creating the potential
for unwarranted noise and potential ineffectiveness. Apparently
some companies and vendors are using this as a reason to abandon
dollar offset entirely, in favor of statistical measures. But, it
may be worthwhile to modify the dollar offset instead, and thereby
retain some of its advantages (e.g., simplicity and its reliance
on existing pricing data), while at the same time eliminating the
possibility that immaterial price moves will trigger an
ineffective result.
This sort of approach, when discussed and determined with
senior management and the company’s auditors, could be used to
illustrate the hedging company’s risk management approach, and
could be codified into its assessment of effectiveness, in a
manner consistent with FAS 133.
Simple, but… The simplicity of the dollar offset method is
immediately evident in its definition (Equation 1):
Dollar Offset = [Change in Fair Value of Hedge] / [Change in
Fair Value of Hedged Item]
In addition to its simplicity, the dollar-offset method has
some other key advantages, including the following:
It relies upon calculations—namely change in fair value
calculations—that are already a required part of FAS133
Accounting. It relies upon data—namely Fair Values of the Hedge
and of the Hedged Item—that must already be captured for FAS 133
accounting; it does not rely upon externally supplied, historical
data series, as many statistical methods do. It is similar to a
hedge ratio calculation., but one based on observed-market values
instead of projected-future-market values (for retrospective
effectiveness, that is), It is sensitive to mismatches in size
between the hedge and the hedged item, unlike most statistical
methods. It can be easily duplicated. Unfortunately, though, there
is one serious flaw with this algorithm: It exhibits unwarranted
behavior when market rates stay relatively static, and therefore
prices change very little over the period in question.
In this situation, intuition tells us that the price changes
observed are financially immaterial—because of their relatively
small size—and represent nothing more than statistical noise
from an otherwise-perfect hedging relationship. As a result, one
would certainly expect to have the effectiveness algorithm—whatever
form it might take—return a result very close to 100 percent, as
this represents a perfect value of retrospective/prospective
effectiveness.
But this is not the case for dollar offset. As both the
numerator and denominator in equation 1 (see above) approach zero,
it is not too hard to see that their ratio can vary widely unless
they coincidentally happen to approach zero in lockstep (a very
unlikely occurrence indeed).
Rebuilding dollar offset from the ground up It seems that the
standard reaction to this state of affairs has been to abandon the
dollar-offset approach altogether, and find a different
calculation (e.g., regression-analysis, or another statistical
method). But there is an alternative, with some mathematical care
(and flair), it is possible to fix the dollar offset algorithm to
ensure that it behaves properly all of the time—even when the
observed price changes are miniscule.
To this end, consider the concept of allowing the hedger to
mathematically quantify his/her definition of financial
immateriality (or “noise”) via a noise-threshold parameter. In
other words, hedgers could determine, mathematically, the level at
which price changes constitute a material change in fair value.
Once this is done, the new-and-improved dollar-offset algorithm
(see below) can compare the actual changes in fair value to the
hedger’s noise-threshold in order to see how relevant these
price changes really are in computing FAS 133
retrospective/prospective effectiveness. Depending upon the result
of this comparison, the new algorithm’s behavior can be split
into one of three possible regimes:
· Regime #1—Small Changes: The observed price changes are
small compared to the user-defined noise-threshold, so the new
algorithm should return a result very close to 100 percent (i.e.,
perfect effectiveness).
· Regime #2—Transition Period: The observed price changes
are on the order of the user-defined noise-threshold, so the new
algorithm should give a result somewhere between what it would
give for Regimes #1 and #3.
· Regime #3—Large Changes: The observed price changes are
large compared to the user-defined noise-threshold, and so the new
algorithm should return a result very close to the dollar-offset
algorithm (see equation 1, above).
To better quantify the concepts just introduced, the following
definitions are made:
DFV {Financial Instrument} = Change in Fair Value of the
specified Financial Instrument over the accounting period in
question. NTN = user-defined value of Noise Threshold (Normalized
value), quoted in basis points. This can be any positive, integral
value. This variable lets the user quantitatively define his level
of financial materiality. MP = Magnitude of the Prices of the
financial instruments being considered. We will define this in
greater detail below. NTA = Noise Threshold (Absolute value),
computed as follows (Equation 2): NTA = MP * (NTN / 10,000)
Defining MP
As one can see from equation 2, above, MP measures the size of
the financial instruments included in a hedging relationship. As a
first approximation, one would probably think to define this size
as the notional amount of the hedges (or the hedged item). But
this is too primitive since it misses the impact that instrument
tenor/characteristics and market rates have on defining the fair
value. So, as a better approximation to measuring size, one might
rather think to take the fair value of the hedges.
Unfortunately, this alternative is even worse. To see why,
consider that each leg of an at-market $10 million notional
Interest-Rate Swap will probably have a fair value somewhere in
the ballpark range of $1 million to $5 million, but these values
perfectly offset each other to result in a net fair value of zero.
This exact—or almost-exact—offsetting of two large fair values
is typical of many derivatives, including IR Swaps, CCIR Swaps,
and FX Forwards.
The ideal approximation to measuring “size” could well be
the present-value of one leg of the derivative. However, consider
the complications that this definition would entail should a
hedging relationship chance to have many derivatives moving into
and out of it over time: This measure of size would have to be
computed on one leg of each one of these derivatives, and then be
prorated for the time that the respective derivative actually
resided in the hedging relationship.
The best compromise is to look to the hedged item. More
specifically, consider using the present-value of only that
portion of the hedged item’s cash flows that are being hedged
with the derivative. This should serve as a good first-order
approximation to the present-value of one leg of the hedging
instrument, without too much computational aggravation. Here is
how to do this:
For an IR Swap: MP = Present-Value of the coupons only on the
hedged item For CCIR Swap: MP = Present-Value of all cash flows on
the hedged item For FX Forward or FX Option: MP = Present-Value of
the foreign-currency leg only of the hedged item Looking Good With
these definitions in place, the stage is now set for the “first
take” on a new dollar offset algorithm. For purposes of
comparison, the reader should recall the definition of the
standard dollar offset algorithm, reiterated here with the new
nomenclature introduced above (Equation 3):
Dollar Offset = DFV {Hedge} / DFV {Hedged-Item}
Contrast the above with the new, single-variable, dollar-offset
algorithm, presented below (and developed by William Lipp [w.b.lipp@ieee.org],
an independent consultant hired by SunGard):
Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset (Equation 4)=
[DFV{Hedge} + NTA] / [DFV{Hedged-Item} + NTA]
Technical Note: An implicit assumption inherent in equation (4)
is that all three variables involved are nonnegative. We can
assure this by taking the absolute value of each variable prior to
invoking the equation. Of course, even before taking this step we
must check to ensure that DFV{Hedge} and DFV{Hedged-Item} have
opposite signs. If they don’t, then there’s no point to even
calculating effectiveness, as we have added to our risk, not
hedged it. In this case, we would simply return with an error
condition (e.g., Effectiveness = 0). Note that in the “Small
Changes” regime, the ratio in equation approaches
NTA / NTA = 1 = 100%
Moreover, in the “Large Changes” regime, the ratio
approaches
DFV {Hedge} / DFV {Hedged-Item}
…which is nothing more than the standard dollar offset, as
given in equation 3. [Equation 4 is currently supported in STS’s
GTM DAS module (“GTM”=“Global Treasury Management”, and
“DAS”=“Derivative Accounting System”).]
During the Transition Period, meanwhile, equation 4 exhibits a
smooth transition between these two regimes. To get a better feel
for the behavior of Lipp’s method, consider Figure 1: The graph
therein illustrates the case of a hypothetical hedging
relationship that satisfies the following criteria across a large
range of possible changes in fair value (from miniscule to
gargantuan):
DFV{Hedge}= 2 *DFV {Hedged-Item},
From the above, it is easy to see that:
Dollar Offset = 2 = 200%
In other words, the hypothetical hedger, in this case
inexplicably used exactly twice as much hedging vehicle as was
required to properly hedge the underlying risk. Although this
would be an egregious mistake were it actually to occur,
nevertheless, it represents an excellent test for Lipp’s method,
since it poses this question: At what range of price changes
should the algorithm first begin to notice this over-hedging?
Figure 1 plots three examples of equation 4, each with a
distinct value of NTN. Viewing these graphs from left-to-right,
the corresponding values of NTN are 10, 500, and 15,000.
The first important observation is that each of these curves
makes a very smooth transition between the Small Changes regime
(where effectiveness is close to 100 percent) and the Large
Changes regime (where effectiveness is close to 200 percent).
But the second observation is that the user now has a “degree-of-freedom”
to play with when defining this curve: The parameter NTN allows
the hedger to define at what level of price changes he wants the
transition to take place. [We note that the X-Axis in Figure 1
gives a new measure of the size of the observed price changes;
this measure is defined below in equation 5.]
And Looking Even Better If one had to find fault with the Lipp
method (equation 4), it might be the following: Although it does
give the user control over defining the onset of the transition
between the two regimes, it doesn’t give him any control over
how fast the transition occurs. The solution is to introduce a
second user-controlled variable into equation 4, as well as an
additional variable that is required by the calculation:
· ST: The speed of the transition, as defined by the user.
Must be a decimal value that is strictly greater than -1.
· MDP: The Magnitude of the observed Price Changes. This is
defined as follows (Equation 5):
MDP = [DFV {Hedge} ^ 2 + DFV {Hedged-Item} ^ 2 ] ^ (1/2)
Make sure not to confuse MP with MDP: The former is a measure
of the size of the instruments contained in our hedging
relationship, whereas the latter is a measure of the size of the
price changes of these same instruments over a period of time.
With these new variables in place, it is now posble to transform
Lipp’s algorithm into a full-fledged, two-variable modification
to the standard dollar offset algorithm. The result (a
modification to Lipp’s algorithm discovered by the author) is:
Schleifer-Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset (Equation 6)=
[DFV {Hedge} * (MDP/ NTA) ^ ST + NTA ] / [DFV {Hedged-Item} * (MDP/
NTA) ^ ST + NTA ]
The only qualification to be made on this result is the
following (Equation 7):
ST > -1
Note: Equation 6 is currently supported in STS’s GTM DAS
module.
Technical Note:
The same proviso that was made on equation (4) is equally
applicable here: namely, we must take the absolute value of the
same three variables that appeared in equation (4), prior to
invoking equation (6). But, once again, we wouldn’t even bother
to use equation (6) if we first saw that DFV{Hedge} and DFV{Hedged-Item}
had the same sign. In this case, we would simply return with an
error condition (e.g., Effectiveness = 0).
If one sets ST = 0 in equation 6, the algorithm obviously
degenerates to equation (4), the first approach at modifying
dollar offset. Given this relationship between the equations, it
should come as no surprise that equation 6 also allows the user to
“place” the transition via the parameter NTN--just as was
possible in equation 4—for any permissible value of ST.
However, should the user choose to start trying non-zero values
of ST in equation 6, he will quickly see that doing so gives him a
new, surprising measure of control over the shape of the
transition period.
As a first observation, if one starts with a value of ST = 0
and begins increasing it, the transition period will start to
shrink—i.e., it will be compressed into continually smaller
intervals along the X-axis. This is the same as saying that the
Small Changes regime and the Large Changes regime begin to
converge on each other. In fact, as ST continues to increase
without bound, the Transition period starts to disappear
completely, as equation (6) mathematically approaches the
discontinuous curve that satisfies these constraints:
If MDP < NTA, Then Effectiveness = 100%
If MDP > NTA, Then Effectiveness = Dollar Offset, as
computed via equation 1
For the second observation, note that if one starts with a
value of ST = 0 and begins to decrease it towards the value of –1,
the transition period will start to lengthen. This is equivalent
to saying that the Small Changes and Large Changes regimes start
receding from each other. But there is no value to actually
setting ST = -1, as doing so in equation 6 results in an
expression that is independent of NTA. This means the graph would
be independent of the size of the price changes observed, and
would therefore be perfectly flat!
Figure 2 aptly illustrates these effects by starting with a
graph of equation 6 that has NTN = 500 and ST = 0. Next, it varies
the values of ST while keeping NTN fixed. As ST is successively
increased to 0.6 and 4.0, the reader can see that the transition
period becomes successively shorter/steeper. Then, as ST is
successively decreased to –0.55 and –0.75, it is clear that
the transition period become successively longer/flatter. In
essence, the parameter ST represents a second “degree-of-freedom”
that is available to the user in equation 6.
Mission Accomplished
The Schleifer-Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset represents the
culmination of the present research effort to enhance the simple
dollar-offset algorithm. Although it is not as simple as dollar
offset, it should be considerably easier to understand than most
statistical methods.
Moreover, as noted in the introduction, it relies upon the fair
values and change-in-fair-values that must already be captured for
performing FAS 133 earnings calculations. Perhaps best of all,
though, is the ease with which one can duplicate equation 6 in a
spreadsheet and test it out on real financial instruments, to get
a feel for what it would predict in real-life situations.
With equation 6 and the two user-definable parameters—NTN and
ST —a hedging corporation should be able to get just about any
type of transition-behavior desired. Of course, just because one
can physically set the noise threshold--NTN--at astronomical
levels and thereby guarantee perpetual effectiveness doesn't
entitle anyone to actually get away with it!
Moreover, it is quite clear that doing so would never even be
in the corporation's best interest, as it is tantamount to denying
that any economic ineffectiveness exists--a serious impediment to
dealing with such ineffectiveness when it actually occurs (and it
will occur!).
The benefit provided by the algorithm is simply this: Instead
of looking far-and-wide at the myriad approaches to measuring
effectiveness—each with its advantages and disadvantages, and
many of which are computationally intensive and mathematically
esoteric—the hedging corporation should be able to convince both
its management and auditors of the reasonableness and practicality
of the approach discussed herein.
This means that the only remaining issue is to hammer out—with
the approval of both management and auditors—the actual values
of the parameters NTN and ST that will be used in equation 6. Once
this is done, these values can be hardwired in the system. And at
that point, the system will be relying upon an effectiveness
algorithm that the hedger, his management, and his auditors can
all understand and defend. |
Selected IAS 39 Paragraphs on Valuation and
Testing for Hedge Effectiveness
144. There is normally a single fair
value measure for a hedging instrument in its entirety, and the factors
that cause changes in fair value are co-dependent. Thus a hedging
relationship is designated by an enterprise for a hedging instrument in
its entirety. The only exceptions permitted are (a) splitting the
intrinsic value and the time value of an option and designating only the
change in the intrinsic value of an option as the hedging instrument,
while the remaining component of the option (its time value) is excluded
and (b) splitting the interest element and the spot price on a forward.
Those exceptions recognize that the intrinsic value of the option and the
premium on the forward generally can be measured separately. A dynamic
hedging strategy that assesses both the intrinsic and the time value of an
option can qualify for hedge accounting.
145. A proportion of the entire hedging
instrument, such as 50 per cent of the notional amount, may be designated
in a hedging relationship. However, a hedging relationship may not be
designated for only a portion of the time period in which a hedging
instrument is outstanding.
Assessing
Hedge Effectiveness
146. A hedge is normally regarded as highly
effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the
enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the
hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or
cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a
range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the
hedging instrument is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100,
offset can be measured by 120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120,
which is 83 per cent. The enterprise will conclude that the hedge is
highly effective.
147. The method an enterprise adopts for
assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy.
In some cases, an enterprise will adopt different methods for different
types of hedges. If the principal terms of the hedging instrument and of
the entire hedged asset or liability or hedged forecasted transaction are
the same, the changes in fair value and cash flows attributable to the
risk being hedged offset fully, both when the hedge is entered into and
thereafter until completion. For instance, an interest rate swap is likely
to be an effective hedge if the notional and principal amounts, term,
repricing dates, dates of interest and principal receipts and payments,
and basis for measuring interest rates are the same for the hedging
instrument and the hedged item.
148. On the other hand, sometimes the hedging
instrument will offset the hedged risk only partially. For instance, a
hedge would not be fully effective if the hedging instrument and hedged
item are denominated in different currencies and the two do not move in
tandem. Also, a hedge of interest rate risk using a derivative would not
be fully effective if part of the change in the fair value of the
derivative is due to the counterparty's credit risk.
149. To qualify for special hedge accounting, the
hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not
merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect
the enterprise's net profit or loss. A hedge of the risk of obsolescence
of a physical asset or the risk of expropriation of property by a
government would not be eligible for hedge accounting; effectiveness
cannot be measured since those risks are not measurable reliably.
150. An equity method investment cannot be a
hedged item in a fair value hedge because the equity method recognizes the
investor's share of the associate's accrued net profit or loss, rather
than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. If it were a hedged item,
it would be adjusted for both fair value changes and profit and loss
accruals - which would result in double counting because the fair value
changes include the profit and loss accruals. For a similar reason, an
investment in a consolidated subsidiary cannot be a hedged item in a fair
value hedge because consolidation recognizes the parent's share of the
subsidiary's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes,
in net profit or loss. A hedge of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
is different. There is no double counting because it is a hedge of the
foreign currency exposure, not a fair value hedge of the change in the
value of the investment.
151. This Standard does not specify a single
method for assessing hedge effectiveness. An enterprise's documentation of
its hedging strategy will include its procedures for assessing
effectiveness. Those procedures will state whether the assessment will
include all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument or whether the
instrument's time value will be excluded. Effectiveness is assessed, at a
minimum, at the time an enterprise prepares its annual or interim
financial report. If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the
entire hedged asset or liability (as opposed to selected cash flows) or
hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude
that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being
hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing
basis. For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted
purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective
and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit
or loss if:
(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same
commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase;
(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero; and
(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract
is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in
net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted
transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.
152. In assessing the effectiveness of a hedge,
an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money. The
fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a
swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an
interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable
rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes
from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be
changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the
same amount. |
June
29, 2001 |
By Ed Rombach and Nilly Essaides
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=81&areaid=404
The biggest question mark of FAS
133 remains its impact on EPS and stock price. While it’s
still early days on FAS 133 reporting (see FAS
133’s Impact on Earnings), there are some clues in
Q1/10Q as to what FAS 133 reveals (or does not; see Earnings
Analysis: What FAS 133 Does Not Show).
In a recent exchange of information between
two fund managers on an internet chat room, one responded
quite viscerally to published derivatives losses at GE and
AIG. “You were right to shed yourself from GE, AIG
etc.,” he wrote. “GE is highly questionable and
overvalued and their derivatives book has significant
exposure, took a $1.2 billion loss recently, probably more
to come [sic]. AIG loves ‘toxic waste’ as well.”
This reaction came despite GE’s
explanation that its first quarter, $1.2bn loss will be
mainly offset by changes in floating-rate interest costs.
Perhaps more telling, however, is the
fact that this fund manager appears to be in the minority.
Overall, the market shrugged off the reported loss. On the
day of the 10Q release (4/19/01), GE’s stock closed at
$48.51. It weakened slightly for the next few days, before
resuming its uptrend and peaking at $53.40 on 5/21/01.
Further drilling into GE’s headline
derivatives losses reveals that the overall loss was
comprised of smaller charges, with the biggest component
being a one-time transition charge at adoption. Further, the
effects of FAS 133’s reporting on GE’s financials can be
separated into two:
(1) FAS 133
impact on income:
·
Fair-value hedge losses of
$503 million in the quarter ending March 31.
·
An additional $53 million in losses net of
taxes reclassified to earnings from shareholders equity (OCI).
·
A $68 million gain in hedges of net investment
that did not qualify for effectiveness (most likely
derivative or cash positions that do not qualify for hedge
accounting under FAS 133, and recorded in “interest and
other financial charges).
(2) FAS 133 impact on Equity/OCI:
·
A transition adjustment loss of $827 million.
·
A $64 million derivative gain attributable to
hedges of net foreign investments that met the effectiveness
measure (in a separate equity component related to currency
translation adjustments).
Importantly, GE’s first quarter
derivative returns contained an insignificant $3 million
negative charge for ineffective hedges of future cash flow
(i.e., cash flow hedges). Also, it included a $1 million
negative charge for “amounts excluded from the measure of
effectiveness,” or derivatives that do not qualify as
hedges under FAS 133. The combined amount is less than three
one hundredths of one cent per share net effect on earnings.
The bottom line: Of the
reported $1.2 billion in losses, the largest portion was
related to the one-time transition adjustment. Another $503
million was a loss offset by gains on the underling I/R
position. The actual losses attributable to ineffectiveness
or derivatives that must be marked to market in income –
the sort of hit to income analysts and treasurers have
feared—totaled $4 million, and are immaterial at best.
Why is GE disclosing this
information? It may be that GE wants to make sure that
it is meticulous in its presentation, leaving no stone
unturned. It may also be making a point with regard to the
efficacy of its hedging. Further, and perhaps most
important, GE is laying out the “base line” for future
analysis of its FAS 133 reports. Of course, if future
quarters produce massive swings in these numbers, analysts
would surely take notice.
|
|
FEDERATION
BANCAIRE DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE Provides a great free document on macro
hedging with references to IAS 39. The article also discusses
prospective and retrospective effectiveness testing.
"MACRO
HEDGING OF INTEREST RATE RISK," April 4, 2003 --- http://www.fbe.be/pdf/Macro%20Hedging%20of%20Interest%20Rate%20Risk.pdf
Trinity Students may access this article at J:\courses\acct5341\ResearchFiles\00macroHedging.pdf
Macro hedging is the hedging of a portfolio of
assets and liabilities for the same type of risk. This differs from
hedging a single instrument or a number of the same type of assets (or
liabilities) as there is risk offsetting between the assets and
liabilities within the portfolio.
This form of hedging occurs not at a
theoretical ‘consolidated Group’ level, but at an operational level,
where individual assets and liabilities in the portfolio can be clearly
identified. Within one banking group, several macro hedge portfolios for
different activities may be separately managed at an operational level.
. . .
I.C Hedging the ‘Net Position’
Building a portfolio requires aggregating the necessary information
(data) of all assets and liabilities that share the same risk to be
hedged. Although systems differ, there is general agreement that the
hedging process involves identification of notional amounts and
repricing dates. As the economic risks of some financial instruments
differ from their contractual terms, they have to be modelled to reflect
their true economic effect on interest rate risk management. They are
therefore included based on their behaviouralized repricing dates
(statistical observations of customer behaviour) rather than their
contractual repricing dates. These types of contracts include for
example demand deposits, some (often regulated) saving accounts and
prepayable loans.
The notional amounts of these assets and
liabilities in the portfolio are then allocated to defined repricing
buckets. Based on this allocation, the mismatch between assets and
liabilities in each repricing bucket is derived, which is the net
position.
For each net position, the company can decide
whether it wants to hedge it fully or a portion of it. The extent of
hedging to be undertaken is determined by the interest rate risk
management strategy and is therefore a management decision as mentioned
earlier in Section I.A.
See macro hedge.
Ira Kawaller explains that the common 80/25 rule
described above is not statistically correct. See "The
80/125 Problem," Derivatives Strategy, March 2001
Flow Chart for FAS 133 and
IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39
--- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm
The above document discusses Delta hedging
Vendors of Effectiveness Tests
The table below summarizes what some
different software vendors say their systems can do for effectiveness
analysis. It is based on the responses to our FAS133.com
Show-Me survey and Addendum section.
Vendor/Product
|
Does
the System support actual and prospective testing?
|
What
methodologies are supported?
|
Alterna
Technologies Group Inc.
Auros
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset/ratio for both prospective and actual effectives.
Additional
effectiveness testing methods are being added. The sequence of
implementing additional calculation methods is determined along with
our customers.
|
Selkirk
Financial Technologies, Inc.
Treasury
Manager™
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset/ratio for both prospective and actual.
Additional
methods are available with results calculated externally.
|
FXpress
Corp.
FXpress™
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset/ratio for both prospective and actual (cumulative or period by
period). Projected rate scenarios can be saved and used for
prospective effectiveness testing. Additional statistical methods for
prospective effectiveness will be supported in a future update
|
INNSINC
Futrak
2000
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset/ratio for both. (Futrak® 2000 uses the Change in Variable Cash
Flow Method (see Method 1 - Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. G7)
|
SunGard
Treasury Systems
GTM
|
Yes
|
At
present, users have the choice of six different methodologies. The
first two are periodic and cumulative dollar offset. The other four
are proprietary and meant to address the shortcomings of dollar
offset.
|
Integrity
Treasury Solutions
integra-T
|
Yes
|
Index
correlation and regression: verifying that coefficient of correlation
is greater than 0.9 or a user specified value and/or verifying that
the R-square of a linear regression is greater than 0.8 or user
specified value.
Ratio
Test: verifying that the gain/loss on derivative and the hedged risk
are offsetting and the ratio of their magnitudes are within the
80-125% range or other user specified range.
Short
Cut Method: Validation of terms prescribed by the standard.
Critical
Terms Matching: Validation of terms that verify an assumption of
"No Ineffectiveness" for hedges that don't qualify for the
Shortcut Method (e.g. FX hedges)
|
Open
Link Financial
Endur/Findur
|
Yes
|
Endur
and Findur are fully integrated trading and risk management systems.
Accordingly, we support rolling VaR (monte carlo and/or parametric),
Duration, Simulation and Scenario Shock (what-if), Delta Value, etc.
for the calculation oustomize effectiveness calculations. All
necessary data is stored in the database and can be used with the FAS
Analyzer to determine effectiveness
|
FinancialCAD®
Corporation
The
Perfect Hedge (formerly fincad.com)
|
Yes
|
Prospective
method supported is a variance reduction method.
Retrospective
method supported is dollar offset/ratio.
|
SunGard
Treasury Systems
Quantum
|
Yes
|
The
System supports dollar offset and regression.
|
SAP
CFM
|
Only
actual (no prospective).
|
Dollar
offset/raio, based on spot values, cash flow differences forward, cash
flow differences forward discounted/ all either using clean values
(i.e. taking interest accruals into account) or not, FX option
intrinsic value based on spot rates, option intrinsic value based on
forward rates, option intrinsic value based on forward discounted
rates, present value (clean price or nonclean), benchmark (again,
clean or not).
|
Principia
Partners
Principia
Analytic Systems (PAS)
|
Yes
|
Method
is dependent on the needs of the client; the system can handle a wide
variety of methods including retrospective hedge analysis, dollar
offset, etc.
|
XRT
Treasury
Workstation (TWS) and Globe$
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset/ratio for both. (System supports ability select effectiveness
testing and valuation using spot-spot or forward-forward methods.)
|
Trema
Treasury Management
Finance
Kit
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset. Or, for prospective effectiveness, the system can run reports
to show that the critical terms match (for relevant cases, e.g. FX
risk hedge with forward), or we can take a hedge relationship and run
it through simulation. For example, for a FX risk hedge, we can
simulate the effect of FX rate change +/-5% (or any user-defined
range) and the system returns the calculated values for both the hedge
and the hedged item at selected intervals (...-1%, -0.5%, +0.5%,
+1%...), allowing us to prove that the values will offset each other.
Similarly, we can simulate the effect of e.g. Libor change on the
future values of IRS hedge and hedged debt instrument.
|
Reval.com
|
Yes
|
Dollar
offset method, on the basis of: Spot, Forward, Intrinsic Value,
Minimum Value and Full Fair Market Value Method. Can support
effectiveness testing using user defined and performed regression
methodologies.
|
Wall
Street Systems
Wall
Street Systems®
|
Yes
|
The
dollar offset method for prospective and actual effectives. For
prospective, the application calculates the present value (PV) of all
future cash flows as well as maintains the historical change in actual
values. For retrospective assessment, the user has the chose to elect
to compare the actual change in values, actual change in floating leg
cash flow values, and even the actual change in the fixed leg cash
flows. For prospective assessment the application uses the PV of the
future cash flows.
|
Also see risk metrics and software.
JOURNAL OF DERIVATIVES ACCOUNTING
Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit
Vol. 1, No. 2 (September 2004) out now!! In this issue issue of JDA, Guy
Coughlan, Simon Emery and Johannes Kolb discuss the Hedge
Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit, which is JPMorgan’s latest
addition to a long list of innovative and cutting-edge risk management
solutions. View the Table of Contents @ http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/01/0102/S02198681040102.html!
October 11, 2002 message from Ira [kawaller@lb.bcentral.com]
If you, your
colleagues, or your customers have hedge effectiveness testing requirements
under FAS 133, and you're having difficulty designing regression tests for
this purpose, this article (co-authored with my friend and client, Reva
Steinberg of BDO Seidman, and originally published in "AFPExchage")should
be of interest:
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/AFP_Regression.pdf
Otherwise... never
mind.
In either case, visit
the Kawaller & Company website to find other articles/information dealing
with a host of issues relating to derivatives.
I hope you'll find
this material to be useful and would welcome your questions, comments, or
suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
http://www.kawaller.com
kawaller@kawaller.com
(718)694-6270
For interest rate swaps, especially note the section of Short-Cut
Method for Interest Rate Swaps.
See further paragraphs 73-103 for illustrations of assessing effectiveness and measuring
ineffectiveness:
Example 1: Fair Value Hedge of Natural Gas Inventory with Futures Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs
73-77)
Example 2: Fair Value Hedge of Tire Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 78-80)
Example 3: Fair Value Hedge of Growing Wheat with Futures Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 81-84)
Example 4: Fair Value Hedge of Equity Securities with Option Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 85-87)
Example 5: Fair Value Hedge of a Treasury Bond with a Put Option Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 88-90)
Example 6: Fair Value Hedge of an Embedded Purchased Option with a Written Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 91-92)
Example 7: Cash Flow Hedge of a Forecasted Purchase of Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 93-97)
Example 8: Cash Flow Hedge with a Basis Swap
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 98-99)
Example 9: Cash Flow Hedge of Forecasted Sale with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 100-101)
Example 10: Attempted Hedge of a Forecasted Sale with a Written Call Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 102-103)
My understanding
is that the “long haul” method is any situation where the stringent tests for
shortcut method do not hold. Thus tests for ineffectiveness must be conducted at
each reset date. This is problematic for swaps and options especially since the
market for the hedged item entails a different set of buyers than the market for
the hedging instrument, thereby increasing the likelihood of ineffectiveness.
I do not have a
spreadsheet illustration of ineffectiveness testing for interest rate swaps, but
the tests I assume are the same as those tests used for other hedges. Some
analysts assume that the “long haul” method applies to regression tests (as
opposed to dollar offset), and regression tests (unlike dollar offset tests)
cannot be applied retrospectively. See “Shortcut Method” at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms
Also see
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=101227&d=815&h=817&f=816&dateformat=%25o%20%25B%20%25Y
|
DIG Issue E7 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Title: Hedging—General: Methodologies to Assess Effectiveness of
Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges
Paragraph references: 20(b), 22, 28(b), 62, 86, 87
Date released: November 1999
QUESTION
Since Statement 133 provides an entity with flexibility in choosing
the method it will use in assessing hedge effectiveness, must an entity
use a dollar-offset approach in assessing effectiveness?
BACKGROUND
Paragraph 20(b) of Statement 133 states, in part:
Both at inception of the [fair value] hedge and on an ongoing basis,
the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in achieving
offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk during
the period that the hedge is designated. An assessment of effectiveness
is required whenever financial statements or earnings are reported, and
at least every three months. Paragraph 28(b) indicates a similar
requirement that the hedging relationship be expected to be highly
effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows attributable to
the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated.
Paragraph 22 of Statement 133 states, in part:
The measurement of hedge ineffectiveness for a particular hedging
relationship shall be consistent with the entity’s risk management
strategy and the method of assessing hedge effectiveness that was
documented at the inception of the hedging relationship, as discussed in
paragraph 20(a). Nevertheless, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness
recognized in earnings is based on the extent to which exact offset is
not achieved. Paragraph 62 emphasizes that each entity must "define
at the time it designates a hedging relationship the method it will use
to assess the hedge’s effectiveness in achieving offsetting changes in
fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the risk being
hedged." It also states, "This Statement does not specify a
single method for either assessing whether a hedge is expected to be
highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness."
RESPONSE
No. Statement 133 requires an entity to consider hedge effectiveness
in two different ways-in prospective considerations and in retrospective
evaluations.
Prospective considerations. Upon designation of a hedging
relationship (as well as on an ongoing basis), the entity must be able
to justify an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective
over future periods in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or
cash flows. That expectation, which is forward-looking, can be based
upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes in fair
values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information.
Retrospective evaluations. At least quarterly, the hedging entity
must determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly
effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash
flows through the date of the periodic assessment. That assessment can
be based upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes
in fair values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information.
If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to
utilize the same regression analysis approach for both prospective
considerations and retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness,
then during the term of that hedging relationship those regression
analysis calculations should generally incorporate the same number of
data points. Electing to utilize a regression or other statistical
analysis approach instead of a dollar-offset approach to perform
retrospective evaluations of assessing hedge effectiveness may affect
whether an entity can apply hedge accounting for the current assessment
period as discussed below.
Paragraph 62 requires that at the time an entity designates a hedging
relationship, it must define and document the method it will use to
assess the hedge’s effectiveness. That paragraph also states that
ordinarily "an entity should assess effectiveness for similar
hedges in a similar manner; use of different methods for similar hedges
should be justified." Furthermore, it requires that an entity use
that defined and documented methodology consistently throughout the
period of the hedge. If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging
relationship to utilize a regression analysis approach for prospective
considerations of assessing effectiveness and the dollar-offset method
to perform retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then
that entity must abide by the results of that methodology as long as
that hedging relationship remains designated. Thus, in its retrospective
evaluation, an entity might conclude that, under a dollar-offset
approach, a designated hedging relationship does not qualify for hedge
accounting for the period just ended, but that the hedging relationship
may continue because, under a regression analysis approach, there is an
expectation that the relationship will be highly effective in achieving
offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows in future periods. In its
retrospective evaluation, if that entity concludes that, under a
dollar-offset approach, the hedging relationship has not been highly
effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash
flows, hedge accounting may not be applied in the current period.
Whenever a hedging relationship fails to qualify for hedge accounting in
a certain assessment period, the overall change in fair value of the
derivative for that current period is recognized in earnings (not
reported in other comprehensive income for a cash flow hedge) and the
change in fair value of the hedged item would not be recognized in
earnings for that period (for a fair value hedge).
If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to
utilize a regression analysis (or other statistical analysis) approach
for either prospective considerations or retrospective evaluations of
assessing effectiveness, then that entity must periodically update its
regression analysis (or other statistical analysis). For example, if
there is significant ineffectiveness measured and recognized in earnings
for a hedging relationship, which is calculated each assessment period,
the regression analysis should be rerun to determine whether the
expectation of high effectiveness is still valid. As long as an entity
reruns its regression analysis and determines that the hedging
relationship is still expected to be highly effective, then it can
continue to apply hedge accounting without interruption.
In all instances, the actual measurement of hedge ineffectiveness to
be recognized in earnings each reporting period is based on the extent
to which exact offset is not achieved as specified in paragraph 22 of
Statement 133 (for fair value hedges) or paragraph 30 (for cash flow
hedges). That requirement applies even if a regression or other
statistical analysis approach for both prospective considerations and
retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness supports an
expectation that the hedging relationship will be highly effective and
demonstrates that it has been highly effective, respectively.
The application of a regression or other statistical analysis
approach to assessing effectiveness is complex. Those methodologies
require appropriate interpretation and understanding of the statistical
inferences. |
DIG Issue F5 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuef5.html
Basing the Expectation of Highly Effective Offset on a Shorter Period
Than the Life of the Derivative
(Cleared 11/23/99) |
Inflation
Indexed Embedded Derivative =
an embedded derivative that alters payments
on the basis of an inflation index. Paragraph 61b on
Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely
related such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under
Paragraph 12 on Page 7. This makes embedded inflation indexed derivative accounting different
than commodity indexed and equity
indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host
contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed embedded
derivatives. In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more
like credit indexed derivative accounting. See
derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.
Initial Investment = see premium.
Insurance
Contracts =
a complex set of contracts to manage future
casualty risks. Contracts manage financial instrument risks are not insurance
contracts under FAS 133. In general, insurance contracts are covered by prior FASB standards rather
than FAS 133. However, the FASB did take steps to discourage the interpretation of
derivative contracts as insurance contracts just to avoid FAS 133. Important sections of
FAS 133 dealing with insurance include Paragraphs 10 and 277-283.
Note the exception in DIG
C1.
Interest Only
Strip =
a contract that calls for cash settlement based upon the
interest but not the principal of a note. Except in certain conditions, interest-only and
principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 14 and 310. See futures contract.
Interest Rate
Swap =
a transaction in which two parties exchange
interest payment streams of differing character based on an underlying principal amount.
This is the most common form of hedging risk using financial instruments derivatives. The
most typical interest rate swaps entail swapping fixed rates for variable
rates and vice versa. A basis swap is the swapping of one
variable rate for another variable rate for purposes of changing the net interest rate.
Basis swaps are discussed in Paragraph 28d on Page 19 and Paragraphs 391-395 on Pages
178-179 of FAS 133. A basis swap arises when one variable rate index
(e.g., LIBOR) is swapped for another index (e.g., a U.S Prime rate). Basis risk arises when the hedging index differs from the index of
the exposed risk. Interest rate swaps are illustrated in Example 2 paragraphs
111-120, Example 5 Paragraphs 131-139, Example 8 Paragraphs 153-161, and other examples in
Paragraphs 178-186. See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no
ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an
interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.
See yield curve, swaption,
currency swap, notional, underlying, swap, legal settlement rate, and [Loan
+ Swap] rate. Also see basis
adjustment and short-cut
method for interest rate swaps.
From Risk News on November 14, 2003
A surge in interest rate swaps transactions helped the
global over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives market to grow by 20% during the first
half of this year, according to figures released this week by the Bank for
International Settlements (BIS). The BIS said the total notional amount of all
OTC contracts outstanding at the end of June was $169.7 trillion, up from $141.7
trillion at the end of December. Gross market values for these contracts rose by
24% to $7.9 trillion. There was growth in all risk categories except gold,
according to the BIS’s semi-annual report into OTC market activity. The report
highlighted the continued growth in interest rate swaps, by far the largest
single group of OTC products with $95 trillion in notional amounts outstanding.
Interest rate contracts represented 56% of all market risk categories. Foreign
exchange derivatives also grew strongly, with notionals up 20% on the previous
six months. Currency options rose by 42%. The BIS said the forex derivatives
market had never before shown more than single-figure growth in the time it has
been collecting statistics. But the growth in OTC contracts failed to match the
pace set in the regulated market. Exchange-traded derivatives grew by 61% in
notional amounts outstanding during the first half of 2003, the report said.
An excellent summary about why interest rate swaps have
become so popular is provided by Green Interest Rate Swap Management at http://home.earthlink.net/~green/whatisan.htm
One question that arises is whether a hedged item
and its hedge may have different maturity dates. Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of
FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than
the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable. On the other hand,
having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225
of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998) states the following. A portion of that example reads as follows:
Although the criteria specified
in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single
transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles
discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.
Hi Ray
About all I have on file for this old Sears interest rate swap example is the
really old document at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm
As I recall, my sources for the Sears swap were personal messages. I don't
recall any published sources.
A current Google search disclosed the following links:
http://my.dreamwiz.com/stoneq/articles/orgloss.htm
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/1995/OCT95/f341095.htm
Hope this helps!
Bob Jensen
-----Original Message-----
From: Ray Eason [mailto:rayeason2@hotmail.com]
Sent: Thursday, March 25, 2004 6:41 AM
To: Jensen, Robert Subject: <<student request>>
Hi, Bob...
I am an MBA candidate in Boston working on a one page
summary of the Sears Roebuck $257MM swap loss in 1994. I came across your name
from Working Paper 231 on the web. I wondered if you might be able to suggest
a reference or two in regards to swap losses at Sears in the 1994 timeframe.
What tool do you use to query historical information on derivative debacles in
your research?
Warmest Regards -Ray
:Ray Eason ::
Harvard MBA 2004 :: www.geocities.com/oxford96
Interest rate swap derivative instruments are widely used to manage interest
rate risk, which is viewed as a perfectly legitimate use of these hedging
instruments. I stumbled on to a rather interesting doctoral dissertation
which finds that firms, especially banks, use such swaps to manage
earnings. The dissertation from Michigan State University is by Chang Joon
Song under the direction of Professor Thomas Linsmeier.
"Are Interest Rate Swaps Used to Manage Banks' Earnings," by Chang
Joon Song, January 2004 --- http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf
This dissertation is quite clever and very well written.
Previous research has shown that loan loss provisions
and security gains and losses are used to manage banks’ net income. However,
these income components are reported below banks largest operating component,
net interest income (NII). This study extends the literature by examining
whether banks exploit the accounting permitted under past and current hedge
accounting standards to manage NII by entering into interest rate swaps.
Specifically, I investigate whether banks enter into
receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps to increase earnings when unmanaged NII is
below management’s target for NII. In addition, I investigate whether banks
enter into receive-variable/pay-fixed swaps to decrease earnings when
unmanaged NII is above management’s target for NII. Swaps-based earnings
management is possible because past and current hedge accounting standards
allow receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/ pay-fixed) to have
known positive (negative) income effects in the first period of the swap
contract. However, entering into swaps for NII management is not costless,
because such swaps change the interest rate risk position throughout the swap
period. Thus, I also examine whether banks find it cost-beneficial to enter
into offsetting swap positions in the next period to mitigate interest rate
risk caused by entering into earnings management swaps in the current period.
Using 546 bank-year observations from 1995 to 2002, I find that swaps are used
to manage NII. However, I do not find evidence that banks immediately enter
into offsetting swap positions in the next period. In sum, this research
demonstrates that banks exploit the accounting provided under past and current
hedge accounting rules to manage NII. This NII management opportunity will
disappear if the FASB implements full fair value accounting for financial
instruments, as foreshadowed by FAS No. 133.
What is especially interesting is how Song demonstrates that such earnings
management took place before FAS 133 and is still taking place after FAS 133
required the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair value on each reporting
date. It is also interesting how earnings management comes at the price of
added risk. Other derivative positions can be used to reduce the risk, but
risks arising from such earnings management cannot be eliminated.
Avoiding derivative accounting.
In an example of the legalistic nature of the
accounting rules, Manufacturing could have avoided derivative accounting
entirely if the loan and interest rate cap were structured differently. SFAS 133
excludes from its scope certain interest rate caps, floors, and collars that
cannot be classified as either a derivative or an embedded derivative.
Manufacturing could have embedded the interest rate cap in the loan while
failing to meet the criteria of an embedded derivative.
Robert A. Dyson, "Accounting for
Interest-Bearing Instruments as Derivatives and Hedges," The CPA Journal,
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2002/0102/features/f014202.htm
To my accounting theory students:
I probably won't examine you on this one, but you might find it of interest.
Karen Richardson, "Swapping Rates to Save on Debt ...
Maybe: Rice Financial Products Offers Cities, States Deal Rife With
Benefits, Risks," The Wall Street Journal, March 15, 2005;
Page C3 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111083206224878924,00.html?mod=todays_us_money_and_investing
Officials in Durham, N.C., hope that a financial
transaction with a private New York firm will save the city millions of
dollars on its municipal debt.
But some say the deal -- an interest-rate swap with a
formula that multiplies the city's potential savings as well as its potential
losses -- may contain costly risk.
"They're entering into a gamble where they
believe they're going to win more money than they're going to lose," says
Robert Whaley, professor of finance and a derivatives expert at Duke
University in Durham. "It's just speculation."
The Synthetic Fixed-Rate Refinancing Swap, as it is
known, was created by Rice Financial Products Co., which has sold such deals
in at least five states. It would work like this in Durham: On existing debt
of $103 million, Durham would pay Rice Financial a still-to-be negotiated
fixed interest rate over 15 years while Rice Financial would pay Durham a rate
that is about 0.9 percentage point greater, plus a so-called adjustment
factor. Rice Financial has said the deal could save the city $8 million.
"This proposal is so complex ... that I don't
know that there are 30 or 40 people in this entire state who can fully
comprehend it," says Eugene Brown, a Durham city councilman who has been
lobbying against the swap.
"What you really want to focus on is the all-in
cost of funds," says Donald Rice, founder and chief executive of Rice
Financial.
The adjustment factor is based on a combination of
the Bond Market Association (BMA) benchmark index rate for tax-exempt bonds
and the taxable London interbank offered rate, or Libor. Supply and demand,
credit risk, tax policy, interest rates and different maturities can result in
unpredictable swings in that relationship. "Understanding the dynamics of
how these two rates behave in relationship to one another is not an easy
task," says Prof. Whaley
The formula effectively "magnifies both
potential benefits and risks" by 1.54 times, according to an analysis of
the swap structure by Public Financial Management in Philadelphia, Durham's
financial adviser. The firm approved the deal but recommended that the city
budget the expected savings conservatively.
Rice Financial made an "unsolicited
proposal" to Durham City in August after it sold a similar swap to Durham
County, says Kenneth Pennoyer, the city's director of finance. Prior to
meeting with Rice Financial, he says, the city hadn't been contemplating any
sort of swap because most of its bonds outstanding pay a fixed interest rate.
"There's a potential savings for the city, and I
think that's a worthwhile goal in itself," Mr. Pennoyer says. He is
confident that a final city-council vote April 18 will approve the deal since
a commission of the state treasurer has approved it and Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services recently gave it its highest rating for this type of
transaction.
Mr. Rice is a Harvard Business School graduate who
started structuring municipal interest-rate swaps at Merrill Lynch & Co.
nearly 20 years ago. He says his company has executed more than $20 billion in
swaps since its establishment in 1994. "There may be a circumstance where
our transaction causes dis-savings, but it requires a substantial market move
... one that's unparalleled," says Mr. Rice.
Interest-rate swaps aren't new to the municipal-bond
markets, but their use has grown over the past three years. As interest rates
fell to record lows, municipal issuers were looking for ways to trim costs
without issuing more bonds. But with interest rates rising, fixed-rate issuers
betting on a formula involving two floating rates and a multiplier effect
seems imprudent to some.
"Often the political pressures are such that ...
when [potential benefits] are couched in terms of 'savings,' the risk is that
people are doing things they don't understand," says Mike Marz, vice
chairman of First Southwest Co. in Dallas. First Southwest has advised North
Carolina finance officials against using the Rice Financial swap.
Mr. Rice declined to discuss his company's
compensation from the swaps, except to say that issuers' financial advisers
were responsible for negotiating rates that were "fair value" in the
market. On average, municipal-swap deals generate fees of 0.05% to 0.10% of
the deal for bankers. Durham City's Mr. Pennoyer said Rice Financial's
compensation on the $103 million swap was in the ballpark of about $800,000,
or 0.8%.
In 2003 the West Basin Municipal Water District in
California sued its financial adviser, P.G. Corbin & Co., in California
state court, alleging it gave faulty advice in deeming a Rice Financial swap
in 2001 a "fair market transaction."
A spokesman for West Basin said he didn't know the
status of the case. Lawyers representing P.G. Corbin didn't return phone calls
seeking comment.
Separately, this month a West Basin official was
sentenced in U.S. court in California to two years in prison for extorting
$25,000 from a consultant at M.R. Beal & Co., then a partner of Rice
Financial, to steer the water district's debt-refinancing contract in Rice
Financial's favor.
"The well-publicized events among certain of
West Basin's board members are unfortunate," Mr. Rice said.
"Nonetheless, we are pleased with the products and services we have
provided West Basin over the years and value them as a customer."
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March
18, 2005
TITLE: Swapping Rates to Save on Debt...Maybe
REPORTER: Karen Richardson
DATE: Mar 14, 2005
PAGE: C3
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111083206224878924,00.html
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Derivatives, Governmental Accounting
SUMMARY: The city of Durham, NC., has entered into an unusual interest rate
swap created by Rice Financial Products, Co. A Duke university finance
professor, Robert Whaley, describes the transaction as speculative.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What are the features of a standard interest rate swap? What is unusual
about the interest rate swap discussed in this article?
2.) Why might a governmental entity want to engage in an interest rate swap
transaction? Answer this question with reference to the current state of
interest rates and the terms of the Durham, N.C. debt described in the article.
3.) Why does Duke University Professor of Finance Robert Whaley call this
transaction "just speculation"?
4.) How does the assessment that this interest rate swap is speculative
potentially affect the accounting for the swap?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
The practice of selling high risk derivative instruments
products just goes on and on in spite of the enormous scandals of the past --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudrotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Particularly important is understanding Examples 2 and 5 of
Appendix B of FAS 133 and how to value interest rate swaps --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
See Gapping and Immunization
See Earnings Management
Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
|
DIG Issue A9 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
How does Statement 133 affect the accounting for a prepaid interest
rate swap contract, that is, an interest rate swap contract for which
the fixed leg has been prepaid (at a discounted amount)?
BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION
In lieu of obtaining a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate
swap that is settled net each quarter, an entity may choose to enter
into a "prepaid interest rate swap" contract that obligates
the counterparty to make quarterly payments to the entity for the
variable leg and for which the entity pays the present value of the
fixed leg of the swap at the inception of the contract. Different
structures can be used for a prepaid interest rate swap contract,
although the amount and timing of the cash flows under the different
structures are the same, which makes the different structures of
contract terms identical economically. For example, rather than
entering into a 2-year pay-fixed, receive-variable swap with a
$10,000,000 notional amount, a fixed interest rate of 6.65 percent,
and a variable interest rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR (that is, the swap
terms in Example 5 of Statement 133), an entity can effectively
accomplish a prepaid swap by entering into a contract under either of
the following structures.
Structure 1
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a prepaid interest rate swap
contract that requires the counterparty to make quarterly payments
based on a $10,000,000 notional amount and an annual interest rate
equal to 3-month US$ LIBOR. The amount of $1,228,179 is the present
value of the 8 quarterly payments of $166,250, based on the implied
spot rate for each of the 8 payment dates under the assumed initial
yield curve in that example.
Structure 2
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a structured note
("contract") with a principal amount of $1,228,179 and loan
payments based on a formula equal to 8.142 times 3-month US$ LIBOR.
(Note that 8.142 = 10,000,000 / 1,228,179.) Under the structured note,
there is no repayment of the principal amount at the end of the
two-year term. Rather, repayment of the $1,228,179 principal amount is
incorporated into the 8quarterly payments and, thus, is dependent on
interest rates.
RESPONSE
The prepaid interest rate swap contract (accomplished under either
structure) is a derivative instrument because it meets the criteria in
paragraph 6 and related paragraphs of Statement 133. Accordingly, the
prepaid interest rate swap (accomplished under either structure) must
be accounted for as a derivative instrument and reported at fair
value. Even though both structures involve a lending activity related
to the prepayment of the fixed leg, the prepaid interest rate swap
cannot be separated into a debt host contract and an embedded
derivative because Statement 133 does not permit such bifurcation of a
contract that, in its entirety, meets the definition of a derivative.
Discussion of Structure 1
The prepaid interest rate swap in Structure 1 has an underlying
(three-month US$ LIBOR) and a notional amount (refer to paragraph
6(a)). The prepaid interest rate swap requires an initial investment
($1,228,179) that is smaller than would be required for other types of
contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes
in market factors, such as an 8-times impact for changes in LIBOR when
applied to the initial investment (refer to paragraph 6(b)). (Note
that the reference to "8 times" is based on the ratio of the
notional amount to the initial investment: 10,000,000 / 1,228,179 =
8.142.) In this example, the initial investment of $1,228,179 is
smaller than an investment of $10,000,000 to purchase a note with a
$10,000,000 notional amount and a variable interest rate of 3-month
US$LIBOR-an instrument that provides the same cash flow response to
changes in LIBOR as the prepaid interest rate swap.
Under the prepaid swap in Structure 1, neither party is required to
deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a
principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or
other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the
notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to
paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)).
Discussion of Structure 2
The contract in Structure 2 has an underlying (three-month US$ LIBOR)
and a notional amount (refer to paragraph 6(a)). The contract requires
an initial investment that is smaller than would be required for other
types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response
to changes in market factors, such as an eight-times impact for
changes in US$ LIBOR (refer to paragraph 6(b)). The fact that the
contract under Structure 2 involves an initial investment equal to the
stated notional of $1,228,179 is not an impediment to satisfying the
criterion in paragraph 6(b), even though paragraph 8 states, "A
derivative instrument does not require an initial net investment in
the contract that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional
amount plus a premium or minus a discount) or that is determined by
applying the notional amount to the underlying." The observation
in paragraph 8 focuses on those contracts that do not involve
leverage. When a contract involves leverage, its notional amount is
effectively the stated notional times the multiplication factor that
represents the leverage. The contract in Structure 2 is highly
leveraged, resulting in an impact that is over eight times as great as
simply applying the stated notional amount to the underlying. Thus,
its initial investment is smaller than would be required for other
types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response
to changes in market factors-the criterion in paragraph 6(b). (Note
that even a contract with a much lower leverage factor than that
illustrated in the above example would meet the criterion in paragraph
6(b).) The guidance in this issue is considered to be consistent with
Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A1, "Initial Net
Investment," in which a required initial investment of $105 (to
prepay a 1-year forward contract with a $110 strike price) is
considered not to meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b).
Under the contract in Structure 2, neither party is required to
deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a
principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or
other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the
notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to
paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)). Although the investor may surrender
(deliver) the evidence of indebtedness (the structured note) to the
issuer at maturity, the stated amount of the note ($1,228,179) is not
equal to the actual notional amount ($10,000,000). |
March 20, 2002 Message from Ira
Kawaller
Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges. Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.
If you are interested, it is available at
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:
http://www.kawaller.com
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com
(718) 694-6270
|
International Accounting Standards
Board (Committee) (IASB) =
An organization headquartered in London
that has be charged with developing international accounting standards. The charge
is given by 140 public accounting bodies (such as the AICPA in the United States) in 101
countries seeking harmonization of accounting standards. In recent years, IASC
standards have more clout due to widespread requiring of IASC standards by worldwide stock
exchanges for cross-border listings of securities. For a discussion of the IASC's
history and struggles to develop its own IAS 39
"Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement" standard that is somewhat
like, but much less complex, than FAS 133,
see my pacter.htm file. Initially, the
IASC was going to adopt FAS 133. Later it commenced work on developing its own
standard. In reality, however, the IASC requirements are very close to FAS 133. Also see IFAC. The web site of the IASC is at http://www.iasc.org.uk .
Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IASC. Note
that the differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133 are highlighted at http://WWW.Trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/pacter.htm#SFAS133diffs1
.
The for-free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul
Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S.
Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC
Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://stores.yahoo.com/fasbpubs/publications.html
In 1999 the Joint Working Group of the Banking
Associations sharply rebuffed the IAS 39 fair value accounting in two white
papers that can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm.
Also see the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
and the International Federation of Accountants Committee (IFAC).
Side by Side: IAS 39 Compared with FASB Standards (FAS 133), by Paul Pacter,
as published in Accountancy International Magazine, June 1999 --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards" ---
http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
IAS 39 Implementation Guidance
Supplement to the
Publication
Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and
Implementation Guidance
http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf
PowerPoint Show Highlighting Some Complaints About IAS 39 and IAS 32 --- http://www.atel.lu/atel/fr/publications/Publications/030524_EACT%20mtg_Milan.ppt
Fair value accounting politics in the revised
IAS 39
From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
- Why did the Commission
carve out the full fair value option in the original
IAS 39 standard?
- Do prudential supervisors
support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
- When will the Commission
to adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
- Will companies be able to
apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial
statements?
- Does the amended standard
for IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
- What about the
relationship between the fair valuation of own
liabilities under the amended IAS 39 FVO standard
and under Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Law
Directive?
- Will the Commission now
propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company
Directive?
- What about the remaining
IAS 39 carve-out relating to certain hedge
accounting provisions?
|
|
It's
a Shame: Europeans follow rather than learn from Enron's lead on how to
hide risk with unbooked derivatives
"Europe Closer to Adopting Uniform Accounting Rules," by Floyd
Norris, The New York Times, November 22, 2004
The European Commission has formally adopted an
emasculated accounting standard for derivatives, leaving it up to banks to
decide whether they will fully comply with international rules aimed at
preventing financial institutions from hiding losses.
The vote on Friday was a victory for banks, mostly
but not all from France. They had opposed
the accounting rule, voicing concerns that it would lead to volatility in
reported profits and balance sheet values.
Even with the decision to change the rule, the
European Union moved closer to a system of having all companies follow
similar accounting standards beginning in 2005. Until now, each country has
had its own rules, which have varied both in details and in how well they
were enforced. Many companies are expected to report significant changes in
profits under the rules.
The derivatives rule, known as International
Accounting Standard 39, is similar to, but less restrictive than, an
American rule that has been in force for several years. In an attempt to win
European Commission approval, the International Accounting Standards Board
watered down the rule in ways that would let companies keep most of the
volatility away from their income statement. But that was not enough to
satisfy some banks, which complained that the standard would still lead to
lower or more volatile valuations that could alarm investors.
. . .
In announcing the decision, the commission rejected
what it said were criticisms "that the relaxation of the hedge
accounting provisions make the standard 'seriously deficient' and 'not
credible.' " It said that the rule, even with the changes, was "a
significant step forward" because no current European accounting rule
"contains any hedge accounting provisions" at all.
Continued in the article
"IAS 32 and IAS 39 Revised: An Overview," Ernst & Young,
February 2004 --- http://www.ey.com/global/download.nsf/International/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04/$file/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04.pdf
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/RevisedIAS32and39
Also see Bob Jensen's
Interest Rate Swap Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation, and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and
IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Also see Macro
Hedge
|
This is
old news, but it does provide some questions for students to ponder.
The main problem of fair value adjustment is that many ((most?) of the
adjustments cause enormous fluctuations in earnings, assets, and liabilities
that are washed out over time and never realized. The
main advantage is that interim impacts that “might be” realized are booked.
It’s a war between “might be” versus “might never.”
The war has been waging for over a century with respect to booked assets
and two decades with respect to unbooked derivative instruments, contingencies,
and intangibles.
As you can
see below, the war is not over yet. In
fact it has intensified between corporations (especially banks) versus standard
setters versus members of the academy.
From The Wall Street Journal
Accounting Educators' Review on April 2, 2004
TITLE: As IASB Unveils New Rules,
Dispute With EU Continues
REPORTER: David Reilly
DATE: Mar 31, 2004
PAGE: A2 LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108067939682469331,00.html
TOPICS: Generally accepted accounting principles, Fair Value Accounting, Insider
trading, International Accounting, International Accounting Standards Board
SUMMARY: Despite controversy with the
European Union (EU), the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) is
expected to release a final set of international accounting standards. Questions
focus on the role of the IASB, controversy with the EU, and harmonization of the
accounting standards.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What is the role of the IASB? What authority does the IASB have to enforce
standards?
2.) List three reasons that a country
would choose to follow IASB accounting standards. Why has the U.S. not adopted
IASB accounting standards?
3.) Discuss the advantages and
disadvantages of harmonization of accounting standards throughout the world. Why
is it important the IASB reach a resolution with the EU over the disputed
accounting standards?
4.) What is fair value accounting? Why
would fair value accounting make financial statements more volatile? Is
increased volatility a valid argument for not adopting fair value accounting?
Does GAAP in the United States require fair value accounting? Support your
answers.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University
of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
Bob
Jensen's threads on these controversial standards are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory.htm
Those
threads dealing with fair value are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm
June 7, 2004 Update
"EU Body Fails to Bar Bank Accounting Rule," The Wall Street
Journal, June 7, 2004, Page A18
A European Commission advisory group failed Friday to
block an accounting rule proposed by the International Accounting Standards
Board governing how banks treat complex accounting instruments on their balance
sheets.
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Council's 11
members voted 6-5 against recommending the new accounitng standard to the
commission but the vote fell short of the two-thirds margin required to
recommend rejections of the new rule.
European banks have opposed portions of the disputed
accounting standard known as FAS 39, because they say requirements to used
market prices to value certain financial instruments will cause unnecessary
volatility in their financial statements.
Continued in the article
GAAP Differences in Your
Pocket: IAS and US GAAP
http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
Topic |
IAS
39 from the IASB |
FAS
133 from the FASB |
Change in value of
non-trading investment |
Recognize either in
net profit or loss or in equity (with recycling).
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments. |
Recognize in equity
(with recycling). |
Accounting for
hedges of a firm commitment |
Cash flow hedge.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments. |
Fair value hedge. |
Use of partial-term
hedges |
Allowed. |
Prohibited. |
Effect of selling
investments classified as held-to-maturity |
Prohibited from
using held-to- maturity classification for the next two years. |
Prohibited from
using held-to- maturity classification (no two year limit). |
Use of "basis
adjustment" |
Gain/loss on hedging
instrument that had been reported in equity becomes an adjustment of the
carrying amount of the asset.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments. |
Gain/loss on hedging
instrument that had been reported in equity remains in equity and is
amortized over the same period as the asset. |
Derecognition
of financial assets |
No "isolation
in bankruptcy" test.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments. |
Derecognition
prohibited unless the transferred asset is beyond the reach of the
transferor even in bankruptcy. |
Subsequent reversal
of an impairment loss |
Required, if certain
criteria are met
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments. |
Prohibited. |
Use of
"Qualifying SPEs" |
Prohibited. |
Allowed. |
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
There are also some major differences in between FAS 133 versus IAS 39 with
respect to macro hedging.
See Macro Hedge
IAS 39 history --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=617116004&n=3306
Limited Revisions to IAS 39, Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (E66) --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=268256258&n=3222
Recognition and Measurement
(E66)
|
E66,
Proposed Limited Revisions to IAS 39 and Other Related Standards,
proposed the following limited revisions to IAS 39, Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and other related Standards:
- changes to require
consistent accounting for purchases and sales of financial assets
using either trade date accounting or settlement date accounting.
IAS 39 currently requires settlement date accounting for sales of
financial assets, but permits both trade date and settlement date
accounting for purchases;
- elimination of the
requirement in IAS 39 for a lender to recognise certain collateral
received from a borrower in its balance sheet;
- improvement of the wording
on impairment recognition;
- changes to require
consistent accounting for temporary investments in equity
securities between IAS 39 and other International Accounting
Standards; and
- elimination of redundant
disclosure requirements for hedges in IAS 32, Financial
Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation.
None of the proposed revisions
represents a change to a fundamental principle in IAS 39. Instead, the
purpose of the proposed changes is primarily to address technical
application issues that have been identified following the approval of
IAS 39 in December 1998. The IASC Board’s assessment is that the
proposed changes will assist enterprises preparing to implement IAS 39
for the first time in 2001 and help ensure a consistent application of
the Standard. No further changes to IAS 39 are contemplated.
|
Hi Patrick,
The term "better" is a loaded
term. One of the main criticisms leveled at IASC standards is that they were too
broad, too permissive, and too toothless to provide comparability between
different corporate annual reports. The IASC (now called IASB) standards only
began ot get respect at IOSCO after they started becoming more like FASB
standards in the sense of having more teeth and specificity.
I think FAS 133 is better than IAS 39
in the sense that FAS 133 gives more guidance on specific types of contracts.
IAS 39 is so vague in places that most users of IAS 39 have to turn to FAS 133
to both understand a type of contract and to find a method of dealing with that
contract. IAS 39 was very limited in terms of examples, but this has been
recitified somewhat (i.e., by a small amount) in a recent publication by the
IASB: Supplement to the Publication Accounting for Financial Instruments -
Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf
In theory, there are very few
differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. But this is like saying that there is
very little difference between the Bible and the U.S. Commercial Code. Many
deals may be against what you find in the Bible, but lawyers will find it of
less help in court than the U.S. Commercial Code. I admit saying this with
tongue in cheek, because the IAS 39 is much closer to FAS 133 than the Bible is
to the USCC.
Paul Pacter wrote a nice paper about
differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. However, such a short paper cannot cover
all differences that arise in practice. One of the differences that I have to
repeatedly warn my students about is the fact that OCI is generally converted to
current earnings when the derivative hedging contract is settled on a cash flow
hedge (this conversion is usually called basis adjustment). For example, if I
hedge a forecasted purchase of inventory, I will use OCI during the cash flow
hedging period, but when I buy the inventory, IAS 39 says to covert the OCI to
current earnings. (Actually, IAS standards do not admit to an "Other
Comprehensive Income" (OCI) account, but they recommend what is tantamount
to using OCI in the equity section of the balance sheet.)
Under FAS 133, basis adjustment is not
permitted under many circumstances when derivatives are settled. In the example
above, FAS 133 requires that OCI be carried forward after the inventory is
purchased and the derivative is settled. OCI is subsequently converted to
earnings in a piecemeal fashion. For example, if 20% of the inventory is sold,
20% of the OCI balance at the time the derivative is settled is then converted
to current earnings. I call this deferred basis adjustment under FAS 133. This
is also true of a cash flow hedge of AFS investment. OCI is carried forward
until the investment is sold.
Although there are differences between
FAS 133 and IAS 39, I would not make too big a deal out of such differences. IAS
39 was written with one eye upon FAS 133, and the differences are relatively
minor. Paul Pacter's summary of these differences can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=490603&sc={65834A68-1562-4CF2-9C09-D1D6BF887A00}&sd=860888892&n=3288
Hope this helps,
Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones
Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212
Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen
-----Original
Message-----
From: Patrick Charles [mailto:charlesp@CWDOM.DM]
Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2002 11:54 AM
To: CPAS-L@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU
Subject: US GAAP Vs IASB
Greetings Everyone
Mr Bolkestein said
the rigid approach of US GAAP could make it easier to hide companies' true
financial situation. "You tick the boxes and out come the answer,"
he said. "Having rules is a good thing, but having rigid rules is not the
best thing.
http://news.ft.com/ft/gx.cgi/ftc?pagename=View&c=Article&cid=FT3AHWRLXXC&live=true&tagid=FTDCZE6JFEC&subheading=accountancy
Finally had a chance
to read the US GAAP issue. Robert you mentioned IAS 39, do you have other
examples where US GAAP is a better alternative to IASB, or is this an European
ploy to get the US to adopt IASB?
Cheers
Mr. Patrick Charles
charlesp@cwdom.dm ICQ#6354999
"Education is an
admirable thing, but it is well to remember from time to time that nothing
that is worth knowing can be taught."
International Federation of Accountants
Committee (IFAC) =
An organization charged with dealing
with matters of concern in 140 public accounting bodies in 110 countries. Relations
with the IASC are briefly discussed by Paul Pacter in my pacter.htm
file. Although the IFAC appoints some members to the IASC, standard setting
responsibilities are now the responsibility of the IASC rather than the IFAC. The
IFAC deals more directly with international auditing standards and education/training
requirements of public accountants around the world. Also see IASC.
The IFAC web site is at http://www.ifac.org/
Click
here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IFAC.
In-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.
Intrinsic Value =
the difference between the spot
price and the forward strike price of the underlying in an option
contract. Intrinsic value is an expected future value. Intrinsic
(future) value minus current (present) value of the option is called time value.
Hence, intrinsic value has two components. One is the known current value. The
other component is time value that is generally unknown ex ante. For example,
the suppose the value of an option having no credit risk is $10 on the exchange
market. If a commodity's price is $93 and the forward (strike) price of a call
option is $90, the intrinsic value of the option is $3. The difference between the
total option's current price ($10) and intrinsic value is a time value of $7 = $10
-$3. One way to think about time value is to think about opportunities for an option
to increase its intrinsic value. If an option is about to expire, there is very
little time left for the spot price of the underlying (e.g., commodity price) to
increase. Time value of an option declines as the option approaches its expiration
date. In other words, intrinsic value converges toward total value as the option
matures. If there is a great deal of time left before the option expires, there is
more opportunity for the underlying to increase in value. Hence time value is higher
for options having longer-term expiration dates. Also see basis.
An illustration of intrinsic value versus time
value accounting is given in Example 9 of FAS 133, Pages 84-86, Paragraphs
162-164. I found the FASB presentation in Paragraph 162 somewhat confusing.
You may want to look at my Example 9 tutorial on this illustration. You may obtain
the link and password by contacting me at rjensen@trinity.edu. Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of
FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164. An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would
benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the
strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market
price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is
above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the
difference between the strike price and the market price. An option is
"out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A
call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of
the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the
market price. The key distinction between contracts versus
futures/forward contracts is that an option is
purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option
in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In
the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to
perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are
much different than for written options. For rules regarding written options see
Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133. Exposure Draft 162-B would not
allow hedge accounting for written options. FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written
options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.
The partitioning of an option's value
between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the
purchase of an option. On the acquisition date, the option is recorded
at the premium (purchase price) the paid.
Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to
subsequent changes in quoted premiums. If the
option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes
in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current
earnings. Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive
income (OCI). See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT
Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.
Google gave me the following
definitions on February 1, 2004
Definitions of Intrinsic Value on the Web:
A measure of the value of an option or a warrant if immediately
exercised. The amount by which the current price for the underlying
commodity or futures contract is above the strike price of a call
option or below the strike price of a put option for the commodity or
futures contract.
www.cftc.gov/opa/brochures/opaglossary.htm
The amount by which an option is in-the-money. The intrinsic value
is the difference between the exercise/strike price and the price of
the underlying security.
www.exchange-handbook.co.uk/glossary.cfm
That portion of a warrant, right or call option's price that
represents the amount by which the market price of the underlying
security exceeds the price at which the warrant, right or call option
may be exercised. The intrinsic value of a put is calculated as the
amount by which the underlying security's market value is below the
price at which the put option can be exercised.
www.bmoinvestorline.com/EducationCentre/i.html
If the option is in-the-money (see above), the intrinsic value of
the option is the difference between the current price of the
underlying stock and the option strike price.
www.optiondigest.com/stock-option-glossary.htm
The value of an option if it were to expire immediately with the
underlying stock at its current price; the amount by which an option
is in-the-money. For call options, this is the difference between the
stock price and the striking price, if that difference is a positive
number, or zero otherwise. For put options it is the difference
between the striking price and the stock price, if that difference is
positive, and zero otherwise. See also In-the-Money, Time Value
Premium and Parity.
www.cboe.com/LearnCenter/glossary_g-l.asp
The amount by which an option is in-the-money. An option which is
not in-the-money has no intrinsic value. For calls, intrinsic value
equals the difference between the underlying futures price and the
option s strike price. For puts, intrinsic value equals the option s
strike price minus the underlying futures price. Intrinsic value is
never less than zero.
www.energybuyer.org/glossraryGK.htm
For in-the-money call and put options, the difference between the
strike price and the underlying futures price.
futures.tradingcharts.com/glossary/d-i.html
The underlying value of a business separate from its market value
or stock price. In fundamental analysis, the analyst will take into
account both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of a company's
performance. The quantitative aspect is the use of financial ratios
such as earnings, revenue, etc., while the qualitative perspective
involves consideration of the company's management strength. Based on
such analysis, the fundamental analyst will make a forecast of future
earnings and prospects for the company to arrive at an intrinsic value
of its shares. The intrinsic value of a share can be at odds with its
stock market price, indicating that the company is either overvalued
or undervalued by the market. BACK TO TOP
university.smartmoney.com/glossary/index.cfm
The difference between an in the money option strike price and the
current market price of a share of the underlying security.
www.schaeffersresearch.com/option/glossary.asp
The absolute value of the in-the-money amount; that is, the amount
that would be realized if an in-the-money option were exercised.
www.nfa.futures.org/basic/glossary.asp
For call options: The amount the market price of the underlying
security is above the option’s strike price. Eg, an IBM call option
with a strike price of 100 with IBM stock at 110, has an intrinsic
value of 10 & is “in-the-money.” If IBM were at 95, the call
option would have no intrinsic value & would be
“out-of-the-money.” If IBM were at 100, there would still be no
intrinsic value, but the option would be “at-the-money.” For put
options: The amount the market price of the underlying security is
below the option’s strike price. Eg, a Xerox put with a strike price
of 35 with Xerox at 30, has an intrinsic value of 5. If Xerox were at
35 or higher, the put option would have no intrinsic value. See also
Premium, Strike Price & Time Value.
www.hsletter.com/Tutorial_GlossaryB.html
the value of an option measured by the difference between the
strike price and the market price of the underlying futures contract
when the option is "in-the-money."
www.cigtrading.com/glossary.htm
The amount by which an option is in the money.
www.ndmarketmanager.org/education/glossary.html
Value of the option if it were exercised and in the money.
www.agr.gc.ca/policy/risk/course/english/gls1e.html
exists when the exercise price of a call option is below (or of a
put option is above) the current market price of the underlying
security.
www.asset-analysis.com/glossary/glo_026.html
The excess of the market value of the underlying stock over the
striking price of the option for a call, or the excess of the striking
price of the option over the market value of the underlying stock for
a put.
www.yourinvestmentclub.com/dictionary.htm
Historic or other value of an item that means it must be retained
and preserved in its original form - the value that the item has
beyond the recorded information contained in it.
www.alia.org.au/~wsmith/glossary.htm
The amount by which an option is in-the-money. See In-the-Money
Option.
www.goldseek.com/101/glossary.shtml
The amount by which an option is in-the-money. See In-the-Money
Option
www.thepitmaster.com/otherresources/glossary.htm
A call option's intrinsic value is equal to the number of points
the underlying contract exceeds the strike price of the option.. An
option premium will never be less than the option's intrinsic value.
www.gtfutures.com/glossary.htm
The dollar amount of the difference between the exercise price of
an option and the current cash value of the underlying security.
Intrinsic value and time value are the two components of an option
premium, or price.
www.calton.com/definiti.htm
This refers to the difference between an in-the-money call/put and
the strike price.
www.forexdirectory.net/opgloss.html
A form of judgement that takes into account all the values present
in the system, an holistic valuation or fitness measurement of the
whole.
www.calresco.org/glossary.htm
The value of an option were it to be exercised. Only in-the-money
options have intrinsic value.
www.fdic.gov/regulations/trust/trust/glos.html
The amount by which an option is in-the-money. An option having
intrinsic value. A call option is in-the-money if its strike price is
below the current price of the underlying futures contract. A put
option is in-the-money if its strike price is above the current price
of the underlying futures contract.
www.ag-tradingfloor.com/education/glossary.asp
|
Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since it
can be exercised at any time. The same cannot be said for a European
option that has to be held to maturity. If the underlying is the price of
corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current
spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike
price. In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount
the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it
with the current spot price. If the difference is positive, this is the
minimum value. It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American
option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will
not sell below its risk free present value.
Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds value
above the risk-free discount rate. In other words, it is risk or
volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to investing.
However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude volatility from risk
assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 quoted
below.
a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the
change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the
assessment of hedge effectiveness.
b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that
is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the
volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of
hedge effectiveness.
c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward
or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable
to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract
related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the
forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge
effectiveness.
The point here is that options are certain to be effective in
hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all
interim points of time prior to expiration. As a result, accounting
standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each
point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the
books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain. Potential gains from
options are uncertain prior to expiration. Potential gains or losses from
other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on
the date of expiration.
Flow Chart for FAS 133 and
IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39
--- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm
Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm
Inverse Floater = see floater.
|
J-Terms
K-Terms
L-Terms
Leaps =
long term derivatives, usually long term options.
Legal
Settlement Rate =
the internal rate of return that discounts
estimated future interest rate swap cash flows back down to a time t value equal to future
swap receipts discounted at the swap receivable rate minus the swap payables discounted at
the swap payable rate. This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm
.
Leverage =
an investment position subject to a multiplier
impact on returns. For example, for a relatively low price, say $500, an investor
can purchase a call option on 100 shares of stock that in effect accrues all the benefits
of rising prices on those share as if the investor owned those shares at a price of , say,
$5,000. Similarly, a leveraged position can be obtained on a put option that
benefits the option holder in the case of falling prices. In England and some other
nations, the term "gearing" means the same thing as leverage.
Another example is a leveraged gold note that
pays no interest and has the amount of principal vary with the price of gold. This
is discussed under the term embedded derivative.
Leveraged Gold Note =
see embedded derivative.
Levered Inverse Floater = see floater.
LIBOR =
the London InterBank Offering Rate interest rate
at which banks borrow in London. The rate is commonly used as an index
in floating rate contracts, interest rate swaps, and other contracts based upon interest
rate fluctuations.
LME =
London Mercantile Exchange. See spot rate.
Loan Commitments (See
Fair Value)
Loan + Swap Rate
=
an underlying notional loan rate (e.g., the interest rate
on bonds payable) plus the difference between the swap receivable rate minus the swap
payable rate. This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm
.
Local Currency =
currency of a particular country being referred to; the
reporting currency of a domestic or foreign operation being referred to in context.
Long =
Ownership of an investment position, security, or
instrument such that rising market prices will benefit the owner. This is also known
as a long position. For example, the purchase of a call option
is a long position because the owner of the call option goes in the money with rising
prices. See also short.
Long-Haul Method ---
see Shortcut Method under the
S-Terms at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms
Long Term Capital Management (LTCM)
Fund =
the best known of the investment
funds that failed using scientific formulas for hedging with derivatives. The firm
was run by 25 scholars who received Ph.Ds in economics and were heavily influenced by the
options pricing theories of Nobel Prize winning economists Robert C. Merton and Myron S.
Scholes. In November of 1998, the largest and best known investment banking
and brokerage houses in New York had to dig deep into their own pockets to keep the fund
from a failure that would have shaken financial markets around the world. See Options Pricing Theory and Black-Scholes
Model.
|
M-Terms
Macro Hedge = the hedging of a portfolio of items such as
loans rather than the hedging of each item within the portfolio. In some
cases, the hedge is a net hedge of the value of the portfolio's asset items less
the value of the portfolio's liability items.
In general, FAS 133 does not allow a macro hedge accounting of a
non-homogeneous portfolio. Net hedging also does not qualify for hedge
accounting.
. The FASB’s blanket refusal
to allow hedge accounting for macro hedges of non-homogeneous portfolios and
hedges of more than one type of risk runs counter to both theory and practice.
For example, it is extremely common for financial instruments such as
loans to have combined interest rate risk and prepayment risk that arises from
embedded options to settle before a maturity date.
If multiple-risk items are being hedged for only one type of risk,
usually price or interest rate risk, changes in the market value of the
hedging derivative that hedges only one type of risk may not match changes in
the market value of the hedged item whose value changes are impacted by
multiple risks. The hedge of the
price risk may be perfectly effective when in fact the FAS 133 mandated
comparisons of the changes in hedged item and hedging instrument values make
it appear to be an ineffective hedge that does not qualify for hedge
accounting.
Put in another way, suppose the hedged item is an apple whose value is
impacted by both the market price of apples and a significant likelihood that
the apple will rot before being sold. The
hedging derivative (say an apple price swap contract) is only impacted by
changes in apple prices and is not subject to rotting before a contracted
maturity date. Changes in the swap’s
value may be highly ineffective in hedging the value change of any apple that
becomes prematurely rotten. The
same can be said about the hedge of a loan investment if the loan is paid off
prematurely. Varying prepayment
risks on loans held by banks typically prevent loan portfolios from being
sufficiently homogeneous for purposes of macro hedging of interest rate risks
under FAS 133 and IAS 39.
FAS 133 and IAS 39 rules require, except in rare instances, a separate
hedging contract for each investment loan in a portfolio of hundreds or
thousands of loans. Obtaining
favorable hedge accounting under the rules becomes extremely impractical for
firms holding large portfolios. The way that banks hedge loan interest rates
in practice is to macro hedge an entire portfolio of loans grouped into time
periods based upon expected repayment dates rather than contracted maturities.
This is analogous to hedging a warehouse full of apples grouped
according to expected sales dates rather than expected dates of being too
rotten to sell. In the
U.S.
, banks and other business firms tried unsuccessfully allow for greater
flexibility in FAS 133 macro hedging rules that do not require individual item
hedging contracts.
Individual item hedges that seldom take place for many types of
transactions where financial risk is managed on a macro basis for portfolios
of transactions. Banks just do not
hedge each individual loan just as grocers do not hedge individual apples.
The major macro hedging controversy boils down to the following
controversies:
1.
Individual item hedging is sometimes as absurdly impractical as
writing a forward contract for each apple held in a grocery chain’s
inventory.
2.
Not allowing multiple types of risk to be hedged with one
hedging instrument fails to take into account that the two or more risks may
be highly correlated. The market
value of a fixed-rate loan is greatly impacted by both risk of interest rate
movements and risk of prepayment which, in turn, is also correlated with
interest rate movements. The two
risks are neither independent nor additive.
3.
Businesses badly want accounting rules changed to allow macro
hedge accounting for portfolios of assets and liabilities rather than
individual items. The also want
hedge accounting for “netting” hedges in portfolios contain both assets
and liabilities. Managers often
hedge net values even though netting is not allowed in the current hedge
accounting standards.
It may be possible for
firms to provide online supplementary pivot tables for investor dynamic
analyses of hedges much like Microsoft provides online “What if” pivot
tables to supplement
Macro Hedging is Probably the Main Weakness of FAS
133, and Fannie Mae is Taking it in the Fanny
The bottom line is that both the FASB and the IASB
must someday soon take another look at how the real world hedges portfolios
rather than individual securities. The problem is complex, but the problem
has come to roost in Fannie Mae's $1 trillion in hedging contracts. How
the SEC acts may well override the FASB. How the SEC acts may be a
vindication or a damnation for Fannie Mae and Fannie's auditor KPMG who let
Fannie violate the rules of IAS 133.
You can read more about macro hedges at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#M-Terms
On October 4, 2004 the main editorial in The Wall
Street Journal presented a scathing attack on Fannie Mae (and outside
auditor KPMG by implication) for simply ignoring FAS 133 explicit rules for
testing hedging effectiveness and improperly keeping over $1 billion in hedging
gains and losses in AOCI (accumulated other comprehensive income) rather than
current earnings.
"Fannie Mae Enron?"
Editorial in The Wall Street Journal
October 4, 2004; Page A16
For years, mortgage giant Fannie Mae
has produced smoothly growing earnings. And for years, observers have wondered
how Fannie could manage its inherently risky portfolio without a whiff of
volatility. Now, thanks to Fannie's regulator, we know the answer. The company
was cooking the books. Big time.
We've looked closely at the 211-page
report issued by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (Ofheo),
and the details are more troubling than even the recent headlines. The
magnitude of Fannie's machinations is stunning, and in two key areas in
particular they deserve to be better understood. By improperly delaying the
recognition of income, it created a cookie jar of reserves. And by improperly
classifying certain derivatives, it was able to spread out losses over many
years instead of recognizing them immediately.
In the cookie-jar ploy, Fannie set
aside an artificially large cash reserve. And -- presto -- in any quarter its
managers could reach into that jar to compensate for poor results or add to it
to dampen good ones. This ploy, according to Ofheo, gave Fannie
"inordinate flexibility" in reporting the amount of income or
expenses over reporting periods.
This flexibility also gave Fannie the
ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within pennies -- target numbers for
executive bonuses. Ofheo details an example from 1998, the year the Russian
financial crisis sent interest rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of
mortgage holders to prepay their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was
suddenly facing an estimated expense of $400 million.
Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to
recognize only $200 million, deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's
executives -- whose bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the
target for maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23
and Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932
million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate
Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.
That same year Fannie installed
software that allowed management to produce multiple scenarios under different
assumptions that, according to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the
earnings management that is necessary when dealing with a volatile book of
business." Over the years, Fannie designed and added software that
allowed it to assess the impact of recognizing income or expense on securities
and loans. This practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report
says considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision
"spurious."
This disturbing culture was apparent in
Fannie's manipulation of its derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant
derivative book in an attempt to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate
risk. Derivatives must be marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at
fair value. The problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty
volatility in earnings.
So, Fannie decided to classify a huge
amount of its derivatives as hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact
on earnings. (And we mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a
notional value of $1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not
classified in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when
Fannie closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes
in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) where
losses can be amortized over a long period.
Fannie had some $12.2 billion in
deferred losses in the AOCI balance at year-end 2003. If this amount must be
reclassified into retained earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for
various periods over the past three years, leaving its capital well below what
is required by regulators.
In all, the Ofheo report notes,
"The misapplications of GAAP are not limited occurrences, but appear to
be pervasive . . . [and] raise serious doubts as to the validity of previously
reported financial results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital,
management supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an
agreement reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods
involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change its
compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."
But we don't think this goes nearly far
enough for a company whose executives have for years derided anyone who raised
a doubt about either its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum
these executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury
under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a criminal
probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board still believes that
investors can trust its management team.
Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company
and this isn't a run-of-the-mill accounting scandal. The U.S. government had
no financial stake in the failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of
Fannie's implicit subsidy from the federal government, taxpayers are on the
hook if its capital cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private
profit, public risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call
it.
FAS 133 (and IAS 39) do not deal well with macro (portfolio) hedges in that
hedge accounting is denied unless all of the securities in a portfolio are
identical in terms of the risk being hedged. IAS 39 was recently amended
(largely for political rather than theory reasons) to allow for macro hedges of
interest rate risk when the maturity dates or possible early payoff dates are
not identical. But the IAS 39 amendment is only a very small step
toward solving a very large problem. Companies like Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac find it impractical (actually impossible) to hedge individual securities (or
homogeneous portfolios) as required under FAS 133.
The large problem is that when non-homogeneous portfolios are being hedged
for only one of several risks, there can be a huge mismatch in terms of value
changes of the portfolio versus value change of the hedging derivatives.
When writing the hedge accounting standards, standard setters took a
conservative approach that virtually denies hedge accounting for non-homogeneous
portfolios. This long been known as the "macro hedging" problem
of FAS 133. By denying hedge accounting to financial institutions with
large non-homogeneous portfolios, those institutions are going to show huge
fluctuations in net earnings by having to mark-to-market all macro hedging
derivatives with offsetting value changes being charged to current earnings
rather than some offset such as AOIC for cash flow hedges or the macro portfolio
itself for fair value hedges.
One of the better media articles about this
controversial problem is the following article by Michael MacKenzie. What
MacKenzie does is explain just how Fannie Mae covers her fanny with macro
hedging strategy that really is not eligible for hedge accounting under FAS
133. However, the problem is with FAS 133.
:"Sometimes
the Wrong 'Notion': Lender Fannie Mae Used A Too-Simple Standard For
Its Complex Portfolio," by Michael MacKenzie, The Wall Street Journal, October
5, 2004, Page C3
Lender Fannie Mae Used A Too-Simple Standard For Its
Complex Portfolio
What exactly did Fannie
Mae do wrong?
Much has been made of the accounting
improprieties alleged by Fannie's regulator, the Office of Federal Housing
Enterprise Oversight.
Some investors may even be aware the
matter centers on the mortgage giant's $1 trillion "notional"
portfolio of derivatives -- notional being the Wall Street way of saying that
that is how much those options and other derivatives are worth on paper.
But understanding exactly what is
supposed to be wrong with Fannie's handling of these instruments takes some
doing. Herewith, an effort to touch on what's what -- a notion of the problems
with that notional amount, if you will.
Ofheo alleges that, in order to keep
its earnings steady, Fannie used the wrong accounting standards for these
derivatives, classifying them under complex (to put it mildly) requirements
laid out by the Financial Accounting Standards Board's rule 133, or FAS 133.
For most companies using derivatives,
FAS 133 has clear advantages, helping to smooth out reported income. However,
accounting experts say FAS 133 works best for companies that follow relatively
simple hedging programs, whereas Fannie Mae's huge cash needs and giant
portfolio requires constant fine-tuning as market rates change.
A Fannie spokesman last week declined
to comment on the issue of hedge accounting for derivatives, but Fannie Mae
has maintained that it uses derivatives to manage its balance sheet of debt
and mortgage assets and doesn't take outright speculative positions. It also
uses swaps -- derivatives that generally are agreements to exchange fixed- and
floating-rate payments -- to protect its mortgage assets against large swings
in rates.
Under FAS 133, if
a swap is being used to hedge risk against another item on the balance sheet,
special hedge accounting is applied to any gains and losses that result from
the use of the swap. Within the application of this accounting there are two
separate classifications: fair-value hedges and cash-flow hedges.
Fannie's fair-value hedges generally
aim to get fixed-rate payments by agreeing to pay a counterparty floating
interest rates, the idea being to offset the risk of homeowners refinancing
their mortgages for lower rates. Any gain or loss, along with that of the
asset or liability being hedged, is supposed to go straight into earnings as
income. In other words, if the swap loses money but is being applied against a
mortgage that has risen in value, the gain and loss cancel each other out,
which actually smoothes the company's income.
Cash-flow hedges, on the other hand,
generally involve Fannie entering an agreement to pay fixed rates in order to
get floating-rates. The profit or loss on these hedges don't immediately flow
to earnings. Instead, they go into the balance sheet under a line called
accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, and are allocated into
earnings over time, a process known as amortization.
Ofheo claims that instead of
terminating swaps and amortizing gains and losses over the life of the
original asset or liability that the swap was used to hedge, Fannie Mae had
been entering swap transactions that offset each other and keeping both the
swaps under the hedge classifications. That was a no-go, the regulator says.
"The major risk facing Fannie is
that by tainting a certain portion of the portfolio with redesignations and
improper documentation, it may well lose hedge accounting for the whole
derivatives portfolio," said Gerald Lucas, a bond strategist at Banc of
America Securities in New York.
The bottom line is that both the FASB
and the IASB must someday soon take another look at how the real world hedges
portfolios rather than individual securities. The problem is complex, but
the problem has come to roost in Fannie Mae's $1 trillion in hedging
contracts. How the SEC acts may well override the FASB. How the SEC
acts may be a vindication or a damnation for Fannie Mae and Fannie's auditor
KPMG who let Fannie violate the rules of IAS 133.
Bob Jensen's threads on macro hedging are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#M-Terms
Bob Jensen's threads on the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
scandals are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG scandals are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#KPMG
FEDERATION
BANCAIRE DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE Provides a great free document on macro hedging
with references to IAS 39. The article also discusses prospective and
retrospective effectiveness testing. See
Ineffectiveness.
"MACRO
HEDGING OF INTEREST RATE RISK," April 4, 2003 --- http://www.fbe.be/pdf/Macro%20Hedging%20of%20Interest%20Rate%20Risk.pdf
Trinity Students may access this article at J:\courses\acct5341\ResearchFiles\00macroHedging.pdf
Macro hedging is the hedging of a portfolio of assets
and liabilities for the same type of risk. This differs from hedging a single
instrument or a number of the same type of assets (or liabilities) as there is
risk offsetting between the assets and liabilities within the portfolio.
This form of hedging occurs not at a theoretical ‘consolidated
Group’ level, but at an operational level, where individual assets and
liabilities in the portfolio can be clearly identified. Within one banking
group, several macro hedge portfolios for different activities may be
separately managed at an operational level.
. . .
I.C Hedging the ‘Net Position’
Building a portfolio requires aggregating the necessary information (data) of
all assets and liabilities that share the same risk to be hedged. Although
systems differ, there is general agreement that the hedging process involves
identification of notional amounts and repricing dates. As the economic risks
of some financial instruments differ from their contractual terms, they have
to be modelled to reflect their true economic effect on interest rate risk
management. They are therefore included based on their behaviouralized
repricing dates (statistical observations of customer behaviour) rather than
their contractual repricing dates. These types of contracts include for
example demand deposits, some (often regulated) saving accounts and prepayable
loans.
The notional amounts of these assets and liabilities
in the portfolio are then allocated to defined repricing buckets. Based on
this allocation, the mismatch between assets and liabilities in each repricing
bucket is derived, which is the net position.
For each net position, the company can decide whether
it wants to hedge it fully or a portion of it. The extent of hedging to be
undertaken is determined by the interest rate risk management strategy and is
therefore a management decision as mentioned earlier in Section I.A.
The FAS133 Compliance Module Wall Street Systems --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-compl.htm
"FAS 133’s bias against macro hedging, its focus on
individual hedges, and its demanding detailed disclosure will generate
a quarterly calculation nightmare for many companies."
--Jeff Wallace, Greenwich Treasury Advisors, LLC
In June of 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board released
Statement Number 133. This statement revised accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments. It requires that banks and
corporations classify derivatives as either assets or liabilities and
that these instruments be measured at "fair value".
The accounting steps necessary to bring a bank or a corporation
into compliance with Statement 133 are substantial. Exposures must be
linked to hedges, instruments must be fairly valued, and the results
must be appropriately posted. Following this inventory and accounting
process, firms must report hedge effectiveness. The reporting
requirements under this statement require full documentation of
objectives and policies and require a variety of reporting summaries
in various formats.
The process of identifying derivatives in itself presents
substantial complexities. The definition of a derivative is broad and
includes instruments such as insurance policies, production contracts,
procurement contracts and other "non-financial" obligations.
Because of the complexities of inventory, accounting, and reporting
associated with compliance to Statement 133, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board delayed implementation of this standard believing that
neither system developers nor treasuries would be ready to handle
these new requirements.
Wall Street Systems is in the business of creating enterprise-wide
client/server front to back treasury solutions for the largest banks
and corporations in the world. This product, The Wall Street System,
integrates all geographies, all financial products, all credit and
market risk controls, and all accounting, confirmation, and cash
management processes into a single, global, real-time, 24/7 system.
Because of the strength of this straight-through processing system,
and because The Wall Street System has long offered the capability to
capture exposures and perform fair market valuations of derivative
transactions, Wall Street Systems was able to offer a fully
functioning FAS133 Module to its customers in advance of the original
FAS 133 implementation date.
The Wall Street Systems FAS 133 Module reports hedge gains and
losses at fair market value each day. The hedge tracking and linking
feature packages exposures and hedge transactions together and
automatically adjusts earnings and Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)
accounts. The module also creates all reports and documentation
required by FAS 133.
The key features of The Wall Street System FAS 133 Module are:
Fair Market Valuation Exposures and derivatives are
marked-to-market and compared through hedge effectiveness ratios Hedge
Profile Database and Query Each hedge package is stored by date.
Closing values, changes in value, and effectiveness ratios are
preserved in the database. Automatic Linking and Tracking Trades and
the underlying exposures are linked to a hedge profile. The profile
categorizes the hedge by type and includes hedge objectives, valuation
method, risk management policy and transaction details. The hedge
profile is linked to the documentation. The combination forms a hedge
"package" that drives all FAS 133 events. Cash Flow OCI
Adjusting Automatic examination of the P&L status of each hedge
package at the close of business each day. Automatic adjustment of OCI
and P&L accounts. Automatic posting of derivatives fair market
values to earnings with the effective portion of the hedge
reclassified into OCI Audit Capability Time series database keeps
copies of each hedge package status at the close of each day. There is
a full audit query capability imbedded in the database. Forecasting
The System can generate a P&L forecast from the OCI account that
covers the next 12 months.
The comprehensive functionality of the Wall Street System FAS 133
Module is achieved through the application of straight through
processing on a global scale with a system that covers the front,
middle and back office.
Treasurers will have difficulty with FAS 133 compliance if the
treasury runs on a "best of breed" model rather than a
global STP model. In the best of breed model, trading, risk management
and accounting functions are distributed across a mix of systems that
share information with varying degrees of efficiency. For this model
to work, each resident system must capture relevant FAS 133
information to its database and have the capacity to share that
information with all other member systems. This requires a high degree
of flawless data exchange and systems integration, features not
normally associated with the best of breed solution. A fragmented
treasury desktop makes it extraordinarily difficult to manage hedge
relationships from front to back.
The Wall Street System, being a single global system for 24/7
treasury operations faces none of these data exchange obstacles. Hedge
package information is shared easily, stored safely, and posted
correctly.
The Wall Street System is ready now with a 100% compliant FAS 133
Module
|
IASB Finalises Macro Hedging Amendments to IAS 39 March 31, 2004 --- http://www.iasb.org/news/index.asp?showPageContent=no&xml=10_120_25_31032004_31032005.htm
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
issued an Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement on Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest
Rate Risk. The amendments simplify the implementation of IAS 39 by enabling
fair value hedge accounting to be used more readily for a portfolio hedge of
interest rate risk (sometimes referred to as a macro hedge) than under
previous versions of IAS 39.
The publication of this amendment is a direct response to concerns expressed
by the banking community about the potential difficulty of implementing the
requirements of IAS 39. Many constituents had sought fair value hedge
accounting treatment for portfolio hedging strategies, which was not
previously permitted under IAS 39. In the light of these concerns, the IASB
launched intensive discussions with representatives of the banking industry
to determine whether a way could be found within the existing principles of
IAS 39 to allow fair value hedge accounting treatment to be applied to a
macro hedge.
The publication of this amendment means that macro hedging will be part of
the IASB’s set of standards to be adopted in 2005. The IASB notes that
discussions will continue on another aspect of IAS 39, namely an additional
hedging methodology and the balance sheet presentation of certain
hedges—issues of particular concern to some banking institutions.
Furthermore, in April, the IASB will publish a proposed limited amendment to
restrict the existing fair value option in response to concerns raised by
banking supervisory authorities.
With today’s publication of the macro-hedging amendment, the IASB
announced its intention to set up an international working party to examine
the fundamentals of IAS 39 with a view to replacing the standard in due
course. (A similar working party will be established on the IASB’s
long-term insurance project.) The financial instruments working party will
assist in improving, simplifying and ultimately replacing IAS 39 and examine
broader questions regarding the application and extent of fair-value
accounting—a topic on which the IASB has not reached any conclusion.
Although any major revision of IAS 39 may take several years to complete,
the IASB is willing to revise IAS 39 and IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts
in the short term in the light of any immediate solutions arising from the
working parties’ discussions. The IASB plans to announce details of these
two working parties in the coming weeks.
Introducing the amendment to IAS 39, Sir David Tweedie, IASB Chairman,
commented:
This amendment is a further step in our project to
ease the implementation of IAS 39 for the thousands of companies required
to implement international standards in 2005 and those companies already
using IFRSs. The IASB has made it clear that any amendments must be within
the basic principles of hedge accounting contained in IAS 39, but that we
will work within those principles to simplify the application of the
standard. This amendment does not mark the end of the Board’s work on
the subject of financial instruments. The Board remains open to all
suggestions for improvement of the standard and is taking active steps in
both the immediate future and in the medium term to that end.
The primary means of publishing International
Financial Reporting Standards is by electronic format through the IASB’s
subscriber Website. Subscribers are able to access the amendment published
today through “online services”. Those wishing to subscribe should
contact:
IASCF Publications Department, 30 Cannon Street,
London EC4M 6XH, United Kingdom.
Tel: +44 (0)20 7332 2730, Fax: +44 (0)20 7332 2749,
email: publications@iasb.org Web: www.iasb.org.
Printed copies of Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement: Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of
Interest Rate Risk (ISBN 1-904230-58-X) will be available shortly, at £15
each including postage, from IASCF Publications Department.
To the IASB’s
dismay in the summer of 2004, certain key aspects of FAS 133 incorporated in
the international IAS 39 standard have riled European banks and other EU
businesses to a point where, for the first time, there was a serious political
movement underway in
Europe
to veto acceptance of a portion of an IASB standard in the EU.
A news article in the August 21, 2003 edition of The
Wall Street Journal on Page C5 reads as follows:
This
accounting battle centers on the IASB's insistence that derivatives should be
valued at their fair value, rather than at cost, which is generally immaterial
or even zero and is often how European companies treat them. Banks have argued
that the outcome of the IASB's plan would be unnecessary volatility in their
earnings and net worth, a point echoed by Mr. Chirac.
IASB
Vice Chairman Tom Jones argued that the current system merely pretends that
the earnings volatility doesn't exist. Trying to smooth earnings is what got
Freddie Mac into trouble in the U.S., he said.
"Bank
results in
Europe
are a fiction: No volatility, and derivatives are
nonexistent (at least appearing to be nonexistent in financial
statements)," he said.
The
new IASB proposal (compromise) would now make it easier for banks to lump
bundles of securities or loans together and hedge a fraction of the overall
risk, a process known in the industry as macro hedging. This isn't allowed in the U.S., which requires (in FAS 133) companies to
show the individual items being hedged. The original IASB draft had taken
a similar stance.
But
the body didn't give in on two other bones of contention: when banks should
take a charge to earnings because hedge strategies are ineffective and whether
banks can include money deposited in bank accounts that is available on demand
in accounting for their hedges. The IASB argues that the money has to be
treated for accounting purposes as if it could all be withdrawn the next day,
although that doesn't happen in practice. It also argues that its concessions
on macro hedging should help the banks accomplish similar results, and its
board members have shown little willingness to budge.
The IASB’s Exposure Draft of the macro hedging compromise is entitled
“Amendments to IAS 39: Recognition
and Measurement Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest
Rate” and for a short time can be downloaded free from http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ed-ias39mh/ed-ias39mh.pdf
It should be noted that this compromise does not apply to cash flow
hedging or other types of hedging other than interest rate hedges.
It’s highly unfortunate that the proposed macro hedging compromise of
IAS 39 mentioned above puts the IASB international standard on a somewhat
non-divergent course with the FASB/SEC in the
United States
. The FASB currently shows
no interest to date in compromising FAS 133 with respect to macro hedging,
although the complaints of the European companies apply to U.S. firms as well.
Two paragraphs from FAS 133 from the FASB are quoted below:
Paragraph
448.
The Board (FASB) considered alternative approaches that would require
amortizing the hedge accounting adjustments to earnings based on the
average holding period, average maturity or duration of the items in the
hedged portfolio, or in some other manner that would not allocate
adjustments to the individual items in the hedged portfolio. The Board
rejected those approaches because determining the carrying amount for an
individual item when it is (a) impaired or (b) sold, settled, or otherwise
removed from the hedged portfolio would ignore its related hedge
accounting adjustment, if any. Additionally, it was not clear how those
approaches would work for certain portfolios, such as a portfolio of
equity securities.
Paragraph 449.
Advocates of macro hedging generally believe that it is a more effective
and efficient way of managing an entity's risk than hedging on an
individual-item basis. Macro hedging seems to imply a notion of
entity-wide risk reduction. The Board also believes that permitting hedge
accounting for a portfolio of dissimilar items would be appropriate only
if risk were required to be assessed on an entity-wide basis. As discussed
in paragraph 357, the Board decided not to
include entity-wide risk reduction as a criterion for hedge accounting.
Paragraph 21(a)(1)
1) If similar assets or similar liabilities are aggregated and hedged as a
portfolio, the individual assets or individual liabilities must share the risk
exposure for which they are designated as being hedged. The change in fair value
attributable to the hedged risk for each individual item in a hedged portfolio
must be expected to respond in a generally proportionate manner to the overall
change in fair value of the aggregate portfolio attributable to the hedged risk.
That is, if the change in fair value of a hedged portfolio attributable to the
hedged risk was 10 percent during a reporting period, the change in the fair
values attributable to the hedged risk for each item constituting the portfolio
should be expected to be within a fairly narrow range, such as 9 percent to 11
percent. In contrast, an expectation that the change in fair value attributable
to the hedged risk for individual items in the portfolio would range from 7
percent to 13 percent would be inconsistent with this provision. In aggregating
loans in a portfolio to be hedged, an entity may choose to consider some of the
following characteristics, as appropriate: loan type, loan size, nature and
location of collateral, interest rate type (fixed or variable) and the coupon
interest rate (if fixed), scheduled maturity, prepayment history of the loans
(if seasoned), and expected prepayment performance in varying interest rate
scenarios. See Footnote 9
==========================================================================
Footnote 9
Mortgage bankers and other servicers of financial assets that designate a
hedged portfolio by aggregating servicing rights within one or more risk strata
used under paragraph 37(g) of Statement 125 would not necessarily comply with
the requirement in this paragraph for portfolios of similar assets. The risk
stratum under paragraph 37(g) of Statement 125 can be based on any predominant
risk characteristic, including date of origination or geographic location.
Improper Use of Hedge Accounting for
Portfolios In a Manner Not Allowed in FAS 133: The Case Study of Freddie
Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac
Also see see hedge and compound derivatives.
Bob Jensen's Year 2004 leave proposal --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/leave2004.htm
Earnings Management
Interest rate swap
derivative instruments are widely used to
manage interest rate risk, which is viewed
as a perfectly legitimate use of these
hedging instruments. I stumbled on to a
rather interesting doctoral dissertation
which finds that firms, especially banks,
use such swaps to manage earnings. The
dissertation from Michigan State University
is by Chang Joon Song under Professor Thomas
Linsmeier. "Are Interest Rate Swaps Used
to Manage Banks' Earnings," by Chang Joon
Song, January 2004 ---
http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf
This dissertation is quite clever and
very well written.
Previous
research has shown that loan loss
provisions and security gains and losses
are used to manage banks’ net income.
However, these income components are
reported below banks largest operating
component, net interest income (NII).
This study extends the literature by
examining whether banks exploit the
accounting permitted under past and
current hedge accounting standards to
manage NII by entering into interest
rate swaps. Specifically, I investigate
whether banks enter into
receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps to
increase earnings when unmanaged NII is
below management’s target for NII. In
addition, I investigate whether banks
enter into receive-variable/pay-fixed
swaps to decrease earnings when
unmanaged NII is above management’s
target for NII. Swaps-based earnings
management is possible because past and
current hedge accounting standards allow
receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/
pay-fixed) to have known positive
(negative) income effects in the first
period of the swap contract. However,
entering into swaps for NII management
is not costless, because such swaps
change the interest rate risk position
throughout the swap period. Thus, I also
examine whether banks find it
cost-beneficial to enter into offsetting
swap positions in the next period to
mitigate interest rate risk caused by
entering into earnings management swaps
in the current period. Using 546
bank-year observations from 1995 to
2002, I find that swaps are used to
manage NII. However, I do not find
evidence that banks immediately enter
into offsetting swap positions in the
next period. In sum, this research
demonstrates that banks exploit the
accounting provided under past and
current hedge accounting rules to manage
NII. This NII management opportunity
will disappear if the FASB implements
full fair value accounting for financial
instruments, as foreshadowed by FAS No.
133.
What is especially interesting is how
Song demonstrates that such earnings
management took place before FAS 133 and is
still taking place after FAS 133 required
the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair
value on each reporting date. It is also
interesting how earnings management comes at
the price of added risk. Other derivative
positions can be used to reduce the risk,
but risks arising from such earnings
management cannot be eliminated.
See Gapping and
Immunization
See interest
rate swap and hedge
Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and
IAS 39 are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm |
|
|
Macro Macro Hedge of Enterprise Risk
"KPMG Strategists Describe Benefits of Effective Risk Management," SmartPros,
February 9, 2004 --- http://www.smartpros.com/x42423.xml
Two senior executives of KPMG LLP have authored a new
business guide to help corporate leaders and boards of directors develop and
implement effective risk-management strategies.
Risk: From the CEO and Board Perspective, Mary Pat
McCarthy and Tim Flynn, offers insights on how to confront and control risk.
The book describes how to best shape an organization's structure to assess and
manage risk in ways that will maximize shareholder value, and determine how
closely risk management should be integrated into business, operational and
financial planning.
According to McCarthy, risk management is no longer
just a defensive measure. "There are positive rewards to risk
management," she said. "Implemented properly, sound risk assessments
and responses can have a significant impact on a company's reputation and
bottom line, and enhance shareholder value and transparency."
The book advocates taking a holistic view on risk.
According to Flynn, risk management must now extend well beyond traditional
financial and insurable hazards to encompass a wide variety of strategic,
operational, reputation, regulatory and information risks. "Businesses
who take a holistic view of risks and their interdependencies, can be more
agile and adept at responding to them," Flynn said.
In addition to the thought leadership of McCarthy,
Flynn and other KPMG professionals, the book draws on the experiences of top
executives from Microsoft, Hewlett-Packard, Viacom, Sprint and Motorola.
Chief among the strategies suggested for developing
sound risk management is the separate and independent management of the
process of reporting, measuring and controlling risks from those who generate
them. "Just as an independent board, audit committee and auditor are
critical to effective corporate governance, an independent risk-management
function is essential to effective operations," said McCarthy.
Risk: From the CEO and Board Perspective is available
in hardcover, priced at $27.95.
Mark To Market =
to revalue securities at prevailing market prices or, in
the case of some exotic derivatives, estimated fair value. See fair
value.
Minimum Value
Intrinsic value adjusted by time value of money to exercise
date. See Intrinsic Value and Valuation
of Options
Minority
Interest =
the part-owner of a subsidiary corporation
that is controlled by another parent company. Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph
29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a
consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge. Reasons are given in Paragraph 472
beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.
Monetary Items =
obligations to pay or rights to receive a fixed
number of currency units in the future.
MTM =
Mark-To-Market See fair
value
|
N-Terms
Net Investment = see
derivative financial instrument and
cash flow hedge.
Net Settlement =
a contract provision that allows for netting out
payables and receivables in terms of cash or items that can be readily converted to cash
in an established market. Net settlement criteria for FAS 133 are not satisfied if
an asset such as land or a liability such as a personal note can be delivered to satisfy
the contractual obligation. In swaps where items are swapped, it must be possible to
net out the swap obligations and transfer only the net difference in cash. Details
of net settlements are discussed in SFAS 13 Paragraphs 6c, 9, and 57c. According to Paragraphs
10 and 275-276, "regular-way security trades" are contracts with no net
settlement provisions and not market mechanism to facilitate net settlements.
Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net
settlement. IASC does not require a net settlement provision in
the definition of a derivative.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—
(a) - whose value changes in
response to the change in a specified interest rate, security price,
commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a
credit rating or credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called
the ‘underlying’);
(b) - that requires no initial net investment
or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts
that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and
(c) - that is settled at a future date.
|
FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39
(b) – same as IAS 39
(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the
derivative contract require or permit net settlement.
|
To meet the criteria for being a
derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.
The
issue in a regular-way trade arises because of differences between trading dates and
settlement dates. Paragraph 294 on Page 141 of FAS 133 states the following:
Requiring that all forward contracts for purchases and
sales of financial instruments that are readily convertible to cash be accounted for as
derivatives would effectively require settlement date accounting for all such
transactions. Resolving the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting was not
an objective of the project that led to this Statement. Therefore, the Board decided to
explicitly exclude forward contracts for "regular-way" trades from the scope of
this Statement.
For example, the forward sale requiring delivery
of a mortgaged-backed security is a regular-way trade if delivery of these types of
securities normally take 30 days or 60 days. Paragraph 10 excudes regular-way,
normal purchases, and normal sales. Also see Paragraphs 57c, 274, and 259-266. See
also dollar offset method and transition settlements.
FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting
and, thereby, excluded forward contracts for regular-way security trades from the scope of
FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
|
IAS 39
If an enterprise has a contractual obligation that it can settle
either by paying out a financial assets or its own equity securities,
and if the number of equity securities required to settle the
obligation varies with changes in their fair value so that the total
fair value of the equity securities paid always equals the amount of
the contractual obligation, the obligation should be accounted for as
a financial liability, not as equity.
|
FAS 133
FASB standards do not require that such an obligation be classified as
a liability.
|
|
DIG Implementation Issue A3 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Does the liquidity of the market for a group of contract affect the
determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a market
mechanism that facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b)? For
example, assume a company contemporaneously enters into 500 futures
contracts, each of which requires delivery of 100 shares of an
exchange-traded equity security on the same date. The contracts fail
to meet the criterion in paragraph 9(a) because delivery of an asset
related to the underlying is required. The futures contracts trade on
an exchange, which constitutes a market mechanism under which the
company can be relieved of its rights and obligations under the
futures contracts. However, the quantity of futures contracts held by
the company cannot be rapidly absorbed in their entirety without
significantly affecting the quoted price of the contracts.
RESPONSE
No. The lack of a liquid market for the group of contracts does not
affect the determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a
market mechanism that facilitates net settlement because the test in
paragraph 9(b) focuses on a singular contract. The exchange offers a
ready opportunity to sell each contract, thereby providing relief of
the rights and obligations under each contract.
Paragraph 57(c)(2) elaborates on the phrase market mechanism
that facilitate net settlement and states that "any
institutional arrangement or other agreement that enables either party
to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to
liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction
cost is considered net settlement." The possible reduction in
price due to selling a large futures position is not considered to be
a transaction cost under that paragraph.
Whether the number of shares deliverable under the group of futures
contracts exceeds the amount of shares that could rapidly be absorbed
by the market without significantly affecting the price is not
relevant to applying the criterion in paragraph 9(b). |
DIG Implementation Issue A5 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Does a contract contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs
9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it contains both (a) a variable penalty for
nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the
subject of the contract and (b) a fixed incremental penalty for
nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make the possibility of
net settlement remote?
BACKGROUND
Certain contracts may require payment of (a) a variable penalty for
nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the
subject of the contract and (b) an incremental penalty for
nonperformance stated as a fixed amount or fixed amount per unit. The
contract may or may not characterize the incremental payment upon
nonperformance as a penalty.
Paragraph 57(c)(1) elaborates on the criterion in paragraph 6(c)
regarding whether the terms of a contract require or permit net
settlement which is discussed in paragraph 9(a). Paragraph 57(c)(1)
states:
Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net
settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a purchase
order is a net settlement provision if the amount of the penalty is
based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the
contract. Net settlement may be made in cash or by delivery of any
other asset, whether or not it is readily convertible to cash. A fixed
penalty for nonperformance is not a net settlement provision. RESPONSE
No. A contract that contains a variable penalty for nonperformance
based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the
contract does not contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs
9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it also contains an incremental penalty of a
fixed amount (or fixed amount per unit) that would be expected to be
significant enough at all dates during the remaining term of the
contract to make the possibility of nonperformance remote. If a
contract includes such a provision, it effectively requires
performance, that is, requires the party to deliver an asset that is
associated with the underlying. Thus, the contract does not meet the
criterion for net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) of
Statement 133. The assessment of the fixed incremental penalty in the
manner described above should be performed only at the contract's
inception.
The magnitude of the fixed incremental penalty should be assessed
on a standalone basis as a disincentive for nonperformance, not in
relation to the overall penalty. |
DIG Implementation Issue A7 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Does the existence of a contractual requirement that one party
obtain the other's permission to assign rights or obligations to a
third party under a contract, in and of itself, preclude a contract
from meeting the definition of a derivative because it would not
possess the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b)
of Statement 133 as a market mechanism?
For the purposes of this question, assume that (1) if the contract
did not contain an assignment clause, an established market mechanism
that facilitates net settlement outside the contract exists, (2) the
contract does not satisfy the criteria for net settlement under the
provisions of paragraph 9(a), (3) the asset that is required to be
delivered under the contract is readily convertible to cash as
described under paragraph 9(c), and (4) the contract would qualify for
the normal purchases and sales exception under paragraph 10(b) if it
is considered not to possess the net settlement characteristic
described in paragraph 9(b).
BACKGROUND
Some commodity contracts contain a provision that allows one or
both parties to a contract to assign its rights or obligations to a
third party only after obtaining permission from the counterparty.
Under the assignment clause addressed in this issue, permission shall
not be unreasonably withheld. The primary purpose of an assignment
clause is to ensure that the non-assigning counterparty is not unduly
exposed to credit or performance risk if the assigning counterparty is
relieved of all of its rights and obligations under the contract.
Accordingly, a counterparty could withhold consent only in limited
circumstances, such as when the contract would be assigned to a third
party assignee that has a history of defaulting on its obligations or
has a lower credit rating than the assignor.
Paragraph 9(b) of Statement 133 indicates that the net settlement
characteristic of the definition of a derivative may be satisfied if
"One of the parties is required to deliver an asset of the type
described in paragraph 9(a), but there is a market mechanism that
facilitates net settlement, for example, an exchange that offers a
ready opportunity to sell the contract or to enter into an offsetting
contract." Paragraph 57(c) of Statement 133 elaborates on that
notion. It states:
...a contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the
characteristic described as net settlement [in paragraph
9(b)]….(2) There is an established market mechanism that
facilitates net settlement outside the contract. The term market
mechanism is to be interpreted broadly. Any institutional
arrangement or other agreement that enables either party to be
relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to
liquidate its net position without incurring a significant
transaction cost is considered net settlement. [Emphasis added.]
RESPONSE
No. The existence of an assignment clause does not, in and of
itself, preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement
characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Once
the determination is made that a market mechanism that facilitates net
settlement outside of the contract exists, then an assessment of the
substance of the assignment clause is required in order to determine
whether that assignment clause precludes a party from being relieved
of all rights and obligations under the contract through that existing
market mechanism. Although permission to assign the contract shall not
be unreasonably withheld by the counterparty in accordance with the
terms of the contract, the assignment feature cannot be viewed simply
as a formality because it may be invoked at any time to prevent the
non-assigning party from being exposed to unacceptable credit or
performance risk. Accordingly, the existence of the assignment clause
may or may not permit a party from being relieved of its rights and
obligations under the contract.
If it is remote that the counterparty will withhold
permission to assign the contract, the mere existence of the clause
should not preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement
characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Such
a determination requires assessing whether a sufficient number of
acceptable potential assignees exist in the marketplace such that
assignment of the contract would not result in imposing unacceptable
credit risk or performance risk on the non-assigning party.
Consideration should be given to past counterparty and industry
practices regarding whether permission to be relieved of all rights
and obligations under similar contracts has previously been withheld.
However, if it is reasonably possible or probable that
the counterparty will withhold permission to assign the contract, the
contract is precluded from possessing the net settlement
characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. In
that circumstance, even if the asset under the contract were readily
convertible to cash as described under paragraph 9(c), the contract
could qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception
under paragraph 10(b) because there is no net settlement provision in
the contract and no market mechanism that facilitates net settlement
exists (as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)). |
DIG Implementation Issue A8 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTION
Does an asymmetrical default provision, which provides the
defaulting party only the obligation to compensate its counterparty's
loss but not the right to demand any gain from its counterparty, give
a commodity forward contract the characteristic of net settlement
under paragraph 9(a) of Statement 133?
BACKGROUND
Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 describes the following derivative
characteristic:
Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be
settled net by a means outside the contract, or it provides for
delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not
substantially different from net settlement.
Paragraph 9(a) provides the following additional guidance regarding
the derivative characteristic in paragraph 6(c):
Neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated
with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount,
face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to
the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus
a discount).
Paragraph 57(c) and related subparagraph (1) provide the following
additional guidance regarding the derivative characteristic in
paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a):
A contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the
characteristic described as net settlement:
-
Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net
settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a
purchase order is a net settlement provision if the amount of
the penalty is based on changes in the price of the items that
are the subject of the contract. Net settlement may be made in
cash or by delivery of any other asset, whether or not it is
readily convertible to cash. A fixed penalty for nonperformance
is not a net settlement provision.
Many commodity forward contracts contain default provisions that
require the defaulting party (the party that fails to make or take
physical delivery of the commodity) to reimburse the nondefaulting
party for any loss incurred as illustrated in the following examples:
-
If the buyer under the forward contract (Buyer) defaults (that
is, does not take physical delivery of the commodity), the seller
under that contract (Seller) will have to find another buyer in
the market to take delivery. If the price received by Seller in
the market is less than the contract price, Seller incurs a loss
equal to the quantity of the commodity that would have been
delivered under the forward contract multiplied by the difference
between the contract price and the current market price. Buyer
must pay Seller a penalty for nonperformance equal to that loss.
-
If Seller defaults (that is, does not deliver the commodity
physically), Buyer will have to find another seller in the market.
If the price paid by Buyer in the market is more than the contract
price, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty for nonperformance equal to
the quantity of the commodity that would have been delivered under
the forward contract multiplied by the difference between the
contract price and the current market price.
For example, Buyer agreed to purchase 100 units of a commodity from
Seller at $1.00 per unit:
-
Assume Buyer defaults on the forward contract by not taking
delivery and Seller must sell the 100 units in the market at the
prevailing market price of $.75 per unit. To compensate Seller for
the loss incurred due to Buyer's default, Buyer must pay Seller a
penalty of $25.00 (that is, 100 units × ($1.00 – $.75)).
-
Similarly, assume that Seller defaults and Buyer must buy the
100 units it needs in the market at the prevailing market price of
$1.30 per unit. To compensate Buyer for the loss incurred due to
Seller's default, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty of $30.00 (that
is, 100 units × ($1.30 – $1.00)).
Note that an asymmetrical default provision is designed to
compensate the nondefaulting party for a loss incurred. The defaulting
party cannot demand payment from the nondefaulting party to realize
the changes in market price that would be favorable to the defaulting
party if the contract were honored. Under the forward contract in the
example, if Buyer defaults when the market price is $1.10, Seller will
be able to sell the units of the commodity into the market at $1.10
and realize a $10.00 greater gain than it would have under the
contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Buyer is not required
to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Seller, nor is Seller required
to pass the $10.00 extra gain to the defaulting Buyer. Similarly, if
Seller defaults when the market price is $0.80, Buyer will be able to
buy the units of the commodity in the market and pay $20.00 less than
under the contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Seller is not
required to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Buyer, nor is Buyer
required to pass the $20.00 savings on to the defaulting Seller.
RESPONSE
No. A nonperformance penalty provision that requires the defaulting
party to compensate the nondefaulting party for any loss incurred but
does not allow the defaulting party to receive the effect of favorable
price changes (herein referred to as an asymmetrical default
provision) does not give a commodity forward contract the
characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a) of
Statement 133.
A derivative instrument can be described, in part, as allowing the
holder to participate in the changes in an underlying without actually
making or taking delivery of the asset related to that underlying. In
a forward contract with only an asymmetrical default provision,
neither Buyer nor Seller can realize the benefits of changes in the
price of the commodity through default on the contract. That is, Buyer
cannot realize favorable changes in the intrinsic value of the forward
contract except (a) by taking delivery of the physical commodity or
(b) in the event of default by Seller, which is an event beyond the
control of Buyer. Similarly, Seller cannot realize favorable changes
in the intrinsic value of the forward contract except (a) by making
delivery of the physical commodity or (b) in the event of default by
Buyer, which is an event beyond the control of Seller. However, if
there was a pattern of using the asymmetrical default provisions as a
means to net settle certain kinds of an entity's commodity purchase or
sales contracts, that behavior would indicate that the asymmetrical
default provision would give those kinds of commodity contracts the
characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a).
In contrast, a contract that permits only one party to elect net
settlement of the contract (by default or otherwise), and thus
participate in either favorable changes only or both favorable
and unfavorable price changes in the underlying, meets the derivative
characteristic described in paragraph 6(c) and discussed in paragraph
9(a) for all parties to that contract. Such a default provision allows
one party to elect net settlement of the contract under any pricing
circumstance and consequently does not require delivery of an asset
that is associated with the underlying. That default provision differs
from the asymmetrical default provision in the above example contract
since it is not limited to compensating only the nondefaulting party
for a loss incurred and is not solely within the control of the
defaulting party.
If the commodity forward contract does not have the characteristic
of net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) but has the
characteristic of net settlement under paragraph 9(c) because it
requires delivery of a commodity that is readily convertible to cash,
the commodity forward contract may nevertheless be eligible to qualify
for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b)
and if so, would not be subject to the accounting requirements of
Statement 133 for the party to whom it is a normal purchase or normal
sale. |
DIG Implementation Issue A10 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Title: Definition of a Derivative: Assets That Are Readily
Convertible to Cash
Paragraph references: 6(c), 9(c), Footnote 5 (to paragraph 9), 265
Date released: November 1999
QUESTION
Is an asset considered readily convertible to cash, as that phrase
is used in paragraph 9(c), if the net amount of cash that would be
received from a sale in an active market is not the equivalent amount
of cash that an entity would typically have received under a net
settlement provision? The net amount of cash that would be received
from a sale in an active market may be impacted by various factors,
such as sales commissions and costs to transport the asset (such as a
commodity) to the delivery location specified for that active market.
BACKGROUND
Paragraph 9(c) of Statement 133 provides that a contract that
requires delivery of the assets associated with the underlying has the
characteristic of net settlement if those assets are readily
convertible to cash. Footnote 5 to that paragraph makes explicit
reference to the use of the phrase readily convertible to cash in
paragraph 83(a) of FASB Concepts Statement No. 5, Recognition and
Measurement in Financial Statements of Business Enterprises.
This issue addresses whether a contract has the net settlement
characteristic described in paragraph 9(c). This issue presumes there
is no net settlement provision in the contract and no market mechanism
that facilitates net settlement that would cause the contract to meet
the criteria in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b). A contract that is a
derivative solely because it has the net settlement characteristic
described in paragraph 9(c) (since the asset to be delivered under the
contract is readily convertible to cash) may yet qualify for the
normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b) or
the other exclusions provided in paragraph 10.
RESPONSE
It depends. An asset can be considered to be readily convertible to
cash, as that phrase is used in paragraph 9(c), only if the net amount
of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market is not
significantly less than the amount an entity would typically have
received under a net settlement provision. The net amount that would
be received upon sale need not be equal to the amount typically
received under a net settlement provision.
Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 defines net settlement, in part, as
“…or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient
in a position not substantially different from net settlement”
(emphasis added). The basis for conclusions also comments in paragraph
265 that “…the parties generally should be indifferent as to
whether they exchange cash or the assets associated with the
underlying,” although the term indifferent was not intended to imply
an approximate equivalence between net settlement and proceeds from
sale in an active market. Based on the foregoing Statement 133
references, if an entity determines that the estimated costs that
would be incurred to immediately convert the asset to cash are not
significant, then receipt of that asset puts the entity in a position
not substantially different from net settlement. Therefore, an entity
must evaluate, in part, the significance of the estimated costs of
converting the asset to cash in determining whether those assets are
considered to be readily convertible to cash. For purposes of
assessing significance of such costs, an entity should consider those
estimated conversion costs to be significant only if they are 10
percent or more of the gross sales proceeds (based on the spot price
at the inception of the contract) that would be received from the sale
of those assets in the closest or most economical active market. The
assessment of the significance of those conversion costs should be
performed only at inception of the contract. |
See also DIG Issue A9 under interest
rate swap
|
Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS)
A portion of Paragraph 8 in FAS 133 reads as follows:
b. Normal purchases and normal
sales. Normal purchases and normal sales
are contracts with no net settlement provision and no market mechanism
to facilitate net settlement (as described
in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)). They provide for the purchase or sale of
something other than a financial instrument or derivative instrument
that will be delivered in quantities expected to be used or sold by the
reporting entity over a reasonable period in the normal course of
business.
A portion of Paragraph 58 of FAS 133 reads as
follows:
b. Normal purchases and normal
sales.
The exception in paragraph 10(b) applies only to a contract that
requires future delivery of assets (other than financial instruments or
derivative instruments) that are readily convertible to cash and only if
there is no market mechanism to facilitate net settlement outside the
contract. To qualify for the exception, a contract's terms also must be
consistent with the terms of an entity's normal purchases or normal
sales, that is, the quantity purchased or sold must be reasonable in
relation to the entity's business needs. Determining whether or not the
terms are consistent will require judgment. In making those judgments,
an entity should consider all relevant factors, such as
(1) the quantities provided under
the contract and the entity's need for the related assets,
(2) the locations to which delivery of the items will be made,
(3) the period of time between entering into the contract and delivery,
and
(4) the entity's prior practices with regard to such contracts.
Evidence such as past trends,
expected future demand, other contracts for delivery of similar items,
an entity's and industry's customs for acquiring and storing the related
commodities, and an entity's operating locations should help in
identifying contracts that qualify as normal purchases or normal sales.
Paragraphs 271 and 272 of FAS 133 read as follows:
271. The Board decided that contracts that
require delivery of nonfinancial assets that are readily convertible
to cash need not be accounted for as derivative instruments under this
Statement if the assets constitute normal purchases or normal sales of
the reporting entity unless those contracts can readily be settled
net. The Board believes contracts for the acquisition of assets in
quantities that the entity expects to use or sell over a reasonable
period in the normal course of business are not unlike binding
purchase orders or other similar contracts to which this Statement
does not apply. The Board notes that the normal purchases and normal
sales exemption is necessary only for contracts based on assets that
are readily convertible to cash.
272. The Board understands that the normal
purchases and normal sales provision sometimes will result in
different parties to a contract reaching different conclusions about
whether the contract is required to be accounted for as a derivative
instrument. For example, the contract may be for ordinary sales by one
party (and therefore not a derivative instrument) but not for ordinary
purchases by the counterparty (and therefore a derivative instrument).
The Board considered requiring both parties to account for a contract
as a derivative instrument if the purchases or sales by either party
were other than ordinary in the normal course of business. However,
that approach would have required that one party to the contract
determine the circumstances of the other party to that same contract.
Although the Board believes that the accounting by both parties to a
contract generally should be symmetrical, it decided that symmetry
would be impractical in this instance and that a potential
asymmetrical result is acceptable.
IAS 138 Implementation Guidance
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The
CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S.
Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm
The normal purchases and normal sales
exception is expanded to certain commodity contracts. The risk that
can be hedged in an interest rate hedge is redefined. Recognized
foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities may be hedged with
a single cross-currency compound hedge. Net hedging of certain
intercompany derivatives may be designated as cash flow hedges of
foreign currency risk. Normal Purchases and Normal Sales Exception
In their normal course of business, companies
that consume or produce commodities often enter contracts to
physically deliver nonfinancial assets, such as electricity, natural
gas, oil, aluminum, wheat, or corn. Although these physical contracts
are typically settled by the delivery of the commodity, they often
include cash settlement provisions in case one party does not deliver
or accept delivery of the goods, although these provisions are not
intended as derivatives. Historically, the accounting principles for
executory contracts applied to physical contracts.
FASB decided contracts that permit but do not
require settlement by delivery of a commodity are often used
interchangeably with other derivatives and present similar risks;
therefore, they should be considered derivatives. As a result, the “normal
purchases and normal sales” exception in paragraph 10(b) of SFAS 133
did not apply to these commodities contracts because they could be
settled at net or liquidated through a market mechanism that would
facilitate net settlement. Normal purchases and sales provide
commodities that the reporting entity would use or sell in a
reasonable period of time during the normal course of business.
In response to concerns that SFAS 133
inappropriately classified such physical contracts as derivatives,
SFAS 138 amends paragraph 10(b) by expanding the normal purchases and
normal sales exception to contracts that contain net settlement
provisions if it is probable (at inception and throughout the term of
the individual contract) that the contract will not settle at net and
will result in physical delivery. The entity must document this
conclusion. While this amendment will affect many forward contracts,
exchange-traded futures that require periodic cash settlements do not
qualify for the exception.
A portion of Paragraph 4 of FAS 138 reads as follows:
4. Statement 133 is amended as follows:
Amendment Related to Normal Purchases and
Normal Sales
a. Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 is replaced by
the following:
Normal purchases and normal sales. Normal
purchases and normal sales are contracts that provide for the purchase
or sale of something other than a
financial instrument or derivative instrument that
will be delivered in quantities expected to be used or sold by the
reporting entity over a reasonable period in the normal course of
business. However, contracts that have a price based on an underlying
that is not clearly and closely related to the asset being sold or
purchased (such as a price in a contract for the sale of a grain
commodity based in part on changes in the S&P index) or that are
denominated in a foreign currency that meets neither of the criteria
in paragraphs 15(a) and 15(b) shall not be considered normal purchases
and normal sales. Contracts that contain net settlement provisions as
described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) may qualify for the normal
purchases and normal sales exception if
it is probable at inception and throughout the term of the individual
contract that the contract will not settle net and will result in
physical delivery. Net settlement (as
described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)) of contracts in a group of
contracts similarly designated as normal purchases and normal sales
would call into question the classification of all such contracts as
normal purchases or normal sales. Contracts
that require cash settlements of gains or losses or are otherwise
settled net on a periodic basis, including individual contracts that
are part of a series of sequential contracts intended to accomplish
ultimate acquisition or sale of a commodity, do not qualify for this
exception. For contracts that qualify for
the normal purchases and normal sales exception, the entity shall
document the basis for concluding that it is probable that the
contract will result in physical delivery. The documentation
requirements can be applied either to groups of similarly designated
contracts or to each individual contract.
DIG Implementation Issue A2 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A2,
"Existence of a Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net
Settlement," was rescinded upon the clearance of Statement 133
Implementation Issue No. A21, "Existence of an Established Market
Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement under Paragraph 9(b),"
which was posted on April 10, 2002
QUESTION
Two entities enter into a commodity forward
contract that requires delivery and is not exchange-traded; however,
there are brokers who stand ready to buy and sell the commodity
contracts. Either entity can be relieved of its obligation to make (or
right to accept) delivery of the commodity and its right to receive
(or obligation to make) payment under the contract by arranging for a
broker to make or accept delivery and paying the broker a commission
plus any difference between the contract price and the current market
price of the commodity. The commission paid to the broker is not
significant. Based on those facts, is the criterion for net settlement
in paragraph 6(c) satisfied because of the existence of a market
mechanism that facilitates net settlement as described in paragraph
9(b)?
RESPONSE
Yes. The criterion for net settlement would be
satisfied because the entity can be relieved of its rights and
obligations under the contract without incurring a substantial fee due
to its arrangement with a broker. Paragraph 57(c)(2) states that the
term market mechanism is to be interpreted broadly, and any
institutional arrangement or side agreement that enables either party
to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to
liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction
cost is considered net settlement. The fact that brokers stand ready
to relieve entities of their rights and obligations under a particular
type of contract indicates that a market mechanism that facilitates
net settlement exists for that type of contract.
In contrast, if the arrangement between the
entity and the broker (a) is simply an agreement whereby the broker
will make (or accept) delivery on behalf of an entity and (b) does not
relieve the entity of its rights and obligations under the contract,
the arrangement does not constitute a market mechanism that
facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b) and the criterion for
net settlement in paragraph 6(c) is not satisfied.
|
|
A
message concerning Normal
Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS)
I
received a very long message and received permission to quote the message below
regarding the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS) amendment in FAS 138::
Hello
Professor Jensen,
Great
website! However, I have to disagree with your comment regarding the issue of
NPNS.
I
work for the Bonneville Power Administration (Bonneville), a federal based
Electric Wholesale Power Marketer, we sell the output from the 29 federally
owned dams on the Columbia and Snake River system in the Pacific Northwest.
I am the project manager for Bonneville responsible for implementing FAS
133. More on Bonneville at the end
of this email - postscript.
Regarding
the NPNS issue: This
issue is of big concern to the Energy industry as it relates to our normal sales
and purchases activities. I am most
familiar with the Electric Utility
industry and the sales and
delivery practices that are prevalent throughout the industry.
I would argue that Bonneville was
much better off under the original statement para 10 (b) because the statement
was silent on the practice I describe below referred to as "Bookouts".
Specifically,
in the electric utility industry it is necessary and is considered best utility
and business practice to perform a type of transaction called a
"Bookout"
whereby several transactions with the same Counterparty in the same month - a
purchase and a sale - are offset and
not scheduled for physical delivery.
For example, Bonneville may sell forward 200 MWs for the month of August
2000 in January 2000 based on our most current hydro forecasts and subsequently
in May 2000 our most current forecasts now show a deficit and we have to
purchase 200 MWs for the same month to cover our obligations.
We may from time to time find ourselves with both purchases and sales
with the same counterparty in the same month at the same delivery location.
Just prior to delivery, we look at our schedule and try and match up
transactions --- the "Bookout" procedure.
This
"Bookout" procedure is common in the electric utility industry as a
scheduling convenience when two utilities happen to have offsetting
transactions. If this procedure is not used, both counterparties
incur transmission costs in order to make deliveries to each other. The
Bookout procedure avoids the energy scheduling process (an administrative burden
as well) which would trigger payment of transmission costs.
We do not plan for this event or know in advance what we will bookout and
we do not "Bookout" to capture a margin.
Rather, we find ourselves in this situation because of our inventory
management constraints, maintenance schedules, and dependency on factors outside
our control such as the weather and streamflows or environmental constraints
placed upon us by other federal agencies or federal courts.
We
lobbied
the FASB and the DIG to clarify and revise the NPNS language to allow for this
practice, but the FASB position was very restrictive -- if you do not deliver
then it is considered net settled.
It seems to me and other industry participants that bookouts do not fit
into the net settlement definition as it was described and intended in FAS 133.
Rather it is a utility best practice that results in no physical delivery.
In addition, when we bookout the cash settling is done at the agreed upon
contract prices - not at the market pricing.
We would argue that the Board's original intent was to capture net
settlement mechanisms that require "market" settlement.
Unfortunately, the FASB made their decision about a practice without
doing more homework on the nature of the transaction.
I understand the pressures the
FASB was under to get the statement amended and implemented.
Unfortunately, the industry participants and practitioners are left to
deal with the Board's end product.
The final 138 was not clear in its guidance either as it relates to these
types of transactions and what this meant to our "similar" contracts
that we want to qualify for NPNS. I
continue, along with our auditors, to hold discussions with FASB staff.
What
I am afraid may happen is that because of the "One size fits all approach
by the FASB", Bonneville and
other regulated utilities will be forced into adopting a FV accounting approach
on transactions that are simple sales and purchases.
Applying mark to market treatment to these transactions is more
misleading to the financial statement reader not clearer - the original intent
of 133. I believe the
interpretation of the final written words by individuals unfamiliar with the
Energy industry is driving us into misleading and confusing presentation.
Any
advice or encouragement you can provide would be appreciated.
We adopt October 1 and I have a deadline to meet and I still do not have
final clear and convincing guidance. I
am ahead of most folks on this issue since we do have an earlier adoption date
than most utilities. Thanks for
your time. This is a complex issue
and I apologize for the length of this email and I imagine I still have not
described the issues in the most succinct and clear fashion.
Regards,
Sanford
Menashe
Project Manager, FAS 133
Bonneville Power Administration
phone: 503-230-3570
email: smmenashe@bpa.gov
Postscript:
About
Bonneville Power Administration:
Bonneville
is a federal agency under the Department of Energy, which was established over
60 years ago to market power from 29 federal dams and one non-federal nuclear
plant in the Pacific Northwest. BPA’s energy sales are governed by federal
legislation (e.g. the Northwest Power Act) and other regional mandates to
maintain the benefits of power sales for the Pacific Northwest region and to
manage its environmental and safety obligations relative to operating the
federal hydroelectric system. Its primary objective is to provide low-cost
electricity to the region by offering cost-based rates for its power and
transmission services to eligible publicly owned and investor-owned utilities in
the Pacific Northwest (including Oregon, Washington, Idaho, western Montana and
small parts of Wyoming, Nevada, Utah, California and eastern Montana).
Sanford
Menashe, Manager, FAS 133 Project.
Project
Manager, FAS 133
Bonneville Power Administration
phone: 503-230-3570
email: smmenashe@bpa.gov
Email:
smmenashe@bpa.gov
Updates in September 2001 and March
2003:
The DIG addressed Mr. Menasche's concerns, especially in Dig Issue C16. But this did not go far enough to satisfy energy
firms with respect to bookouts.
Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. C16
Title: Scope Exceptions: Applying the Normal Purchases and Normal
Sales Exception to Contracts That Combine a Forward Contract and a
Purchased Option Contract
May 1, 2003
Affected by: FASB Statement No. 149,
Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities
(Revised March 26, 2003)
QUESTION
If a purchased option that would, if exercised, require delivery of
the related asset at an established price under the contract is combined
with a forward contract in a single supply contract and that single
supply contract meets the definition of a derivative, is that single
supply contract eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal
sales exception in paragraph 10(b)?
BACKGROUND
Some utilities and independent power producers (also called IPPs)
have fuel supply contracts that require delivery of a contractual
minimum quantity of fuel at a fixed price and have an option that
permits the holder to take specified additional amounts of fuel at the
same fixed price at various times. Essentially, that option to take more
fuel is a purchased option that is combined with the forward contract in
a single supply contract. Typically, the option to take additional fuel
is built into the contract to ensure that the buyer has a supply of fuel
in order to produce the electricity during peak demands; however, the
buyer may have the ability to sell to third parties the additional fuel
purchased through exercise of the purchased option. Due to the
difficulty in estimating peak electricity load and thus the amount of
fuel needed to generate the required electricity, those fuel supply
contracts are common in the electric utility industry (though similar
supply contracts may exist in other industries). Those fuel supply
contracts are not requirements contracts that are addressed in Statement
133 Implementation Issue No. A6, "Notional Amounts of Commodity
Contracts."
Many of those contracts meet the definition of a derivative because
they have a notional amount and an underlying, require
no or a smaller initial net investment, and provide for net settlement (for
example, through their default provisions or by requiring delivery of an
asset that is readily convertible to cash). For purposes of applying
Statement 133 to contracts that meet the definition of a derivative, it
is necessary to determine whether the fuel supply contract qualifies for
the normal purchases and normal sales exception, whether bifurcation of
the option is permitted if it does not qualify for the normal purchases
and normal sales exception, or whether the entire contract is accounted
for as a derivative.
Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. C15, "Normal Purchases
and Normal Sales Exception for Certain Option-Type Contracts and Forward
Contracts in Electricity," indicates that power purchase or sales
agreements (including combinations of a forward contract and an option
contract) that meet the criteria in that Implementation Issue qualify
for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b).
Although the above background information discusses utilities and
independent power producers, this Implementation Issue applies to all
entities that enter into contracts that combine a forward contract and a
purchased option contract, not just to utilities and independent power
producers.
RESPONSE
The inclusion of a purchased option that would, if exercised, require
delivery of the related asset at an established price under the contract
within the single supply contract that meets the definition of a
derivative disqualifies the entire derivative fuel supply contract from
being eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales
exception in paragraph 10(b) except as provided in paragraph 10(b)(4) of
Statement 133, as amended, and Implementation Issue C15 with respect to
certain power purchase or sales agreements. Statement 133 Implementation
Issue No. C10, “Can Option Contracts and Forward Contracts with
Optionality Features Qualify for the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales
Exception,” states? “Option contracts only contingently provide for
such purchase or sale since exercise of the option contract is not
assured. Thus, in accordance with paragraph 10(b)(2) of Statement 133,
as amended, freestanding option contracts (including in-the-money
options contracts) are not eligible to qualify for the normal purchases
and normal sales exception.” Paragraph 10(b)(3) of Statement 133, as
amended, and Implementation Issue C10 further indicate that forward
contracts with embedded optionality can qualify for the normal purchases
and normal sales exception only if the embedded optionality (such as
price caps) does not affect the quantity to be delivered. The fuel
supply contract cannot qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales
exception because of the optionality regarding the quantity of fuel to
be delivered under the contract.
An entity is not permitted to bifurcate the forward contract
component and the option contract component of a fuel supply contract
that in its entirety meets the definition of a derivative and then
assert that the forward contract component is eligible to qualify for
the normal purchases and normal sales exception. Paragraph 18 indicates
that an entity is prohibited from separating a compound derivative in
components representing different risks. (The provisions of paragraph 12
require that certain derivatives that are embedded in non-derivative
hybrid instruments must be split out from the host contract and
accounted for separately as a derivative; however, paragraph 12 does not
apply to a contract that meets the definition of a derivative in its
entirety.)
An entity may wish to enter into two separate contracts—a forward
contract and an option contract—that economically achieve the same
results as the single derivative contract described in the background
section and determine whether the exception in paragraph 10(b) applies
to the separate forward contract.
Similar to the option contracts discussed in Implementation Issue
C10, this Issue addresses option components that would require delivery
of the related asset at an established price under the contract. If the
option component does not provide any benefit to the holder beyond the
assurance of a guaranteed supply of the underlying commodity for use in
the normal course of business and that option component only
permits the holder to purchase additional quantities at the market price
at the date of delivery (that is, that option component will always have
a fair value of zero), that option component would not require delivery
of the related asset at an established price under the contract.
If an entity’s single supply contract included at its inception
both a forward contract and an option contract and, in subsequent
renegotiations, that contract is negated and replaced by two separate
contracts (a forward contract for a specific quantity that will be
purchased and an option contract for additional quantities whose
purchase is conditional upon exercise of the option), the new forward
contract would be eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and
normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b), whereas the new option
contract would not be eligible for that exception. From the inception of
that new separate option contract, it would be accounted for under
Statement 133. However, the guidance in this Implementation Issue would
not retroactively affect the accounting for the combination derivative
contract that was negated prior to the effective date of this
Implementation Issue.
If on the effective date of this Implementation Issue, an entity was
party to a combination derivative contract that included both a forward
contract and an option contract but the entity had not been accounting
for that derivative contract under Statement 133 because it had
documented an asserted compliance with paragraph 10(b), that combination
derivative contract would be reported at its fair value on the effective
date of this Implementation Issue, with the offsetting entry recorded in
current period earnings. The combination derivative contract cannot be
bifurcated into a forward contract that would have been eligible to
qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception and an
option contract.
EFFECTIVE DATE
The effective date of the implementation guidance in this Issue for
each reporting entity is the first day of its second fiscal quarter
beginning after October 10, 2001, the date that the Board-cleared
guidance was posted on the FASB website. The revisions made on March 26,
2003, do not affect the effective date.
|
"FASB Clears DIG Issues But Refuses Electricity Exception," March
23, 2001 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=369&page=111
FASB Clears DIG Issues But Refuses Electricity
Exception The FASB Board cleared 22 DIG issues and discussed one
electricity-related item at its March 21, 2001 meeting.
Electricity options. The only other FAS 133-related
issue discussed at the FASB’s meeting relates to electricity option
contracts (DIG Agenda Item 14-3, (Normal Purchases and Sales Exception in the
Electric Industry for Capacity Contracts Including Contracts that May Have
Some Characteristics of Purchased and Written Options).
In general, notes Kevin Stoklosa, project manager
with the FASB Staff, Issue C10 says that options do not qualify for the normal
purchases and sales exemption of FAS 133.
However, because of the uniqueness of electricity
contracts (they are regulated, the “goods” cannot be stored, etc.) the
Board has received a request to make an exception for electricity option
contracts. However, he says, the Board declined to offer such a special
exception.
Book outs. Item 14-12, regarding book out contracts
and their normal purchases and sales exception implications was not discussed;
however, Mr. Stoklosa says he expects that the Staff’s tentative guidance
will be posted shortly. In essence, he says, as long as a contract is subject
to “being booked out,” it does not qualify for the exception. That’s
because the book out option precludes the company from making the presumption
at inception that it will most likely take delivery. “That’s particularly
true when they don’t have control over the book out,” he notes.
See Bookout
Not-for-Profit
=
a reporting entity that does not compute
net income as a separate caption. This includes most governmental, educational, and
charitable organizations. Many health care entities are also nonprofit, although in
recent years many of those have become profit enterprises. Gains and losses on a
hedging or nonhedging derivative instrument is to be accounted for as a change in net
assets of not-for-profit entities according to Paragraph 43 on Pages 26-27 of FAS 133.
These entities may not use cash flow hedges. Similar accounting rules apply
to a defined benefit pension
plan.
Notional =
the quantity that,
when multiplied by the underlying index (e.g., price
or interest rate), is used to determine the net
settlement of a derivative
financial instrument.. For example, on the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT),
futures contracts for corn are defined in terms of 25,000-bushel
contracts. Four contracts on corn would, therefore, have a notional of
100,000 bushels.
A notional cannot be a
contingent amount except under the DIG issue A6 conditons noted below. For example, the notional cannot be specified as the
Year 2004 corn production amount on the Ralph Jones Family Farm. The
notional must be defined in terms of something other than a sports or
geological condition such a an amount of crop dependent upon rainfall over the
growing season. See Derivative
Financial Instrument.
The notional may be the
principal on a loan (e.g. bonds payable) whose
interest rate is swapped in an interest rate swap contract. For example,
the notional on 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 is $10,000,000. The "notional rate" is the
current interest rate on the notional loan. FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines a
notional as "a number of currency units, shares, bushels, pounds, or other units
specified in the contract." The settlement of a derivative instrument with a notional
amount is determined by the interaction of that notional amount with the underlying.
." Also see Paragraphs 250-258. Go to the term underlying.
Fixed payment is required as a result of some future event unrelated to a
notional amount. Paragraphs 10a and 13 of IAS 39. Payment provision specifies a fixed or determinable settlement to be made
if the underlying behaves in a specified manner. (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6a, 7 & 5 of
FAS 133.)
There were some very sticky questions raised in DIG Issue A6 about
commodity contracts where the number of items are not specified. See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea6.html
One of my students, Erin Welch, wrote the following based
upon DIG Issue A6
Question: How does the lack of
specification of a fixed number of units of a commodity to be bought or sold
affect whether a commodity contract has a notional amount?
Specifically, does each of the illustrative contracts below have a
notional amount as discussed in paragraph 6(a) to meet Statement 133’s
definition of a derivative instrument?”
|
NOTIONAL
SPECIFICATION
|
DOES
IT QUALIFY AS A NOTIONAL UNDER FAS 133?
|
WHY
OR WHY NOT?
|
As
many units as required to satisfy the buyer’s actual needs during the
contract period.
|
It
depends.
|
Yes,
if the contract contains explicit provisions that support the
calculation of a determinable amount reflecting the buyer’s needs.
|
Only
as many units as needed to satisfy its needs up to a maximum of 100
units.
|
It
depends.
|
Same
as previous provision except that the notional cannot exceed 100 units
|
A
minimum of 60 units and as many units needed to satisfy its actual needs
in excess of 60 units.
|
Yes.
|
A
contract that specifies a minimum number of units always as a notional
amount at least equal to that minimum amount.
Only that portion of the contract with a determinable notional
amount would be accounted for as a derivative instrument.
|
A
minimum of 60 units and as many units needed to satisfy its actual needs
in excess of 60 units up to a maximum of 100 units.
|
Yes.
|
Same
as previous provision except that the notional cannot exceed 100 units.
|
NYMEX
=
New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) for Energy and Metals --- http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp
O-Terms
OCI = see comprehensive income.
Open
Interest
The total number of futures or options
contracts of a given commodity that have not yet been offset by an opposite
futures or option transaction nor fulfilled by delivery of the commodity or
option exercise. Each open transaction has a buyer and a seller, but for
calculation of open interest, only one side of the contract is counted.
See futures contract.
Open Position =
a financial risk that is not hedged. See hedge.
Option =
a contract that gives the purchaser the right to
buy or sell an asset (such as a unit of foreign currency) at a specified price within a
specified time period. A call option gives the holder the right to buy the underlying
asset; a put option gives the holder the right to sell it. The price of the option
is called a premium. Singular options or a combination of
options can be designated as hedges according to Paragraph 20c on Page 12 of FAS 133.
For example, an interest rate collar combination of a put and
call options or circus combinations may qualify as hedges unless a
net premium is received giving rise to written option
complications.
Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of
FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164. An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would
benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the
strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market
price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is
above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the
difference between the strike price and the market price. An option is
"out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A
call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of
the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the
market price. The key distinction between contracts versus
futures/forward contracts is that an option is
purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option
in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In
the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to
perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are
much different than for written options. For rules regarding written options see
Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133. Exposure Draft 162-B would not
allow hedge accounting for written options. FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written
options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.
The partitioning of an option's value
between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the
purchase of an option. On the acquisition date, the option is recorded
at the premium (purchase price) the paid.
Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to
subsequent changes in quoted premiums. If the
option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes
in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current
earnings. Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive
income (OCI). See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT
Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of
FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns. In a covered call the combined position of
the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is
always greater than potential gains. The option premium, however, is set so that the
option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to
occur. Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow
losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under
FAS 133. Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.
Options are referred to extensively in
FAS 133.
See for example Paragraphs 60-61, 85-88, 102, 188., and 284. For a discussion of
combination options, see compound derivatives.
Also see intrinsic value, swaption,
range forward, covered call, and written option.
By way of illustration of interest rate options,
suppose a September Eurodollar call option has a strike price of 9550 basis points
(95.50%) that nets out an option interest rate strike price of 100% - 95.50% =
4.50%. Adding a 0.10 option premium to this nets out to 100% - 95.50% - 0.10%
= 4.40%. Interest rate call options are used to hedge against falling
interest rates. The cost of each basis point is $25 such that with a 0.10 option
premium, the cost of the September call option is (10 basis points)($25) = $250.
Settlements are in cash and no actual transfer of securities take place if the purchaser
of the option chooses to exercise the call option. Suppose that the call option had
been used to hedge a Eurodollar futures contract that settled in September for 9500.
The fall in interest rates by 50 basis points is hedged by the rise in the call option by
an equivalent amount.
A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an
offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial
instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124). A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or
greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure
from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124).
Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or
liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the
combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential
for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c
or 28c).
For a discussion of option valuation, go to Valuation
of Options
Yahoo
Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread
use of options. That web site, however, will not help much with respect
to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133. Also
see CBOE, CBOT, and CME
for some great tutorials on options investing and hedging.
Option
Pricing Theory =
a theory that is too complex to define in
this glossary. Options pricing theory (OPT) is sometimes called an options pricing
model (OPM). The general idea is that an investment at any level of risk, including
an investment that is not traded on the open market, can be valued by a portfolio of
investments that are traded on exchanges. A good review is provided by Robert
Merton in "Applications of Option-Pricing Theory: Twenty Five Years
Later," American Economic Review, June 1998, 323-349. Closely related is
Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT). OPT and APT in theory overcome many of the
limitations of CAPM. However, they have problems of their own
that I attempted to touch upon in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm
See Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Fund.
Option Pricing : Modeling and
Extracting State-Price Densities A New Methodology by Christian Perkner
ISBN 3-258-06101-7 http://www.haupt.ch/asp/titels.asp?o=f&objectId=3372
The focus of this
book is on the valuation of financial derivatives. A derivative (e.g. a
financial option) can be defined as a contract promising a payoff that is
contingent upon the unknown future state of a risky security. The goal of
this book is to illustrate two different perspectives of modern option
pricing:
Part I: The
normative viewpoint: How does (how should) option pricing theory arrive at
the fair value for such a contingent claim? What are crucial assumptions?
What is the line of argument? How does this theory (e.g. Black-Scholes)
perform in reality?
Part II: The
descriptive viewpoint: How are options truly priced in the financial
markets? What do option prices tell us about the expectations of market
participants? Do investor preferences play a role in the valuation of a
derivative?
To answer both
questions, the author introduces an insightful valuation framework that
consists of five elements. Its central component is the so called
state-price density - a density that represents the market's valuation of $1
received in various states of the world. It turns out that the shape of this
density is the crucial aspect when determining the price of an option.
The book
illustrates several techniques allowing the flexible modeling of the
state-price density. Implementation issues are discussed using real datasets
and numerical examples, implications of the various modeling techniques are
analyzed, and results are presented that significantly improve standard
option pricing theory.
DOES A ROSS ECONOMY LUNCH REALLY COST
AS MUCH AS
HIRSHLEIFER CUISINE COMPLETE WITH sm2
DESSERT?
Bob Jensen's unpublished Working Paper 149 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on valuation
of derivative financial instruments can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)
= (see Comprehensive Income)
Out-of-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.
Overlay Program
=
a program designed to reduce the currency risk in an
international asset portfolio.
|
P-Terms
Participating
Strategy =
a combination of a purchased option and a written
option, with the written option on a smaller foreign currency amount.
Portfolio Hedging =
see Macro Hedge and Dynamic
Portfolio management.
Also see my summary of key paragraphs
in FAS 133 on portfolio/macro hedging.
Premium =
the price paid/received to enter into
certain types of derivative contracts. For example, the price paid to enter into a
futures contract, forward contract, interest rate swap, warrant, or option is called the
premium. In the case of exchange-traded contracts (e.g., options, futures, and
futures options), there is generally a premium. In custom-contract derivatives
(e.g., forward contracts, forward rate agreements, swaps and some embedded options),
however, it is common to not have any premium paid by one party to the other party.
There may be legal fees and brokerage costs, but these are not part of the premium and are
accounted for separately. If they are very small relative to both the underlying and the premium, they are often posted to current
earnings. However, in theory the brokerage fees, legal fees, and premium
should be amortized against future settlements of the derivative instrument.
Paragraphs 6b on Page 3 and 57b on Page 35
of FAS 133 require that the for any FAS 133
derivative instrument, the premium itself
must be "smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be
expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors." This
condition is ambiguous. However, this rules out short sale contracts that carry an
implicit requirement to own or purchase and resell an entire asset rather than having a
cash settlement.
For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument,
the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change. Section 4(c) of
Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to
permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a
derivative
Paragraph 42 on Page 26 of FAS 133
reads as follows:
.A derivative instrument or a
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction
gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure
of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative
instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging
instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net
investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be
accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for
recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do
not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
These Section c(4) confusions in
Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
in July 1998.
Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of all
financial instruments.
|
FAS 133
FASB does not address transaction costs. Such costs can be included in
or excluded in initial measurement of financial instruments.
|
Principal Only Strip = =
a contract that calls for cash settlement for the
principal but not the interest of a note. See embedded derivatives. Except in certain
conditions, interest-only and principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See
Paragraphs 14 and 310.
Put =
see option.
|
Q-Terms
R-Terms
Range Floater = see floater.
Range Forward =
a combination of a purchased option and a written
option on equal amounts of currency with a "range" between the strike prices.
The premium on the written option offsets the premium on the purchased option. See option.
Ratchet Floater = see floater.
Regular-Way
Security Trade = see net settlement.
References
Introductory
References --- See Introductory
References
Note the book entitled PRICING DERIVATIVE SECURITIES, by
T W Epps (University of Virginia, USA) The book is published by World
Scientific --- http://www.worldscibooks.com/economics/4415.html
Contents:
- Preliminaries:
- Introduction and Overview
- Mathematical Preparation
- Tools for Continuous-Time Models
- Pricing Theory:
- Dynamics-Free Pricing
- Pricing Under Bernoulli Dynamics
- Black-Scholes Dynamics
- American Options and 'Exotics'
- Models with Uncertain Volatility
- Discontinuous Processes
- Interest-Rate Dynamics
- Computational Methods:
- Simulation
- Solving PDEs Numerically
- Programs
- Computer
Programs
- Errata
Essentials of Energy Risk Management --- http://www.rigzone.com/store/product.asp?p_id=1048&c_id=46
Publisher: Paradigm Strategy
Group Item Number: 100-1048
Also see http://snipurl.com/EnergyGlossary
March 5, 2004 message
from editor jda [editor.jda@gmx.de]
Journal of Derivatives Accounting
(JDA)
First Issue on "Stock Options:
Development in Share-Based Compensation" You can downloand Papers online (http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/jda.shtml)
The second issue deals with Hedging
Theory and Practice in Risk Management and Trading (Financial instruments and
strategies, Impact of accounting rules and taxation). The titles of forthcoming
papers for the second issue are also shown.
For subscription information follow the
following link
(http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/mkt/order_information.shtml)
Mamouda Mbemap Ph.D
Editor In Chief
Vol. 1, No. 1 (March 2004)
LETTER
FROM THE EDITOR
Articles
ACCOUNTING
FOR EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO HANDLING THE VALUATION
ISSUES
JOHN HULL and ALAN WHITE
RISK-AVERSE
EXECUTIVES, MULTIPLE COMMON RISKS, AND THE EFFICIENCY AND INCENTIVES OF
INDEXED EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
SHANE A. JOHNSON and YISONG S. TIAN
STOCK
OPTIONS AND MANAGERIAL INCENTIVES TO INVEST
TOM NOHEL and STEVEN TODD
CEO
COMPENSATION, INCENTIVES, AND GOVERNANCE IN NEW ENTERPRISE FIRMS
LERONG HE and MARTIN J. CONYON
EVIDENCE
ON VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURES OF DERIVATIVES USAGE BY LARGE US COMPANIES
RAJ AGGARWAL and BETTY J. SIMKINS
THE
EFFECT OF TAXES ON THE TIMING OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE
STEVEN BALSAM and RICHARD GIFFORD
THE
VALUE AND INCENTIVES OF OPTION-BASED COMPENSATION IN DANISH LISTED
COMPANIES
KEN L. BECHMANN and PETER LØCHTE JØRGENSEN
Industry Perspective
AN
INTRODUCTION TO US TAX ASPECTS OF EXECUTIVE/EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION WITH A
STOCK OPTION FOCUS
STEWART KARLINSKY and JAMES KROCHKA
Book Review
Book
Review: AN INTRODUCTION TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Steve Balsam
|
Forthcoming
Papers |
Vol. 1 No. 2
- Does Allowing Alternative
Hedge Designation Affect Financial Statement Comparability?
Arlette C. Wilson and Ronald L. Clark
- Alternative Hedge Accounting
Treatments for Foreign Exchange Forwards
Ira G. Kawaller and Walter R. Teets
- Divergent FAS-133 and IAS 39
Interest Rate Risk Hedge Effectiveness: Problem and Remedies
Jim Bodurtha
- Interest Rate Swap Prices,
Fair Values, and FAS 133
Donald Smith
- Optimal Hedging with
Cumulative Prospect Theory
Darren Frechette and Jon Tuthill
- Hedging, Operating Leverage,
and Abandonment Options
Keith Wong
- Hedging Against Neutral and
Non-Neutral Shock: Theory and Evidence
Marcello Spano
- Pricing S&P 500 Index
Options under Stochastic Volatility with the Indirect Inference Method
Jinghong Shu and Jin E. Zhang
- Structural Relationships
between Semiannual and Annual Swaps Rates
D.K. Malhotra, Mukesh Chaudhry and Vivek Bhargava
- Valuing and Hedging American
Options under Time-Varying Volatility
In Joon Kim
- The Introduction of
Derivatives Reporting in the UK: A Content Analysis of FRS 13
Disclosures
T. Dunne, C. Helliar, D. Power, C. Mallin, K. Ow-Yong and L. Moir
|
March 23, 2004 message from Heather MacMaster [southwestern.email@thomsonlearning.com]
The second edition of Derivatives: An Introduction
by Robert Strong will be available in July for your fall classes.
One of the briefest texts on the market, Robert
Strong's ability to explain the intuition behind the math and show students
how derivatives are actually used has made this course much more tangible and
easier to understand.
The second edition has expanded its coverage of Real
Options, with more discussion of option strategies than the typical survey
course text. Also integrated throughout the text are rich examples to show how
it may be appropriate to use several types of Derivative Options at once, or
both futures and options at the same time.
This text illustrates real-world uses of derivatives.
Distinctive features of this applied approach include:
"Derivatives Today" Boxes: Real-life,
derivative situations provide students with an opportunity to consider issues
they may encounter in the marketplace. "Trading Strategy" Boxes:
These stimulating trading scenarios illustrate various methods in which
speculators or investors use options in ways that most existing texts do not
cover. Finally, in clear and concise prose, Strong focuses on the practical.
Since the text includes more institutional detail than competing texts, users
can connect theory to practice! Also to maintain student interest and
applicablity, Strong sparks interest by using many institutional anecdotes,
including trading mechanics, market folklore, and contemporary examples of
derivatives use and misuse.
Be sure to click below to reserve your complimentary
copy when the book publishes in July…
[Link Deleted]
Sincerely,
Heather MacMaster
Marketing Manager
Thomson South-Western
Bob Jensen's threads
on derivatives accounting are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Related Party Transaction =
a transaction between related
entities that may not act independently of one another. For example, a
forecasted transaction between a parent company and its subsidiary or between subsidiaries
having a common parent is a related party transaction. Related party forecasted
transactions cannot be designated for cash flow hedges according to Paragraph 29c on Page
20 of FAS 133. The one exception is for a foreign currency risk exposure in a
currency other than than the functional currency and
other criteria listed in Paragraph 40 on Pages 25-26. Also see
Paragraphs 471 and 487.
Cash flow hedges must have the possibility
of affecting net earnings. For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133
bans
foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary. The
reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated
earnings. For reasons and references, see equity method.
.
Reporting
Currency =
the currency in which an enterprise prepares its
financial statements.
Risk
=
=
the various types of financial risks, including
market price risk, market interest rate risk,
foreign exchange risk, and credit
risk.
These are discussed in FAS 133, Pages 184-186. FAS 133 does not take up such things as
tax rate swaps and credit swaps. Mention is given to nonfinancial assets and liabilities
in Paragraphs 416-421. Other risks are mentioned in Paragraph 408. Only three
types of risks can receive hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133. For details
see derivative financial instruments.
Some industries have
their own types of risk. For example, the energy industry has location
basis risk and transportation capacity risk. Location basis risk is
the differences in prices between two locations such as the supply terminal
and the demand terminal. Transportation capacity
risk is the risk of having too much or too little hauling or
distribution capacity between to terminals.
Execution risk is the
time delay between one transaction (such as closure of a purchase contract)
and another transaction (such as closure of a sales contract).
Held-to-maturity securities may not be
hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of
FAS 133. See held-to-maturity.
Firm commitments can have foreign currency
risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized. See Paragraph 4
on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked
and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000
units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign
currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If
the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no
further foreign currency risk exposure. See derivative
financial instrument.
A good site dealing with
credit risk is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm
For more on the topic of risk measurement and disclosure,
see disclosure.
Risk Glossary ---
http://www.riskglossary.com/
Assessment
of Risk: Peeling Apart the Data on Derivatives --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/Am_Banker_Assessing_Risk.pdf
Risk
Metrics and Risk Stress Testing
Risk metrics
are quantitative measures of risk of some sort or another. For example
Value-at-Risk (VAR) metrics are designed to measure outcomes in worst case
scenarios --- see Value-at-Risk.
VAR is related to risk "stress
testing." Freddie Mac was an innovator in risk stress testing --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac
There are a number of software vendors of FAS 133 risk analysis
software.
One of the major companies is FinancialCAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/
FinancialCAD provides software and services that
support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and
derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset
management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are a
key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000
professionals in 60 countries.
Also see Risk, Software, and
Ineffectiveness.
"A Web-Based Risk Tool," August 12, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1353
The experiences (and resulting systems/processes)
that banks have developed, in order to deal with Basel I and Basel II are of
relevance to corporate treasurers today, as they attempt to manage the new,
compliance/control requirement of Sarbanes-Oxley as well as broader scruitiny
of earnings/results.
With this in mind, its useful to review how banks
have handled the challenge, and are planning to utilize their know-how in the
area of system and process management.
Case in point: Horizon
JPMorgan was in the right place at the right time
with RiskMetrics (since spun off) to help firms deal with derivatives-related
rules for disclosure and controls (value at risk).
Now as the disclosure and control focus has
broadened, the bank wants to be there again with Horizon, its web-based tool
for internal risk control and self-assessment.
Horizon appears tailor-made for the internal control
rules mandated by Sarbanes-Oxley, especially if firms go beyond basic
compliance to implement enterprise risk management frameworks, such as those
suggested by the new COSO draft.
It is also in line with Basel II’s qualitative
measurement prescriptions for operational risk management, which suggests
corporates seeking internal control guidance have another source of best
practice recommendations to draw upon.
Indeed, compliance is all about risk management. “If
you look at Basel II or Sarbanes-Oxley, the point of the regulations is for
firms to better manage risk,” notes Craig Spielmann, VP and Executive in
charge of Horizon for JPMorgan Treasury Services. He notes, the aim is to
create transparency for shareholders that senior people are identifying the
firm’s key risks, showing what they are doing to mitigate these, and when
these mitigation efforts are to be in place. “It’s about how effective you
are at risk management, as much as about how you are managing risk.”
Self-assessment is an important measure of risk management effectiveness.
Operational risk process automation
Horizon, like RiskMetrics, was born out of an
internal bank tool to help JP Morgan assess operational risk across its
businesses. It is also one of many operational risk tools out there oriented
toward banks, or internally developed by banks, seeking to comply with Basel
II’s internal ratings based approach (IRB)-- in particular the Advanced
Measurement Approaches-- in order to reduce their regulatory capital
requirements.
Control and risk self-assessment is a key component
of the qualitative measurement requirements for operational risk under Basel
II. These involve among other things:
(1) a review of risk management process goals;
(2) a review of the controls/procedures to meet these
goals; and
(3) specification of corrective actions required and
follow-up on implementation of such actions. This is the area of focus for
Horizon.
Horizon uses the traffic light approach to
self-assessment, common with internal control cum operational risk/enterprise
risk applications offered by audit firms and consultancies, calling upon users
to select their risk concern according to red (most dangerous), yellow, green,
blue (not applicable).
However, where it seeks to differentiate itself from
traditional internal audit tools is its orientation toward risk management
ideals: effective, on-going risk mitigation in support of business goals.
Clearly, though, traditional internal audit tools are moving in the same
direction, guided by the new COSO draft, following the banks’ lead in their
approaches to operational risk management.
According to Barry Macklin, head of Operational Risk
Analytics/Financial Risk for JPMorgan’s Treasury & Securities Services
(T&SS) business, Horizon helps to not only automate the operational risk
and control self-assessment process but also provides opportunities to share
risk expertise and best practices across T&SS’ global operations (with
locations in 39 countries globally, with 14,500 employees).
Mr. Macklin was an early Horizon adopter outside JP
Morgan: his group within Chase was in negotiation to purchase the product when
the merger with JP Morgan was announced.
Part of its appeal from his initial customer
perspective was that it provided an automated solution taking a paper-based
process and putting it on the bank’s intranet. It also has built-in
algorithms to calculate a “score” for comparative purposes, based on how
each risk is weighed (with the traffic light).
By automating the data-collection and “scoring”
process, Mr. Macklin notes, senior risk and business managers have much more
time to focus on analysis: “We are spending more time analyzing risks than
compiling data”.
The automation facilitates continuous
self-improvement of control processes, and sharing of best practices and
improves the ability to monitor and resolve action items. For example, for a
particular risk, he may see that one unit indicates that a process has good
controls while another unit with a similar process in another location needs
to enhance controls. Risk and business managers can now delve into how to
ensure the procedures are effectively applied globally.
According to Mr. Macklin, the first step for his
group was to sit down with the internal and external auditors, business
managers, operational risk managers, and identify key processes.
“We then made sure we had the right operational
process, with all the key risks and control procedures identified and then
populated the risk and control procedures on the Horizon application. Business
Managers were integral in the development of the Horizon templates. They know
how their business processes work, and clearly take ownership. This team
effort creates a great process,” Mr. Macklin notes. General Audit also
leverages the risk assessment templates and utilizes Horizon to record their
recommendations.
These risk assessment and compliance process items
are reviewed formally twice each year, along with continuous assessment of
review triggers such as an acquisition or business relocation, which prompt
immediate review of the templates. The self-assessment process also supports
Management’s annual affirmation of the control environment as required by
FDICIA.
The content for these self-assessment templates is
key to this or any such application. A fact that highlights how adaptable bank
operational risk applications like Horizon can be to any number of situations,
including non-bank risks.
Mr. Spielmann cites an example related to a business
acquisition as follows: For any new business acquired, a customized template
can be developed on Horizon, identifying key business risks and control
procedures. An assessment can be performed to determine opportunities for
improvement and develop action plans with accountable parties and resolution
time frames in the early stages of integrating the acquired business. The
results can then be evaluated on a continuing basis to ensure timely
remediation.
A corporation looking to manage risks specific to its
business, notes Mr. Spielmann, could go through a similar process with senior
management and the Board to construct a template for Horizon to conduct this
sort of self-assessment. The latest version of Horizon has been optimized for
Sarbanes-Oxley internal control compliance with this in mind.
RiskMetrics, a different approach
This, however, is corporate use of RiskMetrics in
reverse. What made JPMorgan’s RiskMetrics so popular for corporates seeking
to follow bank practice on value at risk disclosures for derivatives was that
JPMorgan provided easily accessible, name brand data sets. These they could
download and plug into their own spreadsheets or internal applications,
creating a quick fix to comply with new SEC rules.
Here corporates are getting an application, but
limited content. Indeed, they have to develop the templates to collect the
data on their own. There is no quick fix for Sarbanes-Oxley.
Horizon competes not only with other bank and
non-bank operational risk management applications, but also countless
internally developed self-assessment/scorecard spreadsheets (e-mailed) or
web-based database applications which provide less elegant solutions.
Corporates should consider the cost/benefit of applications such as Horizon
before they build their own web applications.
With the stakes so much higher, name brand
off-the-shelf solutions might provide more comfort than internally developed
applications, especially for Corporate Boards and shareholders. In today’s
environment controls to prevent reputational risk and ensuring effective
Corporate Governance standards are applied is certainly something Corporate
Boards would be interested in. This clearly presents new opportunities to
market the Horizon application.
Looking forward JPMorgan Chase is developing a
process that will integrate the key Operational Risk Management tools they
currently utilize, such as: Horizon self-assessment, operational loss data
collection, capital allocation and key risk indicators. Says Macklin, “Integrating
these tools will further enhance and link the firm’s operational risk
analysis, monitoring and reporting capabilities, which we believe will
positively impact results.”
"Risk Systems, Integrate! July 15, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=467
FAS 133 and other factors spark a flurry of “asset
expansion” among risk management software vendors.
Treasurers are increasingly adamant that they want a
single, integrated system to handle all of their risks. The impetus for this
change is multifold (see here). However, both system vendors and treasurers
agree that FAS 133 has a lot to do with convincing risk managers and
accountants that they need to handle risk management and its accounting-entry
consequences in a single platform.
In recent weeks, FXpress, Reval and Kiodex announced
plans to expand their asset classes and offer a soup-to-nuts system for risk
management. This is great news for treasurers looking for a solution that
allows them to view risk, manage it, and account for it centrally, yet one
which comes with a less-than-a-million-dollar price tag. “Right now,”
notes Dino Ewing, CFO of Reval, “there’s not that much in between that and
spreadsheets.”
What’s new and what’s not?
FXpress launched the integration flurry with its
unveiling of a commodity module, as well as plans for interest rate,
investment and ultimately, an equity-risk module in 2003.
Reval, which has handled FX and interest rates as
well as related FAS 133 accounting via its newly named HedgeRX™
hedge-management solution, now covers metals, energy and commodities as part
of its most recent release.
Kiodex, a web-services energy risk
management/accounting platform (see IT, 2/25/02), is expanding to cover FX
first. “We plan to introduce more asset classes aggressively in 2003,”
reports Co-Founder and President, Raj Mahajan.
These recent converts to the integration mantra
follow in the footsteps of others such as Open Link on the high end, and
INSSINC on the affordable side. “We have always chosen the integrated route,”
explains Elie Zabal, president and CEO of INSSINC. Yet Mr. Zabal and others
agree that this flare-up in asset-class expansion signals a change: The market
is coming around to understanding that handling risk in one system is key,
whether or not execution continues to occur in separate functions.
Says Kiodex’s Mr. Mahajan: “Our vision has been
to generate a report for chief financial officers that breaks down the
corporation’s exposure to price risk by asset class.” Such a holistic view
is critical, if companies want to avoid “nasty” surprises (e.g., Ford’s
$1 billion write down). “The first step is identifying the exposure across
asset classes” he says. “Next, treasury should be able to quantify/analyze
the risk and produce a single report which makes risk transparent while
allowing treasury to mitigate exposures, taking into account correlations
among asset classes.”
Granted, many companies handle financial and
non-financial risks in separate departments. Yet an integrated system makes
sense precisely because of this ongoing separation of duties, as companies
come under increased pressure to comply with regulatory requirements, and
ensure internal compliance with hedging/trading policies. “FAS 133 brought
this issue front and center,” notes Mr. Zabal. “Whether you are hedging
corn or electricity, the policies, controls and accounting trail should be the
same.”
Remote access, centralized data
Reval and Kiodex offer an added twist—an ASP model
(available from INSSINC as well). The upshot is quicker implementation and an
ideal platform for capturing live data dynamically, and allowing multiple,
remote access points. Certainly, client/server systems can accommodate this,
but implementation can takes months, compared to days with the newer
technologies.
Such rapid implementation and lower price tags have a
“price” too—less control over the IT environment. Interestingly, Reval
reports that clients who have been offered the intranet option have opted for
the outsourced solution 100 percent of the time. The reason, says Mr. Ewing,
is cost and maintenance.
ASP or not, the integrated model opens doors.
Customers want a single solution and vendors need to be able to offer one, Mr.
Zabal says, if they are to make sales. FXpress, Reval and Kiodex all report
that existing users have asked them to round out their offerings. The key is
to offer an integrated solution at an affordable price that can be quickly
implemented. Often, the latter is more important. “Would technology save us
some time and money?” comments one treasurer, “Yes, but in the immediate
term,” he says, “I cannot afford to lose staff time to lengthy and painful
implementations.”
Which end is first?
One issue for treasurers to consider is whether the
system’s origins matter. Both Reval (originally financial) and Kiodex
(originally commodity) agree it’s fair to say that moving from commodity to
financial risk is an easier route, since commodity markets and instruments are
typically more complex. Does this give systems with commodity origins an edge?
Other issues treasurers may wish to consider as they
evaluate newly integrated solutions include: (1) Can one system truly handle
all asset classes effectively (and affordably)? (2) Does the underlying
platform (ASP vs. client server) matter, and if so, how? (3) How about the
global support structure of smaller or newer vendors?
There are two superpowers
in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United States and there’s
Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy you by dropping
bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds. And believe me,
it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful. The most that we can
safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium is
that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and
Ebert of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting
Agencies," Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3,
1999 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRottenPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Related to risk metrics are the ratings given firms
and securities by rating agencies. These agencies were especially
criticized in the accounting and finance scandals for their close ties and less
than objective ratings of firms like Enron. Frank Partnoy is especially
critical of the lack of integrity of rating agencies. Several references
written by Partnoy are shown below:
Senate Testimony by Frank Partnoy --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#FrankPartnoyTestimony
Article by Frank Partnoy
"The Siskel and Ebert of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for the
Credit Reporting Agencies" (Washington University Law Quarterly,
Volume 77, No. 3, 1999) --- http://ls.wustl.edu/WULQ/
Also see http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRottenPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Books by Frank Partnoy
- FIASCO: The Inside Story of a Wall Street Trader
- FIASCO: Blood in the Water on Wall Street
- FIASCO: Blut an den weißen Westen der Wall Street Broker.
- FIASCO: Guns, Booze and Bloodlust: the Truth About High Finance
- Infectious Greed : How Deceit and Risk Corrupted the Financial
Markets
- Codicia Contagiosa
"An End to the Exclusive Rating Franchise? June 16, 2003, by Joseph Neu
--- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1318
Treasurers’ love-hate relationship with credit
rating agencies is something we have followed with interest of late (see
3/24/03). In part, this is because it is easy to be sympathetic with the
treasurers’ argument that the rating process is way too subjective relative
to its potential impact on a corporation’s financial wellbeing. But this
begs the question: What is the more objective alternative?
Defining treasury’s interests ahead of change. We
aren’t the only ones who have taken an increasing interest in the role of
rating agencies of late. In the wake of the corporate scandals in the US, and
the “lagging” nature of credit rating indications, the SEC has been
mandated by Sarbanes-Oxley to revisit the role of rating agencies, the state
of regulatory scrutiny over them and, most especially, the special status that
it grants a few rating agencies (i.e., NRSROs) to provide regulatory
benchmarks.
In its latest effort, the SEC has issued a concept
letter, asking for public comments on related questions (see here).
All this makes now an opportune time for treasurers
to consider the current rating processes, as executed by the rating agencies,
and weigh the potential alternatives to determine what sort of process they
might like to see, and who other than the current NRSROs they would like to
rate them. Given the potential for change at hand, now is the time to make
your voices heard.
And by no means should this call to action be limited
to treasurers in the US. As we’ve noted, the Americanization of capital
markets globally have made obtaining a rating (and managing a rating agency
relationship) increasingly critical abroad. Indeed, the Association for
Corporate Treasurers (ACT) in the UK held a recent conference on the subject,
aptly titled Rating Agencies: Prophet’s, Judges or Mere Mortals? There, as
elsewhere, treasurers expressed the desire for greater transparency in the
rating process. They also want more reliance on replicable quantitative
analysis that could be used to help them manage their rating.
Ideally, were there a standard analytical model, it
could be embedded into a risk management application to help treasury track a
shadow rating. This, in turn, could help treasurers determine how different
actions might impact that rating.
An opportunity for broker-dealers. That the ACT
conference was sponsored by Merrill Lynch may be telling as well. Could
broker-dealers find a way to break into the seemingly lucrative franchise
enjoyed by Moody’s and S&P? If not in the US, then perhaps they can
abroad, where the concept of NRSRO is not as well established.
One scenario treasurers (and the SEC) should
consider, therefore, is what if broker-dealers offered credit “rating”
services?
At first, this might appear to make the rating
management game more like that played with equity analysts. This used to mean
talking analysts into the right quarterly earnings (or non-earnings) targets
(with influence from the investment banking business offered), and managing
EPS (or proforma results) accordingly. But, given the current scrutiny of
broker-dealer analysts’ objectivity, it is hard to see how they would be
allowed to expand the business of using their analysts on the credit side to
assign buy/sell signals on debt.
Their opening to this market, however, could come in
the form of their own internal risk models, which the SEC is considering
allowing broker-dealers to use as an alternative to NRSRO ratings to help
determine capital charges on debt securities.
If a broker-dealer is holding your paper for whatever
reason, wouldn’t you want to know how their model “rating” compared to
the rating agencies’ (and why shouldn’t you know)?
Risk analytics vs. rating analyst. To some extent,
this information will find its way to the market. After all, the models
broker-dealers employ to determine internal capital charges are not all that
different from those they use to price credit risk for external use (e.g., for
credit derivatives). The models could also be used to help fund managers
optimize portfolios from a risk management perspective and sell them paper
with the right risk profile to fill the gaps.
At some point, the markets must be allowed to
determine how best to utilize traditional credit ratings in conjunction with
emerging credit risk-assessment provided by analytical models, without
regulatory favoritism. Risk modeling and analytics have advanced quite a bit
in the last decade, which is why the rating agencies themselves have developed
(or acquired) model-based risk analytics capabilities in parallel to
traditional rating services. Both approaches should be considered by
treasurers—and both should held to objective standards by regulators.
Also see software.
|
S-Terms
SAS 92
Auditing Requirements for Derivative
Financial Securities
Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in
Securities
http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm
A Nice Summary of SAS 92 is Available Online
(Auditing, Derivative Financial Instruments, Hedging)
SAS 92-New Guidance on Auditing Derivatives
and Securities
by Joe Sanders, Ph.D., CPA and Stan Clark, Ph.D., CPA
http://www.ohioscpa.com/member/publications/Journal/1st2001/page10.asp
Auditors face many challenges in auditing
derivatives and securities. These instruments have become more
complex, their use more common and the accounting requirements to
provide fair value information are expanding. There is also an
increasing tendency for entities to use service organizations to help
manage activities involving financial instruments. To assist auditors
with these challenges, the Auditing Standards Board (ASB) issued SAS
92, Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and
Investments in Securities. The ASB is also currently developing a
companion Audit Guide. SAS 92 supersedes SAS 81, Auditing Investments.
SAS 92 provides a framework for auditors to
use in planning and performing auditing procedures for assertions
about all financial instruments and hedging activities. The Audit
Guide will show how to use the framework provided by the SAS for a
variety of practice issues. The purpose of this article is to
summarize and explain some of the more significant aspects of SAS 92.
Scope SAS 92 applies to:
Derivative instruments, as defined in SFAS
133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity.
Hedging activities which also fall under SFAS 133. Debt and equity
securities, as defined in SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities. The auditor should also refer to APB
18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.
Special Skill or Knowledge
SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt, in his speech on
renewing the covenant with investors stated, "I recognize that
new financial instruments, new technologies and even new markets
demand more specialized know-how to effectively audit many of today's
companies".1 One of the first items noted in SAS 92 is that the
auditor may need to seek assistance in planning and performing audit
procedures for financial instruments. This advice is based primarily
on the complexity of SFAS 133. Understanding an entities' information
system for derivatives, including work provided by a service
organization, may require the auditor to seek assistance from within
the firm or from an outside expert. SAS 73 provides guidance on using
the work of a specialist.
Inherent Risk Assessment
The inherent risk related to financial
instruments is the susceptibility to a material misstatement, assuming
there are no related controls. Assessing inherent risk for financial
instruments, particularly complex derivatives, can be difficult. To
assess inherent risk for financial instruments, auditors should
understand both the economics and business purpose of the entity's
financial activities. Auditors will need to make inquiries of
management to understand how the entity uses financial instruments and
the risks associated with them. SAS 92 provides several examples of
considerations that might affect the auditor's assessment of the
inherent risk for assertions about financial instruments:2
The complexity of the features of the
derivative or security. Whether the transaction that gave rise to the
derivative or security involved the exchange of cash. The entity's
experience with derivatives or securities. Whether the derivative is
freestanding or an embedded feature of an agreement. The evolving
nature of derivatives and the applicable generally accepted accounting
principles. Significant reliance on outside parties. Control Risk
Assessment
SAS 92 includes a section on control risk
assessment. Control risk is the risk that a material misstatement
could occur and would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner
by an entity's internal control. Management is responsible for
providing direction to financial activities through clearly stated
policies. These policies should be documented and might include:
Policies regarding the types of instruments
and transactions that may be entered into and for what purposes.
Limits for the maximum allowable exposure to each type of risk,
including a list of approved securities broker-dealers and
counterparties to derivative transactions. Methods for monitoring the
financial risks of financial instruments, particularly derivatives,
and the related control procedures. Internal reporting of exposures,
risks and the results of actions taken by management. Auditors should
understand the contents of financial reports received by management
and how they are used. For example, "stop loss" limits are
used to protect against sudden drops in the market value of financial
instruments. These limits require all speculative positions to be
closed out immediately if the unrealized loss on those positions
reaches a certain level. Management reports may include comparisons of
stop loss positions and actual trading positions to the policies set
by the board of directors.
The entity's use of a service organization
will require the auditor to gain an understanding of the nature of the
service organization's services, the materiality of the transactions
it processes, and the degree of interaction between its activities and
those of the entity. It may also require the auditor to gain an
understanding of the service organization's controls over the
transactions the service organization processes for it.
Designing Substantive Procedures Based on
Risk Assessments
The auditor should use the assessed levels of
inherent and control risk to determine the acceptable level of
detection risk for assertions about financial instruments and to
determine the nature, timing, and extent of the substantive tests to
be performed to detect material misstatements of the assertions.
Substantive procedures should address the following five categories of
assertions included in SAS 31, Evidential Matter:
1. Existence or occurrence. Existence
assertions address whether the derivatives and securities reported in
the financial statements through recognition or disclosure exist at
the balance sheet date. Occurrence assertions address whether changes
in derivatives or securities reported as part of earnings, other
comprehensive income, cash flows or through disclosure occurred.
Examples of substantive procedures for existence or occurrence
assertions include:3
Confirmation with the holder of the security,
including securities in electronic form or with the counterparty to
the derivative. Confirmation of settled or unsettled transactions with
the broker-dealer counterparty. Physical inspection of the security or
derivative contract. Inspecting supporting documentation for
subsequent realization or settlement after the end of the reporting
period. Performing analytical procedures. 2. Completeness.
Completeness assertions address whether all of the entity's
derivatives and securities are reported in the financial statements
through recognition or disclosure. Since derivatives may involve only
a commitment to perform under a contract and not an initial exchange
of tangible consideration, auditors should not focus exclusively on
evidence relating to cash receipts and disbursements.
3. Rights and obligations. These assertions
address whether the entity has rights and obligations associated with
derivatives and securities reported in the financial statements. For
example, are assets pledged or do side agreements exist that allow the
purchaser of a security to return the security after a specified
period of time? Confirming significant terms with the counterparty to
a derivative or the holder of a security would be a substantive
procedure testing assertions about rights and obligations.
4. Valuation. Under SFAS 115 and SFAS 133
many financial instruments must now be measured at fair value, and
fair value information must be disclosed for most derivatives and
securities that are measured at some other amount.
The auditor should obtain evidence
corroborating the fair value of financial instruments measured or
disclosed at fair value. The method for determining fair value may be
specified by generally accepted accounting principles and may vary
depending on the industry in which the entity operates or the nature
of the entity. Such differences may relate to the consideration of
price quotations from inactive markets and significant liquidity
discounts, control premiums, commissions and other costs that would be
incurred to dispose of the financial instrument.
If the derivative or security is valued by
the entity using a valuation model (for example, the Black-Scholes
option pricing model), the auditor should assess the reasonableness
and appropriateness of the model. The auditor should also determine
whether the market variables and assumptions used are reasonable and
appropriately supported. Estimates of expected future cash flows, for
example, to determine the fair value of long-term obligations should
be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions.
The method for determining fair value also
may vary depending on the type of asset or liability. For example, the
fair value of an obligation may be determined by discounting expected
future cash flows, while the fair value of an equity security may be
its quoted market price. SAS 92 provides guidance on audit evidence
that may be used to corroborate these assertions about fair value.
5. Presentation and disclosure. These
assertions address whether the classification, description and
disclosure of derivatives and securities are in conformity with GAAP.
For some derivatives and securities, GAAP may prescribe presentation
and disclosure requirements, for example:
Certain securities are required to be
classified into categories based on management's intent and ability
such as trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Changes in
the fair value of derivatives used to hedge depend on whether the
derivative is a fair-value hedge or an expected cash flow hedge, and
on the degree of effectiveness of the hedge. Hedging Transactions
Hedging will require large amounts of
documentation by the client. For starters, the auditor will need to
examine the companies' established policy for risk management. For
each derivative, management should document what risk it is hedging,
how it is expected to hedge that risk and how the effectiveness will
be tested. Without documentation, the client will not be allowed hedge
accounting. Auditors will need to gather evidence to support the
initial designation of an instrument as a hedge, the continued
application of hedge accounting and the effectiveness of the hedge.
To satisfy these accounting requirements,
management's policy for financial instrument transactions might also
include the following elements whenever the entity engages in hedging
activities:
An assessment of the risks that need to be
hedged The objectives of hedging and the strategy for achieving those
objectives. The methods management will use to measure the
effectiveness of the strategy. Reporting requirements for the
monitoring and review of the hedge program. Impairment Losses
Management's responsibility to determine
whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary is explicitly
recognized in SAS 92. The auditor will need to evaluate whether
management has considered relevant information in determining whether
other-than-temporary impairment exists. SAS 92 provides examples of
circumstances that indicate an other-than-temporary impairment
condition may exist:4
Management Representations
The auditor must obtain written
representations from management confirming their intent and ability
assertions related to derivatives and securities. For example, the
intent and ability to hold a debt security until it matures or to
enter into a forecasted transaction for which hedge accounting is
applied. Appendix B of SAS 85 (AU Sec. 333.17) includes illustrative
representations about derivative and security transactions.
Summary
SAS 92 provides guidance for auditing
derivatives and securities. Accounting requirements related to these
instruments, SFAS 115 and SFAS 133, are very complex and because of
their extensive use of fair value measures require significant use of
judgment by the accountant. SAS 92 establishes a framework for
auditors to assess whether the entity has complied with the provisions
of SFAS 115 and SFAS 133. However, because of the subjective nature of
many of the requirements of these two standards, considerable auditor
judgment will be required to comply with SAS 92.
Effective Date
This SAS is effective for audits of financial
statements for fiscal years ending on or after June 30, 2001. Early
adoption is permitted.
Settlement Date =
the date at which a payable is paid or a
receivable is collected.
Paul Pacter notes the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
IAS 39
An enterprise will recognise normal purchases of securities in the
market place either at trade date or settlement date. If settlement
date accounting is used, IAS 39 requires recognition of certain value
changes between trade and settlement dates so that the income
statement effects are the same for all enterprises.
|
FAS 133
FASB does not address trade date vs. settlement date. Value change
between trade and settlements dates may be included in or excluded
from measurement of net income.
|
SFAS 133 =
a standard issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB)
in June 1998. You can read more about FAS 133 and other FASB standards
at http://www.fasb.org l.
Note that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required
for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.
Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they
cannot apply it retroactively. The January 1, 2001 effective date
follows postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999
stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133. For fiscal-year
companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000.
The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39
becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on
the same January 1, 2001. Earlier application permitted for financial
years ending after March 15, 1999.
The
FASB staff has prepared a new updated edition of Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This essential aid to
implementation presents Statement 133 as amended by Statements 137 and
138. Also, it includes the results of the Derivatives Implementation
Group (DIG), as cleared by the FASB through December 10, 2001, with
cross-references between the issues and the paragraphs of the Statement.
“The staff at the FASB has prepared this publication to bring
together in one document the current guidance on accounting for
derivatives,” said Kevin Stoklosa, FASB project manager. “To put it
simply, it’s a ‘one-stop-shop’ approach that we hope our readers
will find easier to use.”
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—DC133-2
Prices: $30.00 each copy for Members of the Financial
Accounting Foundation, the Accounting Research Association (ARA) of the
AICPA, and academics; $37.50 each copy for others.
International Orders: A 50% surcharge will be applied to
orders that are shipped overseas, except for shipments made to U.S.
possessions, Canada, and Mexico. Please remit in local currency at the
current exchange rate.
To order:
|
In May of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/news/nr043003.shtml
Norwalk, CT, April 30, 2003—Today
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment
of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The
Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments,
including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for
hedging activities under Statement 133.
The new guidance amends Statement 133 for decisions
made:
- as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group
process that effectively required amendments to Statement 133,
- in connection with other Board projects dealing
with financial instruments, and
- regarding implementation issues raised in relation
to the application of the definition of a derivative, particularly
regarding the meaning of an “underlying” and the characteristics of a
derivative that contains financing components.
The amendments set forth in Statement 149 improve
financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable
characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this Statement
clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment
meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133. In
addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that
warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. Statement 149
amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes will result in
more consistent reporting of contracts that are derivatives in their entirety
or that contain embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting.
Effective Dates and Order Information
This Statement is effective for contracts entered
into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated below and for hedging
relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance should be applied
prospectively.
The provisions of this Statement that relate to
Statement 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal
quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in
accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, certain
provisions relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued
securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to
existing contracts as well as new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003.
Copies of Statement 149 may be obtained through the
FASB Order Department at 800-748-0659 or by placing an order on-line
at the FASB website.
The FASB created a special Derivatives Implementation Group
(DIG). Some general DIG exceptions to
the scope of FAS 133 are listed in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html
The FASB has a CD-ROM course at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/
The FASB's Derivatives Implementation Group website is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/digsum.html
FAS 133
replaces the Exposure Draft publication Number 162-B, June 1996 .
The International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) later came out with IAS 39 which is similar to but less detailed
than FAS 133.
The FASB address is Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116,
Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714. The web site is
at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/
The for-free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul
Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm
The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S.
Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC
Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/IASC/iascus2d.html
You can read more about the
FAS 133 history in my transcriptions listed in the Table of Contents
of this document. Also see disclosure.
For a FAS 133 flow
chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Why There Are New Rules for
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments
What is the thinking behind the need for FAS 133?
What was the problem with hedge accounting prior to FAS 133?
The new FAS
133 standard entitled Accounting
for Derivative Financial Instruments
and Hedging Activities was released in 1998 after an Exposure
Draft 162-B circulated for two years around the U.S. and a temporary FAS
119 standard required disclosures in footnotes while FAS 133 was being
written. It was followed soon thereafter by IAS 39 that imposed
similar requirements for international reporting and CICA 39 for Canadian
reporting of the same types of derivative instruments. These and the
similar new standards in some other nations differ only in minor
ways.
What was new in all of these standards was that derivative
financial instruments have to be booked initially at fair value and then
adjusted to fair value on all reporting dates, especially for quarterly
and annual audited financial statements released to the public. Most
derivatives, other than options and futures contracts covered by FAS 80,
were not booked or even disclosed in financial reports prior to these
newer standards. The really problematic derivatives were forward
contracts and swaps. Swaps were not even invented until the early
1980s, and firms were not reporting enormous risks and
off-balance-sheet-financing as swaps and forward contracts exploded in
popularity in the late 1980s and early 1990s. For example, companies
that formerly managed cash with Treasury Bills, shifted to interest rate
swaps for managing interest rate risk on trillions of dollars.
Futures contracts were accounted for pretty well under FAS
80 since these contracts settle in cash frequently (usually daily) prior
to expiration. Options contracts were not accounted for well at all
since only the initial cost (premium) was booked and amortized over the
life of each option. The problem was that the booked value of the
option was generally small and irrelevant relative to the much larger fair
value of the option.
In the early 1990s, enormous frauds using derivative
financial instruments were coming to light. Both governmental (e.g.,
Orange County) and corporate (e.g., Proctor and Gamble) scandals revealed
how investment banks were writing misleading and immensely complicated
derivative contracts to dupe organizations out of billions of
dollars. Many of the scandals are in derivative financial
instruments are documented at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
In particular, note Frank Partnoy's truly sickening revelations of
intentional frauds perpetrated by virtually all the world's leading
investment banks.
Paragraphs 212 and 213 of FAS 133 read as follows at http://www.fasb.org/st/index.shtml#fas150
212. Concern has grown about the
accounting and disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging
activities as the extent of use and the complexity of derivatives and
hedging activities have rapidly increased in recent years. Changes in
global financial markets and related financial innovations have led to
the development of new derivatives used to manage exposures to risk,
including interest rate, foreign exchange, price, and credit risks. Many
believe that accounting standards have not kept pace with those changes.
Derivatives can be useful risk management tools, and some believe that
the inadequacy of financial reporting may have discouraged their use by
contributing to an atmosphere of uncertainty. Concern about inadequate
financial reporting also was heightened by the publicity surrounding
large derivative losses at a few companies. As a result, the Securities
and Exchange Commission, members of Congress, and others urged the Board
to deal expeditiously with reporting problems in this area. For example,
a report of the General Accounting Office prepared for Congress in 1994
recommended, among other things, that the FASB "proceed
expeditiously to develop and issue an exposure draft that provides
comprehensive, consistent accounting rules for derivative products. . .
." \30/ In addition, some users of financial statements asked for
improved disclosures and accounting for derivatives and hedging. For
example, one of the recommendations in the December 1994 report
published by the AICPA Special Committee on Financial Reporting,
Improving Business Reporting-A Customer Focus, was to address the
disclosures and accounting for innovative financial instruments.
213. Because of the urgency of improved financial information about
derivatives and related activities, the Board decided, in December 1993,
to redirect some of its efforts toward enhanced disclosures
and, in October 1994, issued FASB
Statement No. 119, Disclosure about Derivative Financial
Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments. This
Statement supersedes Statement 119.
Even when the derivative contracts are used for economic
hedges, the risk exposures prior to expiration of the hedge can be huge
since many hedges are highly ineffective prior to expiration of the
derivative contracts. What makes derivative financial instruments
unique relative to other financial instruments is that derivatives
customarily have either zero initial cost (e.g., for forwards, futures and
swap contracts) or exceedingly small initial premiums for options.
Hence the traditional historical cost accounting standards were
meaningless for derivative instruments. For FAS 133, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) decided to require continuous fair
market value booking and adjustments (commonly called Mark-To-Market (MTM)
adjustments.
What the FASB wanted was to simply adjust derivatives to
fair value as assets or liabilities and to charge current earnings with
the incremental unrealized gains or losses. All hell broke loose,
however, when this was proposed to the business community, because such
adjustments sometimes resulted in enormous fluctuations of reported
earnings. These fluctuations were especially troublesome in theory
and in practice for firms who were only using derivatives to hedge
risk. Unless there was some way to adjust hedging derivatives to
fair value without impacting current earnings, firms who hedged were
actually going to look more risky than if they were not hedging risk.
This forced the FASB, the IASB, and other standard setters
to adopt hedge accounting relief in the newer standards that require that
derivative financial instruments be carried at fair value. What
might have been a relatively simple FAS 133 thus exploded to way over 500
paragraphs of technical jargon and complex accounting rules like the world
as ever known. At the time I am writing this in February 2004, most
European nations have agreed to implement all IAS standards in January of
2005 except for IAS 39 which business firms in Europe refuse to accept at
this juncture. FAS 133 has been in effect in the U.S. since Year
2000 and has caused enormous confusion and reporting errors, most notable
of which is Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac
The new standards also create immense problems for
auditors, some of which are dealt with in SAS 92.
Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities,
and Investments in Securities
http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm
Hedge accounting affords companies opportunities to book
and adjust derivative financial instruments to fair value at all
times. However, many business firms are upset because the required
hedge effectiveness tests cause them to
lose part or all their hedge accounting.
Short =
Ownership of an investment position, security, or
instrument such that falling market prices will benefit the owner. This is also
known as a short position. For example, the purchase of a put
option is a short position because the owner of the put option goes in the money with
falling prices. A short position may also arise when investor incurs rights
and obligations that mirror the risk-return characteristics of another investor's asset
position such that a change in value in opposite directions to that asset position.
See also long.
Short sales do not meet Paragraph 6b, Page 3, definition
of a FAS 133 derivative instrument if they require a significant initial investment premium. Footnote 18 on Page 39 and Paragraph 290 on Page 145
leave the door partly ajar for declaring short sales to be derivative instruments and qualify as fair value hedges. Paragraph 20, however, does not allow
nonderivative instruments to be fair value hedges.
Short sales of borrowed security hedges do not meet the Paragraphs 6b and 8 criteria to
qualify as derivative hedging instruments. Short sales of borrowed securities are
defined, in Paragraph 59d on Page 39 of FAS 133, in terms of having at least one of the
following activities:
(1) Selling a security (by
the short seller to the purchaser)
(2) Borrowing a security (by the short seller from the lender)
(3) Delivering the borrowed security (by the short seller to the purchaser)
(4) Purchasing a security (by the short seller from the market)
(5) Delivering the purchased security (by the short seller to the lender).
Those five activities involve three separate contracts. A contract
that distinguishes a short sale involves activities (2) and (5), borrowing a security
and replacing it by delivering an identical security. Such a contract has two of the three
characteristics of a derivative instrument. The settlement is based on an
underlying (the price of the security) and a notional amount (the face amount of the
security or the number of shares),and the settlement is made by delivery of a security
that is readily convertible to cash. However, the other characteristic, little or
no initial net investment, is not present. The borrowed security is the lender's
initial net investment in the contract. Consequently, the contract relating to activities
(2) and (5) is not a derivative instrument. The other two contracts (one for
activities (1) and (3) and the other for activity (4)) are routine and do not
generally involve derivative instruments. However, if a forward purchase or sale is
involved, and the contract does not qualify for the exception in paragraph 10(a),
it is subject to the requirements of this Statement.
In Paragraph 290 on Page 145 of
FAS 133,
the FASB wavered on certain types of contracts as follows:
Several respondents to the Exposure
Draft asked the Board for specific guidance about whether some contracts meet the
definition of a derivative instrument, including sales of securities not yet owned
("short sales"), take-or-pay contracts, and contracts
with liquidating damages or other termination clauses. The Board cannot definitively state
whether those types of contracts will always (or never) meet the definition because their
terms and related customary practices vary.
Short-Cut
Method for Interest Rate Swaps
=
steps to computing interest accruals and
amortization adjustments for interest rate swaps that have no ineffectiveness.
The main attractiveness of the shortcut it that for interest rate
swaps, quarterly testing for hedge ineffectiveness is not required.
Whenever possible, firms seek to use the shortcut method. For interest rate swap cash flow hedges the short-cut method steps are listed in Paragraph 132 on
Pages 72-73 of FAS 133. For fair value hedges, see Paragraph 114 on Page 62 of
FAS 133. See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no
ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an
interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap. Also see interest rate swaps,
transition accounting, and basis adjustment.
My understanding is that the “long haul” method is any
situation where the stringent tests for shortcut method do not hold. Thus
tests for ineffectiveness must be conducted at each reset date. This is
problematic for swaps and options especially since the market for the hedged
item entails a different set of buyers than the market for the hedging
instrument, thereby increasing the likelihood of ineffectiveness.
I do not have a spreadsheet illustration of ineffectiveness
testing for interest rate swaps, but the tests I assume are the same as
those tests used for other hedges. Some analysts assume that the “long haul”
method applies to regression tests (as opposed to dollar offset), and
regression tests (unlike dollar offset tests) cannot be applied
retrospectively. See “Ineffectiveness” at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#I-Terms
Also see
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=101227&d=815&h=817&f=816&dateformat=%25o%20%25B%20%25Y
If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the entire hedged
asset/liability or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could
conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged
are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis.
For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted purchase of a commodity
with a forward contract will be highly effective and that there will be no ineffectiveness
to be recognized in net profit or loss if:
(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same commodity at the
same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase.
(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero.
(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from
the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in net profit or loss or the change
in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the
commodity
(IAS 39 Paragraph 151)
(FAS 133 Paragraph 65)
|
DIG Issue E4 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
QUESTIONS
Can the shortcut method be applied if most but not all of the
applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met?
Can that shortcut method be applied to hedging relationships that
involve hedging instruments other than interest rate swaps or that
involve hedged risks other than market interest rate risk?
Can the shortcut method be applied to a fair value hedge of a
callable interest-bearing debt instrument if the hedging interest rate
swap has matching call provisions?
BACKGROUND
The conditions for assuming no ineffectiveness and thus being able
to apply the shortcut method are listed in paragraph 68, which states
in part:
An entity may assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship
of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability
and an interest rate swap if all of the applicable conditions in the
following list are met.... Paragraphs 114 and 132 discuss the steps to
be used in applying the shortcut method to Examples 2 and 5,
respectively.
RESPONSE
Question 1 No. The shortcut method can be applied only if all of
the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met. That is, all the
conditions applicable to fair value hedges must be met to apply the
shortcut method to a fair value hedge and all the conditions
applicable to cash flow hedges must be met to apply the shortcut
method to a cash flow hedge. A hedging relationship cannot qualify for
application of the shortcut method based on an assumption of no
ineffectiveness justified by applying other criteria.
Given the potential for not recognizing hedge ineffectiveness in
earnings under the shortcut method, Statement 133 intentionally limits
its application only to hedging relationships that meet each and every
applicable condition in paragraph 68. Thus, if the interest rate swap
at the inception of the hedging relationship has a positive or
negative fair value, the shortcut method cannot be used even if all
the other conditions are met. (See condition 68(b).) Similarly,
because a callable financial instrument is prepayable, the shortcut
method cannot be applied to a debt instrument that contains an
embedded call option (unless the hedging interest rate swap in a fair
value hedge contains a mirror-image call option, as discussed in
Question 3). (See condition 68(d).) The verb match is used in the
specified conditions in paragraph 68 to mean be exactly the same or
correspond exactly.
Question 2 No. Because paragraph 68 specifies only a hedging
relationship that involves only an interest rate swap as the hedging
instrument, the shortcut method cannot be applied to relationships
hedging interest rate risk that involve hedging instruments other than
interest rate swaps. Similarly, the shortcut method described in
paragraphs 114 and 132 cannot be applied to hedging relationships that
involve hedged risks other than the risk of changes in fair value (or
cash flows) attributable to changes in market interest rates. However,
the inability to apply the shortcut method to a hedging relationship
does not suggest that that relationship must result in some
ineffectiveness. Paragraph 65 points out a situation in which a
hedging relationship involving a commodities forward contract would be
considered to result in no ineffectiveness.
Question 3 An entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut
method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk
involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable
due to an embedded call option provided that the hedging interest rate
swap contains an embedded mirror-image call option. The call option
embedded in the swap is considered a mirror image of the call option
embedded in the hedged item if (a) the terms of the two call options
match exactly (including matching maturities, related notional
amounts, timing and frequency of payments, and dates on which the
instruments may be called) and (b) the entity is the writer of one
call option and the holder (or purchaser) of the other call option.
Similarly, an entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut
method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk
involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable
due to an embedded put option provided the hedging interest rate swap
contains an embedded mirror-image put option.
General Comments Statement 133 acknowledges in paragraph 70 that a
hedging relationship that meets all of the applicable conditions in
paragraph 68 may nevertheless involve some ineffectiveness
(notwithstanding the supposed “assumption of no ineffectiveness”).
Yet Statement 133 permits application of the shortcut method, which
does not recognize such ineffectiveness currently in earnings. For
example, the change in the fair value of an interest rate swap may not
offset the change in the fair value of a fixed-rate receivable
attributable to the hedged risk (resulting in hedge ineffectiveness)
due to either (a) a change in the creditworthiness of the counterparty
on the swap or (b) a change in the credit spread over the base
Treasury rate for the debtor’s particular credit sector (sometimes
referred to as a change in the sector spread). Although an expectation
of such hedge ineffectiveness potentially could either (a) preclude
fair value hedge accounting at inception or (b) trigger current
recognition in earnings under regular fair value hedge accounting, the
shortcut method masks that ineffectiveness and does not require its
current recognition in earnings. In fact, the shortcut method does not
even require that the change in the fair value of the hedged
fixed-rate receivable attributable to the hedged risk be calculated.
Although a hedging relationship may not qualify for the shortcut
method, the application of regular fair value hedge accounting may
nevertheless result in recognizing no ineffectiveness. For example, an
analysis of the characteristics of the hedged item and the hedging
derivative may, in some circumstances, cause an entity’s calculation
of the change in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to the
hedged risk to be an amount that is equal and offsetting to the change
in the derivative’s fair value. In those circumstances, because
there is no ineffectiveness that needs to be reported, the result of
the fair value hedge accounting would be the same as under the
shortcut method.
At its July 28, 1999 meeting, the Board reached the above answer to
Question 3. Absent that, the staff would have been able to provide
only the answer that because a callable financial instrument is
prepayable, the shortcut method cannot be applied to a callable debt
instrument even if the hedging interest rate swap has a matching call
provision. The Board noted that, in developing the provisions in
paragraph 68(d), it had not focused on situations in which the hedging
interest rate swap contains a mirror-image call provision and, had it
focused on the situation described above, it would have arrived at the
above guidance. |
Derivatives
Implementation Group
Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the
Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption
Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68
Date released: November 1999
QUESTIONS
For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption
of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the
shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing
hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial
adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied
since the inception of that hedging relationship?
In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively
from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging
relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging
relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the
derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at
the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at
the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under
Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?
RESPONSES
Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest
rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to
the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the
requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of
that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to
calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a)
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement
133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's
Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a
Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the
shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging
relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest
rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as
either an asset or liability measured at fair value.
If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the
difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair
value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's
carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been
had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk
been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging
relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.
If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the
difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair
value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated
between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive
income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as
follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive
income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other
comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to
that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been
applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The
remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.
Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be
applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a
designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a
pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b)
(requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on
the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging
relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship
newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However,
if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of
Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging
relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged
item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut
method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of
Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date
of initial adoption. |
May 6, 2005 message from Dennis Beresford
[dberesfo@terry.uga.edu]
Bob,
I just finished listening to the GE web cast and it
is fascinating. It's interesting to listen to the company's explanations of
what happened and to the analysts' questions. The web cast is available at:
http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=118676&p=irol-eventdetails&EventId=1062945&WebCastId=443224&StreamId=533758
although these things usually get removed after a
month or so. They also said that they would post a transcript of the web
cast later today.
Denny
May 6, 2005 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Denny,
I enjoyed part of the Webcast and appreciated the fact that the analysis
of why GE is restating its financial statements came near the beginning of
the Webcast. I thought the explanation was direct and very clear.
The restatement tends to make a FAS 133 mountain out of an economic mole
hill.
Scholars interested in the Shortcut Method for Interest Rate Swaps will
find this GE Webcast interesting. FAS 133 makes a huge exception for having
to test for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps. This is important,
because typical tests of effectiveness such as the dollar offset test will
often fail quarter to quarter for such swaps. Not having to test for
effectiveness helps to avoid having to declare swap hedges ineffective when,
in my viewpoint, they are perfectly effective over the life of the swap.
GE executives decided after the fact that they thought they were eligible
for the Short Cut Method on some swaps that technically violated one SCM
test. The impact is rather small and not a big deal even though GE is going
to restate its financial statements to the tune of about $300 million.
The important point for academics and practitioners is to learn why GE
decided they did not meet the SCM tests outlined under "Short Cut Method for
Interest Rate Swaps" in my glossary at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms
The important point for standard setters is to learn that this is yet
another technicality in an accounting rule that has absolutely no impact on
the actual economic performance or cash flows of a company. I think standard
setters have to become more creative in distinguishing cash/economic
outcomes versus fluctuations in financial performance that are transitory
and have no ultimate impact on cash/economic performance.
This earnings restatement by GE due to derivatives is much less complex
than the macro hedging complications of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FannieMae
Bob Jensen
"Hedging with Swaps: When Shortcut Accounting Can’t be
Applied," by Ira G. Kawaller, Bank Asset/Liability Management, June 2003
--- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALM_Hedging_with_Swaps.pdf
For bank asset/liability management, when
using derivatives, “hedge accounting” treatment is an imperative. It assures
that gains or losses associated with hedging instruments will contribute to
earnings simultaneously with the risks being hedged. Otherwise – i.e., without
hedge accounting – these two effects will likely impact earnings in different
accounting periods, resulting in an elevated level of income volatility that
obscures the risk management objectives of the hedging entity.
For most managers with interest rate
exposures, the desired treatment can be assured if appropriately tailored swaps
contracts serve as the hedging instrument. Under these conditions, entities may
apply the “Shortcut” treatment, which essentially guarantees that the
accounting results will reflect the intended economics of the hedge and that no
unintended income effects will occur. For example, synthetic fixed rate debt
(created by issuing variable rate debt and swapping to fixed), would generate
interest expenses on the income statement that would be indistinguishable from
that which would arise from traditional fixed rate funding. Synthetic instrument
accounting is persevered with the shortcut treatment. Qualifying for the
shortcut treatment also has another benefit of obviating the need for any
effectiveness testing, thereby eliminating an administrative burden and reducing
some measure of the associated hedge documentation obligation.
See Ineffectiveness and Software
Hi Donna,
If your client uses variable rate debt
as the hedged item, there is cash flow risk and you can hedge this with an
interest rate swap. If the hedge and the hedged item are both based on LIBOR,
you have eliminated interest rate risk of the combined cash flows and should
qualify for the shortcut method as explained in Paragraph 132 of FAS 133. In
fact, your example is a lot like Example 5 of Appendix B that begins in
Paragraph 131. You can read my discussion of Example 5 at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex05.htm
The Example 5 Excel workbook solution
is at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex05.xls
Note in my Excel workbook above how
complicated the derivation of fair values of interest rate swaps can become. You
have to go to Bloomberg terminals and derive swap (yield) curves. One advantage
of the shortcut method is that it allows you to assume that the value of the
hedge exactly offsets the value of the hedged item. If the hedged item is easier
to value (e.g., if there is a daily market price on the bonds), then you have
saved yourself a lot of time and expense of valuing the swap and testing for
hedge ineffectiveness.
Whenever possible, interest rate hedges
are designed to qualify for the shortcut method.
You can read more about this under my
definition of "Yield Curve" at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
For a better understanding about how
FAS 138 impacts upon FAS 133 in this regard, go to the definitions of
"benchmarking" at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#B-Terms
Hope this helps!
Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones
Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212
Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen
-----Original
Message-----
From: Donna Jones [mailto:djones@tssllp.com]
Sent: Friday, February 15, 2002 12:46 PM
To: rjensen@trinity.edu Subject: FAS133
I am wrestling with
the requirements of FAS133 as it relates to a client of mine. It is probably a
simple case, if there is such a thing, and deals with an interest rate swap.
The client has debt through industrial development bonds with a variable rate
based on LIBOR. They entered into a swap agreement to fix the interest rate
though final maturity of the bonds. This would qualify as a cash flow hedge, I
think. The counter party to the agreement has valued the agreement (a market
to market value) at year end. I assume I will set this up as a liability (who
knew 2 1/2 years ago rates would fall this low) through accumulated other
comprehensive income.
My confusion is
related to assessing the hedge effectiveness. It appears that this is
imperative to qualify for hedge accounting and determine the ineffective
portion of the hedge. I am not sure how to document this assessment. If the
hedge meets the requirements for the shortcut method of accounting, does this
ease the assessment documentation requirements? Would this mean that there
would never be an ineffective portion and all changes in the FMV of the hedge
would be posted through accumulated other comprehensive income? Basically,
they have posted interest paid on the swap agreement through interest expense.
I would appreciate
your advice on this case. The information I found on your website was
extensive but the requirements are extremely confusing to me. Unfortunately, I
am the first partner in my firm to tackle this issue. Please let me know if
you need more details of the agreement.
Thank you,
Donna Jones
Thomas, Stout &
Stuart LLP
PO Box 2220 Burlington, NC 27216
Phone: (336)226-7343 Fax: (336)229-4204 http://tssllp.com/
Hi Again Donna,
In this added message to you, I am going to feature a quote from a
fascinating book by Frank Partnoy. I also want to point you to an
important paper by Ira Kawaller. But before doing so, I am going to give
you more background that you ever hoped for or perhaps even want.
My purpose is to give your more background on the Shortcut Method and to
demonstrate why it is so important for your clients to qualify for the Shortcut
Method whenever possible. You can read the following definition in my glossary
at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms
Shortcut
Method = steps to computing interest accruals and
amortization adjustments for interest rate swaps that have no ineffectiveness.
The main attractiveness of the shortcut it that for interest rate swaps,
quarterly testing for hedge ineffectiveness is not required. Whenever
possible, firms seek to use the shortcut method. For interest rate swap
cash flow hedges the short-cut method steps are listed in Paragraph 132 on Pages
72-73 of FAS 133. For fair value hedges, see Paragraph 114 on Page 62 of
FAS 133. See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions
that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging
relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability
and an interest rate swap.
I will digress now and explain the background of FAS 133. FAS
133 arose because of the spectacular increase in the popularity of
certain types of derivative instruments, particularly interest rate
swaps (that hedge fair values or cash flows) and cross-currency swaps
for interest rates and foreign exchange (FX) risk. In the case of
both interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps of interest rate risk,
the FASB goofed in the original FAS 133. In the case of interest
rates, the goof was to assume that firms hedge sector spreads rather
than benchmarked rates. In the case of cross-currency swaps, the
goof was to not allow for simultaneous hedging of both interest rate
risk and FX risk in the same swap derivative contract. This was
rectified in FAS 138 that you can read about at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm
Except for futures contracts (that settle for cash daily), there was
no fair value accounting for financial instruments derivatives prior to
FAS 133 in the U.S. and IAS 39 internationally. Most derivatives
like forward contracts and swaps were not booked at all until maturity
when cash settlements took place. FAS 133/138 requires booking of
most derivatives and subsequent adjustment of the carrying values
of the derivatives to fair value at least every 90 days.
Originally, the FASB wanted to book changes in derivative value to
current earnings even though such changes are not realized until cash
settlements take place. If that became the required accounting
treatment, FAS 133 would have been about 20 simple paragraphs, and there
would have been no need for the FAS 138 amendments of FAS 133.
However, corporate America complained loudly that this simplistic
treatment of changes in derivative instrument fair value would lead to
reporting asymmetries for hedging contracts that are highly
misleading. Their point was well taken in theory. If the
hedged item (such as bonds payable) remained at historical cost and the
hedging contract (such as an interest rate swap) was carried at current
fair value, the changes in the hedge's fair value would create extreme
volatility in earnings. Furthermore, such changes in earnings are
unrealized and might be perfectly offset by unbooked changes in value of
the hedged item. Accounting reality
would, thereby, be far removed from economic reality in the case of
effective hedges.
The FASB listened to its constituencies and decided to lessen the
impact of unrealized changes in hedging contract values on current
earnings per share. Doing so added over 500 paragraphs to FAS 133
plus the added paragraphs in the FAS 138 amendments to FAS 133. It
left us with the most complex and convoluted standard in the history of
accountancy.
Now I will outline at the key issues of hedging ineffectiveness in
FAS 133:
1.
Hedge accounting is primarily of interest to your clients because it
allows changes in the fair value of a derivative hedge to be offset by
something other than current earnings. In the case of cash flow
hedges and FX hedges, the offset is usually to Other Comprehensive
Income (OCI). In the case of fair value hedges, the offset is
either to an account called "Firm Commitment" for unbooked
purchase commitments or the hedged item itself for booked assets or
liabilities. In the latter case, the historical cost rule of
accounting for the hedged item is suspended in favor of fair value
accounting for the booked hedged item during the hedging period, after
which the accounting reverts back to historical cost. You can
read more about this by looking up such terms as "cash flow
hedge," "fair value hedge," and "foreign currency
hedge" in my glossary at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm
2.
Not all economic hedges qualify for hedge accounting, in which case
the changes in value of the hedge contract impact directly upon
current earnings. Your clients will nearly always want to have
their hedges qualify for hedge accounting under FAS 133/138.
They will, thereby, avoid the volatility of current earnings caused by
fair value adjustments of derivative contracts (other than futures
contracts).
3.
FAS 133 requires, except in the case of the Shortcut Method, testing
of hedge effectiveness at the time the derivative instruments are
adjusted for changes in fair value. To the extent that a hedge
is deemed ineffective, the ineffective portion must be charged to
current earnings rather than to the permitted offsets such as OCI,
Firm Commitment, or the fair value offset debit or credit to the
hedged item itself. Testing for effectiveness can be a very
complicated process and is highly inaccurate (as you will see in
Partnoy's passage quoted below). The importance of qualifying
for the Shortcut Method is stressed in a paper by Ira Kawaller cited
below.
4.
Testing for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps is perhaps the
most complicated aspect of any hedge accounting under FAS 133.
Appendix A of FAS 133 is devoted to issues of effectiveness testing
(although that appendix does not delve into the more complex issues of
hedge effectiveness testing of interest rate swaps). Testing for
interest rate swap hedge effectiveness requires an understanding of
yield curves known as swap curves and an understanding of how to
derive forward prices from spot prices on such curves. You can
read (and possibly weep) more about how this process works at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
5.
Testing for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps is a highly
inaccurate process that may give rise to hedge ineffectiveness simply
due to the inaccuracy of valuing the interest rate swap (at least
every 90 days) relative to the valuing of the hedged item itself (say
a bond) that may be valued with great accuracy because it is traded on
the open market. In other words, the
hedged item (e.g., a bond) can be valued with great accuracy whereas
its hedge (the interest rate swap) is a customized derivative contract
that is not traded in the open market and can only be valued with
great inaccuracy.
6.
The importance of the Shortcut Method (which
only applies to qualified interest rate swap hedges) is that hedge
effectiveness does not have to be tested when the swap is adjusted to
fair value. This avoids the tedium of having to go to
Bloomberg terminals and derive the swaps curves. More
importantly, it avoids the inaccuracy of these swaps curves in valuing
the swap. This, in turn, avoids having to book hedge
ineffectiveness to current earnings when, in fact, the ineffectiveness
is fiction arising only from inaccuracies in estimation of swap (yield
curves).
Now let me quote from a truly fascinating book that I am reading at the
moment (perhaps one of the most valued books that I have ever read in my life).
Passage from Fiasco: The Inside Story of a Wall
Street Trader,
by Frank Partnoy (New York: Penguin Books, 1999, ISBN 0 14
02.7879 6, pp. 56-58)
In a clever but somewhat dubious marketing pitch
for PERLS, DPG salemen often bragged that the investor's
"downside risk was limited to the initial
investment." These words appeared as boilerplate
throughout Morgan Stnley's marketing documents and almost always
generated snickers from the salesmen. One of the ironic
selling points of PERLS --- and many other derivatives my group
later sold --- was that the most a buyer could lose was
everything
(Note from Jensen: The buyer would not lose
everything in the case of a hedge rather than a speculation).
. . .
Some PERLS buyers had no idea that the bet they were making
by buying PERLS typically was a bet against a set of
"forward yield curves." (Note from
Jensen: In the case of an interest rate swap, these are
called swap curves.) Forward yield curves are a basic,
but crucial, concept in selling derivatives. The most
simple "yield curve" is the curve that describes
government bond yields for various maturities. Usually the
curve slopes upward because as the maturity of a government bond
increases, its yield also increases. You can think about
this curve in terms of a bank Certificate of Deposit. Your
are likely to get a higher rate with a five-year CD than with a
one-year CD. A yield curve is simply a graph of interest
rates of different maturities.
There are many different kinds of yield curves. The
"coupon curve" plots the yields of government coupon
bonds of varying maturities. The "zero curve"
plots the yields of zero coupon government bonds of varying
maturities (more about zero coupon bonds, also known as Strips
later in the book). The coupon and zero curves are
elementary, and you can find the quotes that make up these
curves every day in the business section of most
newspapers. The Wall Street Journal also includes a
summary of daily trading activity in such bonds in its Credit
Markets column.
Note from Bob Jensen: The most
important part of this passage begins now:
But the most important yield curve to derivatives salesmen is
one you won't find in the financial pages --- the forward yield
curve, or "forward curve," Actually, there are
many forward curves, but all are based on the same idea. A
forward curve is like a time machine: it tells you what
the market is "predicting" the current yield curve
will look like at the same forward in time.
Embedded in the current yield curve are forward curves for
various forward times. For example, the "one-year
forward curve" tells you what the current yield curve is
predicting the same curve will look like in one year. The
"two-year forward curve" tells you what the current
yield curve is predicting the same curve will look like in two
years.
The yield curve isn't really predicting changes in the way an
astrologer or palm reader might, and as
a time machine, a forward curve is not very accurate.
If it were, derivatives traders would be even richer than they
already are. Instead, the yield curve's predictions arise almost
like magic but not quite, out of arbitrage --- so called
riskless trades to capture price differences between bonds ---
in an active, liquid bond market.
Continued on Page 58 of the book.
|
The important point is that the value of the
interest rate swap derivative contract (the hedge) is usually an
"inaccurate" estimate, whereas the value of the hedged item
(e.g., a bond) may be highly accurate. If the hedge qualifies for
the Shortcut Method under FAS 133, then the need to use such inaccurate
value estimates in hedge effectiveness testing is avoided. The
value change in the hedge can be assumed to be perfectly correlated
(that is negatively correlated) with the value change in the hedged
item. Changes in value of the hedge thereby are assumed to
perfectly offset changes in the value of the hedged item in the case of
a fair value hedge.
For students seeking to learn more about derivatives and hedges,
there are some important free papers by Ira Kawaller at http://www.kawaller.com/articles.htm
. Several of the more important papers related to the topic at
hand are noted below:
- "Yield
Curve Implications of Interest Rate Hedges," A
Chicago Mercantile Exchange Strategy Paper. Originally
published as "Hedge Interest Rates Now. . . Before It's Too
Late," Journal of Derivatives, Spring 1998
- "The
New World Under FAS 133 – (Strategies Involving Cross-Currency
Interest Rate Swap Contracts)," GARP Review,
December 2001/January 2002
- "FAS
133: System Worries," Bank Asset/Liability Management,
May 2001.
- "The
Impact of FAS 133 on the Risk Management Practices of End Users of
Derivatives," Association for Financial Professionals,
May 2001
- "The
New World Under FAS 133 – (Strategies Involving Cross-Currency
Interest Rate Swap Contracts)," GARP Review,
December 2001/January 2002
Differences between tax and FAS 133 accounting are discussed in the
following paper by Ira Kawaller and John Ensminger:
"The Fallout
from FAS 133," (With John Ensminger), Regulation (The CATO
Review of Business and Government), Vol. 23, No. 4, 2000.
With respect to the Shortcut Method, I want to call your attention to
the following December 2000 message from Ira:
Hi Bob,
I
wanted to alert you to the fact that I've added a new article to my
site, " The Impact of FAS 133 Accounting Rules on the
Market for Swaps, " which just came out in the latest issue of
AFP Express. It deals with the consequences of not qualifying for
the shortcut treatment
when interest rate swaps are used in fair value hedges. (It's
not pretty.)
,
I'd be
happy to hear from you.
Ira
Kawaller & Company, LLC
(718) 694-6270
kawaller@idt.net
www.kawaller.com
A Passage From "Impact
of Accounting Rules on the Market for Swaps,"
by Ira Kawaller, Derivatives Quarterly, Spring 2001
HEDGING
WITH INTEREST RATE SWAPS
Applying these rules to
interest rate risks requires an understanding that both fair
value hedge accounting and cash flow hedging will be used,
depending on the nature of the interest rate exposure.
Specifically, if the intention is to manage the risk of
uncertain interest expenses or revenues associated with a
variable-rate debt security, then cash flow treatment is
appropriate. If the intention is to manage the risk associated
with a fixed-rate security, on the other hand, fair value hedge
treatment is required.
Consider two examples.
In a case where an investor holds the fixed-rate security as an
asset, the fair value hedge treatment may be reasonable and
intuitive. After all, the hedger’s objective is to safeguard
its value. Locking in some value for this security is perfectly
consistent with the fair value hedge approach.
In contrast, however,
the hedger who issues fixed-rate debt and decides to swap from
fixed to floating reflects a different kind of thinking. The
objective of this hedge is not to offset present value effects,
but to generate prospective cash flows that, when consolidated
with the debt’s coupon payments, will result in a total
interest expense that replicates the outcome of a variable-rate
loan.
It is well known that
interest rate swaps generate precisely this set of cash flows,
which suggests that cash flow hedging rules should be followed.
But this is not the case. When the hedged item is a
fixed-rate security, the FASB has mandated that fair value
accounting is the only applicable accounting treatment.
Unfortunately, in many cases, this requirement will foster an
accounting result that is at odds with the economics of the
transactions. This seeming ineffectiveness is a consequence of
the requirement to use fair value hedge accounting. It does not
result from the hedge being inappropriate or badly designed.
The shortcut method
will circumvent this problem. Qualifying to use shortcut
treatment, however, requires that the features of the swap
(i.e., the notional amount, payment and reset dates, and rate
conventions) match precisely to those of the debt being hedged.
If they do, the change in the carrying amount of the hedged item
is set equal to the gains or losses on the swap, net of swap
accruals, rather than to the change in the value of the bond due
to the risk being hedged. Thus, the resulting accounting under
the shortcut method replicates the current "synthetic
instrument" accounting. Without
the shortcut, you get something else.
MEASURING HEDGE
INEFFECTIVENESS
To get a better idea of
how serious failing to qualify for the shortcut treatment can
be, consider the FASB’s own example,* in which a hedger issues
five-year, fixed-rate debt. The debt has a par value of $100,000
and a coupon rate of 10%. The hedging instrument is a five-year
swap, receiving 7% fixed and paying LIBOR. The risk being hedged
is the benchmark LIBOR-based swap rate. The example
assumes a flat yield curve, which simplifies the calculations.
According to the
FASB’s calculations, a 50-basis point change in the
LIBOR-based swap rate will foster a change in the fair value of
the swap of $1,675. If the hedger elects, and qualifies for, the
shortcut method, the $1,675 would be used for both the swap and
the adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt. These two
contributions to earnings would be exactly offsetting, so that
the ultimate effect on earnings would distill to interest
accruals of the debt and the swap, respectively. The synthetic
instrument outcome would be realized, where the effective
interest rate would be LIBOR plus 3%. (The 3% spread over LIBOR
comes from the difference between the 10% fixed rate on the debt
versus the 7% fixed rate on the swap.) Without the election of
the shortcut method, the swap would generate the same income
consequences as above, but the adjustment to earnings from the
hedged item’s response to the change in the LIBOR-based swap
rate would be different—$1,568 instead of $1,675. This
seemingly small difference of $107 is misleading, however.
On a yield basis, this discrepancy translates to an interest
rate effect of 43 basis points, i.e.
0 43% =
[107/100 000] X [360/90]
So the question is: If
a company is considering swapping from fixed- to floating-rate
debt, and the result could end up being 43 basis points—or
more—away from the intended outcome, will that company still
go ahead with the hedge? For the many (possibly the vast
majority of ) potential swappers, this magnitude of uncertainty
will be unacceptable and the answer will be no. The recourse
will be to take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that the
prospective hedge will qualify for the shortcut method.
GOOD NEWS
The good news is that
if entities do qualify for the shortcut treatment, the
requirement to document that the hedge will be highly effective
becomes moot. The act of qualifying ensures effectiveness. The
bad news is that the criteria for qualifying are restrictive.
The underlying debt securities have to be "typical,"
presumably lacking bells and whistles that may have served to
reduce costs for issuers in the past.
Thus, for those firms
with "atypical" debt on their balance sheet, either as
assets or liabilities, for which the shortcut method is
prohibited, the perfectly functioning interest rate swap will no
longer work. And for those cases where the debt security
qualifies but the terms of the associated swap do not match up
properly, firms will likely want to trade out of their existing
swap positions and enter into swaps that do qualify for shortcut
treatment. In the longer run, the appetite for anything but
plain vanilla swaps may all but disappear if concerns about
potential income volatility come to dominate in the decision
about which hedging strategy or tool to employ.
Continued at http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/Impact.pdf
|
|
Short Sale = see short.
Soft Currency =
a currency that depreciates rapidly because-use
of the country's high inflation rate. Soft currencies are less actively traded on world
markets than hard currencies and are often subject to strict controls by the country's
central bank.
Software
There are a number of vendors of FAS 133 compliance software.
One of the major companies is FinancialCAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/
FinancialCAD provides software and services that
support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and
derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset
management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are a
key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000
professionals in 60 countries.
Great Document
"HEAT Technical Document: A Consistent Framework for Assessing Hedge
Effectiveness Under IAS 39 and FAS 133," JPMorgan, April 24, 2003 ---
http://www.jpmorgan.com/cm/BlobServer?blobtable=Document&blobcol=urlblob&blobkey=name&blobheader=application/pdf&blobwhere=jpmorgan/investbk/heat_techdoc_2Apr03.pdf
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/JPMorganIAS39
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1 The accounting background
1.2 Implications for corporate hedging
1.3 What is HEAT?
1.4 How this document is organised
1.5 Terminology
Chapter 2. Intuition behind hedge
effectiveness
2.1 Defining hedge effectiveness
2.2 The concept of the 'perfect hedge'
2.3 Evaluating effectiveness
2.4 Calculating hedge effectiveness in economic terms
2.5 Summary
Chapter 3. Principles of hedge effectiveness
under IAS 39 and FAS 133
3.1 Effectiveness principles and the
concept of the 'perfect hedge'
3.2 Assessing hedge effectiveness
3.3 Methods for testing effectiveness
3.4 Ineffectiveness measurement and recognition
3.5 Summary
Chapter 4. Practical issues surrounding
hedge effectiveness testing
4.1 Example 1: The 'perfect' fair value
interest-rate hedge for a bond
4.2 Example 2: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge
with payment frequency mismatches
4.3 Example 3: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge
with issuer credit spread
4.4 Results of different types of effectiveness tests
4.5 Discussion: Lessons for effectiveness tests
Chapter 5. HEAT: A consistent framework for
hedge effectiveness testing
5.1 Overview of the HEAT framework
5.2 Methodologies for hedge effectiveness
5.3 The Ideal Designated Risk Hedge (IDRH)
5.4 Alternative 'types' of effectiveness tests
5.5 Example: Hedging currency risk
5.6 Impact of hedges without hedge accounting
5.7 Summary
References
Appendix
Glossary of working definitions
See Ineffectiveness
QUANTUM for IAS 39 from Sunguard Treasury Systems --- http://www.ibis.gr/pdf/Hedge_Accounting_2002.pdf
IFRS RiskPro --- http://www.iris.ch/en_pdf/IFRS39_ppt_en.pdf
"Complying with FAS 133 Accounting Solutions in Finance KIT," Trema,
http://www.trema.com/finance_online/7/2/FAS133_FK.html?7
During the past year Trema has worked with clients,
partners and consulting firms to ensure that all Finance KIT users will be FAS
133 compliant by Summer 2000, when the new U.S. accounting standards come into
effect. In Finance Line 3/99, Ms. Mona Henriksson, Director of Trema (EMEA),
addressed the widespread implications the FAS 133 accounting procedures will
have on the financial industry (see ‘Living Up to FAS 133’ in Finance Line
3/99). Now, in this issue, Ms. Marjon van den Broek, Vice President, Knowledge
Center – Trema (Americas), addresses specific FAS 133 requirements and their
corresponding functionality in Finance KIT.
"What’s a “big” system? February 20, 2001, by
Nilly Essaides --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=362
Looking for a “big” system to solve your FAS 133 and risk
management needs? You may be looking in the wrong place, depending on
your definition of “big.”
The term “big” and “small” have been commonly used in
describing software applications. But what does it really mean? Does big
mean complex or fully integrated? Does small mean cheap or simple?
It used to be that “big” meant expensive systems requiring an
army of on site consultants to help implement and configure. The bigger
the price tag, it seemed, the bigger the system. But is price tag still
the determining factor? With new web technologies and risk management
accounting requirements, the definition of size may be irrelevant or at
least in a state of flux.
As the dust settles on the vendor universe in our FAS 133 System
Survey it appears that some expensive systems, and some very inexpensive
ones may both fall into the “big” category. The key: Being able to
track the hedge through the FAS 133 hedge accounting process,
dynamically and with a clear audit trail.
The compliance process
Compliance with FAS 133 is an ongoing process, with four distinct
elements:
(1) Calculating fair value. Step one in the compliance process is
valuation of hedges and underlying exposures. While some companies have
had their own pricing capability for some time, many others have relied
on banks and other providers for that information. With FAS 133 now a
reality, companies with anything more than a handful of derivatives are
better off having their own fair value (hence system and pricing feed)
capacity. (Although the FASB has not prescribed a particular fair-value
model—leaving that up to the market and auditors’ discretion. That
means that some companies may be able to continue relying on the values
provided by the banks’ monthly swap ticket, for example.)
(2) Performing effectiveness testing. For companies deciding to go
for special accounting, the core of FAS 133 is the effectiveness test.
It’s important to remember hedge accounting is an option that some
companies may choose to forego. “Quite a few of our large European
clients have opted not to do hedge accounting,” reports Ritta Kuusela,
accounting product manager with software vendor Trema. “They just
decided that it’s too much hassle.” The same is true with some large
US MNCs as well.
However, that said, companies that want special accounting will need
to run the hedge and underlying through some rigorous testing. FAS 133
not prescribe exactly what sort of test companies must use. The standard
(and consequent DIG/FASB guidance) requires two types of tests: One for
measuring prospective effectiveness or the likelihood of highly
effective offset of fair value, and the other, an ongoing measure of
actual, dollar offset. Our survey shows a certain common threat among
the various tests offered by compliant systems, but the jury is still
out on the “best” test. Some outsiders, like fixed income specialist
Andrew Kalotay of Andrew Kalotay Associates Inc., maintain that it’s
critical that companies identify a test that works for risk management
and accounting purposes. Some of the accounting-focused testing, he
cautions, may result in non-effective hedges and hits to the income
statement.
(3) Making the accounting entries – Finally, there’s the need to
make the actual G/L entries that correspond to the results of the
effectiveness test and fair value models. These entries are tedious and
confusing and a challenge that perhaps can be only alleviated using an
integrated system approach. We’ve addressed these issues at length
with our FAS 133 System Readiness Survey.
(4) Documentation, documentation, documentation. However, underlying
all three compliance process elements is the constant need for
documentation. Companies need to document compliance from day 1 of the
hedge, through effectiveness testing as well as any changes in the risk
management activity.
“Documentation does not mean a long and verbose document about your
hedge policy,” explains Elie Zabal, CEO of software vendor Inssinc,
whose product Futrak 2000 provided perhaps the most extensive “documentation”
back up among our early-bird respondents to the FAS 133 system survey.
Rather, he says, “it’s the ability to dynamically track your hedges.”
For example, what happens when treasury decides to terminate a hedge,
unexpectedly? The system needs to know to generate a memo, noting the
hedge was terminated, while keeping OCI gain/loss in OCI until the
underlying exposure is recognized, which could be months later. “The
real issue is being able to prove what you did, that what you are doing
is correct and that you are not manipulating earnings.”
While FAS 133 has no restrictions on terminating hedges, it is
sensitive to any attempts to manipulate income numbers. In addition,
notes Brian Ferguson of Open Link Financial, systems must be able to
track component hedges or components of a hedged portfolio and make the
necessary entries to OCI and income, and produce the reports.
Indeed, this latter phase of the compliance process may be the most
taxing. “Effectiveness and mark-to-market are the simplest components,”
argues Mr. Zabal. He notes that mark-to-market values for hedgers need
only be derived once a quarter under FAS 133. Plus, there are no precise
requirements as to the “quality” of that number and its precision
(i.e., the type of fair value methodology/model hedgers should use).
“Fair value for traders operating with razor-thin margins is one
thing; fair value for periodic accounting evaluations is another.
Companies with a handful of hedges may simply rely on their banks for
this quarterly valuation,” he says. “I would not trade on this
value, but it’s sufficient for fair valuing..” However, you would
still need a system to track and document effectiveness, generate
journal entries and recognize AOCI at the right time. “That,” says
Mr. Zabal, “no bank can do for you.” As to more active hedgers –
they probably already have ways to price their instruments, and if they
don’t they should.
Meeting the process challenges So how can you tell a big system from
a small one? As far as FAS 133 is concerned, big systems are the ones
that truly allow you to continue your hedging business undisturbethe
system creates the audit trail that the auditors and the SEC will need
to see. That means being able to terminate hedges, hedge portfolios,
etc., while the system keeps track of OCI values and entries, and
generates the necessary memos regarding hedge activity.
In addition, look for a system that gives you more than just
compliance, but allows you to improve the risk management culture, for
example one that includes an effectiveness test that offers real insight
into the chances that your hedge will remain effective throughout its
life. |
The FAS133 Compliance Module Wall Street Systems --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-compl.htm
"FAS 133’s bias against macro hedging, its focus on individual
hedges, and its demanding detailed disclosure will generate a quarterly
calculation nightmare for many companies."
--Jeff Wallace, Greenwich Treasury Advisors, LLC
In June of 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board released
Statement Number 133. This statement revised accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments. It requires that banks and
corporations classify derivatives as either assets or liabilities and
that these instruments be measured at "fair value".
The accounting steps necessary to bring a bank or a corporation into
compliance with Statement 133 are substantial. Exposures must be linked
to hedges, instruments must be fairly valued, and the results must be
appropriately posted. Following this inventory and accounting process,
firms must report hedge effectiveness. The reporting requirements under
this statement require full documentation of objectives and policies and
require a variety of reporting summaries in various formats.
The process of identifying derivatives in itself presents substantial
complexities. The definition of a derivative is broad and includes
instruments such as insurance policies, production contracts,
procurement contracts and other "non-financial" obligations.
Because of the complexities of inventory, accounting, and reporting
associated with compliance to Statement 133, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board delayed implementation of this standard believing that
neither system developers nor treasuries would be ready to handle these
new requirements.
Wall Street Systems is in the business of creating enterprise-wide
client/server front to back treasury solutions for the largest banks and
corporations in the world. This product, The Wall Street System,
integrates all geographies, all financial products, all credit and
market risk controls, and all accounting, confirmation, and cash
management processes into a single, global, real-time, 24/7 system.
Because of the strength of this straight-through processing system,
and because The Wall Street System has long offered the capability to
capture exposures and perform fair market valuations of derivative
transactions, Wall Street Systems was able to offer a fully functioning
FAS133 Module to its customers in advance of the original FAS 133
implementation date.
The Wall Street Systems FAS 133 Module reports hedge gains and losses
at fair market value each day. The hedge tracking and linking feature
packages exposures and hedge transactions together and automatically
adjusts earnings and Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) accounts. The
module also creates all reports and documentation required by FAS 133.
The key features of The Wall Street System FAS 133 Module are:
Fair Market Valuation Exposures and derivatives are marked-to-market
and compared through hedge effectiveness ratios Hedge Profile Database
and Query Each hedge package is stored by date. Closing values, changes
in value, and effectiveness ratios are preserved in the database.
Automatic Linking and Tracking Trades and the underlying exposures are
linked to a hedge profile. The profile categorizes the hedge by type and
includes hedge objectives, valuation method, risk management policy and
transaction details. The hedge profile is linked to the documentation.
The combination forms a hedge "package" that drives all FAS
133 events. Cash Flow OCI Adjusting Automatic examination of the P&L
status of each hedge package at the close of business each day.
Automatic adjustment of OCI and P&L accounts. Automatic posting of
derivatives fair market values to earnings with the effective portion of
the hedge reclassified into OCI Audit Capability Time series database
keeps copies of each hedge package status at the close of each day.
There is a full audit query capability imbedded in the database.
Forecasting The System can generate a P&L forecast from the OCI
account that covers the next 12 months.
The comprehensive functionality of the Wall Street System FAS 133
Module is achieved through the application of straight through
processing on a global scale with a system that covers the front, middle
and back office.
Treasurers will have difficulty with FAS 133 compliance if the
treasury runs on a "best of breed" model rather than a global
STP model. In the best of breed model, trading, risk management and
accounting functions are distributed across a mix of systems that share
information with varying degrees of efficiency. For this model to work,
each resident system must capture relevant FAS 133 information to its
database and have the capacity to share that information with all other
member systems. This requires a high degree of flawless data exchange
and systems integration, features not normally associated with the best
of breed solution. A fragmented treasury desktop makes it
extraordinarily difficult to manage hedge relationships from front to
back.
The Wall Street System, being a single global system for 24/7
treasury operations faces none of these data exchange obstacles. Hedge
package information is shared easily, stored safely, and posted
correctly.
The Wall Street System is ready now with a 100% compliant FAS 133
Module
FAS 133, IAS 39 and the importance of integrated treasury systems as
discussed by Keith Bergman Of Wall Street Systems --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-risk-mag.htm
The long awaited Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB)
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133 (FAS 133) takes
effect for all publically traded companies beginning with the first
fiscal period after June 15th, 2000. This requires all derivatives to be
fair valued with the change in value recorded on the balance sheet and
in earnings. The statement also requires disclosure and documentation
for all hedging activities.
In the past companies have done little to recognize the fair value of
derivative contracts. Premiums were amortized, discounts were accreted,
and interest was accrued. Now both exposures and hedging instruments
must be fair valued and measured against each other to assure hedge
validity. This assessment and proof of effectiveness must be provided
quarterly at a minimum.
The board's objective is to disclose the market risk potential of
derivative contracts. The Security Exchange Commission has supported
this change ever since Procter & Gamble and American Greetings
incurred substantial losses as a result of derivatives trading activity.
Marking derivatives to market provides investors with a more accurate
picture of a company's current financial position. The result of this
approach is that company earnings are subjected to market volatility.
FAS 133 moves the board closer to their final objective of fair valuing
the entire balance sheet.
Best-of-Breed solutions are no longer feasible. Some firms are at a
disadvantage because they have installed individual systems that provide
specific functionality for specific purposes. These best of breed
solutions individually focus on activities like cash management, debt
issuance, and trading of foreign exchange, options, and swap contracts.
These systems, by their nature, do not share information.
However, these best of breed solutions create an onerous FAS 133
compliance burden. The statement requires integration between exposures
and hedging instruments in order to properly generate the appropriate
accounting entries.
For example, cash management systems will have to fair value foreign
currency cash forecasts on a forward rate NPV basis similar to a foreign
exchange contract. Foreign exchange systems that deferred forward points
in the past will have to mark-to-markets the foreign exchange contract
and record the full value and change in value in both the balance sheet
and in earnings. Then, in order to reduce the resulting income statement
volatility, the effective portion of the hedge, the lesser of the
absolute value maintained within the two separate systems, must be
recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) leaving the ineffective
portion in Earnings. This requires integration. Otherwise, the FAS 133
requirements will not be met.
Integrated systems such as the Wall Street System are filling the
void. Treasurers are looking for straight-forward deal capture and
position tracking systems that provide real time p&l and can also
determine how much is at risk and how much to hedge in order to comply
with FAS 133. Integrated treasury management systems such as the Wall
Street System do not have the gaps that exist in best-of-breed
solutions. They also provide the only possible way of continuing to
hedge portfolios in a macro sense under the restricted and limited scope
of "Portfolio Hedging".
Macro Hedging under FAS 133 In the past and even today, treasurers
and risk managers have managed to establish macro-hedging strategies
designed to reduce risk. These strategies involve hedging overall net
positions or partial positions and are performed for an economic reason.
FAS 133 completely eliminate the macro hedging approach.
The statement is the accountants attempt to record economic reality
within an accounting framework.
As a result, the statement requires tracking of earnings volatility.
The offsetting effects of macro hedges are no longer recognized. The
board has decided that hedge accounting will only apply if the hedge
proves to be effective. Otherwise, only the change in value of the
derivative gets recorded in earnings with little or no offset. The board
had defined effectiveness to be similar to FAS 80's definition of
"highly correlated" ratio of 80% - 120%. Managers are required
to provide proof that prospectively the hedge is going to remain valid
and retrospectively that the hedge was valid. Recently, the board
allowed managers to used regression analysis and statistical correlation
as proof instead of using the "Dollar Offset Ratio Method".
Macro hedging interest risk under the FAS 133 can only be performed
within the limited framework of "Portfolio Hedging".
"Portfolio Hedging" allows like positions, not netted
positions, to be hedged with an offsetting hedging instrument, usually a
derivative. The concept is that the change in value of each individual
exposure component in the portfolio cannot change by less than or
greater than 90% - 110% of the overall change in value of the portfolio.
If any one component falls outside of the range, then the entire
portfolio does not comply.
Portfolio Hedging Illustration
Exposure Hedging Instrument Total value = 150 Total value = 160
Dollar Offset Ratio (150/160) = 93.75%
Individual Exposure Values Last Period This Period % Change 1. 45 50
90.00% 2. 72 75 96.00% 3. 23 25 92.00% ______ ______ ______ 140 150
93.33%
Note: the combination of the dollar offset ratio being within the
required range and the individual components being within the required
range qualifies the hedge for hedge accounting.
Without an integrated system it is nearly impossible to hedge using
the "Portfolio Hedging" concept because isolated systems
cannot keep track of the packaged transactions.
Special accounting and documentation FAS 133 requires additional
accounting for all three types of hedges. For Cash Flow hedges, since
fair value of the forecasted cash flow or variable rate instrument is
not recorded, the effective portion of the hedge can be removed from
earnings and placed within the equity section of the balance sheet. In
order to determine the effective portion, the system must calculate the
change in value for both the exposure and hedging instrument. The lesser
of the absolute values is placed in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI).
The system must determine the exact amount to be removed from earnings.
Fair Value hedges require the recording of the exposures change in value
in order to offset the earnings effect from the hedging instrument. Net
Investment hedges require the effective portion to be recorded within
Cumulative Translation Adjustment account instead of earnings. Here
again, full system integration is required.
Other Comprehensive Income Calculation and Posting Illustration
Derivative Hedged Item Lesser Earnings Period Cum Period Cum Absolute
OCI Period Change Change Change Change Cum Chg Change Balence Change
Balence 1. 100 100 (96) (96) 96 194 32 96 96 4 4 2. 94 194 (101) (197)
198 194 (4) 0 3. (162) 32 160 (37) (162) 32 0 0
Documentation also poses a challenge if data is distributed among
isolated systems. The statement requires that information be documented
on a per hedge basis. Information regarding the details of the
individual transactions must be disclosed. For those without an
integrated treasury, documentation will be an onerous manual task.
International Accounting Standard 39 The technology issues raised by
FAS 133 will not remain exclusive to the United States for long.
International Accounting Standard (IAS) 39, Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement, Europe's version of FAS 133, 125, 115, and
114, is on its way with the effective date on or after 1 January 2001.
Early evaluation of that standard suggests that it will be at least as
rigorous as FAS 133. IAS 39 goes beyond the issue of hedge accounting to
require that all financial assets and liabilities must be initially
measured at cost. For derivatives and traded assets and liabilities, an
additional adjustment is required to record the instrument's fair market
value. IAS 39 provides the choice of placing the change in value
entirely within earnings or within the equity section of the balance
sheet. However, the statement only allows the non-traded portion of the
financial instrument to be placed within the equity section of the
balance sheet. Since all derivatives are considered trading instruments,
the entire change in value must be placed within earnings. Unlike FAS
133, IAS 39 allows financial assets and liabilities to be used as valid
hedging instruments for hedging of foreign currency risk. FAS 133 only
allows this for hedging a net investment in a foreign currency. Like FAS
133, hedge accounting is permitted under IAS 39 as long as the hedge is
clearly defined, measurable, and effective.
Wall Street System's Approach At Wall Street Systems, we have kept
both FAS 133 and IAS 39 in mind when developing our compliance product.
As a provider of a fully integrated treasury solution, we have been able
to leverage the advantage of complete integration into a product that
totally complies with both the FAS 133 and IAS 39 standards. With a
system that, by its very nature, posts changes in derivative values for
traders and management across the entire treasury operation, we have the
necessary system architecture in place to allow us to develop a product
that would meet the standards. The regulatory and operational
environment will grow more complex over time. Technology planning must
incorporate this assumption and turn toward effective integration
strategies to meet the challenges ahead.
|
For other software see fair value, Ineffectiveness,
and Risk Metrics )
Special Purpose Entities (SPE
Accounting and FIN 46)
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs),
SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Spot Price or Spot Rate =
the current market price of a commodity or the
current market rate for interest or foreign exchange conversions. Importance of spot
prices or spot rates appears in nearly every SFAS example. For instance see
Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172.. Also see intrinsic value,
Tom/Next and yield curve.
Stock
Appreciation Right = =
a form of employee compensation that gives cash
or stock to employees based upon a contractual formula pegged to the change in common
stock price.
Stop-loss/Take-profit =
a strategy under which a company asks a dealer to buy or
sell a currency if and when a particular rate is reached. Assuming the willingness and
reliability of the dealer, it can be an inexpensive alternative to an option.
Strike Price =
the exercise price of an option. This is a key
component in measuring an option's intrinsic value.
See option .
Strip =
see interest-only
strip, principal-only strip, and embedded derivatives.
Structure =
The term "structure" is ambiguous until placed in a
particular context. In one context a "structured note" is a derivative
financial instrument or combination of such instruments whose value is based on
an "underlying" index. It may also refer to using a swap to change the
cash flows of a financial instrument. It can be a synthetic substitute for a
financial instrument that is not a derivative. In another context,
"structured" may mean something else entirely. Structured financing
may, in one context, refer to financing based upon anticipated cash flows rather
than current value of an asset or collateral. See Compound Derivatives and Synthetic.
Struggle
Statement =
a statement of unrecognized gains and losses that
do not impact upon the derivation of net income. The term is used in England where
struggle statements are used in place of disclosing unrecognized gains and losses in
equity statements or comprehensive income disclosures pursuant with SFAS 130. The
IASC permits struggle statement disclosures of unrecognized cash flow hedge gains and
losses, whereas the FASB in the United States requires the use of comprehensive income
accounting. Paul Pacter briefly refers to the struggle statement in my pacter.htm file. See comprehensive income.
Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on
the struggle statement.
Swap =
an agreement in which two parties exchange
payments over a period of time. The purpose is normally to transform debt payments from
one interest rate base to another, for example, from fixed to floating or from one
currency to another. See swaption, currency
swap, contango swap, earnings
management, and interest
rate swap .
Swaption =
an option on a swap. Swaptions are usually interest rate options used to hedge
long-term debt. When a company has an interest rate swap, a swaption can be used to
close out the swap. A swaption can also be used to enter into an interest rate
swap. The majority are European options in terms of
settlements. Swaptions may be cash flow hedges, including written swaptions (i.e. a written option on a swap). Paragraph 20c on Page 12 makes
it possible for a swaption to qualify as a fair value hedge under the following
circumstances:
If a written option is
designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item
and the written option provides at least as much potential for gains as a result of a
favorable change in the fair value of the combined instruments as exposure to losses from
an unfavorable change in their combined fair value. That test is met if all possible
percentage favorable changes in the underlying (from zero percent to 100 percent) would
provide at least as much gain as the loss that would be incurred from an unfavorable
change in the underlying of the same percentage.
One of my students defines the following
types of swaptions:
call swaption - type of swaption giving the
owner the right to enter into a swap where he receives fixed and pays floating
callable swap - type of swaption in which the fixed payer has the right, but not the
obligation, to terminate the swap on or
before a scheduled maturity date
expiration date - date by which the option must be exercised
extendible swap - type of swaption in which the counterparties have the right to extend
the swap beyond its stated maturity date as per an agreed upon schedule
put swaption - type of swaption giving the owner the right to enter into a swap where he
receives floating and pays fixed
putable swap - type of swaption in which the variable payer has the right, but not the
obligation, to terminate the swap on or before a scheduled maturity date
Her entire project is linked below:
Suzanne M. Winegar For
her case and case solution entitled Understanding swaptions: A case study click
on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/swinegar/swaption.htm
. She writes as follows:
The objective of this case is to
provide an example of a company that purchases an interest rate swaption in order to hedge
the variability of its interest payments. Swaptions are a type of derivative financial
instrument for which there are no accounting standards or guidelines. This case explains
one method that could be used to account for swaptions and mark them to market. In order
to mark the swaptions to market, this case uses the Black-Scholes Model to determine the
fair value of the swaption. The case presents a series of questions dealing with valuation
and accounting issues, and ends with a discussion of the risk involved in using swaption
derivatives.
Synthetic Instrument =
the artificial creation of
an asset using combinations of other assets. For example, call option or a put
option (which amounts to a synthetic long stock), or a long put option and a
short call option (a synthetic short stock). In the area of futures
contracts, a synthetic long futures position is created by combining a
long call option and a short put option for the same expiration date and the
same strike price. A synthetic short futures is created by combining a long put
and a short call with the same expiration date and the same strike
price. See Compound Derivatives and "Structure."
|
T-Terms
Tailing Strategy = see futures contract.
Take-or-Pay
A form of contracting commonly used for
off-balance sheet financing. Three or more credit-worthy companies form a joint
venture in which no single company has voting control and does not have to bring the joint
venture into its consolidated financial statements. The joint venture is able to
borrow enormous amounts of capital because of purchase contracts with its owners to
"take the product" such as crude oil produced or "pay" for the product
whether it is taken or not. When the "product" is a pipeline distribution
service rather than a physical product per se, the contracts are generally called
"through put" contracts. The FASB wavered on taking specific action on
such contracts in FAS 133. For details see short.
Tandem Hedge = see foreign currency hedge.
Tax Accounting for
Derivatives
Accounting Tax Rules for Derivatives --- http://www.investmentbooks.com/tek9.asp?pg=products&specific=joongngrm
by Mark J.P. Anson
Publisher's Price: $150
ISBN#: 1883249694
Catalog #: B14982W
Convergence
of Tax and Book Accounting for Derivatives --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/HedgeWorld.pdf
Tax Hedging =
|
FAS 133
permits after-tax hedging of foreign
currency risk and/or market price risk. The hedge must be entered into to reduce
taxes, and the item hedged must be ordinary assets or liabilities in the normal course of
the taxpayer's business.
March 25, 2002 message
from Richard Newmark [richard.newmark@phduh.com]
Bob,
I thought you might be interested in this.
Rick
-------------------------
Richard Newmark
Assistant Professor of Accounting
University of Northern Colorado
Kenneth W. Monfort College of Business
Campus Box 128
Greeley, CO 80639
(970) 351-1213 Office
(801) 858-9335 Fax (free e-mail fax at efax.com)
richard.newmark@PhDuh.com
http://PhDuh.com
IRS
finalizes hedging regs with liberalizations
TD 8985; Reg. § 1.1221-2, Reg. § 1.1256(e)-1
IRS has issued final regs for determining the character of gain or
loss from hedging transactions.
Background. As a result of a '99 law change, capital
assets don't include any hedging transaction clearly identified as
such before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated,
or entered into. (Code Sec. 1221(a)(7)) Before the change, IRS had
issued final regs in '94 providing ordinary character treatment for
most business hedges. Last year, IRS issued proposed changes to the
hedging regs to reflect the '99 statutory change (see Weekly Alert ¶
6 2/1/2001). IRS has now finalized the regs with various changes, many
of which are pro-taxpayer. The regs apply to transactions entered into
after Mar 19, 2002. However, the Preamble states that IRS won't
challenge any transaction entered into after Dec. 16, '99, and before
Mar. 20, 2002, that satisfies the provisions of either the proposed or
final regs.
Hedging
transactions. A hedging transaction is a transaction entered
into by the taxpayer in the normal course of business primarily to
manage risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency fluctuations
with respect to ordinary property, ordinary obligations, or borrowings
of the taxpayer. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(i); Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(ii))
A hedging transaction also includes a transaction to manage such other
risks as IRS may prescribe in regs. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(iii)) IRS
has the authority to provide regs to address nonidentified or
improperly identified hedging transactions (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(B)),
and hedging transactions involving related parties. (Code Sec.
1221(b)(3))
Key
changes in final regs. The final regs include the following
changes from the proposed regs.
... Both
the final and the proposed regs provide that they do not apply to
determine the character of gain or loss realized on a section 988
transaction as defined in Code Sec. 988(c)(1) or realized with
respect to any qualified fund as defined in section Code Sec.
988(c)(1)(E)(iii). The proposed regs also provided that their
definition of a hedging transaction would apply for purposes of
certain other international provisions of the Code only to the
extent provided in regs issued under those provisions. This is
eliminated in the final regs because the other references were to
proposed regs and to Code sections for which the relevant regs have
not been issued in final form. The Preamble states that later regs
will specify the extent to which the Reg. § 1.1221-2 hedging
transaction rules will apply for purposes of those other regs and
related Code sections.
... Several
commentators noted that the proposed regs used risk reduction as the
operating standard to implement the risk management definition of
hedging. They found that risk reduction is too narrow a standard to
encompass the intent of Congress, which defined hedges to include
transactions that manage risk of interest rate, price changes or
currency fluctuations. In response, IRS has restructured the final
regs to implement the risk management standard. No definition of
risk management is provided, but instead, the rules characterize a
variety of classes of transactions as hedging transactions because
they manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(c)(4); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d))
... The
proposed regs provided that a taxpayer has risk of a particular type
only if it is at risk when all of its operations are considered.
Commentators pointed out that businesses often conduct risk
management on a business unit by business unit basis. In response,
the final regs permit the determination of whether a transaction
manages risk to be made on a business-unit basis provided that the
business unit is within a single entity or consolidated return group
that adopts the single-entity approach. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1))
RIA
observation: As a result of the two foregoing changes made
by the final regs, more transactions will qualify as hedging
transactions. This is good for taxpayers because any losses from
the additional transactions qualifying as hedges will be
accorded ordinary treatment.
... In
response to comments, the final regs have been restructured to
separately address interest rate hedges and price hedges. (Reg. §
1.1221-2(d)(1)(iv); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))
... In
response to comments, the final regs provide that a transaction
that converts an interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating
rate or from a floating rate to a fixed rate manages risk. (Reg.
§ 1.1221-2(d)(2))
... The
final regs provide that IRS may identify by future published
guidance specified transactions that are determined not to be
entered into primarily to manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(5))
... The
proposed regs sought comments on expanding the definition of
hedging transactions to include transactions that manage risks
other than interest rate or price changes, or currency
fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary
obligations or borrowings of the taxpayer. While comments were
received, the final regs did not make any changes in this area.
However, IRS continues to invite comments on the types of risks
that should be covered, including specific examples of derivative
transactions that may be incorporated into future guidance, as
well as the appropriate timing of inclusion of gains and losses
with respect to such transactions.
... With
respect to the identification requirement, a rule has been added
specifying additional information that must be provided for a
transaction that counteracts a hedging transaction. (Reg. §
1.1221-2(f)(3)(v))
RIA
Research References: For hedging transactions, see FTC 2d/FIN ¶
I-6218.01 ; United States Tax Reporter ¶ 12,214.80
See hedge.
|
Tax Rate Swap =
a swap of tax rates. One of my students wrote the
following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:
Jennifer K. Robinson
For her case and case solution entitled TAX RATE SWAPS click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jrobinso/Jensen.html
. She states the following:
This case examines an unusual
type of derivative called a tax rate swap and its accounting treatment. Tax rate
swaps are rare due to the relatively stable nature of tax rates in most nations. In
certain circumstances, however, they can provide an effective means for one company to
"lock-in" its current tax rate while another company speculates that that rate
will change in its favor. Examination of this case should provide an introduction to the
workings of a tax rate swap, as well as the suggested accounting treatment for such a
transaction. (Note: It is important to know that tax rate swaps, described in this paper,
and tax swaps are very different.)
Term Structure = =
yield patterns in
which returns of future cash flows are not necessarily discounted at the same interest
rates. Yield curves may have increasing or decreasing
yield rates over time. However, it much more common for the rates yields to increase
over time. Theories vary as to why. One theory known as expectations theory
based on the assumption that borrowers form long-term expectations and then choose a
rollover strategy if short-term rates are less than long-term expectations and vice
versa. Lenders form their own expectations. Expectations theory postulates
that long-term interest rates are a geometric average of expected short term interest
rates. Liquidity preference theory postulates that investors add a liquidity
preference premium on longer-term investments that gives rise to an upward sloping yield
curve. Liquidity preference theory is not consistent with the averaging process
assumed in expectations theory. Market segmentation theory is yet another theory
used to explain term structures. That theory postulates that the supply and demand
for money is affected by market segments' demands for short term money that in turn
affects the cost of coaxing short term lenders into making longer commitments.
Whatever the reasons, yield vary with the time to maturity, and this
relationship of yield to time is known as term structure of interest rates. See yield curve.
Time Value of an Option = see intrinsic value.
Tom/Next =
tomorrow next, a spot foreign exchange quotation for
settlement the next business day rather than in the usual two business days. Rates for
"tom/next" quotations are adjusted on a present-value basis.
|
Tranches
Tricks with
Derivatives to Hide Rather Than Manage Risk: What is a tranche?
"DEBT TRICKS: Covering Their
Assets," Fortune Magazine, March 4, 2002, by Julie Creswell --- http://www.fortune.com/indexw.jhtml?channel=artcol.jhtml&doc_id=206542
So you think you escaped Global Crossing and Enron? Surprise! Banking's
dastardly debt trick may leave you vulnerable.
For all the talk of
what banks have done wrong lately (huge write-downs! swelling bad debt!),
they've also done something right: passed the buck.
Turns out it's not
just lenders like J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup that are on the line for
billions in loans to now-bankrupt entities such as Enron and Global
Crossing; it's a host of hedge funds, insurance companies, and even
retirement plans that bought slickly repackaged debt from them. While these
complicated "credit derivatives" helped banks sidestep even bigger
losses and possibly prevented systemic stress on the banking system by
diffusing liabilities, unwitting investors may soon be in for a rude
awakening. "One way or the other, somebody is sitting on a huge amount
of risk," says Doug Noland, financial market strategist at David W.
Tice & Associates. Indeed, federal banking regulators are increasing
scrutiny of moves that push risky transactions off bank balance sheets,
while the SEC is looking into PNC Financial for its debt-repackaging
dealings. Though only the first repercussions of the credit-derivative
fallout have been felt, "there's going to be a huge problem,"
predicts Noland. "Something's going to blow up."
Here's why: One
of the more common hedges banks used is called a collateralized-debt
obligation, or CDO, a bundle of around 50 corporate loans that is sliced and
diced into pieces called tranches. In theory, the resulting product is akin
to a mutual fund--one or two defaults don't taint the whole batch. Each
tranche carries a degree of risk, from investment grade to--in trader's
parlance--"toxic waste." That's why safety-conscious insurance
companies and pension funds snapped up the higher-rated, lower-yielding
tranches, while hedge funds and investors seeking higher returns bought the
riskier tiers.
Banks love
transforming loans into these derivatives because they don't have to reserve
as much capital on their balance sheets, which frees up more money for new
loans. CDOs are fairly new, but they're the fastest-growing fixed-income
sector. In the past five years the market has swelled from a few billion
dollars to more than $500 billion. When all goes as planned, investors love
CDOs too--they get a steady stream of interest payments.
But this time
around everything didn't go as planned. Banks started ramping up CDO sales
in the late 1990s when default and bankruptcy rates were at historic lows;
that persuaded less experienced investors to bite. Banks "became very
good at using financial engineering to make credit risk more palatable to
the end buyer," says Charles Peabody, a banking analyst at brokerage
firm Ventana Capital. "But that risk just doesn't disappear." The
sharp increase in defaults--from telecom startups to Kmart--caught buyers
off guard, thus throwing CDOs into downgrades and losses. American Express'
financial advisors group learned that lesson the hard way: It bought a batch
of CDOs in 1997 to juice returns and last summer was forced to take an $860
million charge related to that ill-fated purchase. Furthermore, "there
is a certain lack of transparency" in some types of CDOs, explains
Mitchell Lench, senior director of European CDOs for Fitch Ratings.
Investors "know the ratings, the industries, and the amount of exposure
they have to the industries, but after that, it's kind of a guessing
game."
As the aftermath of
the credit-derivatives game unfolds, expect to see some angry players.
Bob Jensen's
threads on derivatives financial instruments frauds are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud
|
Trading Security =
see available-for-sale security and held-to-maturity.
Flow Chart for Trading Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm
Transaction =
a particular kind of external event, namely, an external
event involving transfer of something of value (future economic benefit) between two (or
more) entities. The transaction may be an exchange in which each participant both receives
and sacrifices value, such as purchases or sales of goods or services; or the transaction
may be a nonreciprocal transfer in which an entity incurs a liability or transfers an
asset to another entity (or receives an asset or cancellation of a liability) without
directly receiving (or giving) value in exchange (FASB Concepts Statement
6, paragraph 137).
Internal cost allocations or events within a consolidated
reporting entity are not transactions. Internal cost allocations include depreciation and
cost of sales. Events within a consolidated reporting entity include intercompany
dividends and sales.
Transaction Date =
the date at which a transaction (for example, a sale or
purchase of merchandise or services) is recorded in a reporting entity's accounting
records.
Transaction
Exposure =
exposure of a transaction denominated in a foreign
currency to changes in the exchange rate between when it is agreed to and when it is
settled.
Transition Adjustments
= see transition settlements.
Transition Accounting =
accounting rules in the transition period prior full
adoption of FAS 133 or IAS 39. FAS 133 Paragraph 48 dictates that FAS 133
accounting shall not be applied retroactively to financial statements
of prior periods. The accounting for any gains and losses on derivative instruments that arose prior to the
initial application of the Statement and that were previously added to the carrying amount
of recognized hedged assets or liabilities is not affected by this Statement. Those
gains and losses shall not be included in the transition adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).
At the date of initial application, an entity shall recognize all
freestanding derivative instruments (as opposed to embedded derivatives) in the statement
of financial position as either assets or liabilities and measure them at fair value
pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 17. The difference between a derivative's previous carrying
amount and its fair value shall be reported as a transition adjustment, as discussed in
FAS 133 Paragraph 52. The entity also shall recognize offsetting gains and losses on hedged
assets, liabilities, and firm commitments by adjusting their carrying amounts at that
date, as discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 52b. See FAS 133 Paragraphs
49,
50 and 51 for adjustments relating to separating an embedded derivative
instrument separated from its host contract in conjunction with the initial application of
this FAS 133. Any gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income at
the date of initial application because the derivative instruments were hedging the fair
value exposure of available-for-sale securities also shall be reported as transition
adjustments; the offsetting losses and gains on the securities shall be accounted pursuant
to FAS 133 Paragraph 5. See FAS 133 Paragraph 49.
In contrast, the derivative instrument hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a
forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security shall remain in
accumulated other comprehensive income and shall not be reported as a transition
adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49). If a derivative instrument had been hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a
forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security that is transferred into
the trading category at the date of initial application and the entity had reported a gain
or loss on that derivative instrument in other comprehensive income (consistent with
Paragraph 115 of Statement 115), the entity also shall reclassify those derivative gains
and losses into earnings (but not report them as part of the cumulative-effect-type
adjustment for the transition adjustments (FAS 133 Paragraph 55).
Any gains or losses on derivative instruments that are reported
independently as deferred gains or losses in the statement of financial position at the
date of initial application shall be derecognized from that statement; that derecognition
also shall be reported as transition adjustment as indicated in SFAS
Paragraph 52 (FAS 133 Paragraph 49). The transition adjustment for the derivative instrument that had been designated in a
hedging relationship that addressed the fair value exposure of an asset, a liability, or a
firm commitment shall be reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.
Concurrently, any difference between the hedged item's fair value and its carrying amount
shall be recognized as an adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount at the date of
initial application, but only to the extent of an offsetting transition adjustment for the
derivative.
The adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount shall also be reported as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income The transition adjustment related to the gain or loss reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income on a derivative instrument that hedged an available-for-sale
security, together with the loss or gain on the related security (to the extent of an
offsetting transition adjustment for the derivative instrument), shall be reclassified to
earnings as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of both net income and accumulated other
comprehensive income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52b).
See FAS 133 Paragraphs 52a and 52c for how the transition adjustment relating to (1) a derivative
instrument that had been designated in a hedging relationship that addressed the variable
cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction and (2) a derivative instrument that had
been designated in multiple hedging relationships that addressed both the fair value
exposure of an asset or a liability and the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted
transaction respectively should be reported. Other transition adjustments not encompassed by
FAS 133 Paragraphs 52(a), 52(b) and 52(c) shall be
reported as part of the cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52d. Note that any transition adjustment reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of
accumulated other comprehensive income shall be subsequently reclassified into earnings in
a manner consistent with FAS 133 Paragraph 31. (FAS 133 Paragraph 53)
In November 1999, the DIG gave in on
this dispute in terms of DIG
Issue No. J9 entitled
"Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the
Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption." Now the
shortcut method is available without having zero value at the transition
date.
|
Derivatives
Implementation Group
Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the
Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption
Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68
Date released: November 1999
QUESTIONS
For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption
of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the
shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing
hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial
adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied
since the inception of that hedging relationship?
In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively
from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging
relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging
relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the
derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at
the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at
the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under
Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?
RESPONSES
Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest
rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to
the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the
requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of
that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to
calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a)
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement
133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's
Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a
Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the
shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging
relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest
rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as
either an asset or liability measured at fair value.
If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the
difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair
value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's
carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been
had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk
been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging
relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.
If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the
difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair
value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated
between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive
income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as
follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive
income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other
comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to
that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been
applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The
remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a
cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.
Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be
applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a
designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a
pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b)
(requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on
the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging
relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship
newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However,
if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of
Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging
relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged
item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut
method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of
Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date
of initial adoption. |
The international rules of the IASC for derecognition, measurement and hedge accounting policies
followed in financial statements for periods prior to the effective date of this Standard
should not be reversed and, therefore, those financial statements should not be restated
(IAS 39 Paragraph 172a). Transactions entered into before the beginning of the financial year in which this
Standard is initially applied should not be retrospectively designated as hedges
(IAS 39 Paragraph 172g). If a securitization, transfer, or other derecognition transaction was entered into prior
to the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, the
accounting for that transaction should not be retrospectively changed to conform to the
requirements of IAS 39 (Paragraph 172h). At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially
applied, an enterprise should recognize all derivatives in its balance sheet as either
assets or liabilities and should measure them at fair value (except for a derivative that
is linked to and that must be settled by delivery of an unquoted entity instrument whose
fair value cannot be measured reliably)
(IAS 39 Paragraph 172c).
At the beginning of the financial year in which IAS
39 is initially
applied, any balance sheet positions in fair value hedges of existing assets and
liabilities should be accounted for by adjusting their carrying amounts to reflect the
fair value of the hedging instrument (IAS 39 Paragraph 172e). At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, an
enterprise should classify a financial instrument as equity or as a liability in
accordance with Paragraph 11 of IAS 39. (See IAS 39 Paragraph 172i).
|
U-Terms
Underlying =
that which "underlies a settlement
transaction formula." FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines it as a
"specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rate, or other variable. An underlying may be a
price or rate of an asset or liability but is not the asset or liability
itself." An underlying component by itself does not determine the net
settlement. According to Paragraph 252 on Page 133, settlement is to be based upon
the interaction between movements of underlying and notional values. See
Paragraphs 57a and Paragraphs 250-258 of FAS 133. Also see the the terms premium, underlying, and notional.
The underlying may not
be the index (e.g., price or interest rate) of a unique asset whose value may
be determined by negotiation. For example, even though though used car
prices have "Blue Book" suggested price ranges, each used car is too
unique to have its value determined by any market-wide price index. No
used car is sufficiently like another used car, and each used car is a unique
asset. Similarly, a quality grade of a given grain such as corn must fit
the quality grade of that grain traded on futures markets in order for
the futures commodity price to be an underlying. If the grain has a
unique quality, then its price cannot be an underlying under FAS 133 the
definition of a derivative instrument.
The underlying man may
not be a price that any particular buyer or seller or small group of buyers
and sellers can influence. For example, if the Hunt brothers from Ft.
Worth, Texas had succeeded (as they once tried) in cornering the market on
high grade silver, that silver could no longer be an underlying in terms a
derivative financial instrument under FAS 133. Underlying prices must be
established in competitive markets that are wide and deep. For example,
FAS 133 frequently mentions a "unique metal." By this it is
meant that the metal's price cannot be an underlying.
Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of
FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives
based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of
an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange
traded. For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to
FAS 133 rules. An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged
by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133. A
option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by
FAS 133 rules. However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered
by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.
For examples see cap
and floater.
Most derivatives like forward, futures, and swap contracts are acquired at
zero cost such that historical cost accounting is meaningless. The
exception is a purchased/written option where a small premium is paid/received
to buy/sell the option. Thus if the derivative financial instrument
contract is defaulted a few minutes after being transacted there are generally
zero or very small damages. Such is not the case with traditional
non-derivative financial instruments like bonds where the entire notional
amounts (thousands or millions of dollars) change hands initially such that
enormous damages are possible immediately after the notional amounts change
hands. In the case of of a derivative contract, the notional does not
change hands. It is only used to compute a contracted payment such as a
swap payment.
For example, in the year 2004 Wells Fargo Bank sold $63 million in bonds
with an interest rate "derived" from the price of a casino's common
stock price. The interest payments are "derivatives" in one
sense, but the bonds are not derivative financial instruments scoped into FAS
133 due to Condition b in Paragraph 6 quoted above. In the case of
bonds, the bond holders made a $63 million initial investment of the entire
notional amount. If Wells Fargo also entered into an interest rate swap
to lock in a fixed interest rate, the swap contract would be a derivative
financial instrument subject to FAS 133. However, the bonds are not
derivative financial instruments under FAS 133 definitions.
For elaboration on the above example, see Derivative
Financial Instruments.
|
V-Terms
Valuation of Derivatives
Note the book entitled PRICING DERIVATIVE SECURITIES, by
T W Epps (University of Virginia, USA) The book is published by World
Scientific --- http://www.worldscibooks.com/economics/4415.html
Contents:
- Preliminaries:
- Introduction and Overview
- Mathematical Preparation
- Tools for Continuous-Time Models
- Pricing Theory:
- Dynamics-Free Pricing
- Pricing Under Bernoulli Dynamics
- Black-Scholes Dynamics
- American Options and 'Exotics'
- Models with Uncertain Volatility
- Discontinuous Processes
- Interest-Rate Dynamics
- Computational Methods:
- Simulation
- Solving PDEs Numerically
- Programs
- Computer
Programs
- Errata
Valuation of Options
Valuation calculators are provided at http://www.numa.com/derivs/ref/calculat/calculat.htm
Most discussions of option valuation focus on the Black-Scholes
model. Jerry Marlowe provides a nice tutorial at http://www.optionanimation.com/
Options are valued in a variety of
ways. At the web URL http://207.87.27.10/forbes/97/0616/5912218a.htm , Forbes
Magazine provides an interesting overview on
valuing options. If options are purchased on organized exchanges then there are
market values. However, trading in certain kinds of options may be thin such that
market prices are not solid indicators of value. Many options are custom contracts
that are not traded on exchanges. These can be valued in various models, the best
known of which are variations of the binomial option pricing model and the
Black-Scholes
model. Variations arise regarding such factors as type of option (e.g., European
versus American) and degree to which underlying assumptions (e.g., normal distribution)
are deemed reasonable. More troublesome are such assumptions as transactions costs,
no taxes, a constant risk free interest rate, a continuous market for the underlying with
no jumps in prices, and other assumptions such as the distribution of asset returns being
log-normal. Fortunately these models are quite robust in terms of departures
from the assumptions. Online and downloading calculators for the
Black-Scholes
model are linked below:
Various free versions http://www.numa.com/links/online-c.htm
Enter "Option Value
Calculator" in the exact phrase box at http://www.google.com/advanced_search?hl=en
Premium = f (IV, time, vol , r)
Intrinsic value (IV)
Time to expiration (time)
Expected volatility (vol )
Interest rates (r)
Miniumum Value = Intrinsic value adjusted by time value of money
to expiration date.
-
Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since
it can be exercised at any time. The same cannot be said for a
European option that has to be held to maturity. If the underlying is
the price of corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either
zero or the current spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free
present value of the strike price. In other words if the option cannot
be exercised early, discount the present value of the strike price from the
date of expiration and compare it with the current spot price. If the
difference is positive, this is the minimum value. It can
hypothetically be the minimum value of an American option, but in an
efficient market the current price of an American option will not sell below
its risk free present value.
Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds
value above the risk-free discount rate. In other words, it is risk or
volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to
investing. However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude
volatility from risk assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph
63 of FAS 133 quoted below.
a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the
change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the
assessment of hedge effectiveness.
b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option
contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that
is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the
volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of
hedge effectiveness.
c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward
or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable
to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract
related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the
forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge
effectiveness.
The point here is that options are certain to be effective in
hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all
interim points of time prior to expiration. As a result, accounting
standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each
point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the
books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain. Potential gains from
options are uncertain prior to expiration. Potential gains or losses from
other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on
the date of expiration.
Minimum Value (Shout Option Condition) --- http://quantlib.org/html/a01285.html
A shout option is an option where the
holder has the right to lock in a minimum value for the payoff at one (shout)
time during the option's life. The minimum value is the option's intrinsic
value at the shout time.
Paragraph 63(b) allows for effectiveness testing
based upon minimum value where appropriate. When the derivative hedging
instrument is an option and hedge effectiveness is stated initially to be based
upon changes in an option's minimum value (intrinsic value adjusted for
discounting), the volatility of the option may be excluded from effectiveness
tests. The minimum value model, as opposed to other valuation models like
the Black-Scholes model, is based on one’s willingness to buy an at-the-money
shout option on a share of stock with the right to defer payment of the exercise
price until the end of the option’s term. The model has the advantage of
simplicity but does not capture the effect of share price volatility. A
shout option is an option where the holder has the right to lock in a minimum
value for the payoff at one (shout) time during the option's life. The minimum
value is the option's intrinsic value at the shout time.
Delta-neutral strategies are discussed at various points in FAS
133 (e.g., ¶85, ¶86, ¶87, and ¶89). Delta-neutral implies that the option
value does not change for relatively small changes in hedged item value. Many
hedge strategies are delta-neutral such that ineffectiveness arises only for
relative large changes in the value of the hedged item itself.
Illustration of Option Valuation
I like the discussion of option valuation quoted below from
Professor Brad DeLong --- http://econ161.berkeley.edu/Teaching_Folder/BA_130_F96/BAonethirty20.html
Options:
- Chicago Board of Trade Options Exchange was
founded in 1973; an immediate success.
- Buy options (if you are a firm) to offset
idiosyncratic risk that may lead to financial distress.
- Buy options (if you are an individual) if you need
psychiatric help.
- Options pricing theory also helps value growth
opportunities. "Disguised" options.
Calls, Puts, and Shares:
- A call option gives its owner the
right to buy stock at a specified exercise or strike price on or before a
specified exercise date. European options--only on the particular date;
American options--on or before that date.
- A put option gives its owner the
right to sell stock at a specified exercise or strike price on or before a
specified exercise date. European options--only on the particular date;
American options--on or before that date.
Intel Options Prices in July 1995;
Stock Trading at $65 a Share
Exercise Date
|
Exercise Price
|
Price of Put
|
Price of Call
|
10/95
|
$65
|
$6.25
|
$4.625
|
1/96
|
$65
|
$8
|
$5.875
|
1/96
|
$70
|
$5.875
|
$8.5
|
Value of call at expiration = max(price of share -
exercise price, 0)
Value of put at expiration = max(exercise price -
price of share, 0)
Bachelier diagrams//payoffs to owners/payoffs to
writers
[buy call, invest PV of exercise price in safe asset]
has the same payoff as [buy put, buy share]
V[call] + PV[exercise price] = V[put]+[share price]
[buy call, sell put] has the same payoff as [buy
share, borrow PV of exercise price]
Synthetic Option:
Buy put = buy call + sell share + invest PV of
exercise price
Bankruptcy as shareholders' exercise of a put option
What determines option values?
Value of call is less than share price; value of call
is greater than payoff if exercised immediately
- When the stock is worthless, the option is
worthless
- When the stock price is very large, option price
approaches stock price minus PV of exercise price. [thus the value of an
option increases with the rate of interest and the time to
maturity]--buying on credit
- The option price exceeds its minimum value--higher
by an amount that depends on the variance
Why DCF Doesn't Work for Options:
Because the riskiness of an option changes every time
the stock price moves.
Valuing Options:
Price options by constructing a synthetic option.
Suppose we have our $65 Intel stock, and buy a call
option with a strike price of $65 and an expiration date six months from now.
r of 5% per year. If Intel stock can only (a) fall by 20% to $52 or rise by
25% to $81.25, then
Option value = 0 in bad case; $16.25 in good case.
Spread=5/9 spread of stock price. Suppose you bought 5/9 of a share and
borrowed the PV of 5/9 of a share in the bad case from the bank--borrow
$28.18, the PV of $28.89.
Then you have the same payoffs as the option. Value
of 5/9 of a share today is $36.11, minus $28.18 = $7.93. We have just valued
our option. The number of shares to replicate the spread from an option is the
hedge ratio or option delta. (If the option sells for more than
$7.93, you have a money machine by selling options and covering.
Value of put option--option delta = -4/9; payoff =
+$13 in low state; = 0 in high state; sell 4/9 of a share and lend out $35.23
(collect $36.11 in six months). $35.23 - 4/9 x $65 = $6.34.
V[call] + PV[exercise price] = V[put]+[share price]
$7.93 +$65/1.025 = $6.34 + $65
Selected IAS 39 Paragraphs on Valuation and
Testing for Hedge Effectiveness
144. There is normally a single fair
value measure for a hedging instrument in its entirety, and the factors
that cause changes in fair value are co-dependent. Thus a hedging
relationship is designated by an enterprise for a hedging instrument in
its entirety. The only exceptions permitted are (a) splitting the
intrinsic value and the time value of an option and designating only the
change in the intrinsic value of an option as the hedging instrument,
while the remaining component of the option (its time value) is excluded
and (b) splitting the interest element and the spot price on a forward.
Those exceptions recognize that the intrinsic value of the option and the
premium on the forward generally can be measured separately. A dynamic
hedging strategy that assesses both the intrinsic and the time value of an
option can qualify for hedge accounting.
145. A proportion of the entire hedging
instrument, such as 50 per cent of the notional amount, may be designated
in a hedging relationship. However, a hedging relationship may not be
designated for only a portion of the time period in which a hedging
instrument is outstanding.
Assessing
Hedge Effectiveness
146. A hedge is normally regarded as highly
effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the
enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the
hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or
cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a
range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the
hedging instrument is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100,
offset can be measured by 120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120,
which is 83 per cent. The enterprise will conclude that the hedge is
highly effective.
147. The method an enterprise adopts for
assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy.
In some cases, an enterprise will adopt different methods for different
types of hedges. If the principal terms of the hedging instrument and of
the entire hedged asset or liability or hedged forecasted transaction are
the same, the changes in fair value and cash flows attributable to the
risk being hedged offset fully, both when the hedge is entered into and
thereafter until completion. For instance, an interest rate swap is likely
to be an effective hedge if the notional and principal amounts, term,
repricing dates, dates of interest and principal receipts and payments,
and basis for measuring interest rates are the same for the hedging
instrument and the hedged item.
148. On the other hand, sometimes the hedging
instrument will offset the hedged risk only partially. For instance, a
hedge would not be fully effective if the hedging instrument and hedged
item are denominated in different currencies and the two do not move in
tandem. Also, a hedge of interest rate risk using a derivative would not
be fully effective if part of the change in the fair value of the
derivative is due to the counterparty's credit risk.
149. To qualify for special hedge accounting, the
hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not
merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect
the enterprise's net profit or loss. A hedge of the risk of obsolescence
of a physical asset or the risk of expropriation of property by a
government would not be eligible for hedge accounting; effectiveness
cannot be measured since those risks are not measurable reliably.
150. An equity method investment cannot be a
hedged item in a fair value hedge because the equity method recognizes the
investor's share of the associate's accrued net profit or loss, rather
than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. If it were a hedged item,
it would be adjusted for both fair value changes and profit and loss
accruals - which would result in double counting because the fair value
changes include the profit and loss accruals. For a similar reason, an
investment in a consolidated subsidiary cannot be a hedged item in a fair
value hedge because consolidation recognizes the parent's share of the
subsidiary's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes,
in net profit or loss. A hedge of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
is different. There is no double counting because it is a hedge of the
foreign currency exposure, not a fair value hedge of the change in the
value of the investment.
151. This Standard does not specify a single
method for assessing hedge effectiveness. An enterprise's documentation of
its hedging strategy will include its procedures for assessing
effectiveness. Those procedures will state whether the assessment will
include all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument or whether the
instrument's time value will be excluded. Effectiveness is assessed, at a
minimum, at the time an enterprise prepares its annual or interim
financial report. If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the
entire hedged asset or liability (as opposed to selected cash flows) or
hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude
that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being
hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing
basis. For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted
purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective
and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit
or loss if:
(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same
commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase;
(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero; and
(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract
is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in
net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted
transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.
152. In assessing the effectiveness of a hedge,
an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money. The
fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a
swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an
interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable
rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes
from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be
changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the
same amount. |
Valuation of Swaps --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Value at Risk
(VAR) =
various mathematical models for performing
probability analysis of market risk. See dynamic
portfolio Management. VAR references include the following:
VAR disclosures are one of
the alternatives allows under SEC Rule 4-08. See Disclosure.
Click here to
view a commentary on VAR by Walter Teets.
There are some
VAR working papers at http://www.gloriamundi.org/var/wps.html
This is an
excellent Value at Risk document ---> http://www.gloriamundi.org/
All About VaR http://www.gloriamundi.org/
Financial risk managers can find value-at-risk book reviews, discussion
groups, answers to frequently asked questions, news and presentations here, as
well as articles such as “An Irreverent Guide to Value-at-Risk” and “Stress
Testing by Large Financial Institutions: Current Practice and Aggregation
Issues.”
See Risk Metrics
VAR is related to risk "stress testing."
Freddie Mac was an innovator in risk stress testing --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac
How to use VAR, ETL in Excel
Estimating Risk Measures
I wish I could retroactively
require an article to be read! If I could, this would be
it for my Portfolio class (Fin422).
Writing in
Financial Engineering News,
Kevin Dowd explains how to use
Excel to calculate VAR and other risk measures. This
will be VERY HELPFUL in class!!!
For instance: "To estimate the daily VaR at, say, the 99
percent confidence level, we can use Excel’s Large
command, which gives the kth largest value in an array.
Thus, if our data are an array called “losses,” we can
take the VaR to be the eleventh largest loss out of
1,000. (We choose the eleventh largest loss as our VaR
because the confidence level implies that one percent of
losses – 10 losses – should exceed the VaR.) The
estimated VaR is given by the Excel command
“=Large(losses,11)”."
good stuff! Read it!!!
From Jim Mahar's blog on May 23, 2005 ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on VAR are under the V-terms at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#V-Terms
VAR disclosures are
one of the alternatives allows under SEC Rule 4-08
Here is a Good Summary of Various Forms of Business Risk
---
http://www.erisk.com/portal/Resources/resources_archive.asp
Variable Interest Entities (VIE Accounting and
FIN 46)
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs),
SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Variable Rate =
a rate that varies
over time as opposed to a fixed rate. The term is commonly used in FAS 133
to refer
to debt contracts with interest that vary from period to period rather than stay fixed at
a contractual rate. Firms sometimes issue notes and bonds at variable rates in order
to get a lower rate than fixed rates available to them in the capital market. The
variable rate is usually based upon some index such as the U.S. prime
rate or the English LIBOR.
Some debt has a
combination of fixed and floating components. For example, a
"fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some
point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate. This type of bond
has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component
for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.
Since the forward component is clearly-and-closely related adjustment of interest of
the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraphs 12a and
13 of FAS 133 (unless conditions listed in Paragraph 13 apply).
|
W-Terms
Warrants =
options that typically are attached to other financial
instruments such as bonds. Warrants, like options, give the holders' rights into the
future but not obligations. There are a wide variety of warrant types including the
following:
Cross-Currency Warrants
Currency Exchange Warrants (CEWs)
Debt with Springing Warrants
Detachable Warrants
Emerging Market Warrants
Equity Index Warrants
Eurowarrants
Ex-Warrants
Foreign Stock Index Options, Warrants, and Futures
Income Warrants
Index Warrants
Long Bond Yield Decrease Warrants (Turbos)
Money Back Options or Warrants
nonDetachable Warrants
Samurai Warrants
Secondary Warrants
Springing Warrants
Synthetic Warrants
Third Party Warrants
Window Warrants
Yield Curve Flattening Warrants
Weather = See Derivative
Financial Instruments
Written Option =
an option written by an
"option writer" who sells options collateralized by a portfolio of securities or
other performance bonds. Typically a written option is more than a mere "right"
in that it requires contractual performance based upon another party's right to force
performance. The issue with most written options is not whether they are covered by
FAS 133 rules. The issue is whether they will be allowed to be designated as cash flow
hedges. Written options are referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example,
see Paragraphs 20c, 28c, 91-92 (Example 6), 199, and 396-401.. For rules regarding written
options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133. Exposure Draft 162-B
would not allow hedge accounting for written options. FAS 133 relaxed the rules for
written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401. Note
that written options may only hedge recorded assets and liabilities. They may not be
used to hedge forecasted purchase and sales transactions.
Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of
FAS 133 does not
allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an
option on an asset that it owns.
A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an
offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial
instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124).
A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or
greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure
from changes in fair values or cash flows (FAS 133 Paragraph 124).
Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or
liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the
combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential
for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c
or 28c).
A Case for Writing (rather than purchasing) Options
The Money Tree by Ronald Groenke and Wade Keller. Now
I must confess, the reason I started this is because the authors are
subscribers to the newsletter, but it has turned out to be a interesting look
at selling calls on stocks that you already own. It is written as a novel, yet
is full of financial strategies and terms. I am still not 100% convinced that
opportunity costs are completely considered but definitely worth the time! I
will let you know more when I finish it.
From TheFinanceProfessor on March 24, 2002. See http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0967412811/finpapers/104-9378365-5272442
See option, swaption, and covered call.
|
X-Terms
-